404
Pàëi Prosody: Texts and Studies by ânandajoti Bhikkhu

Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    23

  • Download
    1

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàëi Prosody: Texts and Studies

by

ânandajoti Bhikkhu

Page 2: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

2

Page 3: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

3

Table of Contents (outline)

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon.....9

Khuddakapàñha.....61

The Dhammapada.....95

Pàràyanavagga.....215

Catubhàõavàrapàëi.....281

Table of Contents (detail)

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon.....9

Introduction.....13

One: Scansion and Related Matters.....15 1.1 Scansion.....15

1.2 Digraphs.....16

1.3 Conventions.....16

1.4 Exceptions.....17

1.5 Conjuncts not making position.....17

1.6 Sarabhatti (svarabhakti), "broken", or partial vowels.....17

1.7 Fluidity.....18

1.8 Metrical licence.....18

1.9 Vowel changes.....19

1.10 Consonant changes.....19

1.11 Niggahãta.....20

1.12 Verses that do not scan correctly.....20

1.13 Iti, and the recitor's remarks.....20

1.14 Syllabic equivalence.....20

1.15 Resolution.....21

1.16 Replacement.....21

1.17 Symbols.....22

Two: Description of the Metres.....23 2.1 The types of metre.....23

2.2 The flexible syllabic metres, vaõõacchandas.....24

2.3 Siloka (øloka).....24

2.4 Variations.....24

2.5 Siloka periods.....25

Page 4: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

4

2.6 Tuññhubha (Triùñubh), & Jagatã.....26

2.7 Variations.....27

2.8 Upajàti, Vaüsaññhà (Vaüèasthà), and Rucirà.....29

2.9 The measure metres, mattàchandas.....30

2.10 Vetàlãya and Opacchandasaka.....31

2.11 Mattàchandas Periods.....32

2.12 Rathoddhatà and Pupphitaggà (Puùpitàgrà).....32

2.13 âpàtalikà (a.k.a. Vegavatã).....33

2.14 Svàgatà.....34

2.15 The bar metres (gaõacchandas).....35

2.16 Old Gãti.....35

2.17 Gãti, Ariyà (âryà), and their derivatives.....36

2.18 Jagaõa (amphibrachys).....38

2.19 Hypermetres, Veóha & Gubbinã.....38

2.20 The fixed syllabic metres: vaõõacchandas.....39

2.21 Samavutta.....39

2.22 Addhasamavutta.....40

2.23 Visamavutta.....41

2.24 Lakkhaõasuttanta DN 30.....42

Three: The Mixing of Metres.....43 3.1 Introduction.....43

3.2 Tuññhubha, Jagatã and their derivatives.....43

3.3 Vetàlãya, Opacchandasaka, & âpàtalikà.....44

3.4 Siloka and other metres.....44

Conclusion.....46

Four: Index and Glossary.....47

Appendix: The Evolution of Siloka & Tuññhubha.....56

Guide to Further Study.....58

Khuddakapàñha.....61

Introduction.....63

The Text.....63

The Metre.....65

The Establishment of the Text.....67

1: Saraõagamanaü.....69

2: Dasasikkhàpadaü.....69

3: Dvattiüsàkàraü.....70

4: Kumàrapaÿhaü.....70

5: Maïgalasuttaü.....71

6. Ratanasuttaü.....73

7. Tirokuóóasuttaü.....78

Page 5: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

5

8. Nidhikaõóasuttaü.....80

9. Mettasuttaü.....82

Complete Word Index.....85

First Line Index.....93

Index of the Metres.....94

The Dhammapada.....95

1: The Text.....97

2: Preliminaries.....98

3: The Metres.....102

1: Yamakavaggo.....107

2. Appamàdavaggo.....111

3. Cittavaggo.....113

4. Pupphavaggo.....115

5. Bàlavaggo.....117

6. Paõóitavaggo.....120

7. Arahantavaggo.....122

8. Sahassavaggo.....124

9. Pàpavaggo.....126

10. Daõóavaggo.....129

11. Jaràvaggo.....132

12. Attavaggo.....134

13. Lokavaggo.....136

14. Buddhavaggo.....138

15. Sukhavaggo.....141

16. Piyavaggo.....142

17. Kodhavaggo.....144

18. Malavaggo.....146

19. Dhammaññhavaggo.....150

20. Maggavaggo.....152

21. Pakiõõakavaggo.....155

22. Nirayavaggo.....158

23. Nàgavaggo.....160

24. Taõhàvaggo.....163

25. Bhikkhuvaggo.....169

26. Bràhmaõavaggo.....172

Dhammapada Complete Word Index.....181

Dhammapada First Line Index.....204

Index of the Metres.....213

Page 6: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

6

Pàràyanavagga.....215

Introduction.....217

Preliminary Considerations.....219

Siloka.....224

Tuññhubha.....228

Vatthugàthà.....233

1: Ajitamàõavapucchà.....243

2: Tissametteyyamàõavapucchà.....245

3: Puõõakamàõavapucchà.....246

4: Mettagåmàõavapucchà.....248

5: Dhotakamàõavapucchà.....251

6: Upasãvamàõavapucchà.....253

7: Nandamàõavapucchà.....255

8: Hemakamàõavapucchà.....258

9: Todeyyamàõavapucchà.....259

10: Kappamàõavapucchà.....260

11: Jatukaõõãmàõavapucchà.....261

12: Bhadràvudhamàõavapucchà.....262

13: Udayamàõavapucchà.....263

14: Posàlamàõavapucchà.....265

15: Mogharàjamàõavapucchà.....266

16: Piïgiyamàõavapucchà.....267

(Pàràyanatthutigàthà).....268

(Pàràyanànugãtigàthà).....269

Shared Line Index.....275

First Line Index.....276

Catubhàõavàrapàëi.....281

1: Compositional Analysis.....283

2: Siloka.....284

3: Tuññhubha/Jagatã.....285

4: Old Gãti.....286

5: Other Metres.....287

6: Prose.....287

Pañhamakabhàõavàraü.....289 1: Saraõagamanaü.....289

2: Dasasikkhàpadàni.....289

3: Sàmaõerapaÿhaü.....290

4: Dvattiüsàkàraü.....290

5: Paccavekkhaõà.....290

Page 7: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

7

6: Dasadhammasuttaü.....291

7: Mahàmaïgalasuttaü.....292

8. Ratanasuttaü.....294

9: Karaõãyamettasuttaü.....298

10. Khandhaparittaü.....300

11: Mettànisaüsasuttaü.....301

12: Mittànisaüsaü.....302

13. Moraparittaü.....303

14: Candaparittaü.....304

15: Suriyaparittaü.....305

16: Dhajaggaparittaü.....306

Dutiyakabhàõavàraü.....309 17: Mahàkassapattherabojjhaïgaü.....309

18: Mahàmoggallànattherabojjhaïgaü.....310

19: Mahàcundattherabojjhaïgaü.....311

20: Girimànandasuttaü.....312

21: Isigilisuttaü.....317

Atirekàni Sattasuttàni.....322 22. Dhammacakkappavattanasuttaü.....322

23: Mahàsamayasuttaü.....329

24: âlavakasuttaü.....339

25. Kasãbhàradvàjasuttaü.....342

26. Paràbhavasuttaü.....345

27. Vasalasuttaü.....348

28: Saccavibhaïgasuttaü.....352

Tatiyakabhàõavàraü.....359 29: âñànàñiyasuttaü (1).....359

Catutthakabhàõavàraü.....369 âñànàñiyasuttaü (2).....369

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index.....379

Page 8: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

8

Page 9: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres

in the Pàëi Canon

by

ânandajoti Bhikkhu (3rd Edition, 2004)

Page 10: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

10

Page 11: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

11

Acknowledgements

The idea for this book arose out of a talk I had with the English bhikkhu Ven.

Paÿÿànanda, in which we discussed the struggle we had both been through at the

beginning of our studies owing to the lack of a simple, comprehensive guide to Pàëi

metrical composition.

Two monks who have very good knowledge of Pàëi and especially the verse texts, Ven.

Paÿÿànanda and Ven. Medhaïkara, have very much helped me in preparing this work

by reading it through and making a number of corrections and suggestions for

improvement which have helped to clarify the presentation - without their generosity

this book would be so much the poorer.

An earlier version of this work was published by Indologica Taurinensia, Official

Organ of the International Association of Sanskrit Studies, Volume XXXVI. Torino

(Italy), 2000.

ânandajoti Bhikkhu

Preface to the 2nd Edition (December, 2003)

In the light of the research that has gone into the work on the Medieval prosody

Vuttodaya, I have made a number of significant changes in the 2nd edition of this

work, mainly concerning the terminology that has been employed, which I will

enumerate here:

1) I now think that the metre I previously identified as Vatta (following Warder, PM),

is perhaps better identified as Siloka, which is the term used by the Buddha himself in

Mahàsamayasuttanta, D. 20.

2) Following Warder in the first edition I also referred to the variations to the Siloka

as Vipulà 1, Vipulà 2, etc., but I now prefer to identify them as Navipulà, Bhavipulà,

etc. This is the normal way they are referred to in Indian works on the subject, and

anyone interested in prosody will have to learn this terminology anyway, so it seems

redundant to use a secondary set of terms.

3) In the terminology used in the 1st edition I referred to both vowels and syllables as

being short & long. This risks confusion, of course, and also goes against the useful

distinction made in the prosodies, where vowels are identified as short (rassa) & long

(dãgha); but syllables are distinguished as light (lahu) & heavy (garu). In this edition I

have therefore introduced this distinction. This also entails speaking about the weight

of the syllables, rather than their length.

4) A rule in regard to the weight of the syllables was accidently omitted in the 1st

edition, this is that the syllables at the end of a line should always be marked as heavy,

no matter what their natural weight is. I have added this rule in here and employed it

in the descriptions of the metres, and the examples.

Page 12: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

12

5) In the 1st edition (again following Warder, PM), I identified the syllabic metres as

akkharacchandas; I now prefer to use the term vaõõacchandas, which is more

commonly found in the prosodies.

6) The metre class, following Warder, I named as aóóhasamavutta, has here been

renamed as addhasamavutta, which is the form it normally has in the medieval

prosodies.

7) The metre I named as Vegavatã in the 1st edition, I now think should be called

âpàtalikà, which is the name found in the prosodies; Vegavatã is a fixed metre derived

from âpàtalikà.

8) A correction has been made to the description of the gaõa system in the

gaõacchandas metres in the Index & Glossary.

ânandajoti Bhikkhu

Preface to the 3rd Edition (May, 2004)

In this edition I have introduced a further refinement to the description of the metres,

which is to mark the final syllable as é (rather than as Å, as in previous editions); this

sign indicates that although the syllable may be of light or heavy weight naturally, it is

nevertheless taken as heavy, and is normally pronounced as such (a light syllable being

slightly drawn out at the end of a line).

(Further corrections, etc. were included while preparing the .pdf version of this work

in February 2005).

ânandajoti Bhikkhu

Page 13: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

13

Introduction

An understanding of the basic principles underlying Pàëi metrical composition is not

hard to acquire and will certainly enhance any reader's appreciation of the texts of

Early Buddhism. Some of the most important and inspiring of these texts are written

either wholly or mainly in verse, and even in the prose collections verse abounds.

Below is a table giving estimates of the verse numbers in some of the most important

collections in the Sutta Piñaka, from which we can see that that collection alone

contains well over 20,000 verses (numbers are based on PTS editions except where

stated, and in some cases are approximate only):

Dãghanikàya

Majjhimanikàya

Saüyuttanikàya

Aïguttaranikàya

Khuddhakapàñha

Dhammapada

Udàna

Itivuttaka

Suttanipàta

Vimànavatthu

Petavatthu

Theragàthà

Therãgàthà

Jàtaka

Apadàna

Buddhavaüsa

Cariyapiñaka

280+

230+

1000+ (945 in Sagàthavagga)

570+

72

423

77

263

1149

1291 (Ce)

823 (Ce)

1279

522

6905 (Ce)

5228 (Ce)

960+

372 (Ce)

In the West in recent times much scholarly work has been produced in this field, so

that it is now possible to outline the prosody of these texts with some degree of

accuracy. However the difficulty the interested student faces at this point is that the

studies that have been done are either too detailed for the beginner, or too narrow,

being based on only one metre, or one type of metre.

In the Theravàda countries a study of Pàëi prosody has nearly always been based on the

Medieval work Vuttodaya, which describes the Classical prosody fairly well, but is no

guide at all to the Canonical prosody, as there are metres in the Canon that are not

found in that work on the one hand; and on the other hand the ones that are described

generally have different parametres.

This book therefore is an attempt to summarise, within a relatively short compass, and

hopefully in a fairly straightforward way, what is so far understood about Pàëi verse

composition during the canonical period. As such it relies very much on the work of

previous scholars in this field such as Smith, Warder, and Norman, whose tables on

usage have been consulted at every stage. However, I have also re-scanned a number of

works wherever it seemed necessary to check descriptions and standardise terminology.

Page 14: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

14

I have also attempted to summarise the results of monographs written by Alsdorf,

Bollee, Bechert, and others.

It should be understood that this is a general study only, I have made detailed studies,

which are for the more advanced student elsewhere. Significantly, it appears that even

writing about "Canonical Pàëi prosody" may be slightly misleading, as the detailed

studies tend to show that there was a development in the prosody even during the short

period in which the material was being recited and collected; and that the various

recitation (bhàõaka) traditions may have allowed slightly different parametres to the

metres.

In this book I have preferred to use the Pàëi names of the metres rather than their

Sanskrit equivalents, as is the more common practice in recent works on the literature.

Although verse composition in Pàëi is intimately related to that of its cultural

environment, it nevertheless represents a definite stage in the development of Indian

verse composition. It seems reasonable then, that if our intention is to describe the

metres as they appear in the Pàëi sources, that we should also designate them by their

Pàëi names, and understand from the outset that these metres differ somewhat from

their usage in other, or later, cultural contexts.

At the time of the composition of these verses, of course, there was nothing like the

Sanskrit hegemony in cultural matters that emerged after the Canon was closed. In

fact, it appears that in the period under discussion it was the vernacular cultures, of

which Pàëi forms a part, that were in the forefront of cultural evolution, adopting

popular or folk forms into their compositions, which were still quite fluid in structure,

and which were only later classified and organised by writers on Sanskrit aesthetics.

However, for the convenience of the student, in preparing this book I have provided

Sanskrit equivalents for the metres (and occasionally other words) at relevant places in

the book, and these and others are also noted in the glossary.

This book is divided into 4 sections: the first deals with the rules for scansion, and the

exceptions that have to be taken into consideration; the second presents a description

of the metres themselves; the third considers briefly the important subject of the

mixing of metres; and the fourth an index and glossary, which provides definitions of

all the most important terms used in the literature, and seeks to disentangle some of the

confusion that exists in the terminology. In an appendix there is an attempt to trace the

evolution of the two most important metres in Pàëi against the wider background of the

development of Indian metrics as a whole.

For students who are new to the subject it is recommended that they first read through

sections 1.1-2; 2.1-3; 2.6; 2.8-17; 2.20; & 3.1 in order to get an overview of the

subject, and then try scanning some verses themselves following the examples given in

the text, before re-reading in more depth in order to understand the exceptions,

variations, and so on that exist.

Page 15: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

15

One: Scansion and Related Matters

1.1 Scansion

In analysing Pàëi verse a syllable is considered to be light or heavy metrically. Through

the alternation of light and heavy syllables it is possible to build up rhythmic structures

just as it is in music.

In order to define what is a light syllable and what is a heavy syllable there are two

sets of variables that have to be taken into consideration, which is whether the syllable

is open or closed; and whether the vowel is short or long.

1) An open syllable is one in which a vowel is followed by another vowel, or by

not more than one consonant; a closed syllable is one in which a vowel is

followed by a conjunct, or by the niggahãta (ü).

2) a, i, & u, are naturally short (rassa) vowels; à, ã, & å, are naturally long

(dãgha) vowels. e & o are heavy in open syllables and light in closed syllables.

An open syllable with a short vowel is light metrically.

A closed syllable, or a syllable with a long vowel, is heavy metrically.

There is an additional rule that the last syllable in a line, no matter what its natural

weight, is always marked as heavy; therefore the last syllable in line a below is marked

as heavy in the example.

In analysis 2 signs are used to indicate weight: Û = light; Ü = heavy.

SYLLABLES

open closed

short

V a i u Û Ü

O

W variable

E e o Ü Ü

L

S long

à ã å Ü (Ü)

Page 16: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

16

Here is a verse from Mangalasutta of Khuddakapàñha (5: 1) together with its analysis:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 || 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Û Ü Ü Ü Ð Û Ü Ü Ü Ð Ð Ü Û Ü Û Ð Û Ü Û Ü

a & b Bahå devà manussà ca, ~ mangalàni acintayuü, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 || 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Ü Ü Û Ü Ð Ü Ü Ü Ü Ð Ð Ü Û Ü Û Ð Û Ü Û Ü

c & d âkankhamànà sotthànaü, ~ bråhi mangalam-uttamaü.

In this verse nearly all the principles outlined in the rule can be seen:

1) a short vowel followed by another vowel = Û , b 4

2) a short vowel followed by a single consonant = Û , a 1, 5; b 2, 5, 7; c 3; d 2, 4, 5, 7

3) a short vowel followed by a conjunct consonant = Ü , a 6; b 1, 6; c 2; d 3, 6

4) a short vowel followed by niggahãta = Ü , b 8; c 8; d 8

5) a variable vowel followed by a single consonant = Ü , a 3

6) a variable vowel followed by a conjunct consonant = Ü , c 6

7) a long vowel followed by a single consonant = Ü , a 2, 4, 7; b 3; c 1, 4, 5, 7; d 1

8) the last vowel in line a, despite its natural weight, is taken as heavy

Because of the tendency in Pàëi for all syllables to be no longer than 2 measures (Û = 1

measure; Ü = 2 measures), a long vowel followed by a conjunct consonant is rare, and

doesn't occur in our example. Note however that there are some words that do have a

long vowel followed by a conjunct consonant, like svàkkhàta & bràhmaõa, and they do

occur in verse, where they are counted as 2 morae as with a long vowel or a syllable

containing a conjunct consonant.

1.2 Digraphs

In presenting Pàëi in Roman letters aspirates are indicated by digraphs (kh, gh, ch, jh,

etc.) These are not to be taken as conjunct consonants, as they represent but a single

sound, and are to be counted as single letters are elsewhere (indeed, in the Sinhalese,

Burmese, Thai & Indian scripts in general they are normally represented by single

letters). Note that ëh is also an aspirate, even though it is written with two characters in

the above scripts.

1.3 Conventions

As stated above two signs are used to indicate syllabic weight, they are:

Û = light (lahu)

Ü = heavy (garu)

This is the convention that is normally used in Europe, and the one employed here.

However it should be noted that in Indian works on the subject just the opposite

Page 17: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

17

convention normally prevails, as a straight line indicates the light syllable, and a bent

one the heavy, therefore we sometimes see that Û = heavy,1 Ü = light! To avoid

confusion when consulting works on metre care must be excercised to find out which

convention is being employed.

1.4 Exceptions

Occasionally we come across exceptions to the normal rules of scansion:

1) Some conjuncts do not make position (i.e. they fail to make the preceding

syllable heavy as expected).

2) Occasionally partial vowels (sarabhatti) are written, but have to be ignored

when scanning a verse.

1.5 Conjuncts not making position

The most common conjunct that does not make position is "br", which regularly fails in

this regard in the following words: "bràhmaõ-", "brahma-", "bråti" (and its present

declension), & "anubråhaye". This last is particularly interesting because elsewhere "br"

regularly does make position medially.

Other words that sometimes fail to make position are "tvaü", "dvàra", & "nhàtaka".

"by" (or, alternatively "vy") quite often fails in this regard also. Other cases must

remain doubtful.

1.6 Sarabhatti (svarabhakti), "broken", or partial vowels

Some words contain partial vowels that normally have to be ignored when scanning a

verse. They usually involve the separation of two semi-vowels; or of a semi-vowel from

the aspirate, the nasal, or the sibilant. Some of the more common words containing

sarabhatti are listed here (with the sarabhatti vowel in superscript):

ariya (normally to be scanned as (ÜÛ)

iriyati (ÜÛÛ)

cariya (ÜÛ)

viriya (ÜÛ)

araha (ÜÛ)

kayira (ÜÛ)

1 Sometimes written in Sinhala letter editions. Note that in Devanàgarã works S = heavy, and

| = light.

Page 18: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

18

In illustration of sarabhatti, there is this verse from Mangalasutta (Khp 5: 10):

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Tapo ca brahmacariyaÿ-ca, ariyasaccàna' dassanaü, 1 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nibbànasacchikiriyà ca - etaü mangalam-uttamaü.

Note that sometimes these vowels must be scanned as though they were indeed full

vowels, but as it is not possible to discern any rule about this, we must presume that it

is due to metrical considerations (m.c. = metri causa).

From the Lakkhaõasuttanta (D. 30. 2. 9), a line in Rucirà metre2 where kariya must be

scanned as containing 3 syllables:

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

Sukhapphalaü kariya sukhàni vindati.

Occasionally we come across a line where the same vowel occurring in different

positions must be scanned one time as sarabhatti, and the other as a full short vowel, as

in Dhp 313:

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Kayiraÿ-ce kayirath' enaü ~ daëhaü enaü parakkame.

1.7 Fluidity

In verse composition it was always considered possible to use alternate forms of words

according to the needs of the metre. For that reason we sometimes find unusual forms

in verse e.g. daññhu (for disvà), ghàtvà (for ghàyitvà). In the nominal inflection we

sometimes find forms have alternative quantities e.g. in the masculine dative &

genitive plural -©naü, and the feminine ablative singular -©to etc. As these alternatives

were available in the language, they were simply employed according to convenience.

1.8 Metrical licence

Besides these though, we also find many instances where words have been altered in

certain ways in order to meet the needs of the metre, these can be summarised as

follows:

1) Lengthening or shortening of vowels

2) Doubling or simplifying of consonants

3) Employing or dropping the niggahãta

1 For the loss of niggahãta m.c. in line b, see 1.11 below 2 For the parametres of this metre see 2.8 below

Page 19: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

19

It should be pointed out that these changes cannot occur arbitarily, but only in certain

positions in words, which we may summarise thus:

1) End syllables are the ones most likely to be changed

2) Medial syllables only change where there is junction (either

between words in compound, or between stem and affix)

3) Rarely, initial syllables may be changed also.

1.9 Vowel changes

We quite often find in verse composition that the vowels ¨, ©, and ª, have been either

lengthened or shortened m.c. End vowels are often subject to these changes, and end

vowels in © in particular, indeed the lengthening of this vowel m.c. far exceeds all other

cases. Occasionally vowels in medial position also undergo change, this being more

common than the doubling or simplifying of consonants (which obtains the same result

metrically).

The vowels e & o are variable in weight, being normally heavy in open syllables (e.g.

up¹khà), and light in closed syllables (e.g. upÕkkhà). Occasionally in verse we find that

these vowels must be scanned as light even in open syllables, and, as with the other

vowels, this seems to occur particularly when they stand at the end of a word.

Example from Ratanasutta (Khp 6. 10f), where the last syllable in abhabbo must be

scanned as light:

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Cha chàbhiñhànàni abhabbÖ kàtuü

1.10 Consonant changes

The change of niggahãta to labial -m at the end of a word (-ü > -m) is probably the

most frequent in occurence in the texts of all changes that take place with the metre as

the cause, but it cannot readily be illustrated as the same change also takes place in

prose, where metrical considerations are not relevant, and it is therefore impossible to

distiguish where the change has happened solely by reason of the metre.

Another way to change the weight of a syllable is by doubling or simplifying

consonants. When a conjunct consonant is simplified it leaves an open syllable, which,

provided the vowel is short, is light metrically. When a single consonant is doubled it

closes the previous syllable, which then has to be scanned as heavy metrically.

In the example from Ratanasutta quoted above we can see that the double consonant in

abhiññhànàni has been simplified to meet the requirements of the metre.

Page 20: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

20

1.11 Niggahãta

As can be seen in 1.1 above, a short vowel followed by niggahãta -ü is heavy

metrically, while if it is followed by labial -m (and then a vowel) it is light metrically.

The retention of niggahãta, or the change to labial -m before a vowel was somewhat

fluid even in prose in the canon. In line with our discussion in 1.8 above these

alternatives may be applied according to the needs of the metre. Occasionally in verse

we find that niggahãta is dropped altogether from the end of a word so as to leave the

last syllable open and light. Example from Dhammapada (vs 183d):

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Etaü Buddhàna' sàsanaü (= Etaü Buddhànaü sàsanaü).

1.12 Verses that do not scan correctly

It may come as a surprise that when so many changes are considered to be permissible,

quite often the expected change does not in fact take place, even in cases where it

appears to be easy to do so, and the metre is simply left "wrong" according to the

norms that otherwise prevail.

1.13 Iti, and the recitor's remarks

It should be noted here that the quotation marker "iti", when it occurs at the end of a

verse is normally considered as outside the metre (cases where it may need to be

counted as inside the metre metri causa in order to make a line scan remain doubtful).

Note however that iti sometimes occurs as an integral part of a verse, and the syllables

are then counted as normal.

A similar phenomenon is the case of the so-called "recitor's remarks" (e.g. "iti Dhaniyo

Gopo", Sn 1:2 vs 1 (vs 18), and see GD II, pg 137 for references), which are also outside

the metre, and are presumed to have been added in by the recitor in order to clarify

the context.

1.14 Syllabic equivalence

In canonical Pàëi metrics it is clear that an equivalence was felt in the relationship

between light and heavy syllables, so that to all intents and purposes 2 light syllables =

1 heavy (i.e. ÛÛ = Ü ). This has given rise to two complimentary phenomena which

may be seen in composition:

1) the resolution of one heavy (or presumed heavy) syllable into

two light syllables: Ü > ÛÛ

2) the replacement of two light (or presumed light) syllables by

one heavy one: ÛÛ > Ü

Page 21: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

21

1.15 Resolution

The resolution of a heavy (or presumed heavy), syllable into two light syllables is a

common feature of verse composition. The first syllable of any line is particularly

susceptible to this treatment, but resolution is found mid-line also.

It appears however that resolution is only allowed in regard to the first two syllables of

a word (including words that appear as the second half of a compound, or after a

prefix). The only exception to this seems to exist in regard to the negative particle

"na", which sometimes forms the first half of a resolved syllable, perhaps because of

the close syntactical relationship it has to the word it modifies.

This "rule of resolution", as we may call it, can help in identifying the underlying

structure in lines of verse that are hypermetric (i.e. lines in which there are syllables

additional to the normal metre), and we can thereby correctly identify the variation in

a Siloka prior line, or the gaõa structure in the bar metres (this will be illustrated later

in the book, see 2.4 & 2.15). It may be noted here that the author of Buddhavaüsa

seems to have been a master of the art of resolution, as that text abounds in this

particular feature.

1st example from Buddhavaüsa Sumedhakathà vs 46 (A Siloka verse - normally 8

syllables long - showing resolution of the 4th syllable in line c, resolution of the 6th in

line e, and resolution of the 1st in line f):

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ab Aniññhite mamokàse, Dãpaïkaro Mahàmuni,

ÛÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

cd Catåhi satasahassehi jaëabhiÿÿehi tàdihi,

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ef Khãõàsavehi vimalehi pañipajji aÿjasaü jino.

Further example from the Vatthugàthà to Pàràyanavagga (Sn 995, a Tuññhubha line),

where it will be seen that resolution sometimes can occur twice within the same line:

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

katamamhi và janapade lokanàtho ?

1.16 Replacement

The compliment to resolution is when two light (or presumed light) syllables are

replaced by one heavy one. This is seen much less frequently though than resolution. It

should be noticed that there is a compliment to the rule of resolution when replacement

takes place, as it always occurs after a word break, which shows that it is the first two

syllables of a word that are presumed to be light. I call this the rule of replacement.

Page 22: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

22

Example from Pàràyanavagga of Suttanipàta, (1068cd) 1 (Tuññhubha lines, normally 11

syllables to the line, the (presumed) light 6th & 7th syllables in both lines have been

replaced by one heavy one):

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Etaü viditvà sango ti loke, ÛÜÛÜÐÛ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

bhavàbhavàya mà kàsi taõhan-ti.2

1.17 Symbols

In the descriptions that follow these conventions are used:

Û = a light syllable

Ü = a heavy syllable

Å = light or heavy

é = the syllable may be naturally light or heavy, but it is always taken as heavy

È = one heavy or two light syllables

É = one light or one heavy or two light syllables

Ú = one light, one heavy & one light, or two heavy syllables

ÅÛØ = two light syllables & one heavy, or one heavy & two light syllables

Sarabhatti vowels are normally written in superscript e.g. ariya

Resolution is indicated by underlining thus: ÛÛ

A single vertical line Ð marks off the main structural segments within a line (the

opening, the break, & the cadence). 3

In the metrical markings above the verses in the Siloka metre the pàdas (lines) are

separated by a double vertical line thus: ÐÐ .

1 Verse numbers when quoted in this form refer to the PTS editions of the texts as these are the

ones most likely to be available to readers of this book, but the text of the verses may not

always correspond to those editions, as many of the texts quoted herein have been established

by the present author by comparing the Sinhalese, Burmese, Thai, and European editions. 2 Note that the quotation marker at the end of the line is outside of the metre, as discussed in

1.13 above. 3 Note that sometimes in the literature on the subject segments and pàdayugas are separated by

the use of a comma.

Page 23: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

23

Two: Description of the Metres

2.1 The types of metre

In most metres a verse (gàthà) is made up of 4 lines (pàda), though sometimes we find

verses with 6 lines, or more rarely 5. Pàëi metres are constructed according to the

amount of syllables or measures there are in the line, and the patterns that are made

through the alternation of the light and heavy syllables.

The metres can be divided into two main types according to their method of

construction, in outline they are:

1) The syllabic metres (vaõõacchandas)

2) The measure metres (mattàchandas)

We can usefully divide these into two further groups, according to the specific basis for

their construction, numbers 1 and 4 below are syllabic metres, further divided

according to whether their syllables are flexible or fixed; numbers 2 and 3 are types of

measure metres, according to whether they have been further organized into bars or

not.1 We then have four main groups:

1) The flexible syllabic metres, e.g. Siloka, Tuññhubha, Jagatã

2) The measure metres, e.g. Vetàlãya, Opacchandasaka, & âpàtalikà

3) The bar metres, e.g. Gãti, Ariyà, Gubbinã

4) The fixed syllabic metres, e.g. Upajàti, Rathoddhatà, Uggatà

In the flexible syllabic metres it is the number of syllables that make up a line that is

the organizing principle, e.g. Siloka has 8 syllables to the line, Tuññhubha 11, & Jagatã

12. Variations are allowed in regard to the weight of a numbers of the syllables in

these metres (the various patterns that can occur are discussed in the descriptions that

follow).

In the measure metres the syllables may vary in amount, but the total amount of

measures should remain fixed (Û = 1 measure, Ü = 2 measures), e.g. Vetàlãya has 14

measures (mattà) in the 1st & 3rd lines, and 16 in the 2nd & 4th; Opacchandasaka 16 in

the 1st & 3rd, 18 in the 2nd & 4th; âpàtalikà has the same mattà count as Vetàlãya, but

the cadence is different.

In the bar metres a secondary organising principle is employed over and above that of

counting the measures, which is to organize the syllables into bars (gaõas), normally of

4 measures to the bar. e.g. Ariya has 16 bars, with 30 measures in its 1st line, and 27 in

the second; Gãti has 16 bars, with 30 measures in both lines (how these figures are

arrived at will be explained below).

1 The metre types are listed in order of their historical emergence.

Page 24: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

24

In the fixed metres virtually all of the syllables in the lines are of fixed quantity, with

normally only the weight of the beginning and end syllables being variable, e.g. Upajàti

is a fixed form of the Tuññhubha metre, having 11 syllables to the line; Vaüsaññhà is a

fixed form of Jagatã, having 12 syllables to the line.

After this brief outline of the different structural principles involved we can examine

the metres in more depth.

2.2 The flexible syllabic metres, vaõõacchandas

(varõacchandas) type 1

(a.k.a. akkharacchandas [Skt: akùaracchandas])

In these the line length is determined by the number of syllables there are in a line, e.g.

Siloka normally has 8; Tuññhubha 11; Jagatã 12. These metres have a more or less fixed

cadence (i.e. the closing rhythm of a line), but allow a greater freedom in the rest of

the line, in which they differ from vaõõacchandas type 2. The syllabic metres are the

most common type found in the canon.

2.3 Siloka (øloka)

a.k.a. Vatta (Vaktra) & Anuññhubha (Anuùñubh)

The most important and prevalent metre in canonical Pàëi is the Siloka, which has a

great deal of flexibility, and seems to be equally well adapted to aphorism, question &

answer, narrative, and epic.

A Siloka verse normally consists of 4 lines (sometimes 6, rarely 5) with 8 syllables to

the line, organised in dissimilar pairs which are repeated to make up a verse (note that

owing to resolution sometimes a Siloka line may contain 9 syllables).

Here is an analysis of the pathyà structure of the Siloka:

Odd (prior) line: ÉÅÅÅÐÛÜÜé

Even (posterior) line: ÉÅÅÅÐÛÜÛé (x 2)

In the 2nd & 3rd positions two successive light syllables ÛÛ are normally avoided, as

we can see through occasional changes of syllabic weight in words that occur in these

positions. However, there appear to be texts (e.g. Dhammapada) in which this rule is

not always applied.

2.4 Variations

The cadence at the end of the even lines ÛÜÛé is very well established and normally

adhered to, but occasionally other patterns show up in this position, like ÛÜÜé, which

may be a pathyà odd line in even position. Others cadences are probably always

corrupt.

Page 25: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

25

In the odd lines 7 variations (vipulà) occur, besides the normal structure, they are:

a.k.a.

javipulà

navipulà

bhavipulà

mavipulà

ravipulà

savipulà

tavipulà

ÉÅÅÅÐÛÜÛé

ÉÜÅÜÐÛÛÛé

ÉÜÅÜÐÜÛÛé

ÉÜÅÜÐÜÜÜé

ÉÅÅÅÐÜÛÜé

ÉÅÅÅÐÛÛÜé

ÉÜÛÜÐÜÜÛé

Anuññhubha

1st vipulà

2nd vipulà

3rd vipulà

4th vipulà

5th vipulà

6th vipulà (very sporodic)

There is normally a caesura (word break) after the fifth syllable in the mavipulà, and

after the fourth syllable in the ravipulà.

Occasionally other patterns show up in the opening of the na - and bha-vipulàs such as

ÅÛÜÜ, but only rarely. As can be seen in the descriptions above, resolution of the first

syllable is quite common and acceptable. The 6th & 4th are occasionally resolved, and

apparently the 3rd, 5th, & 7th can be also, but not the 2nd or the 8th. By applying the

rule of resolution described in 1.15 above, it is possible to help identify the underlying

structure of a vipulà, take the case of an odd line showing the following structure:

ÅÜÛÜÛÛÛÜé

if the caesura occurs after the fourth syllable, it is ravipulà:

ÅÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÜé

if the caesura occurs after the 5th syllable, it is pathyà:

ÅÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÜé

2.5 Siloka periods

The Siloka metre in the Canon can be divided roughly into two periods, the early and

the late, according to whether the Anuññhubha variation occurs in the prior lines, or

whether it is normally avoided. In the early period the pathyà accounts for about 60%

or more of the prior lines, and the Anuññhubha at that time is the most important

variation accounting for about 15%. As the metre comes closer to its Classical form in

the later part of the Canon the Anuññhubha occurs only sporadically, and the pathyà

greatly predominates, sometimes accounting for as much as 85% of all the lines (for

more on the development of the Siloka, see the Appendix).

An interesting comparison is afforded between the early Siloka of the questions and

answers in Pàràyanavagga of Suttanipàta, and the late Siloka of the Introductory

Verses (Vatthugàthà). We may note here that in Hemakamàõavàpucchà (Sn V:8) (vs

1084 ff) we may have a case of the Anuññhubha being used as an independent metre in

the Canon, but as it is only 4 vs long it is too short to be sure.

Page 26: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

26

Early Siloka from Jatukaõõãmàõavapucchà (Sn V: 12) (vs 1098-99):

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

Kàmesu vinaya gedhaü, nekkhammaü daññhu khemato, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Pathyà

uggahãtaü nirattaü và mà te vijjittha kiÿcanaü.

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Pathyà

Yaü pubbe taü visosehi, pacchà te màhu kiÿcanaü. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

Majjhe ce no gahessasi upasanto carissasi.

Late Siloka (Sn V vs 1-3) (vs 976-978), narrative style:

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Pathyà

Kosalànaü purà rammà agamà Dakkhiõàpathaü ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

àkiÿcaÿÿaü patthayàno, bràhmaõo mantapàragå.

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

So Assakassa visaye, Aëakassa samàsane, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Pathyà

vasã Godhàvarãkåle uÿchena ca phalena ca.

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Pathyà

Tasseva upanissàya gàmo ca vipulo ahå, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Pathyà

tato jàtena àyena mahàyaÿÿam-akappayi.

2.6 Tuññhubha (Triùñubh), & Jagatã

Tuññhubha in the Canon occurs in basically three forms. In the early period Tuññhubha

verses are used in the main independently. Only occasionally do we find Jagatã lines in

the early verses, and then only as an expedient, as it were. 1 Later in the middle period

we find that these two metres are frequently intermixed in composition, and at that

point we might better describe the metre as being Tuññhubha-Jagatã. Later still these

metres are replaced by their Classical counterparts Upajàti and Vaüsaññhà (described in

2.8 below).

As the variations that occur in the one also occur in the other, we can take the two

metres together for description.

1 The last two sections of Suttanipàta are considered to contain some of the earliest texts in the

canon. And in the first of these books, Aññhakavagga (Sn IV), there are only 4 Jagatã lines

among nearly 400 lines of Tuññhubha (there is also one Jagatã verse, no 836). In

Pàràyanavagga (Sn V), the Jagatã lines amount to approx 7% of the lines in the Tuññhubha

verses.

Page 27: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

27

Tuññhubha normally has 11 syllables to the line, and is defined thus:

ÉÜÛÜÐÅÛÅÐÜÛÜé

Jagatã is similar, but has an extra light syllable in penultimate position, giving a line of

12 syllables, thus:

ÉÜÛÜÐÅÛÅÐÜÛÜÛé

2.7 Variations

The normal opening in both metres is described as being ÅÜÛÜ , but there are a

significant number of occasions when variations are seen (especially in the early

period), the most common being ÅÜÜÜ (the so-called Vedic opening), but also we

come across ÅÜÛÛ, ÅÛÜÜ & ÜÛÛÜ. Others occur only very rarely.

In the break (syllables 5-7) the pattern ÜÛÛ prevails (85% approx), with resolution

occasionally giving ,ÛÛÛÛ. Other patterns that occur in this position are ÛÛÜ, ÜÛÜ,

& ÛÛÛ. Rarely we also find the patterns ÜÜÛ and ÛÜÛ, so that the 6th syllable,

though normally regarded as light, may occasionally be heavy.

Sometimes an extended form is produced by resolution at the first syllable, which then

gives a line of 12 (13) syllables - note that the pattern of the cadence will help identify

the metre in these cases.

Another extended form may be produced by a line having a caesura at the 5th syllable,

and restarting from the same syllable, giving the line:

5 & 5

ÅÜÛÜÐÜ,ÉÛÅÐÜÛÜ(Û)é

Occasionally replacement takes place, whereby two light syllables are presumed in the

6th & 7th positions, and replaced by one heavy one. The line then has one syllable less

than expected (see 1: 16 above for an example):

6 & 7

ÉÜÛÜÐÜÜÐÜÛÜ(Û)é

Examples: early Tuññhubha, Khaggavisàõasutta Sn I:3; the "Aññhaka" suttas Sn IV:2-5;

and the Tuññhubha verses in Pàràyanavagga Sn V. The second of the extended forms

described above is used extensively in the Vatthugàthà to Nàlakasutta Sn III:11 (vs

679ff). Late Tuññhubha tends to conform to the fixed patterns that emerged during this

time and which are described below (for more on the development of the Tuññhubha,

see the Appendix).

Page 28: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

28

Example of early Tuññhubha from Guhaññhakasutta (Sn IV: 2) (vs 776-779):

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Passàmi loke pariphandamànaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

pajaü imaü taõhàgataü bhavesu, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

hãnà narà maccumukhe lapanti - ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

avãtataõhàse bhavàbhavesu.

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Mamàyite passatha phandamàne, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

macche va appodake khãõasote, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etam-pi disvà amamo careyya, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhavesu àsattim-akubbamàno.

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

phassaü pariÿÿàya anànugiddho, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yad-attagarahã tad-akubbamàno: ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na lippatã diññhasutesu dhãro.

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Saÿÿaü pariÿÿà vitareyya oghaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

pariggahesu muni nopalitto, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

abbåëhasallo caraü appamatto, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nàsiüsatã lokaü imaü paraõ-cà ti.

Mixed Tuññhubhajagatã, from Ratanasutta (Khp 6:8):

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

Yathindakhãlo pañhaviü sito siyà ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

catubbhi vàtehi asampakampiyo, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

tathåpamaü sappurisaü vadàmi, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yo ariyasaccàni avecca passati - ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

idam-pi Sanghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

etena saccena suvatthi hotu!

Page 29: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

29

Extended Tuññhubha, from Nàlakasutta (Sn III: 11) (vs 679-680):

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ânandajàte tidasagaõe patãte ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sakkacca Indaü sucivasane ca deve, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dussaü gahetvà atiriva thomayante ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Asito isi addassa divàvihàre. 1

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Disvàna deve muditamane udagge, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

cittiükaritvà idam-avocàsi tattha: 2 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Kiü devasangho atiriva kalyaråpo? ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Dussaü gahetvà bhamayatha kiü pañicca?

2.8 Upajàti, Vaüsaññhà (Vaüèasthà), and Rucirà

These are the fixed metres in the Canon that have been derived from Tuññhubha and

Jagatã, their profile looks like this:

i) Upajàti (from Tuññhubha):

ÅÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜé

ii) Vaüsaññhà (from Jagatã):

ÅÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛé

As can be seen these are the "normal" forms of their respective metres, but now

allowing only little flexibility.

iii) Rucirà (from Jagatã, with resolution of the 5th syllable, giving a 13 syllable line):

ÅÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛé

Examples: Upajàti and Vaüsaññhà are used to great effect, both mixed and

independently in Tàlaputta's gàthàs Th 1091-1145. Vaüsaññhà and Rucirà both appear

as independent metres in Lakkhaõasuttanta DN.30 (see 2.24)

1 1st syllable is resolved, 4th syllable is short, we might have expected to find a reading isã 2 Perhaps we should understand avÖcƒsi m.c.

Page 30: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

30

Example Upajàti/Vaüsaññhà, Th 1091-2:

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

Kadà nuhaü pabbatakandaràsu, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

ekàkiyo addutiyo vihassaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

aniccato sabbabhavaü vipassaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

taü me idaü taü nu kadà bhavissati?

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

Kadà nuhaü bhinnapañandharo muni, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

kàsàvavattho amamo niràsayo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

ràgaÿ-ca dosaÿ-ca tatheva mohaü ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

hantvà, sukhã pavanagato vihassaü? 1

Rucirà from Lakkhaõasuttanta (D. 30. 2. 9):

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

Na pàõinà na ca pana daõóaleóóunà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

satthena và maraõavadhena và puna, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

ubbàdhanàyà paritajjanàya và, 2 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

na heñhayã janatam-aheñhako ahu. ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

Teneva so sugatim-upecca modati ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sukhapphalaü kariya3 sukhàni vindati.

2.9 The measure metres, mattàchandas

(màtràcchandas)

These metres have a different method of organising the line: not by counting the

syllables, but according to the total number of measures (mattà) there are in a line. In

these metres a light syllable is counted as one measure, and a heavy one as two, and it

is therefore possible to determine the exact amount of measures there are in a line.

When this is done of course the syllabic count will vary.

1 Showing resolution of the 5th syllable 2 This is an Upajàti line 3 Reading kariya as having 3 syllables

Page 31: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

31

What distinguishes the various metres that exist in this class is two things: the number

of measures, and the pattern of the cadence. The openings are variable, but come in

groups of 2 mattàs. The odd lines having 3 such groups (i.e ÈÈÈ), the even 4 (i.e.

ÈÈÈÈ). The most common forms are outlined below.

Note that a syllable at the end of the line is normally counted as two mattà whether it

is heavy or not, a light syllable counted in this way is called pàdantagaru.

2.10 Vetàlãya and Opacchandasaka

(Vaitàlãya and Aupacchandasaka)

The first of these metres, Vetàlãya, has 14 measures in the odd lines, and 16 in the

even, with the cadence at the end of each line being ÐÜÛÜÛé.

Opacchandasaka, the second of the metres, has 16 measures in the odd lines, and 18 in

the even. The cadence is similar to Vetàlãya, but with an extra heavy syllable in

penultimate position ÐÜÛÜÛÜé.

The most common forms of the odd lines are:

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛ(Ü)é

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛ(Ü)é

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛ(Ü)é

The most common forms of the even lines:

ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛ(Ü)é

ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛ(Ü)é

ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛ(Ü)é

with occasional resolution of a heavy syllable giving rise to other patterns in the

opening. Through syncopation of syllables in adjacent groups we occasionally find

different patterns in the opening of the prior lines, so that sometimes:

ÜÜÛÛ > ÜÛÜÛ

ÛÛÜÛÛ > ÛÜÛÛÛ

ÛÛÜÜ > ÛÜÛÜ etc.

Occasionally we find a light syllable at the beginning of the line, which must be

counted as heavy in order to complete the mattà count (this we may call pàdàdigaru, in

compliment to pàdantagaru).

Examples: Vetàlãya, Dhp 15-18, 235-238; Subhà Jãvakambavanikà's gàthàs Thã 367-

399; Jaràsutta Sn IV:6

Opacchandasaka, Uragasutta Sn I:1; Cundasutta Sn 1:5; Kàtiyàna's gàthàs Th 411- 416.

Page 32: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

32

Vetàlãya example from Jaràsutta (Sn IV:6) (vs 804):

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

Appaü vata jãvitaü idaü, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

oraü vassasatà pi miyyati, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

yo ce pi aticca jãvati ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

atha kho so jarasà pi miyyati.

Opacchandasaka example from Kàtiyàna's gàthà (Th 412):

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

Sayathà pi mahàsamuddavego ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

evaü jàtijaràtivattate taü, ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

sÖ karohi sudãpam-attano tvaü, 1 ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

na hi tàõaü tava vijjateva aÿÿaü.

2.11 Mattàchandas Periods

It should be noted that in the early texts the most common opening of the odd lines in

Vetàlãya is ÜÜÛÛ. In the later period this falls back considerably with the other

variations, notably ÛÛÜÛÛ showing a marked increase; also in the later period the

syncopated forms almost come to an end, and runs of light syllables start to appear.

2.12 Rathoddhatà and Pupphitaggà (Puùpitàgrà)

These are the two fixed metres derived from the above.

Rathoddhatà (a Vetàlãya even pàda):

¼ÛÜÛÈÛÐÜÛÜÛé(x4)

Similarly Pupphitaggà (from Opacchandasaka) in the Canon is still somewhat flexible:

ÈÈÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜé

ÈÈÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜé (x2)

with occasional resolution of a heavy syllable elsewhere. In its post-canonical form the

opening of the first line was fixed as ÛÛÛÛÛÛ and the second as ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛ.

1 Reading sÖ as short to give the correct opening

Page 33: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

33

In both of these metres the fixed forms have unusual variations in the openings, the

latter especially showing the Classical period's fondness for runs of light syllables.

Examples: Rathoddhatà, early: Gotama's gàthàs Th 258-260; Ambapàlã's gàthàs Thã

252-270; late: Kuõàla Jàtaka Ja 536. Both metres are used independently in

Lakkhaõasuttanta D.30.

Rathoddhatà example Ambapàlã's gàthà (Thã 256):

ÜÛÜÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

Cittakàrasukatà va lekhità, ÜÛÜÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sobhate su bhamukà pure mama, ÜÛÜÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

tà jaràya valihã palambità, ÜÛÜÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

saccavàdivacanaü anaÿÿathà.

Pupphitaggà example from Lakkhaõasuttanta (D. 30. 1. 12):

ÛÛÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

Tihi purisavaraggalakkhaõehi1 ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

cirayapanàya kumàram-àdisanti. ÛÛÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

Bhavati yadi gihã ciraü yapeti, ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

ciratarapabbajatã yadã tato hi, ÜÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

yàpayati vasiddhibhàvanàya, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

iti dãghàyukatàya tan-nimittan-ti

2.13 âpàtalikà (a.k.a. Vegavatã)

This metre has 14 measures in the odd lines, and 16 in the even, as with Vetàlãya, but

with a different cadence: ÜÛÛÜé. In the Canon the most common forms of the odd

lines:

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜé

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜé

1 The text here is based on K.R. Norman's reconstruction in The metres of the Lakkhaõa-

suttanta (II). CP IV, pgs 36ff.

Page 34: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

34

the even lines:

ÜÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜé

ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜé

We sometimes find syncopation producing different patterns in the opening of these

lines.

When it attains to its Classical form, it is then known as Vegavatã, and is restricted to:

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜé

ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜé (x2)

Examples: Kokàliyasutta (part) Sn III:10; Vangãsa's gàthàs (pt) Th 1214 - 1222, the

latter gàthàs being mixed with Vetàlãya.

Example from Kokàliyasutta (Sn III:10) (vs 673):

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

Asipattavanaü pana tiõhaü, ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

taü pavisanti samacchidagattà, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

jivhaü baëisena gahetvà, ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

àracayàracayà vihananti.

2.14 Svàgatà

In the Canon this metre has two dissimilar lines repeated to make up a verse, and the

structure was still quite fluid:

Svàgatà odd lines:

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÜÈé

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÜÈé

Svàgatà even lines:

ÜÛÜÛÜÐÜÈÜé

ÜÛÛÜÜÐÜÈÜé

Note how close this is to âpàtalikà at this stage. In the later period however the even

line is fixed and repeated four times, so that the structure is then defined as:

ÜÛÜÛÈÐÜÛÛÜé (x 4)

Page 35: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

35

Examples: early, Mahàsamayasuttanta DN. 20 vs 3 (quoted below as the example); late:

Jàtakanidànakathà vs 291.

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÛÜ

"Chetvà1 khilaü chetvà palighaü, ÜÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÜ

indakhãlam-åhacca-m-anejà, ÜÛÜÛÐÜÜÛÛÜ

te caranti suddhà vimalà, ÜÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÜ

Cakkhumatà dantà susunàgà" ti.

2.15 The bar metres (gaõacchandas)

Once a measure count was established, it was not long before a second structural

principle was introduced, which was to organise the lines into bars, or gaõas, normally

having 4 measures to the bar, which may therefore take one of the following forms:

ÜÜ or ÛÜÛ or ÛÛÜ or ÜÛÛ or ÛÛÛÛ

The rhythm of these metres is defined by the alternation of two rhythmic structures:

ÈÜÐÛÜÛ

In the descriptions that follow it should be borne in mind that resolution of a heavy

syllable was always deemed acceptable, which means that any of the first three

alternatives outlined above may appear as ÛÛÛÛ. By applying the rule of resolution

discussed in 1.15 above it is possible to identify the underlying structure, thus: Û,ÛÛÛ

= ÛÜÛ with resolution; ,ÛÛÛÛ = ÜÛÛ ; ÛÛ,ÛÛ = ÛÛÜ. (Of course there would

have to be double resolution for it to equal ÜÜ).

2.16 Old Gãti

This appears to be the earliest of the bar metres, and indeed, is most probably a

transitional metre between mattàcchandas and gaõacchandas metres. There are two

structures to the metre: the first is the normal form; the second is an extended form,

which after the word break, restarts with a full gaõa, thus:

Normal structure:

ÉÜÐÚÐÈÜÐÅ,ÜÅÐÈÜÐÚÐÈÜÐé (x 2)

Extended structure:

ÉÜÐÚÐÈÜÐÅ,ÈÜÐÈÜÐÚÐÈÜÐé (x 2)

1 For this line to scan correctly we need to read Chetva here.

Page 36: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

36

In the 2nd and 6th gaõas the pattern ÈÜ sometimes occurs, but ÜÛÛ is very rare in

any gaõa. The opening gaõa quite frequently looks like this: ÛÜ ; in this case we have

to count the initial syllable as heavy (pàdàdigaru) to make up the mattà count (cf. 2.10

above). In the normal form we sometimes find that the 4th gaõa looks like this: Û,Ü ;

in this case we have to count the light syllable, which occurs at the end of the first half

of the pàdayuga as heavy (pàdantagaru), as in the measure metres. With the extended

form cf. the extended Tuññhubha, 2.7 above.

Examples: Mettàsutta Khp 9; Tuvañakasutta Sn IV:14; Vangãsa's gàthàs (part) Th 1242-

1245; Upàlisutta MN:56

Example from Tuvañakasutta (vs 922-3):

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ,ÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ pàdantagaru

ßCakkhåhi neva lolassa, gàmakathàya àvarayÕ sotaü, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÛÛÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ pàdàdigaru + resolution

rase ca nànugijjheyya, na ca mamàyetha kiÿci lokasmiü. ÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÜÜÐÛ,ÛÛÜÐÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ extended + resolution

Phassena yadà phuññhassa paridevaü bhikkhu na karÕyya kuhiÿci, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÜÛÐÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ pàdàdigaru + normal break

bhavaÿ-ca nàbhijappeyya, bheravesu ca na sampavedheyya.

2.17 Gãti, Ariyà (âryà), and their derivatives

In the gaõacchandas metres in the Pàëi canon, there are two structures to the pàdayuga

(pair of lines), they are:

Gaõacchandas 1st pàdayuga:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ÈÈÐÚÐÈÈÐÚÐÈÈÐÚÐÈÈÐé

Gaõacchandas 2nd pàdayuga:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ÈÈÐÚÐÈÈÐÚÐÈÈÐÛÐÈÈÐé

Note that ÜÛÛ is very rarely found in any gaõa.

The only difference between the two pàdayugas lies in the 6th gaõa.

Ariyà, which is the most common metre in this class, has the first pàdayuga described

above followed by the second, this gives a mattà count of 30 + 27.

Examples: Isidàsã's gàthàs Thã 400 - 447, and Sumedhà's gàthàs Thã 448 -522

Page 37: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

37

Example Thã 458-9:

ÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛÜÛ,ÐÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ

Kiü bhavagatena abhinanditena, kàyakalinà asàrena? 1 ÛÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÐÜÜÐÜ

Bhavataõhàya nirodhà, anujànatha pabbajissàmi.

ÜÜÐÜÜÐÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ

Buddhànaü uppàdo, vivajjito akkhaõo khaõo laddho, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÐÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÐÜÜÐÜ

sãlàni brahmacariyaü yàvajjãvaü na dåseyyaü.

The next three metres are much less common:

Gãti has the first pàdayuga repeated to make up a verse,

mattà = 30 + 30.

Example: Paripuõõaka's gàthà Th 91:

ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

Na tathàmataü satarasaü suddhannaü yaü mayajja paribhuttaü, ÛÛÛÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÜÛ,ÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ

aparimitàdassina Gotamena Buddhena desito Dhammo. 2

Uggãti has the second pàdayuga followed by the first, mattà = 27 + 30.

Example: the last of Vijitasena's gàthàs Th 359:

ÛÛÜÜÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÐÜÜÐÛÐÜÜÐÜ

Satiyà taü nibhandhissaü, 3 payatatto vo damessàmi, ÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ

viriyadhuraniggahãto, na-y-ito dåraü gamissase citta!

Upagãti has the second pàdayuga repeated, mattà = 27 + 27.

Example: Gotama's gàthàs 587, 588, & 591, the latter being mixed with Siloka.

ÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÜÜÐÐÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÐÜÜÐÜ

Mittaü idha kalyàõaü, sikkhàvipulaü samàdànaü, ÜÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÐÐÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

sussàsà ca garånaü: etaü samaõassa pañiråpaü. (Th 588)

Other gaõacchandas variations, including pàdayugas with a full last gaõa (giving a

mattà count of 32), are not found in the canon.

1 Note that this pàdayuga is a variation (vipulà), lacking the expected word break after the 3rd

gaõa. 2 Again this line is a variation. 3 This line as it stands reads as Siloka, a not uncommon phenomena in gaõacchandas verses. If

we read Satiyà ta' nibhandhissaü, that would give a correct Uggãti line.

Page 38: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

38

2.18 Jagaõa (amphibrachys)

In these metres the gaõa pattern ÛÜÛ is normally found only in the even gaõas, and

occurs in roughly half of the 2nd & 4th gaõas, and virtually always in the 6th (where

appropriate), so that its inclusion there appears to be the rule.

2.19 Hypermetres, Veóha & Gubbinã

Only two examples of gaõacchandas hypermetre have been found in the Canon so far,

they are Veóha and Gubbinã. The structure of both is similar and can be defined as

follows:

Opening:

Middle:

End:

ÚÐÈÈÐÚ

ÈÈÐ Ú Ð

ÈÈÐ Ú ÐÈé

The middle gaõas can be repeated a flexible number of times. The end normally

finishes with a full gaõa as described above but may finish with a half gaõa Å . Note

that in these metres the pattern ÛÜÛ is supposed to occur only in the odd gaõas (in

contradistinction to the Ariyà class of metres).

The Veóha metre is normally composed of descriptive compounds (vaõõakas) of

varying length. The only examples discovered so far are in the Kuõàla-jàtaka Ja 536.

Sometimes there are only four gaõas in the compound, then the structure looks like

this:

ÈÈÐÚÐÈÈÐÜé

but the text of these compounds now is very corrupt, and they sometimes have only

three gaõas (lacking the first).

As the example here is a 6 gaõa compound:

ÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÐÜÜ

Vijjàdharasiddhasamaõatàpasagaõàdhivutthe

Gubbinã has the same structure, but need not consist solely of compounds. The only

known example is the frequently repeated praise of the Three Treasures beginning "Iti

pi so..."

ÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÐÜÜÐÜÜ

Iti pi so Bhagavà Arahaü Sammàsambuddho, 1 ÜÜÐÛÛÛÐÜÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampanno2 Sugato lokavidå,

1 We must take the 1st syllable as pàdàdigaru. 2 The 2nd gaõa is short as it stands, we could read caraõaü to correct the metre.

Page 39: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

39

ÛÜÛÐÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÐÜÛÛ

anuttaro purisadammasàrathi, ÜÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÐÜÜÐÜÛÛÐÜ

satthà devamanussànaü Buddho Bhagavà ti.

2.20 The fixed syllabic metres: vaõõacchandas

(varõacchandas) type 2

(a.k.a. akkharacchandas [Skt: akùaracchandas])

These metres can be divided into 3 kinds according to their verse structure:

1) Samavutta, has the same line repeated four times.

2) Addhasamavutta, has two dissimilar lines repeated.

3) Visamavutta, has four dissimilar lines.

2.21 Samavutta

(Samavçtta)

The more popular of these fixed metres, Upajàti, Vaüsaññhà, Rucirà, and Rathoddhatà,

and Svàgatà have been described in 2.8, 2.12, & 2.14 above.

Some others occur, which we may outline here:

Pamitakkharà (from gaõacchandas):

ÈÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛÛé x4

Example: Lakkhaõasuttanta (DN. 30. 2. 15):

ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÜ

Atha ce pi pabbajati so manujo, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÜ

dhammesu hoti paguõo visavã ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÜ

tassànusàsaniguõàbhirato, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÜ

anvàyiko bahujano bhavati.

Upaññhità:

ÜÜÛÛÜÛÛÜÛé (x 4)

Page 40: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

40

Example: Ja 125 20-211

Dodhaka (an âpàtalikà even line repeated):

ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜé (x 4)

Example: the last two verses of Kokàliyasutta (Sn III:10) (vs 677-8):

ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

Te gaõità viduhã tilavàhà, ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

ye Padume niraye upanãtà ÛÛÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

nahutàni hi koñiyÖ paÿca bhavanti, 2 ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜ

dvàdasa koñisatàni punaÿÿà. (Sn 677)

Other Metres: there are 3 others have not been named:

ÛÛÛÜÜé (x 4) (Th 381)

ÛÜÛÜÛÜÛÜÛÜ (x 4) (SN 1:14)

ÜÜÜÜÜÛÛÛÛÜÜé (x 4) (Th 111)

2.22 Addhasamavutta

(Ardhasamavçtta)

âpàtalikà, which in its Classical form belongs to this class, has been described in 15

above. Pupphitaggà was described in 2.12.

Aparavatta, which is derived from Vetàlãya, shows the following structure:

ÛÛÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛ é

ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛ é (x 2)

Example: Bhallàñiya Jàtaka Ja 504 vs 25:

ÛÛÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

Vividham-adhimanà suõomahaü, ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

vacanapathaü tava-m-atthasaühitaü,

1 This is Warder's reference, given on page 221 of Pàli Metre, I have been unable to trace it. 2 This line is irregular, we should exclude koñiyo m.c., which then gives a normal line.

Page 41: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

41

ÛÛÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

muÿca giri nudaseva me daraü,1 ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

samaõa sukhàvaha jãva me ciran-ti.

2.23 Visamavutta

(Visamavçtta)

In Lakkhaõasuttanta DN. 30 we find two metres belonging to this class, which has four

dissimilar lines to the verse. The first is derived from mattàchandas:

Upaññhitappacupita:

ÈÜÜÛÛÜÛÜ,ÛÜÛÛÜé

ÈÜÈÛÛÜÛÜÛÜé

ÛÛÛÛÛ,ÛÛÛé

ÛÛÛÛÛÛÛ,ÛÛÛÜÛÛÜé

Example from Lakkhaõasuttanta, (D. 30. 1. 30): 2

ÜÜÜÛÛÜÛÜ,ÛÜÛÛÜÜ

Akkhodaÿ-ca adhiññhahã adàsi ca dànaü, ÜÜÛÛÛÛÜÛÜÛÜÜ

vatthàni ca sukhumàni succhavãnã, ÛÛÛÛÛ,ÛÛÛÜ

purimatarabhavÕ ñhito, ÛÛÛÛÛÛÛ,ÛÛÛÜÛÛÜÜ

abhivisaji mahim-iva suro abhivassaü

Uggatà (from gaõacchandas):

ÛÛÜÛÜÛÛÛÜé

ÛÛÛÛÛÜÛÜÛé

ÈÛÈÛÛÛÜÛÛé

ÛÛÜÛÜÛÛÛÜÛÜÛé

Example from Lakkhaõasuttanta, (D. 30. 2.12):

ÛÛÜÛÜÛÛÛÜÜ

Sugatãsu so phalavipàkaü, ÛÛÛÛÛÜÛÜÛÜ

anubhavati tattha modati,

1 This line has pàdàdilahu. 2 The text here is based on K.R.Norman's reconstruction in The metres of the Lakkhaõa-

suttanta (I). CP III, pgs 45ff.

Page 42: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

42

ÛÛÛÛÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÜ

idha ca pana bhavati gopakhumo, ÛÛÜÛÜÛÛÛÜÛÜÛÜ

abhinãlanettanayano sudassano.

2.24 Lakkhaõasuttanta DN 30

As can be seen from the references supplied to the fixed metres above, the late

Lakkhaõasuttanta of the Dãghanikàya supplies us with a number of metres which are

either rare or not otherwise found in canonical Pàli. For easy reference the metres are

listed below, giving the bhàõavàra and paragraph number of the PTS edition in

brackets:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

(1.6)

(1.9)

(1.12)

(1.15)

(1.18)

(1.21)

(1.24)

(1.27)

(1.30)

(1.33)

(2.3)

(2.6)

(2.9)

(2.12)

(2.15)

(2.18)

(2.21)

(2.24)

(2.27

(2.31)

Vaüsaññhà

Vaüsaññhà

Pupphitaggà

Rathoddhatà

Pupphitaggà

Rathoddhatà

Vaüsaññhà

Vaüsaññhà

Upaññhitappacupita

Vaüsaññhà

Pupphitaggà

Vaüsaññhà

Rucirà

Uggatà

Pamitakkharà

Vaüsaññhà

Pamitakkharà

Pamitakkharà

Upaññhitappacupita

Upaññhitappacupita

5 vs

6 vs

4 vs

3 vs

4 vs

5 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

3 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

4 vs

7 vs

(total 8 vs)

(total 12 vs)

(total 31 vs)

(total 12 vs)

(total 15 vs)

Page 43: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

43

Three: The Mixing of Metres

3.1 Introduction

As we have seen from the description of the metres presented above, one of the main

features of Pàëi verse composition in the Canon is its flexibility. Even the fixed

Classical metres which were just beginning to emerge towards the end of this period

were somewhat fluid in structure, and there was still some room within which

composition could take place.

Another way in which this shows itself is in the flexibility allowed to move between

metres as and when required. This is evident both in the freedom with which different

metres may be employed within a composition, and even the allowance to change

metres within the verse itself, if that proved to be convenient for expression.

In what follows we will be concerned with what may be considered the more extreme

case of metre mixing within the limits of a verse, but this will also serve to provide

examples of the ability to move between metres in the composition as a whole.

3.2 Tuññhubha, Jagatã and their derivatives

We saw in 2.6 above that although both Tuññhubha and Jagatã exist as independent

metres in their own right, and are used as such frequently, nevertheless the metres are

commonly mixed, as a line in Jagatã metre was generally considered acceptable in what

is otherwise a Tuññhubha verse (and visa versa). For a good example of this see

Ratanasutta Sn II:1 (see 2.7 above).

This characteristic continues even when the metres have achieved their fixed forms as

Upajàti and Vaüsaññhà, as can be seen e.g. in Tàlaputta's gàthas Th 1091-1145, where

the metres are used both independently and in combination.

Example from Agàriyavimànaü (Vv 65, vs 1-2):

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

Yathà vanaü Cittalataü pabhàsati, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

uyyànaseññhaü tidasànam-uttamaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

tathåpamaü tuyham-idaü vimànaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

obhàsayaü tiññhati antalikkhe.

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

Deviddhipattosi mahànubhàvo, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

manussabhåto kim-akàsi puÿÿaü?

Page 44: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

44

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

Kenàsi evaü jalitànubhàvo ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

vaõõo ca te sabbadisà pabhàsatã? ti

Rarely we find Tuññhubha mixed with Mattàchandas lines. Examples: Sn 1:2 vs 18, 19;

Ud II:6

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

Akkhodano vigatakhãloham-asmi, (iti Bhagavà,) 1 ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka

anutãre Mahiyekarattivàso, ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya

vivañà kuñi nibbuto gini, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka

atha ce patthayasã pavassa deva! (Sn 19)

3.3 Vetàlãya, Opacchandasaka, & âpàtalikà

These metres, being built around the same structural principle, are quite frequently

mixed, though with the first two it seems that the rule is that Vetàlãya should appear in

the odd lines, and Opacchandasaka in the even (though there may be one or two

counter-examples to this cf. Dhp 344 & Sn 527). With Vetàlãya and âpàtalikà there

appears to be no particular rule about line order, perhaps because their mattà count is

the same.

Examples: Vetàlãya & Opacchandasaka - Dhaniyasutta Sn I:2; Sabhiyasutta Sn III:6

(part: 510-540); Vetàlãya & âpàtalikà from Vangãsa's gàthàs Th 1214-1222.

3.4 Siloka and other metres

So far we have mainly been considering the mixing of metres that employ similar

structural principles, and that may account for the ease with which it was felt to be

possible to move between the metres. However, when we come to Siloka, we have a

syllabic metre with an Addhasamavutta structure. None of the other metres have this

particular combination of characteristics of course, but still we frequently find Siloka

lines appearing alongside other metres, perhaps because it was by far the most common

and familiar of the metres employed.

Normally the situation appears to be that account has been taken of the structure of the

Siloka in mixing, and we usually find Siloka odd and even lines appearing in their

expected positions in the verse. Below we will see that various combinations can be

illustrated:

1 For the recitor's remarks, which are hypermetrical, see 1.13 above.

Page 45: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

45

Siloka & Tuññhubha

Sn. 1061 = Tuññhubha, ab - Siloka, cd

Dhp. 330 = Siloka, ab - Tuññhubha, cd

Sn. 995 = Tuññhubha, abd - Siloka, ef (Jagatã, c)

Sn. 1055 = Siloka, a - Tuññhubha, bcd

Sn. 423 = Siloka, abd - Tuññhubha, c

Sn. 482 = Tuññhubha, abc - Siloka, d

Th. 1253 = Tuññhubha, a - Siloka, bcd etc.

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

So Bàvarã attamano udaggo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

taü devataü pucchati vedajàto: ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

katamamhi gàme nigamamhi và pana, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

katamamhi và janapade lokanàtho ? ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Siloka

Yattha gantvà namassemu Sambuddhaü dipaduttamaü? (Sn 995)

Siloka & Jagatã

Th 306 = Siloka, ab - Jagatã, cd

Th 1089 = Siloka, abc - Jagatã, def

Siloka & Mattàchandas

Th 1 = Op, acd - Siloka, b

Th 551 = Siloka, a - Vetàlãya, bcd

Th 1004 = âpàtalikà, ab - Vetàlãya, c - Siloka, d!

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÛÜÜ âpàtalikà

Ubhayena-m-idaü maraõam-eva, 1 ÜÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÜ âpàtalikà

nàmaraõaü pacchà va pure và, ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya

pañipajjatha mà vinassatha, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Siloka

khaõo ve mà upaccagà! (Th 1004)

Siloka & Gaõacchandas

Siloka lines appear in gaõacchandas verses a surprising number of times. It seems to be

the rule that when the two metres share a pàdayuga, Siloka takes the odd line.

1 The line has an extra syllable in the cadence, we could think of reading maraõaü va to

correct the metre.

Page 46: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

46

Gotama's gàthàs Th 587-596 provide a good example of the mixing of Siloka lines in

what are otherwise gaõacchandas verses.

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜ Siloka

âcàragocare yutto ÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ Gãti

àjãvo sodhito agàrayho ÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÜ Ariyà

cittassa ca saõñhapanaü: ÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ Ariyà

etaü samaõassa pañiråpaü.

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜ Siloka

Càrittaü atha vàrittaü, ÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÐÜÛÛÐÜ Ariyà

iriyàpathiyaü pasàdaniyaü ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜ Siloka

adhicitte ca àyogo: ÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ Ariyà

etaü samaõassa pañiråpaü. (Th 590-1)

Conclusion

This then concludes our outline of the metres in the Pàëi Canon and their usage, but

that is far from the end of the work that remains to be done in this field. We still do

not have comprehensive analyses of all the metrical texts, particularly in regard to the

later compositions like Vv, Pv, Ap, Bv, & Cp. And upto now we know very little about

Pàëi verse composition in post-canonical times, where we can find a whole library of

works composed in verse according to Classical norms. These include the various

Chronicles pertaining to the history of the Sàsana; the verse Summaries of the Vinaya,

Dhamma, & Abhidhamma composed by Ven. Buddhadatta and others; and the late

Medieval lives of the Buddha, composed in a mixture of ornate metres.

The student who is interested in the Pàëi language and its development can be assured

therefore that there is still much yet to discover and contribute in this area, and there

is still much room for original research to be carried out in the area of Pàëi metrical

composition.

Page 47: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

47

Four: Index and Glossary (Roman order of letters)

Addhasamavutta (ardhasamavçtta)

a metre having two dissimilar lines repeated to make up a verse e.g. Siloka, Vetàlãya,

see also 2.20ff

akkharacchandas (akùaracchandas), see vaõõacchandas

anacrusis

one or two extra syllables at the beginning of a line, before the metre proper begins.

anceps Å

indicates that the syllable may be heavy or light in the stated position. In the Pàëi

canonical period the last syllable in a line is nearly always considered to be anceps, and

sometimes the first syllable too, see pàdàdigaru & pàdantagaru.

Anuññhubha (Anuùñubh), see 2.3ff

1) this is a Vedic metre originally having a samavutta structure ÅÜÅÜÐÛÜÛé

(x 4). Over time variations from this basic pattern started to emerge, which

eventually gave rise to a new metre having two dissimilar lines, the Siloka. As

this was a gradual evolution at which point we should declare the metre to have

gone over from Anuññhubha to Siloka is a moot point. But the general position is

that in the Pàëi canonical period we find that we are dealing with the new

metre, which has an Addhasamavutta structure (see the Appendix for more

details).

2) The name is also used when describing a variation that occurs in the odd lines

of Siloka metre, which shows the same structure as the line illustrated above,

and which is therefore the same as the Siloka even line.

3) Also used as a generic name applied to any metre having 8 syllables to the

line.

anusvara, see niggahãta

Aparavatta (Aparavaktra) 2.22

âpàtalikà 2.13

Ariyà (âryà) 2.17

1) a gaõacchandas metre having two dissimilar lines with a matta count of

30 + 27

2) sometimes the name is used generically to refer to any gaõacchandas metre.

Page 48: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

48

assimilation

euphonic change whereby one consonant takes the form of another which follows or

precedes it e.g. ud + ghàta > ugghàta

br, see 1.5

Brahatã, generic name for metres having 9 syllables to the line

bar metres, see gaõacchandas

break

the middle part of the Tuññhubha and other similar metres, see 2.6ff

cadence

the closing rhythm of a line, or pair of lines

caesura, see yati

catalectic

having an incomplete number of syllables or mattà (opp: acatalectic, complete).

chandas

1) prosody, metre

2) sometimes is used loosely to indicate merely the number of syllables in a line

cheda, pause, see also yati

closed syllable see 1.1

conjunct consonants

two (or more) consonants which are not separated by a vowel e.g. -tt- in mettà, -ndr- in

indriya

contraction

change from original two short vowels (usually separated by a semivowel) to one long

one e.g. aya > e, ava > o. This sometimes makes sense of otherwise metrically `wrong'

verses.

Dodhaka 2.21

dãgha (dãrgha)

used to refer to a naturally long vowel, not to be confused with garu (heavy) which

refers to metrical weight

digraphs

two letters that indicate but one sound, see 1.2

Page 49: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

49

elision

the loss of a syllable, or part of a syllable, at the beginning or end of a word (which

sometimes happens m.c.)

epenthesis

the insertion of a vowel between two consonants for euphonic reasons, see sarabhatti

euphony

ease of pronounciation, see also sandhi

even line = posterior line = the second line in a pàdayuga

fixed metre

vaõõacchandas type 2, see 2.20ff

foot

a division of a line of poetry, usually consisting of 3 syllables, see also gaõa

gaõa, a bar or section

1) in the gaõacchandas metres this refers to a bar which seems to be derived

from musical structure. These gaõas accurately reflect the rythmic structure of

the metres. There are five such gaõas, which are given here with their Sanskrit

and Greek names.

jagaõa ÛÜÛ amphibrachys

bhagaõa ÜÛÛ dactylus

sagaõa ÛÛÜ anap˜st

sabbagaru ÜÜ spondee

sabbalahu ÛÛÛÛ proceleusmaticus

2) a division consisting of 3 syllables which is a kind of shorthand used to

describe the vaõõacchandas metres. There are 8 such gaõas which are used in

Classical Indian theory:

jagaõa ÛÜÛ amphibrachys

bhagaõa ÜÛÛ dactylus

sagaõa ÛÛÜ anap˜st

yagaõa ÛÜÜ bacchius

ragaõa ÜÛÜ cretius, amphimacer

tagaõa ÜÜÛ palimbacchius

magaõa ÜÜÜ molossus

nagaõa ÛÛÛ tribrachys

Page 50: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

50

in the descriptions that occur in the Indian prosodies these are normally

indicated as ja, bha, sa, etc.

la(hu) Û and ga(ru) Ü are used to describe the end syllable(s);

(note: ÛÜ = iambus; ÜÛ = trochee; ÜÜ = spondee; ÛÛ = pyrrhic)

Although these signs can be used to describe the alternation of heavy and light

syllables quite accurately, they often disguise the underlying structure of the

metres, so that e.g. Indavajirà is described as being ta ta ja ga ga, which when

written out gives the pattern:

ÜÜÛÐÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÐÜÜ,

this gives the impression that there are rhythmic patterns in the metre which do

not, in fact, appear. The structure is better defined like this:

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ,

which better reflects the rhythm.

gaõacchandas

name of a class of metres built around the first of the gaõa principles outlined above,

there are about 450 gaõacchandas verses in the canon, see 2.15ff

garu

a heavy syllable metrically, see 1.1ff

gàthà

variously translated as verse, stanza, or strophe. A gàthà normally consists of 4 lines,

sometimes 6, though occasionally we come across a verse which is defective in this

regard

geyya

literally singable, in the tradition signifies a type of composition of mixed prose and

verse, some of which at least may have been `performed' to illustrate points of

Buddhist doctrine or folklore. Sagàthavagga of Saüyuttanikàya contains many

examples of geyya

Gãti

literally song 2.17ff cf. also Old Gãti 2.16

Gubbinã (Gurviõi)

a gaõacchandas hypermetre 2.19

half-verse (or half-stanza etc.) see pàdayuga

haplography

omission of a syllable by accident when it appears twice in a word

Page 51: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

51

hiatus

1) a gap

2) two vowels in succession without an intervening consonant

hypermetre

1) a class of metres composed using extendable forms, see 2.19

2) having a syllable, or syllables additional to the normal metre (even a line

showing syllabic resolution may be referred to as hypermetric)

ictus

in metre a syllable that is stressed or emphasized (ictus strictly speaking does not apply

to Pàëi verse composition, but it is sometimes mentioned in the literature).

iti

quotation marker 1.13

Jagatã

1) a syllabic metre 2.6ff

2) a generic name for any metre having 12 syllables to the line

Jàti

1) another name for the measure metres

2) another name for Upajàti

junction, see sandhi

kabba (kàvya), literature

lahu (laghu)

a light syllable metrically, see 1.1ff

Màgadhikà (a.k.a. Màgadhã)

another name for Vetàlãya (2.10), presumably because Magadhi is where the metre

originated

mattà (màtrà)

literally a measure, light syllables are counted as one mattà, heavy ones as two

mattàchandas (màtràchandas), measure metre 2.9ff

there are about 400 verses in mattàchandas metre in the canon

Page 52: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

52

measure metre, see mattàchandas above

metathesis

exchange of syllabic position e.g. kariyà > kayirà

metrical licence, see 1.8ff

metri causa, the metre is the cause (of a change in word form)

mora = mattà = a measure

musical metres

refers to the mattàchandas and gaõacchandas metres which have been derived under

the influence of musical structures

new metres

refers to the mattàchandas, gaõacchandas, and fixed vaõõacchandas metres

niggahãta

the pure nasal sound. Only occurs normally after a short vowel (i.e as aü, iü, & uü),

but then makes that syllable heavy metrically, sometimes also referred to as anusvara

(the Sanskrit name for this sound), see 1.1 & 1.11

odd line = prior line = the first line in a pàdayuga

Old Gãti (a.k.a. Old âryà)

the earliest form of gaõacchandas metre 2.16

Opacchandasaka (Aupacchandasaka) 2.10

opening

the beginning section of a line, may be followed by a break and cadence as in

Tuññhubha and related metres, or simply by a cadence as in Siloka and the

mattàchandas metres

open syllable, see 1.1

pàda

a line of verse

pàdàdigaru

a light syllable that is counted as heavy because it stands at the beginning of a line (this

is sometimes seen in early gaõacchandas verses)

pàdantagaru

a light syllable that is counted as heavy because it stands at the end of a line, see 2.9

Page 53: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

53

pàdayuga

1) a pair of lines

2) sometimes loosely used to refer to a line in gaõacchandas verse

pajja (padya)

verse (as opposed to gajja [gadya], prose)

Pamitakkharà (Pramitàkùarà) 2.21

Panti (Pàïkti), generic name for metres having 10 syllables to the line

partial vowels, see sarabhatti

pathyà

the normal structure of a line (as opposed to vipulà, variation), see 2.3

pause, cheda (see also yati)

position

for syllables not making position see 1.5

posterior pàda = even line = the second line in a pàdayuga

prior pàda = odd line = the first line in a pàdayuga

Pupphitaggà (Puùpitàgrà) 2.12

rassa

a naturally short vowel, not to be confused with lahu, which refers to metrical weight

Rathoddhatà 2.12

recitor's remarks 1.13

redundant syllable

a syllable extra to the metre

replacement, see 1.14ff

resolution, see 1.14, 1.15; 2.4; 2.15

Rucirà 2.8

samavutta (samavçtta)

a metre having the same line repeated (normally four times) to make up a verse e.g.

Tuññhubha, Rucirà, Pamitakkharà, see also 2.20ff

Page 54: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

54

samprasàna, reduction

a phonetic change whereby a semi-vowel is reduced to its vowel equivalent e.g. ya > ã;

va > å

sandhi

refers to the junction between words, and the euphonic changes that take place

accordingly

sara (svara), vowel; (vyaÿjana, consonant)

sarabhatti (svarabhakti)

literally a broken vowel, an anaptyctic or epenthetic vowel, see 1.6

scansion

metrical analysis, see 1.1ff

Siloka (øloka)

see 2.3ff

stanza, see gàthà

strophe, see gàthà

Svàgatà 2. 14

syllable

can be defined as a word, or a part of a word, which can be uttered with a single effort

of the voice

syllabic metres, vaõõacchandas type 1, see 2.1ff

syncopation

a change in the order of syllables, which produces a different rhythm e.g.ÜÜÛÛ >

ÜÛÜÛ see 2.10

Tuññhubha (Triùñubh) 2.6ff

also sometimes used as a generic name for any metre having 11 syllables to the line

Uggatà (Udgatà) 2.23

Uggãti (Udgãti) 2.17

Upagãti 2.17

Upajàti 2.8

sometimes loosely referred to as Tuññhubha

Upaññhità 2.21

Page 55: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

55

Upaññhitappacupita (Upasthitapracupita) 2.23

Vaüsaññhà (Vaüèasthà) 2.8

sometimes loosely referred to as Jagatã

vaõõacchandas (varõacchandas), the syllablic metres, there are two types:

1) the flexible syllabic metres e.g. Siloka, Tuññhubha, in which the syllabic

patterns are still somewhat variable, see 2.1ff

2) the fixed syllabic metres, in which all, or nearly all, of the syllables are of

fixed quantity e.g. Vaüsaññhà, Uggatà, see 2.20ff

vaçõaka

a descriptive compound having an extendable metrical structure, see 2.19

Veóha 2.19

Vegavatã, see âpàtalikà 2.13

Vetàlãya (Vaitàlãya) 2.10

vipulà, variation (as opposed to pathyà, normal) 2.4

visamavutta (visamavçtta)

a verse with 4 dissimilar lines 2.23ff

vutta (vçtta)

a fixed syllablic metre, vaõõacchandas type 2

vutti

the weight of a syllable

yati, caesura

a word break (not a pause as sometimes stated). Occasionally the word break is hidden

or concealed (avyakata) in a compound

Page 56: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

56

Appendix: The Evolution of Siloka & Tuññhubha

In order to give a broader perspective on the nature of Pàëi verse composition a sketch

is presented here of the development of two of the metres in their Vedic, Pàli, and

Classical forms. The Vedic period probably starts around 2500 - 2000 B.C.; the Pàëi

canonical period begins around the turn of the 6th century B.C. and continues until the

2nd century B.C.; which is when the Epic and Classical period roughly begins. There is

some overlap, but nevertheless we can broadly distinguish these three periods, and

point out how the metres were developing.

1) Anuùñubh / Siloka / øloka

In the early part of the »g Veda the Anuùñubh was a samavçtta metre showing the

following structure:

ÅÜÅÜÐÛÜÛé (x 4)

sometimes light syllables are found in the 2nd, 4th & 6th positions, though 2 successive

light syllables in the 2nd & 3rd position was normally avoided (as it was in the other

periods also). Interestingly enough, in the light of later developments, the cadence

ÛÜÜé, which became the pathyà (normal) form almost never occurs.

Over time variations from this basic pattern started to emerge, which eventually gave

rise to a new metre having two dissimilar lines, which we may describe thus:

Odd line: ÅÜÅÜÐÛÜÅé

Even line: ÅÅÜÅÐÛÜÛ é (x 2)

By the time of the Pàëi Canon the samavçtta Anuùñubh as an independent metre has

more or less fallen into disuse, and the Siloka has emerged as a definite

Addhasamavutta metre, the normal pattern of which can be described thus:

Odd line: ÉÅÅÅÐÛÜÜé

Even line: ÉÅÅÅÐÛÜÛ é (x 2)

as shown in the main body of the book (2.4), in the early period there were 7 variations

allowed in the prior line, including the Anuññhubha. By the end of the canonical perod,

the Anuññhubha variation was normally avoided.

In the Classical period (which includes post-canonical Pàëi works), not only the

Anuññhubha, but the 5th & 6th vipulàs had also fallen into disuse. Other changes that

have taken place are the normal avoidance of resolution; and also of the pattern ÜÛÜ

in the 2nd, 3rd & 4th syllables of the even line.

Page 57: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

57

In the Classical øloka the pathyà structure accounts for 85% - 95% of all odd lines, and

the metre then can be described thus:

Odd line: ÅÅÅÅÐÛÜÜé

Even line: ÅÅÅÅÐÛÜÛé (x 2)

with only 4 variations occasionally appearing in the prior line.

2) Triùñubh / Tuññhubha / Upajàti

The Triùtubh is the most popular metre in the »g Veda, accounting for approximately

2/3 of all the lines in that collection (of about 10,000 verses). In the Vedas there are

two main forms of the metre distinguished by the position of the caesura:

1) ÅÜÅÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜé (x 4)

2) ÅÜÅÜÐÅ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜé (x 4)

Note that the caesura, whether it occurs after the 4th or the 5th syllable, is normally

followed by two light syllables. The openings occasionally appear as ÅÛÜÜ, and the

break sometimes shows other patterns: with the early caesura: ,ÜÛÜ ,ÛÜÛ ,ÛÛÛ ;

with the later caesura: Û,ÜÛ are fairly common.

In the early period mixing Jagatã lines into Triùñubh verses was normally avoided, but

in the late period it is acceptable and quite common.

In the very earliest part of the Pàëi period also mixing of the two metres was normally

avoided, later, as we have seen (2.6ff 3.2), it is normal to find the two metres mixed

together in composition, whichever one predominates. The pattern in the early and

middle Pàëi period can be described thus:

ÉܦÜÐÅÛÅÐÜÛÜé (x 4)

The most significant changes are the possibility of resolution, particularly of the 1st

syllable; the establishment of the break ÜÛÛ as the dominant form, the loss of the two

distinct forms, and with that the loss in the significance of the caesura.

Even in the late part of the Canon the Tuññhubha has been replaced by the Classical

Upajàti, which is more restricted than its earlier counterparts, having the normal

pattern:

ÅÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜé (x 4)

Page 58: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

58

Guide to Further Study (with abbreviations, and method of quoting)

The following books and articles contain further information on the gàthàs and metres of the

Pàëi Canon (all volumes are as published by PTS, unless otherwise stated):

Texts:

DN: Dãghanikàya - each volume has a gàthà index (quoted by sutta name, number, bhàõavàra

[where appropriate], and paragraph number)

MN: Majjhimanikàya - volume 3 contains a very incomplete gàthà index (quoted by sutta

name, number, bhàõavàra [where appropriate], and paragraph number)

SN: Saüyuttanikàya - each volume has a gàthà index, and the index volume (no 6) collates

these (quoted by Saüyutta name, and sutta number)

Sg: Sagàthavagga (new edition, 1998) - the metre of all the gàthàs are identified (quoted by

verse number)

AN: Anguttaranikàya - each volume has a gàthà index, and the index volume (no 6) collates

these (quoted by nipàta number, and sutta number)

Khp: Khuddakapàñha - has a gàthà index and an analysis of the metres (quoted by sutta name

and verse number)

Dhp: Dhammapada - index volume contains a pàda index (quoted by verse number)

Ud: Udàna - includes udàna index (quoted by vagga & sutta number)

It: Itivuttaka - includes gàthà index (quoted by vagga & sutta number)

Sn: Suttanipàta - the gàthà index and metre analysis are contained in Vol 3 of the commentary

Paramatthajotikà, (quoted by sutta name, vagga and sutta number, and/or verse number)

Vv: Vimànavatthu - (quoted by Vimàna name and line number)

Pv: Petavatthu - (quoted by Peta name and line number)

Th: Theragàthà - 2nd edition (1966) contains Alsdorf's reconstruction of the gaõacchandas

metres in Appendix 2 (quoted by Thera name and verse number)

Thã: Therãgàthà - as Th above (quoted by Therã name and verse number)

Ja: Jàtaka - (quoted by Jàtaka name and verse number)

KJa: Kuõàlajàtaka - contains metre analysis, including a commentary on the lines in Veóha

metre

Ap: Apadàna - Buddha Jayanti edition (quoted by verse number)

Page 59: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

59

Bv: Buddhavaüsa - (quoted by book and line number)

Cp: Cariyapiñaka - (quoted by book and line number)

Translations, Studies etc.

Alsdorf, L: Die âryà-Strophen des Pàëi Kanon, Mainz 1967

Bechert, H: "Alte Vedhas" im Pàli-Kanon, Gottingberg 1988

Bechert, H: A Metric `Vaçõaka' in the Pàëi Scriptures, in Studies in Buddhism and Culture,

Tokyo 1991

Boll‚e, W. B: Reverse Index of Dhammapada, Sutta Nipàta, Theragàthà, and Therãgàthà, with

Parallels from the âràranga, Såyagaóa, Uttarajjhàya, Dasaveyàliya and Isibhàsiyàiü, Reinbeck

1980

Franke, R. O: Die Gàthàs des Dãghanikàya mit ihren Parallelen, JPTS 1909, contains parallels

passages to the Dãgha verses, including Lakkhaõasuttanta

Franke, R. O: Konkordanz der Gàthàs des Majjhimanikàya, in Kleine Schriften vol 2,

Wiesbaden 1978

Hare, E. M: Woven Cadences of Early Buddhists (trans of Sn), contains a complete

concordance to the pàdas of Sn

Lienhard, S: Sur la Structure Poetique des Thera-Therãgàthà,

JAs 1975

Moore, J. H: Metrical Analysis of the Pàëi Itivuttaka, JAOS 28 1907

Norman, K .R: Elders Verses 1 (trans of Th), contains a list of the metres and metrical analysis

in the Introduction, and a running commentary on the metres of the verses (EV 1)

Norman, K. R: Elders Verses II (trans of Thã), contains a list of the metres and metrical

analysis in the Introduction, and a running commentary on the metres of the verses (EV II)

Norman, K. R: The Group of Discourses II (trans of Sn), contains a running commentary on

the metres of the verses (GD II)

Norman, K. R: Word of the Doctrine (trans of Dhp), contains metrical analyses in the

Introduction, and a running commentary on the metres of the verses (WD)

Norman, K. R: Collected Papers, Vol 3, 4, & 5 contain reconstructions of 3 metres found in

Lakkhaõasuttanta. Vol 4, & 5 also have articles on gaõacchandas metres (CP)

Sakamoto-Goto, J: Les Stances en Màtràchandas dans le Jàtaka, Paris 1982

Simon, R: Der øloka im Pàli, ZDMG 1890

Smith, H: Conspectus terminorum (metricorum), in Saddanãti, Vol IV, Lund 1966 (reprinted

Oxford 2001)

Page 60: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

An Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon

60

Smith, H: Epilegomena to Critical Pali-English dictionary Vol 1, Copenhagen 1947

Stede, W: The Pàdas of Thera- and Therã- gàthà, JPTS 1924-7

Warder, A. K: Introduction to Pàli, chapter 30 contains an all-too-brief outline of Pàëi metre

(Intro)

Warder, A. K: Pàëi Metre, the most comprehensive book on the subject studying the

development of Pàëi metre against its historical background, contains many useful tables on

usage (PM)

Other Abbreviations occuring in the literature

AMg: Ardhamàgadhã, the language of the Jaina Canon

Apa: Apabrahüsa, a late Pràkrit language

Be: Text in Burmese characters, usually refers to the relevant Chaññha Saïgàyana text

BHS: Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit

Ce: Text in Sinhalese characters, usually refers to the relevant Buddha Jayanti Tripitaka text

Ee: Text in Roman characters, usually refers to the relevant PTS edition; or to the Harvard

Oriental Series

m.c.: metri causa, the metre is the cause (of a change in word form)

MIA: Middle Indo-âryan = Pàëi & Pràkrit

OIA: Old Indo-âryan = Vedic & Classical Sanskrit

Pkt: Pràkrit

Se: Text in Thai characters, usually refers to the relevant Royal Thai edition of the text

Skt: Sanskrit

v.l.: variant reading (in the manuscripts)

v.r.: variant reading (in the commentaries, grammarians, etc.)

Page 61: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Khuddakapàñha

A New Edition by

ânandajoti Bhikkhu

Page 62: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

62

Page 63: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Text and Metre of Khuddakapàñha

Introduction

Khuddakapàñha, as its name may suggest, is the smallest book in the Pàli Tipiñaka. It

stands as the first book in the 5th collection of the Suttapiñika, the Khuddakanikàya.

The title would seem to mean that it is a Small (collection of) Texts, which would at

least accurately describe it's contents, as it consists of only 9 short pieces. It would

perhaps be what we would designate in English as a handbook. A handbook, of course,

is usually designed to meet a particular need, and there seems to be good ground to

believe that this book has been collected with just such a need in mind.

It has been suggested elsewhere1 that the book may be a kind of handbook for novices,

though it seems to the present writer that it would be more correctly described as a

handbook for candidates who are waiting to become novices. As can be seen, it begins

with the Saraõagamanaü and the Dasasikkhàpadaü, which are undertaken at the time

of ordination. This is followed by the reflection on the 32 parts of the body, which is a

meditation traditionally given to those who ordain as their first `place of work'

(kammaññhàna) at the time they are having their heads shaved just prior to ordination.

The Kumàrapaÿhaü, is represented in the commentary as being one particular boy's

ordination, and it may have been used as a kind of basic questionnaire, to make sure

that candidates had at least some idea of the central tenets of the doctrine. This is

followed by a group of 5 popular (mainly) verse suttas that are commonly used in

recital, that would have to be memorised by novices.

It seems likely then that the texts gathered here would possibly, at the time of making

the collection, have been learnt by heart by everyone who aspired to be ordained into

the order. We may mention here that a similar requirement was at one time laid down

by the Sinhalese king Kassapa V2 when he ordered that all those who take upasampadà,

or higher ordination, must first have memorised the Catubhàõavàrapàli, a collection of

texts used in recital at Parittaü ceremonies to this day. It will be noted that that

collection reproduces most of the texts in Khp, and indeed the latter looks very much

like a smaller version of the larger collection.

The Text

A new edition of the text is not hard to justify. Childer's first edition of the text in

Roman script was originally published in 1869,3 when the scholarly study of the

language and the metre in the West was still in its infancy. This was reproduced

1 Abeynayake: A Textual and Historical Analysis of the Khuddaka Nikàya, (Colombo 1984), pg

115. See also Rhys Davids, Buddhism, Its History and Literature, pgs 678; and Winternitz, A

History of Indian Literature, ii. pg 78. (Refs from Abeyenayake). 2 See Malalasekera, The Pàli Literature of Ceylon, (Republished Kandy 1994), pg 155 (quoting

Ep. Zey. vol i, pt ii, pp. 42-3. 3 J.R.A.S., N.S. vol iv., 309324 (ref from Ee, as the original is not available to me).

Page 64: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Text and Metre of Khuddakapàñha

64

verbatim by Helmer Smith in his 1915 edition of the text & commentary (PTS), to

which he adds as an appendix the readings found in the King of Siam's edition. Since

that time we have had the Burmese Chaññha Saïgàyana edition of 1955, and the

Sinhalese Buddha Jayanti edition of 1960, which give us many new readings to

compare. Here is a list of the authorities consulted in preparing this new edition along

with the abbreviations that are used in the variant readings:

BJT: Khuddakapàñhapàëi. Buddha Jayanti Tripitika Series, volume XXIV. Colombo

1960.

PTS: The Khuddaka-Pàñha. together with its commentary Paramatthajotikà I.

Edited by Helmer Smith, (PTS Text Series No 52) originally published London,

1915. Reprinted London, 1978.

Thai: Khuddakapàñho. The Royal Thai Edition, volume 25. Originally published

2469 (i.e 1915). Reprinted Bangkok, 2500 (i.e 1956).

ChS: Khuddakapàñhapàëi. Chaññha Saïgàyana Edition, 1956, reprinted Rangoon

1972.

Nearly all of the texts occur elsewhere in the canon, though not always exactly as they

are found here. Here is a list of their occurence with notes on the variations:

1 Saraõagamanaü (Vinaya Mahàvagga 1)

Mahàvagga: no title

2 Dasasikkhàpadaü (Vinaya Mahàvagga 1)

Mahàvagga: no title, omits the word samàdiyàmi at the end of each precept

3 Dvàttiüsàkàraü (D.22 and elsewhere)

In the suttas matthake matthaluïgaü is omitted from the end of the reflection.

4 Kumàrapaÿhaü

Not found in this form in the suttas, but cf. the Mahàpaÿhàsuttas of

Aïguttaranikàya (PTS vol v. 50 ff)

5 Maïgalasuttaü (Sn 2:4)

In Sn the title is Mahàmaïgalasuttaü

6 Ratanasuttaü (Sn 2:1)

7 Tirokuóóasuttaü (Pv 1.5)

Title as Tirokuóóapetavatthu

8 Nidhikaõóasuttaü (not found elsewhere)

9 Mettasuttaü (Sn 1:8)

Page 65: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Text and Metre of Khuddakapàñha

65

The Metre

In recent times we have gained much knowledge in regard to the correct form of the

metres that are used in Pàli metrical composition, which is due mainly to the labours of

Helmer Smith, A. K. Warder and K. R. Norman. In establishing a verse text it is, of

course, essential that the parameters of the prosody are understood.

As I have stated elsewhere1 it seems possible to identify three phases of canonical Pàli

verse composition, which for convenience we may designate the early, the middle, and

the late.2 Briefly, the early period concerns the two main metres used in Pàli, the

Siloka and the Tuññhubha. The Siloka in the early period is characterised by the regular

inclusion of the Anuññhubha variation in the prior lines. In the middle and late periods

this occurs only sporadically (and can nearly always be `corrected' to the pathyà, or

normal cadence, which makes one believe that the current readings may simply be

corruptions). In the late period the pathyà predominates over the other variations to a

marked degree, sometimes reaching as much as 85%.3

The Tuññhubha in the early period is normally used as an independent metre, without

admixture of Jagatã lines, which occur only very occasionally.4 In the middle period

mixing is not only common, but normal. In the later period, the Tuññhubha becomes

restricted to the classical Upajàti form, and Jagatã to Vaüsaññhà.

The middle period also saw the emergence of the so-called new metres, the

mattàchandas and gaõacchandas. In Mettasuttaü, which appears as the last of the texts

in this collection, we are dealing with what is probably a transitional metre between

these two, the Old Gãti.5 The structure of the metre is rather primitive and unsettled, as

will be seen from the description that follows. Towards the close of the later period

both of these type of metres were superceded by their fixed classical counterparts.

1 See An Outline of the Metres in the Pàli Canon, elsewhere on this website. 2 It may be stated here that although canonical Pàli metrical composition stretches over a

period of several centuries, it seems that the first two periods described below have to fall

within the lifetime of the Buddha. 3 See Warder, Pàli Metre (London 1967)( = PM) pg 198

4 In Aññhakavagga of Suttanipàta, for instance, there are only 4 Jagatã lines among 99 vs of

Tuññhubha (there is also one Jagatã verse, no 836 in Ee). In Pàràyanavagga, the Jagatã lines

amount to approx 7% of the lines in the Tuññhubha verses. 5 This is the metre referred to by Alsdorf in his monograph Die âryàStrophen des PaliKanon

(Mainz 1967) as Old âryà. Norman in Group of Discourses II (Oxford 1992)(= GD II) also

used this name, but later in his essay on The Origins of the âryà Metre in Collected Papers

Vol 4 (Oxford 1993)(= CP), preferred the name Old Gãti. The latter seems in every way

preferable, as the structure of the metre is in fact a primitive form of Gãti, which has the

same pàdayuga structure repeated to make up a verse, whereas âryà has two different

pàdayugas to the verse.

Page 66: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Text and Metre of Khuddakapàñha

66

On the basis of this description we can fairly confidently1 ascribe the Managlasuttaü,

Ratanasuttaü, and Mettasuttaü to the middle period; while the Tirokuóóasuttaü and

the Nidhikaõóasuttaü belong to the late period.

The conventions used in this paper are as follows:

Sarabhatti (partial vowels which do not count metrically) are represented by the

sarabhatti vowel being written in superscript e.g. from Maïgalasuttaü (10a): Tapo ca

brahmacariyaÿ-ca.

In the analysis of the metre:

Û = light syllable;

Ü = heavy syllable;

Å = light or heavy;

é = light or heavy (but always marked as heavy)

È = 2 lights or one heavy;

É = 2 lights or one heavy or one light.

Resolved syllables are underlined e.g. from Nidhikaõóasuttam (15ab):

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

Pañisambhidà, vimokkhà ca, yà ca sàvakapàramã,

As in the above example the variation (where appropriate) has been identified and

indicated.2

The analysis of the metres in the text is based on the following description:

1: Siloka (Maïgalasuttaü, Tirokuóóasuttaü, Nidhikaõóasuttaü)

Here is an analysis of the pathyà (normal) structure of the Siloka:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Odd line: É Å Å Å Ð Û Ü Ü é

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Even line: É Å Å Å Ð Û Ü Û é x2

In the 2nd & 3rd positions two light syllables are normally avoided.

1 It may be stated here that these periods are by no means hard and fast, but run over into each

other as we might expect from an evolving culture. 2 I have been greatly helped in compiling the notes that accompany this edition by Helmer

Smith's metrical analysis of the 3 suttas that also appear in Suttanipàta (in Paramatthajotikà

Vol III, 1918, reprinted Oxford 1997); and for the same suttas by K R Norman's

comprehensive notes in GD II.

Page 67: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Text and Metre of Khuddakapàñha

67

In the first half of the line 7 variations (vipulà) occur, besides the normal structure,

they are:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anuññhubha É Å Å Å Ð Û Ü Û é

navipula É Ü Å Ü Ð Û Û Û é

bhavipula É Ü Å Ü Ð Ü Û Û é

mavipula É Ü Û Ü Ð Ü Ü Ü é

ravipula É Å Å Å Ð Ü Û Ü é

savipula É Å Å Å Ð Û Û Ü é

tavipula É Ü Û Ü Ð Ü Ü Û é (very sporadic)

2: Tuññhubhajagatã (Ratanasuttaü)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (11) 11 or 12

É Ü ¦ Ü Ð Å Û Å Ð Ü Û Ü (Û) é x4

The normal opening is ÅÜÛÜ, but occasionally we find ÅÜÜÜ

The normal break is the bhagaõa ÜÛÛ , but others also occur e.g. ÜÛÜ, ÛÛÛ, etc.

3: Upajàti (Tirokuóóasuttaü vs 13)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (11) 11 0r 12

Å Ü Û Ü Ð Ü Û Û Ð Ü Û Ü (Û) é x4

4: Old Gãti (Mettasuttaü)1

ÈÜÐÛÜÛÐÈÜÐÅ, ÈÍÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐé x2

Resolution occasionally produces different patterns e.g. ÜÜ > ÛÛÜ

Replacement sometimes produces different patterns e.g. ÛÜÛ > ÜÜ

Note that ÜÛÛ is not normally found in any gaõa.

The Establishment of the Text

In editing a text, of course, where there are many variant readings in the different

traditions to choose from, we are dealing only with probabilities, and never with

certainties. In light of this it seems that a conservative approach to the texts is called

for. With the verse texts in particular it seems that the best and most reliable

manuscripts are found within the Sinhalese tradition. For that reason I have made BJT

the basis of the readings, and have only introduced other readings when there seemed

to be a real need, and when it can be done in a fairly simple way.

1 This description is based on Norman, The Origins of the âryà Metre in CP Vol 4

Page 68: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Text and Metre of Khuddakapàñha

68

The Burmese edition of the text presents many problems for the would-be editor, as

there appears to have been an over correcting of the metre in the texts in an attempt to

make them conform to classical standards. In Ratanasuttaü, for example, there are a

number of readings in the Burmese edition that produce the classical bhagaõa break

ÜÛÛ, but there is no reason to believe that the sutta was written to that standard.1

The most drastic changes are made in Mettasuttaü, where there has been alteration of

word form, re-arrangement of text, and what amounts to rewriting as well.2 A number

of the lines that have been `corrected' actually scan as Siloka lines as they presently

stand, and as Siloka lines seem to have been considered acceptable in gaõacchandas

verses it is questionable whether the lines ever needed correcting at all. It appears that

many of the readings introduced into this text were not being read by the

commentator, lack confirmation in other traditions, and are not found in the early

Burmese manuscript tradition either.

1 The Thai edition also has to be treated with caution. To give one example: not understanding

the matter of sarabhatti vowels a reading is introduced into Ratanasuttaü at 9a, against all

other editions: ye 'rãya saccàni vibhàvayanti. When we take the sarabhatti vowel into account

however, and read ariya (ÜÛ), we can see that there was no need for the change in reading

(for a discussion of sarabhatti (svarabhakti) see Warder PM pg 29ff 2 For alteration of word form, see e.g. 3a; rearrangement of text, 4c; rewriting, vss 9 & 10.

Unfortunately, even after much handiwork occasionally the text is still left `wrong' according

to classical standards, see the note to 10ab.

Page 69: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Khuddakapàñho1

namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammàsambuddhassa

1: Saraõagamanaü2

buddhaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dhammaü saraõaü gacchàmi

saïghaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dutiyam-pi buddhaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dutiyam-pi dhammaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dutiyam-pi saïghaü saraõaü gacchàmi

tatiyam-pi buddhaü saraõaü gacchàmi

tatiyam-pi dhammaü saraõaü gacchàmi

tatiyam-pi saïghaü saraõaü gacchàmi

Saraõagamanaü3

2: Dasasikkhàpadaü4

pàõàtipàtà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü5 samàdiyàmi.

adinnàdànà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

abrahmacariyà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

musàvàdà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

suràmerayamajjapamàdaññhànà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

vikàlabhojanà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

naccagãtavàditavisåkadassanà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

màlàgandhavilepanadhàraõamaõóanavibhåsanaññhànà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

samàdiyàmi.

uccàsayanamahàsayanà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

jàtaråparajatapañiggahaõà6 veramaõãsikkhàpadaü samàdiyàmi.

Dasasikkhàpadaü7

1 Ce, Be: Khuddakapàñhapàëi; PTS: Khuddakapàñha 2 Be: Saraõattaya; Ee here and elsewhere has only numbers, no titles; Se has title as

Khuddakapàñhe Saraõagamanaü, and so for the titles throughout 3 Ee, Be: Saraõattayaü; Se adds niññhitaü 4 Be: Dasasikkhàpada 5 Be: veramaõi, and so throughout 6 Se: rajaña 7 Se: adds niññhitaü

Page 70: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

70

3: Dvattiüsàkàraü1

atthi imasmiü kàye:

kesà, lomà, nakhà, dantà, taco,

maüsaü, nahàru,2 aññhi,3 aññhimiÿjaü,4 vakkaü,

hadayaü, yakanaü, kilomakaü, pihakaü, papphàsaü,

antaü, antaguõaü, udariyaü, karãsaü,5

pittaü, semhaü, pubbo, lohitaü, sedo, medo,

assu, vasà, khelo,6 siïghànikà, lasikà, muttaü,7

matthake matthaluïgan-ti. 8

Dvattiüsàkàraü9

4: Kumàrapaÿhaü10

ekaü11 nàma kiü? sabbe sattà àhàraññhitikà.

dve nàma kiü? nàmaÿ-ca råpaÿ-ca.12

tãõi nàma kiü? tisso vedanà.13

cattàri nàma kiü? cattàri ariyasaccàni.

paÿca nàma kiü? paÿcupàdànakkhandhà.

cha nàma kiü? cha ajjhattikàni àyatanàni.

satta nàma kiü? satta bojjhaïgà.

aññha nàma kiü? ariyo aññhaïgiko maggo.

nava nàma kiü? nava sattàvàsà.

dasa nàma kiü? dasahaïgehi samannàgato arahàti vuccatã ti.14

Kumàrapaÿhaü15

1 Se: Dvattiüsàkàro; Be: Dvattiüsàkàra 2 Se, Be: nhàru 3 Se: aññhã 4 Ee: aññhimiÿjà 5 Be adds in brackets: matthalugaü 6 Ee, Be: kheëo 7 Be: muttanti, omit matthake matthaluïgan-ti 8 Ee: matthaluïgaü (omit ti) 9 Se adds niññhitaü 10 Ce, Be: Kumàrapaÿhà here and below; Se: Sàmaõerapaÿhà 11 Ee: eka; Se: ekan 12 Ee: dve nàmaÿ ca råpaÿ ca 13 Ee: tãõi tisso vedanà 14 Ee: vuccati (omit ti) 15 Se: Sàmaõerapaÿhà niññhità

Page 71: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

71

5: Maïgalasuttaü1

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. atha

kho aÿÿatarà devatà abhikkantàya rattiyà, abhikkantavaõõà kevalakappaü jetavanaü

obhàsetvà, yena bhagavà tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà

ekamantaü aññhàsi. ekamantaü ñhità kho sà devatà bhagavantaü gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà2

ßbahå devà manussà ca maïgalàni acintayuü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

àkaïkhamànà sotthànaü: bråhi maïgalam-uttamaü.û [1]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßasevanà ca bàlànaü, paõóitànaÿ-ca sevanà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

påjà ca påjanãyànaü:3 etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [2]

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pañiråpadesavàso ca, pubbe ca katapuÿÿatà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

attasammàpaõidhi ca: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [3]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

bàhusaccaÿ-ca sippaÿ-ca, vinayo ca susikkhito, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

subhàsità ca yà vàcà: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [4]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

màtàpituupaññhànaü, puttadàrassa saïgaho, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

anàkulà ca kammantà: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [5]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dànaÿ-ca dhammacariyà ca, ÿàtakànaÿ-ca saïgaho, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

anavajjàni kammàni: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [6]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

àratã4 viratã5 pàpà, majjapànà ca saÿÿamo,6 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

appamàdo ca dhammesu: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [7]

1 Be: Maïgalasutta, (in crude form) here and in the titles from here on 2 From here on in this, and in suttas nos 7 & 8, the lines should be understood as Siloka, unless

otherwise stated 3 Ee, Be: påjaneyyànaü 4 Ee, Ce: àrati 5 Ce: virati, 6 Be: saüyamo

Page 72: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

72

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

gàravo ca nivàto ca, santuññhã ca kataÿÿutà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

kàlena dhammasavaõaü:1 etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [8]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜAnuññhubha

khantã2 ca sovacassatà, samaõànaÿ-ca dassanaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kàlena dhammasàkacchà: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [9]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tapo ca brahmacariyaÿ-ca, ariyasaccàna'3 dassanaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nibbàna4sacchikiriyà ca: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [10]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

phuññhassa5 lokadhammehi, cittaü yassa na kampati, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

asokaü virajaü khemaü: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [11]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

etàdisàni katvàna, sabbattha-m-aparàjità, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbattha sotthiü gacchanti: taü tesaü maïgalam-uttamanû-ti.6 [12]

Maïgalasuttaü Niññhitaü7

1 Be: dhammassavanaü 2 ã is m.c. to avoid the opening ÅÛÛ 3 Loss of niggahãta m.c. It seems better to regard ariya as containing a sarabhatti vowel, and

not as resolved as Norman (GD II, pg 199) suggests 4 Ce: nibbàõa here and elsewhere 5 Ce: puññhassa 6 Ee: uttamaü (omit ti), note that this line has 9 syllabes through the inclusion of taü. The

quotation marker is outside the metre 7 Ce, Be: Maïgalasuttaü, both omit niññhitaü here and in the following suttas

Page 73: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

73

6. Ratanasuttaü

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha1

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni và yàni va2antalikkhe,3 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

sabbe va bhåtà sumanà bhavantu, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

atho pi sakkacca suõantu bhàsitaü. [1]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tasmà hi bhåtà nisàmetha sabbe, ÜÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

mettaü karotha4 mànusiyà pajàya, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

divà ca ratto ca haranti ye baliü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tasmà hi ne rakkhatha appamattà. [2]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yaü kiÿci vittaü idha và huraü và ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saggesu và yaü ratanaü paõãtaü ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na no samaü atthi tathàgatena ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi buddhe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [3]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

khayaü viràgaü amataü paõãtaü ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yad-ajjhagà sakyamunã5samàhito ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na tena dhammena samatthi kiÿci ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi dhamme ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [4]

1 From here on the lines are to be understood as Tuññhubha, unless otherwise indicated. 2 va here cannot be m.c. as Norman (GD II, 191 & 194) maintains, because the break ÜÛÜ is

tolerated, cf. 2a, 7d, 12a, 14ad, rather we must understand it as the emphatic, inserted as a

line filler. 3 Ce: antaëikkhe here, and in vs 15, 16 & 17 below 4 This is an example of extended Tuññhubha, pausing at the 5th, and restarting from the same

syllable. 5 ã m.c.

Page 74: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

74

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yam-buddhaseññho parivaõõayã1 suciü ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

samàdhim-ànantarikaÿ-ÿam-àhu ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

samàdhinà tena samo na vijjati ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi dhamme ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [5]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye puggalà aññha satam2-pasatthà3 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

cattàri etàni yugàni honti ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

te dakkhiõeyyà sugatassa sàvakà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etesu dinnàni mahapphalàni ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [6]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye suppayuttà manasà daëhena4 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nikkàmino gotamasàsanamhi ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

te pattipattà amataü vigayha5 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

laddhà mudhà nibbutiü bhuÿjamànà ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [7]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yathindakhãlo pañhaviü sito6 siyà ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

catubbhi vàtehi7 asampakampiyo, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tathåpamaü sappurisaü vadàmi,

1 ã m.c. 2 Be: sataü 3 Se: pasaññhà 4 Note that ëh is a digraph, and does not make position 5 Note that vy does make position here 6 Be: pañhavissito 7 Ce, Se: vàtebhi

Page 75: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

75

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yo ariyasaccàni avecca passati ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [8]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye ariya1 saccàni vibhàvayanti, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

gambhãrapaÿÿena sudesitàni, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kiÿcàpi te honti bhusappamattà2 ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na te bhavaü aññhamam-àdiyanti3 ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [9]

ÛÜÜÛÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sahà vassa dassanasampadàya4 ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tayassu dhammà jahità bhavanti: ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sakkàyadiññhi5 vicikicchitaÿ-ca ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sãlabbataü và pi yad-atthi kiÿci. ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

6catåhapàyehi ca vippamutto, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

cha càbhiñhànàni7 abhabbÖ8 kàtuü ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [10]

1 Se: ye 'rãya 2 Be: bhusaü pamattà 3 Ee: aññhamaü 4 Note the unusual opening 5 Be: diññhã, to produce the Upajàti break ÜÛÛ, but ÛÛÛ is tolerated 6 Be starts a new verse here (no 11) 7 Be: chaccàbhiñhànàni. Note that simple -ñh- in this word is m.c. 8 Be: abhabba, but we can understand abhabbÖ to give the normal cadence, cf 11c below

(Norman in GD II makes no comment on the reading here)

Page 76: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

76

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

kiÿcàpi so kammaü1 karoti pàpakaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kàyena vàcà uda2 cetasà và, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

abhabbÖ3so tassa pañicchadàya:4 ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

abhabbatà diññhapadassa vuttà ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [11]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

vanappagumbe yathà5 phussitagge6 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÜÜ

gimhàna7màse pañhamasmiü gimhe,8 ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathåpamaü dhammavaraü adesayi,9 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nibbànagàmiü paramaühitàya ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi buddhe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [12]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

varo varaÿÿå varado varàharo, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

anuttaro dhammavaraü adesayi ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi buddhe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [13]

1 Be: kamma' to produce the classical bhagaõa break 2 Se: yuda 3 Be: abhabba, see note to 10f above 4 Ee, Ce: pañicchàdàya 5 Be: yatha to produce the classical bhagaõa break 6 -ss- is m.c. 7 Ce: gimhàõa 8 Note the unusual cadence, which should possibly be corrected, though it occurs in the older

writings 9 Ce: adesayã, here and in 13 below

Page 77: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

77

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

khãõaü puràõaü navaü1 natthi sambhavaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

virattacittàyatike2 bhavasmiü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

te khãõabãjà aviråëhichandà,3 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

nibbanti dhãrà yathàyam4-padãpo ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [14]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni và yàni va5 antalikkhe, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathàgataü devamanussapåjitaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

buddhaü namassàma suvatthi hotu! [15]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni và yàni va antalikkhe, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathàgataü devamanussapåjitaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dhammaü namassàma suvatthi hotu! [16]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni và yàni va antalikkhe, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathàgataü devamanussapåjitaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saïghaü namassàma suvatthi hotu! [17]

Ratanasuttaü Niññhitaü

1 Be: nava to produce the classical bhagaõa break 2 Ee, Ce: città àyatike, which gives the extended form of the metre 3 Se: aviruëhichandà, but that would give the cadence ÛÛÜÜ, which seems unlikely 4 Be: yaü 5 see note to 1b above

Page 78: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

78

7. Tirokuóóasuttaü1

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tirokuóóesu tiññhanti, sandhisiïghàñakesu ca, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dvàrabàhàsu tiññhanti, àgantvàna sakaü gharaü. [1]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pahute2 annapànamhi, khajjabhojje upaññhite, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

na tesaü koci sarati sattànaü kammapaccayà. [2]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü dadanti ÿàtãnaü ye honti anukampakà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

suciü paõãtaü kàlena, kappiyaü pànabhojanaü. [3]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßidaü vo ÿàtinaü3 hotu, sukhità hontu ÿàtayo!û ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

te ca tattha samàgantvà, ÿàtipetà samàgatà, [4]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

4pahute5 annapànamhi, sakkaccaü anumodare: ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßciraü jãvantu no ÿàtã! yesaü hetu labhàmase,6 [5]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

amhàkaÿ-ca katà påjà, dàyakà ca anipphalà!û ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

na hi tattha kasã7 atthi, gorakkhettha na vijjati, [6]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vaõijjà tàdisã natthi, hiraÿÿena kayakkayaü.8 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ito dinnena yàpenti, petà kàlakatà9 tahiü. [7]

1 Se: Tirokuóóakaõóaü. It also quotes Dhp 290 in brackets at the beginning of the sutta, (but

without cross-reference): mattàsukhapariccàgà, passe ce vipulaü sukhaü, caje mattàsukhaü

dhãro, sampassaü vipulaü sukhaü. 2 Ce, Ee, Be: pahåte, but see the remark in the commentary (Ee pg 207). 3 Be: ÿàtãnaü, as in 3a above, but read i with the other editions to give the pathyà cadence 4 Ce divides the following 3 verses differently, therefore vs 8 = vs 7 in that edition, and so

from there on 5 Ce, Ee, Be: pahåte 6 Se: labhàmhase 7 Se: kasi, ã is m.c. to give the pathyà cadence (savipula being normally excluded in late Siloka) 8 Ce: kayàkkayaü; Se, Be: kayàkayaü 9 Ee, Be: kàlagatà

Page 79: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

79

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

unname udakaü vaññhaü,1 yathà ninnaü pavattati, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evameva2 ito dinnaü, petànaü upakappati. [8]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yathà vàrivahà pårà paripårenti sàgaraü, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evameva3 ito dinnaü, petànaü upakappati. [9]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ßadàsi me, akàsi4 me, ÿàtimittà sakhà ca me,û ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

petànaü dakkhiõaü dajjà, pubbe katam-anussaraü. [10]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

na hi ruõõaü5 va,6 soko và, yà caÿÿà paridevanà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

na taü petànam-atthàya, evaü tiññhanti ÿàtayo. [11]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ayaü kho7 dakkhiõà dinnà, saïghamhi suppatiññhità, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜ Û ÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dãgharattaü hitàyassa, ñhànaso upakappati. [12]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

so ÿàtidhammo ca ayaü nidassito ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

petàna'8 påjà ca katà uëàrà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Upajàti

balaÿ-ca bhikkhånam-anuppadinnaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vaüsaññhà

tumhehi puÿÿaü pasutaü anappakan-ti!9 [13]

Tirokuóóasuttaü Niññhitaü10

1 Ee: vaññaü; Se: vuññhaü 2 Be: evam-evaü 3 Be: evam-evaü 4 It's rather surpising we find no reading akàsã to give pathyà here 5 Ce: runnaü (corrected thus from ruõõaü in the èuddhi patraya) 6 Be: và, but short a is needed m.c. to give the pathyà cadence 7 Ee, Se: ayaü ca kho 8 Ee: petànaü, niggahãta is lost m.c. to avoid the opening ÜÜÜÜ 9 Ee, Ce: anappakaü, omit ti 10 Se: Tirokuóóakaõóaü niññhitaü

Page 80: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

80

8. Nidhikaõóasuttaü1

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

nidhiü nidheti puriso gambhãre odakantike: ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßatthe kicce samuppanne atthàya me bhavissati, [1]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ràjato và duruttassa, corato pãëitassa và, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iõassa và pamokkhàya, dubbhikkhe àpadàsu và.û ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

etad-atthàya lokasmiü nidhi nàma nidhãyati.2 [2]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tàvassunihito3 santo gambhãre odakantike, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

na sabbo sabbadà eva4 tassa taü upakappati, [3]

ÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

nidhi5và ñhànà cavati, saÿÿà vàssa vimuyhati,6 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nàgà và apanàmenti, yakkhà và pi haranti naü, [4]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

appiyà và pi dàyàdà uddharanti apassato, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yadà puÿÿakkhayo hoti sabbam-etaü vinassati. [5]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassa dànena sãlena, saüyamena7damena ca, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nidhã8sunihito hoti, itthiyà purisassa9và, [6]

1 Se: Nidhikaõóaü 2 Se: nidiyyati 3 Ce, Ee, Be: tàva sunihito 4 Se: yeva 5 Ee: nidhã 6 Note that yh makes position 7 Se: saÿÿamena 8 Se: nidhi, ã avoids the opening ÛÛÛ 9 Ce: purissa (printer's error)

Page 81: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

81

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

cetiyamhi va1saïghe và, puggale atithãsu và, ÜÛÛÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

màtari pitari2 và pi3, atho jeññhamhi bhàtari, [7]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

eso nidhã4 sunihito, ajeyyo anugàmiko. ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pahàya gamanãyesu, etaü àdàya gacchati. [8]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

asàdhàraõa-m-aÿÿesaü, acoràharaõo5 nidhi, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kayiràtha dhãrÖ puÿÿàni, yo nidhã6 anugàmiko. [9]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

esa devamanussànaü sabbakàmadado nidhi, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü yad-evàbhipatthenti7 sabbam-etena labbhati. [10]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

suvaõõatà, sussaratà,8 susaõñhàna9suråpatà, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

àdhipacca10parivàro11, sabbam-etena labbhati [11].

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

padesarajjaü, issariyaü,12 cakkavattisukham-pi yaü,13 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

devarajjam-pi dibbesu, sabbam-etena labbhati. [12]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

mànussikà14 ca sampatti, devaloke ca yà rati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yà ca nibbànasampatti, sabbam-etena labbhati. [13]

1 Se: ca. But va seems to be the better reading with the short syllable m.c. to give the pathyà

cadence 2 Note that the opening ÅÛÛÛ is unusual with the bhavipula. Also one might expect a reading

pitarã to give the pathyà cadence 3 Be: càpi 4 Ee, Se, Be: nidhi, but ã is necessary here to give the navipula opening ÅÜÛÜ 5 Ce, Se: acoraharaõo 6 Ee, Se, Be: nidhi, ã is m.c. to avoid the opening ÜÛÛ 7 Se: yaü yaü devàbhipatthenti 8 Se, Be: susuratà 9 Se: susaõñhànaü 10 Se: àdhipaccaü 11 Ce: parivàraü 12 Pathyà cadence, but with a long 5th syllable 13 Be: sukhaü piyaü; Se: piyaü 14 Ee, Ce: mànusikà, ss is to avoid the opening ÜÛÛ

Page 82: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

82

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

mittasampadam-àgamma, yoniso ca1 payuÿjato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

vijjà vimutti vasãbhàvo2 sabbam-etena labbhati. [14]

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pañisambhidà, vimokkhà ca, yà ca sàvakapàramã, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

paccekabodhi, buddhabhåmi, sabbam-etena labbhati. [15]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü mahatthikà esà, yad-idaü puÿÿasampadà, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tasmà dhãrà pasaüsanti paõóità katapuÿÿatan-ti. 3 [16]

Nidhikaõóasuttaü Niññhitaü4.

9. Mettasuttaü5

ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜÐÐÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

karaõãyam-atthakusalena, yan-taü6 santaü padaü abhisamecca: ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÛÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

sakko ujå ca såjå7 ca, suvaco cassa mudu anatimànã, [1]

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

santussako ca subharo ca, appakicco ca sallahukavutti, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

santindriyo ca nipako ca, appagabbho kulesvananugiddho, 8 [2]

ÛÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

na ca khuddaü samàcare9 kiÿci yena viÿÿå pare upavadeyyuü. ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

ßsukhino va10 khemino hontu, sabbe11 sattà bhavantu sukhitattà! [3]

1 Ee: yoniso ve; Se: yoniso ce; Be: yoniso va 2 One would expect to find a reading vasi which we could then understand to be a resolved 6th

syllable, note that the 5th is not resolved (the syllable needs to be short) 3 Ce, Ee: katapuÿÿataü 4 Se: Nidhikaõóaü niññhitaü 5 Se: Karaõãyamettasuttaü, (but at the end Mettasuttaü niññhitaü) 6 Be: yanta' to give the jagaõa 121 7 Se, Be: suhujå, both are acceptable metrically 8 Ee, Ce, Se: kulesu ananugiddho, but that leaves the metre wrong 9 Be: na ca khuddam-àcare kiÿci, which corrects the metre cf. Alsdorf in Die âryàStrophen... 10 Ce, Ee, Se: và, which then reads as Siloka with resolution of the 1st syllable. 11 Be: sabba, here and in 5d below, to produce the jagaõa ÛÜÛ

Page 83: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

83

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÛÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

ye keci pàõabhåtatthi tasà và thàvarà1 vanavasesà, ÜÜÜÜÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

dãghà và ye mahantà và,2 majjhimà rassakà aõuka3thålà, [4]

ÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÜÐÐ ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

diññhà và ye va4 adiññhà,5 ye ca6 dåre vasanti avidåre, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐ ÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

bhåtà va7 sambhavesã và8 sabbe9 sattà bhavantu sukhitattà!û [5]

ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐ ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

na paro paraü nikubbetha, nàtimaÿÿetha katthaci na'10 kaÿci, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜÐÐ ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ

byàrosanà pañighasaÿÿà nàÿÿamaÿÿassa dukkham-iccheyya. [6]

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

màtà yathà niyaü puttaü11 àyusà ekaputtam-anurakkhe, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐ ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

evam-pi sabbabhåtesu mànasaü12 bhàvaye aparimàõaü, [7]

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

mettaÿ-ca sabbalokasmiü13 mànasaü bhàvaye aparimàõaü, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜÐÐ ÛÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

uddhaü adho ca tiriyaÿ-ca,14 asambàdhaü averam15-asapattaü. [8]

1 Ee, Ce, Se: tasà và thàvarà và anavasesà 2 Be reads dãghà và ye va mahantà, which `corrects' the metre, but that looks very much like a

scribal `correction', and the line as it stands reads as Siloka 3 Ce: rassakà 'õuka, but this reading is very poor metrically 4 Ee: và; Se: ca 5 Ee, Ce: addiññhà 6 Be: va, 7 Ce, Ee, Se: và, which gives Siloka 8 Be: va, Norman's suggests (GD II, pg 177) that we need to read va twice in this line to get

Old Gãti (âryà) but that is not necessary. 9 Be: sabba, see note to 3d above 10 Ee, Ce, Se: naü 11 Be: puttam, to give jagaõa, but it produces a sandhi across the two halves of the pàdayuga 12 Ee, Se: mànasam, here and in next verse 13 Be: lokasmi', to give jagaõa, but the reading is not acceptable at the end of the half line, and

not necessary either 14 Ce: tiriyaü ca 15 Ee, Ce, Se: averaü

Page 84: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

84

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÛÜÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

tiññhaü1 caraü nisinno và,2 sayàno và yàvatassa vigatamiddho,3 ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

etaü satiü adiññheyya, brahmam-etaü vihàram4-idha-m-àhu. [9]

ÜÜÛÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ

diññhiÿ-ca anupagamma, sãlavà5 dassanena sampanno, ÜÜÛÛÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÜ

kàmesu vineyya6 gedhaü, na hi jàtu gabbhaseyyaü7 puna-r-etã ti.8 [10]

Mettasuttaü Niññhitaü.

Khuddakapàñho Niññhito9

1 Se: tiññhaÿ 2 Be: va 3 Be: sayàno yàvatàssa vigamiddho. This line as it stands is very poor metrically, but the

Burmese `correcton' is not very convincing 4 Ee, Ce, Se: vihàraü 5 Be `corrects' the line to read diññhiÿ-ca anupaggamma sãlava, but that still leaves the metre

defective, with a short 2nd gaõa. The line as it stands scans as Siloka, with the savipula. If it

really is supposed to be Old Gãti there appears to be a word missing, Norman suggests (GD II,

pg178) reading diññhiÿ-ca <so> anupagamma 6 Be: vinaya, which, with its other `corrections' helps to produce a classical Gãti line (with the

caesura after the 3rd gaõa). We could read vineyyà to get Old Gãti. As it stands it reads as

Siloka with the ravipula 7 Be: jàtuggabbha seyya' 8 Ee: punar eti (omit ti) 9 Ee: Khuddakapàñhappakaraõaü niññhitaü; Ce, Be: Khuddakapàñhapàëã niññhità

Page 85: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

85

Complete Word Index

Page 86: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha

86

Page 87: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

akàsi, 7-10

acintayuü, 5-1

acoràharaõo, 8-9

ajeyyo, 8-8

ajjhagà, 6-4

ajjhattikàni, 4

ajjhabhàsi, 5pr

aÿÿatarà, 5pr

aÿÿesaü, 8-9

aññha, 4, 6-6

aññhaïgiko, 4

aññhamam, 6-9

aññhàsi, 5pr

aññhi, 3

aññhimiÿjaü, 3

aõuka thålà, 9-4

atithãsu, 8-7

attasammàpaõidhi, 5-3

atthakusalena, 9-1

atthàya, 7-11, 8-1, 8-2

atthi, 3, 6-3, 6-10, 7-6

atthe, 8-1

atha, 5pr

atho, 6-1, 8-7

adàsi, 7-10

adiññhà, 9-5

adiññheyya, 9-9

adinnàdànà, 2

adesayi, 6-12, 6-13

adho, 9-8

anatimànã, 9-1

anappakan, 7-13

anavajjàni, 5-6

anàkulà, 5-5

anàthapiõóikassa, 5pr

anipphalà, 7-6

anukampakà, 7-3

anugàmiko, 8-8, 8-9

anuttaro, 6-13

anupagamma, 9-10

anuppadinnaü, 7-13

anumodare, 7-5

anurakkhe, 9-7

anussaraü, 7-10

antaü, 3

antaguõaü, 3

antalikkhe, 6-1, 6-15, 6-

16, 6-17

annapànamhi, 7-2, 7-5

apanàmenti, 8-4

aparàjità, 5-12

aparimàõaü, 9-7, 9-8

apassato, 8-5

appakicco, 9-2

appagabbho, 9-2

appamattà, 6-2

appamàdo, 5-7

appiyà, 8-5

abrahmacariyà, 2

abhabbatà, 6-11

abhabbÖ, 6-10, 6-11

abhikkantavaõõà, 5pr

abhikkantàya, 5pr

abhivàdetvà, 5pr

abhisamecca, 9-1

amataü, 6-4, 6-7

amhàkaÿ, 7-6

ayaü, 7-12, 7-13

arahà, 4

ariya saccàni, 6-9

ariyasaccàna', 5-10

ariyasaccàni, 4, 6-8

ariyo, 4

avidåre, 9-5

aviråëhichandà, 6-14

avecca, 6-8

averam, 9-8

asapattaü, 9-8

asampakampiyo, 6-8

asambàdhaü, 9-8

asàdhàraõa, 8-9

asevanà, 5-2

asokaü, 5-11

assu, 3

àkaïkhamànà, 5-1

àgantvàna, 7-1

àgamma, 8-14

àdàya, 8-8

àdiyanti, 6-9

àdhipacca, 8-11

ànantarikaÿ, 6-5

àpadàsu, 8-2

àyatanàni, 4

àyusà, 9-7

àratã, 5-7

àràme, 5pr

àhàraññhitikà, 4

àhu, 6-5, 9-9

iccheyya, 9-6

iõassa, 8-2

ito, 7-7, 7-8, 7-9

itthiyà, 8-6

idaü, 7-4, 8-16

idam, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-6,

6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, 6-

11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14

idha, 6-3, 9-9

imasmiü, 3

issariyaü, 8-12

uccàsayanamahàsayanà,

2

ujå, 9-1

uttamaü, 5-1, 5-2, 5-3,

5-4, 5-5, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8,

5-9, 5-10, 5-11

uttaman, 5-12

uda, 6-11

udakaü, 7-8

udariyaü, 3

uddhaü, 9-8

uddharanti, 8-5

unname, 7-8

upakappati, 7-8, 7-9, 7-

12, 8-3

upaññhànaü, 5-5

upaññhite, 7-2

upavadeyyuü, 9-3

upasaïkamitvà, 5pr

uëàrà, 7-13

ekaü, 4, 5pr

ekaputtam, 9-7

ekamantaü, 5pr

etaü, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 5-5,

5-6, 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-10,

5-11, 8-5, 8-8, 9-9

etad, 8-2

etàdisàni, 5-12

etàni, 6-6

etã, 9-10

etena, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-6,

6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, 6-

11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14, 8-

10, 8-11, 8-12, 8-13, 8-

14, 8-15

Page 88: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

88

etesu, 6-6

eva, 8-3

evaü, 5pr, 7-3, 7-11, 8-

16

evam, 9-7

evameva, 7-8, 7-9

evàbhipatthenti, 8-10

esa, 8-10

esà, 8-16

eso, 8-8

odakantike, 8-1, 8-3

obhàsetvà, 5pr

kaÿci, 9-6

kataÿÿutà, 5-8

katapuÿÿatan, 8-16

katapuÿÿatà, 5-3

katam, 7-10

katà, 7-6, 7-13

katthaci, 9-6

katvàna, 5-12

kappiyaü, 7-3

kampati, 5-11

kammaü, 6-11

kammantà, 5-5

kammapaccayà, 7-2

kammàni, 5-6

kayakkayaü, 7-7

kayiràtha, 8-9

karaõãyam, 9-1

karãsaü, 3

karoti, 6-11

karotha, 6-2

kasã, 7-6

kàtuü, 6-10

kàmesu, 9-10

kàye, 3

kàyena, 6-11

kàlakatà, 7-7

kàlena, 5-8, 5-9, 7-3

kiü, 4

kicce, 8-1

kiÿcàpi, 6-9, 6-11

kiÿci, 6-3, 6-10, 9-3

kilomakaü, 3

kulesvananugiddho, 9-2

keci, 9-4

kevalakappaü, 5pr

kesà, 3

koci, 7-2

khajjabhojje, 7-2

khantã, 5-9

khayaü, 6-4

khãõaü, 6-14

khãõabãjà, 6-14

khuddaü, 9-3

khemaü, 5-11

khemino, 9-3

khelo, 3

kho, 5pr, 7-12

gacchati, 8-8

gacchanti, 5-12

gacchàmi, 1

gabbhaseyyaü, 9-10

gamanãyesu, 8-8

gambhãrapaÿÿena, 6-9

gambhãre, 8-1, 8-3

gàthàya, 5pr

gàravo, 5-8

gimhàna màse, 6-12

gimhe, 6-12

gedhaü, 9-10

gotamasàsanamhi, 6-7

gorakkhettha, 7-6

gharaü, 7-1

ca, 4, 5-1, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4,

5-5, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8, 5-9,

5-10, 6-2, 6-10, 7-1, 7-

4, 7-6, 7-10, 7-13, 8-6,

8-13, 8-14, 8-15, 9-1, 9-

2, 9-3, 9-5, 9-8, 9-10

cakkavattisukham, 8-12

caÿÿà, 7-11

catubbhi, 6-8

catåhapàyehi, 6-10

cattàri, 4, 6-6

caraü, 9-9

cavati, 8-4

cassa, 9-1

càbhiñhànàni, 6-10

cittaü, 5-11

ciraü, 7-5

cetasà, 6-11

cetiyamhi, 8-7

corato, 8-2

cha, 4, 6-10

jahità, 6-10

jàtu, 9-10

jãvantu, 7-5

jeññhamhi, 8-7

jetavanaü, 5pr

jetavane, 5pr

ÿam, 6-5

ÿàtakànaÿ, 5-6

ÿàtayo, 7-11

ÿàtidhammo, 7-13

ÿàtinaü, 7-4

ÿàtipetà, 7-4

ÿàtimittà, 7-10

ÿàtã, 7-5

ÿàtãnaü, 7-3

ñhànaso, 7-12

ñhànà, 8-4

ñhità, 5pr

taü, 5-12, 7-11, 8-3, 9-1

taco, 3

tatiyam, 1

tattha, 7-4, 7-6

tathàgataü, 6-15, 6-16,

6-17

tathàgatena, 6-3

tathåpamaü, 6-8, 6-12

tapo, 5-10

tayassu, 6-10

tasà, 9-4

tasmà, 6-2, 8-16

tassa, 6-11, 8-3

tahiü, 7-7

tàdisã, 7-7

tàyassa, 7-12

tàvassunihito, 8-3

ti, 3, 4, 5-12, 7-13, 8-16,

9-10

tiññhaü, 9-9

tiññhanti, 7-1, 7-11

tiriyaÿ, 9-8

tirokuóóesu, 7-1

tisso, 4

tãõi, 4

tumhehi, 7-13

te, 6-6, 6-7, 6-9, 6-14, 7-

4

tena, 6-5

tenupasaïkam, 5pr

tesaü, 5-12, 7-2

Page 89: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

89

thàvarà, 9-4

dakkhiõaü, 7-10

dakkhiõà, 7-12

dakkhiõeyyà, 6-6

dajjà, 7-10

dadanti, 7-3

dantà, 3

damena, 8-6

daëhena, 6-7

dasa, 4

dasahaïgehi, 4

dassanaü, 5-9, 5-10

dassanasampadàya, 6-10

dassanena, 9-10

dànaÿ, 5-6

dànena, 8-6

dàyakà, 7-6

dàyàdà, 8-5

diññhapadassa, 6-11

diññhà, 9-5

diññhiÿ, 9-10

dinnaü, 7-8, 7-9

dinnà, 7-12

dinnàni, 6-6

dinnena, 7-7

dibbesu, 8-12

divà, 6-2

dãgharattaü, 7-12

dãghà, 9-4

dukkham, 9-6

dutiyam, 1

dubbhikkhe, 8-2

duruttassa, 8-2

dåre, 9-5

devatà, 5pr

devamanussapåjitaü, 6-

15, 6-16, 6-17

devamanussànaü, 8-10

devarajjam, 8-12

devaloke, 8-13

devà, 5-1

dvàrabàhàsu, 7-1

dve, 4

dhammaü, 1, 6-16

dhammacariyà, 5-6

dhammavaraü, 6-12, 6-

13

dhammasavaõaü, 5-8

dhammasàkacchà, 5-9

dhammà, 6-10

dhamme, 6-4, 6-5

dhammesu, 5-7

dhãrà, 6-14, 8-16

dhãrÖ, 8-9

na, 5-11, 6-3, 6-5, 6-9, 7-

2, 7-6, 7-11, 8-3, 9-3, 9-

6, 9-10

na', 9-6

naü, 8-4

nakhà, 3

naccagãtavàditavisåkada

ssanà, 2

natthi, 6-14, 7-7

namassàma, 6-15, 6-16,

6-17

nava, 4

navaü, 6-14

nahàru, 3

nàgà, 8-4

nàÿÿamaÿÿassa, 9-6

nàtimaÿÿetha, 9-6

nàma, 4, 8-2

nàmaÿ, 4

nikubbetha, 9-6

nikkàmino, 6-7

nidassito, 7-13

nidhi, 8-2, 8-4, 8-9, 8-10

nidhiü, 8-1

nidhã, 8-6, 8-8, 8-9

nidhãyati, 8-2

nidheti, 8-1

ninnaü, 7-8

nipako, 9-2

nibbanti, 6-14

nibbàna, 5-10

nibbànagàmiü, 6-12

nibbànasampatti, 8-13

nibbutiü, 6-7

niyaü, 9-7

nivàto, 5-8

nisàmetha, 6-2

nisinno, 9-9

ne, 6-2

no, 6-3, 7-5

paccekabodhi, 8-15

pajàya, 6-2

paÿca, 4

paÿcupàdànakkhandhà,

4

pañighasaÿÿà, 9-6

pañicchadàya, 6-11

pañiråpadesavàso, 5-3

pañisambhidà, 8-15

pañhamasmiü, 6-12

pañhaviü, 6-8

paõãtaü, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-

6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, 6-

11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14, 7-3

paõóità, 8-16

paõóitànaÿ, 5-2

pattipattà, 6-7

padaü, 9-1

padãpo, 6-14

padesarajjaü, 8-12

papphàsaü, 3

pamokkhàya, 8-2

payuÿjato, 8-14

paraü, 9-6

paramaühitàya, 6-12

paridevanà, 7-11

paripårenti, 7-9

parivaõõayã, 6-5

parivàro, 8-11

pare, 9-3

paro, 9-6

pavattati, 7-8

pasaüsanti, 8-16

pasatthà, 6-6

pasutaü, 7-13

passati, 6-8

pahàya, 8-8

pahute, 7-2, 7-5

pàõabhåtatthi, 9-4

pàõàtipàtà, 2

pànabhojanaü, 7-3

pàpakaü, 6-11

pàpà, 5-7

pi, 1, 6-1, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5,

6-6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10,

6-11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14,

8-4, 8-5, 8-7, 8-12, 9-7

pitari, 8-7

pittaü, 3

pihakaü, 3

Page 90: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

90

pãëitassa, 8-2

puggalà, 6-6

puggale, 8-7

puÿÿaü, 7-13

puÿÿakkhayo, 8-5

puÿÿasampadà, 8-16

puÿÿàni, 8-9

puttaü, 9-7

puttadàrassa, 5-5

puna, 9-10

pubbe, 5-3, 7-10

pubbo, 3

puràõaü, 6-14

purisassa, 8-6

puriso, 8-1

påjanãyànaü, 5-2

påjà, 5-2, 7-6, 7-13

pårà, 7-9

petà, 7-7

petàna', 7-13

petànaü, 7-8, 7-9, 7-10

petànam, 7-11

phuññhassa, 5-11

phussitagge, 6-12

balaÿ, 7-13

baliü, 6-2

bahå, 5-1

bàlànaü, 5-2

bàhusaccaÿ, 5-4

buddhaü, 1, 6-15

buddhabhåmi, 8-15

buddhaseññho, 6-5

buddhe, 6-3, 6-12, 6-13

bojjhaïgà, 4

byàrosanà, 9-6

brahmacariyaÿ, 5-10

brahmam, 9-9

bråhi, 5-1

bhagavantaü, 5pr

bhagavà, 5pr

bhavaü, 6-9

bhavanti, 6-10

bhavantu, 6-1, 9-3, 9-5

bhavasmiü, 6-14

bhavissati, 8-1

bhàtari, 8-7

bhàvaye, 9-7, 9-8

bhàsitaü, 6-1

bhikkhånam, 7-13

bhuÿjamànà, 6-7

bhummàni, 6-1, 6-15, 6-

16, 6-17

bhusappamattà, 6-9

bhåtà, 6-1, 6-2, 9-5

bhåtàni, 6-1, 6-15, 6-16,

6-17

maüsaü, 3

maggo, 4

majjapànà, 5-7

majjhimà, 9-4

matthake, 3

matthaluïgan, 3

manasà, 6-7

manussà, 5-1

maïgalam, 5-1, 5-2, 5-3,

5-4, 5-5, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8,

5-9, 5-10, 5-11, 5-12

maïgalàni, 5-1

mahatthikà, 8-16

mahantà, 9-4

mahapphalàni, 6-6

màtari, 8-7

màtà, 9-7

màtàpitu, 5-5

mànasaü, 9-7, 9-8

mànusiyà, 6-2

mànussikà, 8-13

màlàgandhavilepanadhà

raõamaõóanavibhåsana

ññhànà, 2

mittasampadam, 8-14

muttaü, 3

mudu, 9-1

mudhà, 6-7

musàvàdà, 2

me, 5pr, 7-10, 8-1

mettaü, 6-2

mettaÿ, 9-8

medo, 3

yaü, 6-3, 8-10, 8-12

yakanaü, 3

yakkhà, 8-4

yathà, 6-12, 6-14, 7-8, 7-

9, 9-7

yathindakhãlo, 6-8

yad, 6-4, 6-10, 8-10, 8-

16

yadà, 8-5

yan, 9-1

yam, 6-5, 6-14

yassa, 5-11, 8-6

yà, 5-4, 7-11, 8-13, 8-15

yàni, 6-1, 6-15, 6-16, 6-

17

yànãdha, 6-1, 6-15, 6-16,

6-17

yàpenti, 7-7

yàvatassa, 9-9

yugàni, 6-6

ye, 6-2, 6-6, 6-7, 6-9, 7-

3, 9-4, 9-5

yena, 5pr, 9-3

yesaü, 7-5

yo, 6-8, 8-9

yoniso, 8-14

rakkhatha, 6-2

ratanaü, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5,

6-6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10,

6-11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14

rati, 8-13

rattiyà, 5pr

ratto, 6-2

rassakà, 9-4

ràjato, 8-2

ruõõaü, 7-11

råpaÿ, 4

laddhà, 6-7

labbhati, 8-10, 8-11, 8-

12, 8-13, 8-14, 8-15

labhàmase, 7-5

lasikà, 3

lokadhammehi, 5-11

lokasmiü, 8-2

lomà, 3

lohitaü, 3

va, 6-1, 6-15, 6-16, 6-17,

7-11, 8-7, 9-3, 9-5

vakkaü, 3

vaññhaü, 7-8

vaõijjà, 7-7

vadàmi, 6-8

vanappagumbe, 6-12

vanavasesà, 9-4

varaÿÿå, 6-13

Page 91: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

91

varado, 6-13

varàharo, 6-13

varo, 6-13

vasanti, 9-5

vasà, 3

vasãbhàvo, 8-14

vassa, 6-10

và, 6-1, 6-3, 6-10, 6-15,

6-16, 6-17, 7-11, 8-2, 8-

4, 8-5, 8-6, 8-7, 9-4, 9-

5, 9-9

vàcà, 5-4, 6-11

vàtehi, 6-8

vàrivahà, 7-9

vàssa, 8-4

vikàlabhojanà, 2

vigatamiddho, 9-9

vigayha, 6-7

vicikicchitaÿ, 6-10

vijjati, 6-5, 7-6

vijjà, 8-14

viÿÿå, 9-3

vittaü, 6-3

vinayo, 5-4

vinassati, 8-5

vineyya, 9-10

vippamutto, 6-10

vibhàvayanti, 6-9

vimutti, 8-14

vimuyhati, 8-4

vimokkhà, 8-15

virajaü, 5-11

viratã, 5-7

virattacittàyatike, 6-14

viràgaü, 6-4

viharati, 5pr

vihàram, 9-9

vuccatã, 4

vuttà, 6-11

vedanà, 4

veramaõãsikkhàpadaü,

2

vo, 7-4

saüyamena, 8-6

sakaü, 7-1

sakkacca, 6-1

sakkaccaü, 7-5

sakkàyadiññhi, 6-10

sakko, 9-1

sakyamunã, 6-4

sakhà, 7-10

saggesu, 6-3

saccena, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-

6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, 6-

11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14

sacchikiriyà, 5-10

saÿÿamo, 5-7

saÿÿà, 8-4

satam, 6-6

satiü, 9-9

satta, 4

sattà, 4, 9-3, 9-5

sattànaü, 7-2

sattàvàsà, 4

saïgaho, 5-5, 5-6

saïghaü, 1, 6-17

saïghamhi, 7-12

saïghe, 6-6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-

9, 6-10, 6-11, 6-14, 8-7

santaü, 9-1

santindriyo, 9-2

santuññhã, 5-8

santussako, 9-2

santo, 8-3

sandhisiïghàñakesu, 7-1

sappurisaü, 6-8

sabbakàmadado, 8-10

sabbattha, 5-12

sabbadà, 8-3

sabbabhåtesu, 9-7

sabbam, 8-5, 8-10, 8-11,

8-12, 8-13, 8-14, 8-15

sabbalokasmiü, 9-8

sabbe, 4, 6-1, 6-2, 9-3, 9-

5

sabbo, 8-3

samaü, 6-3

samaõànaÿ, 5-9

samannàgato, 4

samayaü, 5pr

samàgatà, 7-4

samàgatàni, 6-1, 6-15, 6-

16, 6-17

samàgantvà, 7-4

samàcare, 9-3

samàdiyàmi, 2

samàdhinà, 6-5

samàdhim, 6-5

samàhito, 6-4

samuppanne, 8-1

samo, 6-5

sampatti, 8-13

sampanno, 9-10

sambhavaü, 6-14

sambhavesã, 9-5

sayàno, 9-9

saraõaü, 1

sarati, 7-2

sallahukavutti, 9-2

sahà, 6-10

sà, 5pr

sàgaraü, 7-9

sàvakapàramã, 8-15

sàvakà, 6-6

sàvatthiyaü, 5pr

sito, 6-8

siïghànikà, 3

sippaÿ, 5-4

siyà, 6-8

sãlabbataü, 6-10

sãlavà, 9-10

sãlena, 8-6

sukhitattà, 9-3, 9-5

sukhità, 7-4

sukhino, 9-3

sugatassa, 6-6

suciü, 6-5, 7-3

suõantu, 6-1

sutaü, 5pr

sudesitàni, 6-9

sunihito, 8-6, 8-8

suppatiññhità, 7-12

suppayuttà, 6-7

subharo, 9-2

subhàsità, 5-4

sumanà, 6-1

suràmerayamajjapamàd

aññhànà, 2

suråpatà, 8-11

suvaco, 9-1

suvaõõatà, 8-11

suvatthi, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-

6, 6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, 6-

11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14, 6-

Page 92: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

92

15, 6-16, 6-17

susaõñhàna, 8-11

susikkhito, 5-4

sussaratà, 8-11

såjå, 9-1

sedo, 3

semhaü, 3

sevanà, 5-2

so, 6-11, 7-13

soko, 7-11

sotthànaü, 5-1

sotthiü, 5-12

sovacassatà, 5-9

hadayaü, 3

haranti, 6-2, 8-4

hi, 6-2, 7-6, 7-11, 7-12,

9-10

hiraÿÿena, 7-7

huraü, 6-3

hetu, 7-5

hoti, 8-5, 8-6

hotu, 6-3, 6-4, 6-5, 6-6,

6-7, 6-8, 6-9, 6-10, 6-

11, 6-12, 6-13, 6-14, 6-

15, 6-16, 6-17, 7-4

honti, 6-6, 6-9, 7-3

hontu, 7-4, 9-3

Page 93: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

93

First Line Index

ßadàsi me, akàsi me, - ÿàtimittà sakhà ca me,û 7-10

appiyà và pi dàyàdà - uddharanti apassato, 8-5

amhàkaÿca katà påjà, - dàyakà ca anipphalà!û 7-6

ayaü kho dakkhiõà dinnà, - saïghamhi suppatiññhità, 7-12

asàdhàraõamaÿÿesaü, - acoràharaõo nidhi, 8-9

ßasevanà ca bàlànaü, - paõóitànaÿca sevanà, 5-2

àratã viratã pàpà, - majjapànà ca saÿÿamo, 5-7

ßidaü vo ÿàtinaü hotu, - sukhità hontu ÿàtayo!û 7-4

unname udakaü vaññhaü, - yathà ninnaü pavattati, 7-8

etàdisàni katvàna, - sabbatthamaparàjità, 5-12

evaü dadanti ÿàtãnaü - ye honti anukampakà, 7-3

evaü mahatthikà esà, - yadidaü puÿÿasampadà, 8-16

esa devamanussànaü - sabbakàmadado nidhi, 8-10

eso nidhã sunihito, - ajeyyo anugàmiko. 8-8

karaõãyamatthakusalena, 9-1

kiÿcàpi so kammaü karoti pàpakaü 6-11

khantã ca sovacassatà, - samaõànaÿca dassanaü, 5-9

khayaü viràgaü amataü paõãtaü 6-4

khãõaü puràõaü navaü natthi sambhavaü, 6-14

gàravo ca nivàto ca, - santuññhã ca kataÿÿutà, 5-8

cetiyamhi va saïghe và, - puggale atithãsu và, 8-7

tapo ca brahmacariyaÿca, - ariyasaccàna' dassanaü, 5-10

tasmà hi bhåtà nisàmetha sabbe, 6-2

tàvassunihito santo - gambhãre odakantike, 8-3

tiññhaü caraü nisinno và, 9-9

tirokuóóesu tiññhanti, - sandhisiïghàñakesu ca, 7-1

dànaÿca dhammacariyà ca, - ÿàtakànaÿca saïgaho, 5-6

diññhà và ye va adiññhà, 9-5

diññhiÿca anupagamma, 9-10

na ca khuddaü samàcare kiÿci 9-3

na paro paraü nikubbetha, 9-6

na hi ruõõaü va, soko và, - yà caÿÿà paridevanà, 7-11

nidhi và ñhànà cavati, - saÿÿà vàssa vimuyhati, 8-4

nidhiü nidheti puriso - gambhãre odakantike: 8-1

pañiråpadesavàso ca, - pubbe ca katapuÿÿatà, 5-3

pañisambhidà, vimokkhà ca, - yà ca sàvakapàramã, 8-15

padesarajjaü, issariyaü, - cakkavattisukhampi yaü, 8-12

pahute annapànamhi, - khajjabhojje upaññhite, 7-2

pahute annapànamhi, - sakkaccaü anumodare: 7-5

phuññhassa lokadhammehi, - cittaü yassa na kampati, 5-11

ßbahå devà manussà ca - maïgalàni acintayuü 5-1

bàhusaccaÿca sippaÿca, - vinayo ca susikkhito, 5-4

màtà yathà niyaü puttaü 9-7

màtàpituupaññhànaü, - puttadàrassa saïgaho, 5-5

mànussikà ca sampatti, - devaloke ca yà rati, 8-13

mittasampadamàgamma, - yoniso ca payuÿjato, 8-14

Page 94: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

94

mettaÿca sabbalokasmiü 9-8

yaü kiÿci vittaü idha và huraü và 6-3

yathà vàrivahà pårà - paripårenti sàgaraü, 7-9

yathindakhãlo pañhaviü sito siyà 6-8

yambuddhaseññho parivaõõayã suciü 6-5

yassa dànena sãlena, - saüyamena damena ca, 8-6

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, 6-1

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, 6-15

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, 6-16

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, 6-17

ye ariya saccàni vibhàvayanti, 6-9

ye keci pàõabhåtatthi 9-4

ye puggalà aññha satampasatthà 6-6

ye suppayuttà manasà daëhena 6-7

ràjato và duruttassa, - corato pãëitassa và, 8-2

vaõijjà tàdisã natthi, - hiraÿÿena kayakkayaü. 7-7

vanappagumbe yathà phussitagge 6-12

varo varaÿÿå varado varàharo, 6-13

santussako ca subharo ca, 9-2

sahà vassa dassanasampadàya 6-10

suvaõõatà, sussaratà, - susaõñhàna suråpatà, 8-11

so ÿàtidhammo ca ayaü nidassito 7-13

Index of the Metres

Siloka

pathyà:

5-1a, 5-2ac, 5-3a, 5-4ac, 5-5ac, 5-6ac, 5-7c, 5-8a, 5-9c, 5-10ac, 5-11ac, 5-

12a, 7-1ac, 7-2a, 7-3a, 7-4ac, 7-5ace, 7-6ace, 7-7ac, 7-8ac, 7-9c, 7-10ac,

7-11ac, 8-1c, 8-2ace, 8-3ac, 8-4c, 8-5ac, 8-6ac, 8-7a, 8-8c, 8-9a, 8-10ac,

8-12c, 8-13ac, 8-14a, 8-15a, 8-16ac, (9-4c), (9-5ac)

navipulà: 5-3c, 5-8c, 7-2c, 8-1a, 8-8a

bhavipulà: 8-4a, 8-11a

mavipulà: 5-1c, 5-12c, 7-3c, 8-9c, 8-12a, 8-14c

ravipulà: 8-15c, (9-10c)

savipulà: 5-7a, 8-7c, 8-11c, (9-10a)

tavipulà:

Anuññhubha: 59a, 7-9a

Tuññhubha: 6-1a-d, 6-2bd, 6-3a-d, 6-4ace, 6-5bde, 6-6abd-f, 6-7a-f, 6-8cde, 6-9a-f, 6-

10a-h, 6-11b-f, 6-12abd-f, 6-13ab, 6-14b-f, 6-15abd, 6-16abd, 61-7abd,

7-12bc

Jagatã: 6-2ac, 6-4b, 6-5ac, 6-6c, 6-8abd, 6-11a, 6-12c, 6-13cd, 6-14a, 6-15c, 6-

16c, 6-17c, 7-12ad

Old Gãti: 9-1a to 10d (with a few Siloka lines)

Page 95: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

New Khuddakapàñha Indexes

The Dhammapada A New Edition

edited by

ânandajoti Bhikkhu (version 2.2, September 2007)

Preface

The original edition of this text and study was made around 2002, though I didn't date

it at the time. A slightly revised version was made in February, 2005 while preparing

the .pdf version of the file to reflect my current thinking about the use of titles in Pàëi.

I also slightly revised the statistics in the study to bring them in line with the

presentation in the Comparative Edition of the Dhammapada; and I once again revised

the work in August/September, 2007 during the preparation of the Patna Dharmapada

together with the Pàëi parallels.

ânandajoti Bhikkhu

September, 2007

Page 96: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Introduction to the Prosody of the Dhammapada

1: The Text

The text of the Dhammapada as presented here has been established through a

comparison of the four standard printed editions:

BJT: Dhammapadapàëi. Buddha Jayanti Tripitika Series, volume XXIV. Colombo

1960.

PTS: Dhammapada. Edited by O. von Hinˆber and K. R. Norman. Pali Text

Society, Oxford, 1994.

Thai: Dhammapadagàthà. The Royal Thai Edition, volume 25. Originally published

2469 (i.e 1915), reprinted Bangkok, 2500 (i.e 1956).

ChS: Dhammapadapàëi. Chaññha Sangàyana Edition, 1956, reprinted Rangoon 1972.

I have also consulted the following texts for comparison of the readings (but have not

entered the variants in the notes):

The Dhammapada. A new edition by Såriyagoóa Sumaïgala Thera, Pali Text

Society, London 1914.

The Dhammapada. Edited by Nàrada Thera (4th Edition). 1993, reprinted Taiwan,

1999.

Dhammapadaññhakathà. Edited by Kahave Siri Ratanasàra Thera & Mahagoóa Siri

¥àõissara Thera. Simon Hewavitarne Bequest vol V. 1919; vol XIII, 1922 (= parts I

& 2), reprinted Colombo 1991(?)

For the prosody I have consulted:

WD: The Word of the Doctrine (Dhammapada). Translated with an introduction

and notes by K. R. Norman. Pali Text Society, Oxford, 1997.1

PM: Pali Metre. A. K. Warder. Pali Text Society, London, 1967.

1 I would like to note here that throughout this work I have also had the opportunity to consult

with Prof. Norman on various points to do with the establishment of the text, and he has

always answered most courteously and promptly - I am very grateful to him for all the help

he has given. The debt I owe to his written works, of course, should be evident on every page.

References WD are always to the note to the verse concerned, unless otherwise stated.

Page 97: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

97

When I started preparing the Dhammapada for the Sri Lanka Tripitaka Project, I really

had no intention of re-establishing the text, but as the work progressed, and I grew

more familiar with the Buddha Jayanti Tripitaka edition (BJT), it became clear that

there were many problems in the text, including non-standard forms, Sanskritisation,

and unmetrical readings. I therefore began a comparison of BJT with the other main

editions and started entering the variant readings found therein. During the process of

that work it became clear that none of the other texts were quite satisfactory either,

and what had started out as a simple re-presentation of the text as it is found in the Sri

Lankan tradition, has finished up requiring a complete re-appraisal of the text,

especially from the point of view of its metre.

As with any verse text, of course, it is essential to understand the prosody that

underlies the composition, otherwise the likelihood is that wrong readings will find

their way into the text. This should not be understood as implying that every verse

should be rigidly conformed to a standard metre. Indeed it is such unskilful editing that

is one of the faults in the main editions available to us. To understand the prosody

correctly, one must know not only what is its standard pattern, but also what amount of

deviation is allowed from the norms that otherwise prevail. And to understand that we

must let the texts themselves be our guide.

2: Preliminaries

1: Resolution

A normal feature of Pàëi prosody is the resolution of one presumed heavy syllable into

two light ones.1 As I have explained elsewhere2 there is an underlying rule regarding

resolution which states that only the first two syllables in a word may be resolved

(including words that appear as the second half of a compound, or after a prefix).3

With the help of this rule we are able to identify more accurately the underlying

variation, especially in the Siloka prior lines.4 In the text as here established I count

resolution 61 times. 58 of these comply with the rule outlined above, and there are only

two examples where the rule may not hold, the first at 27a, where the line in question

is the opposite of a line in the preceding verse - something which often disturbs the

prosody; and at 137c.

1 In this text syllables in resolution are normally coloured green and are underlined for the

sake of identification. 2 See my Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon 1.15. 3 There is one exception to this, in that it appears from the texts themselves that na, when it

precedes the word it modifies may form the first half of a resolved syllable. This is no doubt

because of the close syntactic proximity of the negative with the word it is modifying.

Examples of resolution including the negative can be seen in the text at 131d; 291d; 302f;

364d. 4 The general usefulness of this rule may be emphasized by noting that with its help we can

certainly identify the variation involved in the following pàdas: 8e; 14bd; 21a; 47a; 48a; 182a;

183a; 183b; 185a; 223d; 228a; 231d; 232d; 248a; 283c; 292a; 302a; 333c; 389a; 414a; 418a -

whereas otherwise we would have no way of correctly identifying the variation.

Page 98: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

98

As can be seen from the table below the syllable most liable to resolution is the 1st, and

in the Tuññhubha/Jagatã verses that occur in the Dhammapada it is the only resolution

found (marked in red in the table - all the rest of the resolutions occur in Siloka lines).1

Syllables

Resolution

(total: 61 instances)

1st: (26 instances): 8a; 20e; 40b; 51d; 52d; 73a; 99a; 108d; 125d; 126d;

140d; 153c; 172c; 173c; 183b; 185a; 227e; 271c; 302f; 307d; 328c;

346d; 347d; 382c; 411c.

4th: (17 instances): 8e; 9b; 14bd; 74b; 131d; 185a; 223d; 228a; 231d; 232d;

233d; 248a; 291d; 302f; 333d; 364d; 414a.

5th: (2 instances): 21a; 27a.

6th: (11 instances): 47a; 48a; 181c; 182a; 183a; 275a; 283c; 292a; 302a;

333c; 418a.

7th: (3 instances): 246c; 387c; 409c.

doubtful: 27a

We may note here that resolution is found in two places within the same line in the

following lines: 185a (1st & 5th); 302f (1st & 4th).

2: Replacement

The compliment to the rule of resolution is the rule of replacement, which states that

when 2 presumed light syllables are replaced by a heavy one, it is always the first two

syllables in a word that are presumed to be light.

In this edition of the Dhammapada there is replacement in line with the rule at 40c &

125c. As with resolution, the application of the rule of replacement can also help us to

identify the underlying structure of the verse, in a way that has not been recognised

before. The reading at 19d (together with its repetition at 20f) has a Tuññhubha line

with the following structure:

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Sa bhàgavà sàmaÿÿassa hoti.

In discussing lines like this it has hitherto been thought that there is replacement of

two short syllables in 6th & 7th position by one heavy one (as is, indeed, normally the

case).2 However if we accept the rule, we can see that it is in fact the 5th & 6th

syllables that have been replaced, and the underlying structure of the break is: ,ÛÛÜ.

This shows once again how helpful the discovery of these rules has been to

understanding the correct prosody of the texts.

1 Because of the nature of the prosody we do not normally count resolution as occuring in the

mattacchandas verses (Vetàlãya/Opacchandasaka). 2 See Norman's comments in his notes to these verses in The Word of the Doctrine.

Page 99: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

99

3: Sarabhatti

We must also include here the sarabhatti vowels (or epenthetic vowels) which have

been written in the text, but which were not pronounced; these can sometimes look

similar to resolution, but they can be easily identified as they nearly always involve

two of the semi-vowels and/or the aspirate.1 Sarabhatti is found in the following 49

places:

arahati 9d, 10d, 230b

-arahanto 98c

ariya- 79c, 190c

ariyaü 208b

ariyaÿ- 191c

ariyànaü 22d, 164b, 206a

issariyaü 73c

kadariyaü 223c

kadariyà 177a

kayiraÿ 313a,

kayirati 292b

kayirà 42a, 43a, 53b, 61c, 105c, 117ab, 118a, 159a, 281b, 330c

kayiràtha 25c, 117c, 118b, 211a

garahito 30d

-cariyaü 61c, 155a, 156a, 312c

-cariyavà 267b

-cariyà 141a, 388b

payirupàsati 64b, 65b

-pariyodapanaü 183c

pariyodapeyya 88c

pahareyya 389a

rahado 82a, 95c

vajiraü 161d

viriyam 112d

viharantaü 8a

Note that occasionally in words that have sarabhatti vowels the vowel must have been

pronounced and given its full value as in the following words, where it is necessary to

count the vowel towards the metre:

arahataü 164a, 420c

ariyo 270ad

kayiràtha 118c, 313a

viharantaü 7a

viharanti 98c

viharàma 197d, 198d, 199d

1 Rarely we find other combinations; in this text vajiraü, and elsewhere others like nahàru,

kilesa, etc. are found.

Page 100: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

100

4: Changes in word form

Because of the need to meet the requirements of the metre, which demands syllables of

a specified length in certain places, to produce the rhythms which make up a verse,

there are certain changes which take place in word form.1 As can be seen from the

following lists it is the lengthening of i > ã, especially at the end of a word, that is by

far the most common change that occurs.

long ã at the end of a word (36 instances):

vuññhã 13b; 14b

munã 49d

ramatã 99b; 116d

vijjatã 127c; 128c

khantã 184a

jayatã 193c; 212ab; 213ab; 214ab; 215ab; 216ab; 282a; 283b

sukhã 206d

nayatã 257b

àpajjatã 309b

gatã 310a

ratã 310b; 373b

palavatã 334c

sahatã 335a; 336a

chattiüsatã 339a

sabbadhã 340a

bhàvayatã 350b

dhammaratã 354c

labhatã 374c

sucã 393d

long ã medially (14 instances):

-vãriyaü 7d; 8d

satãmato 24a; 91a

-vãriyo 112b

hirãnisedho 143a

vãriyena 144c

icchatã 162d

sukhã 177d

satãmataü 181d

tatãyaü 309d

satãmà 328d

khantãbalaü 399c

nandãbhava- 413c

1 It should be noted that in the lists that follow an attempt has been made to collect all the

words that have been changed in the text metra causi. In the notes to the text itself there is no

attempt to be comprehensive (which would only multiply the notes without good reason).

There changes in word form are normally only discussed when there is need to explain why I

have taken the reading in the text in preference to a variant reading.

Page 101: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

101

other vowels lengthened medially (6 instances):

kasàm 143d

ajjatanàm 227b

-sàrãro 352e

anåpalitto 353b

-sàrãraü 400c

niråpadhiü 418b

shortening of vowels (6 instances):

okata (from okato) 34b

va 138d; 139bc; 195b; 409a

attanaü 355d

consonants doubled unhistorically (6 instances):

suggatiü 18d; 319d

ppacessati 44d; 45d

kañukapphalaü 66d

-cchecchati 350d

consonant groups simplified (4 instances):

dukhena 83c

dukhà 186c; 203b; 302b

niggahãta dropped (12 instances):

kata' 74a

yesa' 92d

pañivadeyyu' 133b

phuseyyu' 133d

lokasmi' 143b

macchàna' 182b

buddhàna' 184d; 185f

addhàna' 207b

devàna' 224d

vissàsa' 272c

vanasmi' 334d

Page 102: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

102

3: The Metres

There are 1733 lines in the Dhammapada, written in five metres, they are:

1. Siloka (Skt: øloka1) 1482 lines, 86%

2. Vetàlãya (Vaitàlãya) 94 lines, 5%

3. Opacchandasaka (Aupacchandasika) 11 lines, 0.5%

4. Tuññhubha (Triùñubh) 120 lines, 7%

5. Jagatã (Jagatã) 26 lines, 2%

Siloka

By far the most common metre in the canon, and in the Dhammapada in particular, is

the Siloka which accounts for some 86% of the verses found in the collection.2 The

Siloka is an addhasamavutta syllabic metre, which means it has two dissimilar lines

which make up a pàdayuga; two pàdayugas (or occasionally three) make a verse. There

are normally 8 syllables to each half of the pàdayuga (pair of lines).3

The Siloka has a pathyà (normal) structure and 7 variations. The normal structure can

be described as follows: 4

ÉÅÅÅÐÛÜÜÅÐÐÉÅÅÅÐÛÜÛé

In the text as it has been established here there are pathyà lines in 82% of the Siloka

pàdayugas.5 Another way to emphasise how high this percentage is, would be to note

that there are only 7 Siloka verses in the whole collection that do not have pathyà lines

in them.6

7 variations occur in the first half of the pàdayuga. They have the following structure

(with the percentage of their occurrence7):

1 Identified as Anuññhubha (øloka) by Norman in The Word of the Doctrine (against his normal

practice of calling the metre øloka). However the Anuññhubha is a samavutta metre; the

Siloka (or øloka) is addhasamavutta, and they shouldn't be confused. 2 I count only one verse (No 330) as being mixed. The following are Siloka verses (giving a

total of 352 verses, or 741 pàdayugas): 1-14, 21-23, 25-39, 41-43, 47-53, 55-79, 81-82, 85-93,

96-107, 109-124, 126, 129-140, 146-149, 152-176, 178, 181-183, 185-207, 209-220, 222-234, 239,

241-279, 282-283, 286-305, 307-308, 311-323, 327, 330, 332-333, 335-337, 339-340, 351-352,

355-361, 363-370, 372-387, 389, 391-423. 3 Occasionally we find 9 syllables if one is resolved; or, more rarely, 10 if 2 are resolved in the

same half of the pàdayuga - for the latter see 8a (1st & 6th); 185a (1st & 5th); 302f (1st &

4th). 4 In what follows Û = a light syllable; Ü = a heavy one; Å = anceps, the syllable can be either

light or heavy; É = one light, or one heavy, or two light syllables. 5 For the references see the tables in the Index of Metres. 6 Nos 23, 69, 87, 183, 196, 274, 303. 7 Note that percentages are approximate only.

Page 103: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

103

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anuññhubha É Å Å Å Ð Û Ü Û Å 2%

navipulà É Ü Å Ü Ð Û Û Û Å 2%

bhavipulà É Ü Å Ü Ð Ü Û Û Å 3%

mavipulà É Ü Å Ü Ð Ü, Ü Ü Å 7%

ravipulà É Å Å Å, Ð Ü Û Ü Å 1%

savipulà É Å Å Å Ð Û Û Ü Å 3%

tavipulà É Ü Û Ü Ð Ü Ü Û Å

There are also 8 lines that are irregular.1

Verse no 150 is unusual because, as it stands, it is in Anuññhubha metre, but whether we

should count this as a seperate metre, or as Siloka with 2 Anuññhubha variations in the

prior line is not sure.

It is well established that in the opening of the Siloka metre, 2 light syllables are

normally avoided in 2nd and 3rd positions. That this is so can be simply proved by

reference to the texts themselves, and noting that the number of times this opening

appears is very much less than a random choice could possibly entail. Besides this

though, we can also see that changes are regularly made to word forms in order to

avoid the opening.

When we examine the Dhammapada itself we can see that changes have been made in

the following words in order to avoid the unwanted opening: 13b, 14b (vuññhã); 143a

(hirãnisedho); 245a (hirãmatà); 269b (munã); 374c (labhatã); 399c (khantãbalaü); 413c

(nandã-). This pattern is repeated in any of the Siloka texts found in the canonical

works.

However, on closer inspection we can see that there are a significant number of

occassions in the Dhammapada when the pattern ÅÛÛÅÐ does in fact turn up in the

opening, sometimes even when it would be easy to `correct' the metre if the redacters

had felt that it was wrong. Note that there are no `correcting' variants at all recorded

for the following lines, where this `wrong' opening occurs: 3a; 4a; 68c; 99b; 148c; 265a;

268c; 363a; 375c; 420a; 421a. That is 11 times, and is more than the number of

corrections m.c. that are listed above. Because of this I have not felt obliged to correct

this opening when it occurs, if there is not good manuscript evidence for it, and have

therefore let it stand at 1c; 2c; 121e; 140b; 382b; 415c. In all 6 instances there are

metrically more correct readings found in the PTS edition, but they are for the most

part based on the slim evidence of just 2 old Thai manuscripts, which can be shown to

have a habit of `correcting' the metre, when they felt it to be wrong.

1 27a; 116c; 218c; 222c; 260a; 266a; 274c; 315a. These are commented on in the text.

Page 104: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

104

Vetàlãya & Opacchandasaka

The most popular of the mattacchandas (measure) metres in the Dhammapada is the

Vetàlãya. Whereas the Siloka, Tuññhubha & Jagatã1 metres are syllabic metres, and

organise their lines by counting the syllables, in the mattacchandas metres it is the total

number of measures (mattà) to the line which is the determining factor. In Vetàlãya the

prior lines normally have 14 measures, and the posterior lines 16. With both the

cadence is the same: ÜÛÜÛÅ. There are 105 lines in 30 verses in this metre, which is

roughly 5.5% of the total number of verses.

There are only two verses in the Opacchandasaka metre, Nos 184 & 371, and some odd

lines that turn up in what are otherwise Vetàlãya verses.2 This metre normally has 16

measures in the prior line, and 18 in the posterior. The cadence is similar to Vetàlãya,

with an extra, heavy, syllable in penultimate position: ÜÛÜÛÜÅ .

The description of the openings is the same for both metres, so they will be treated

together here.

In the prior lines the openings are:

ÜÜÛÛ (sometimes syncopated to ÜÛÜÛ), 33 instances (= 52%). 3

ÛÛÜÛÛ (sometimes syncopated to ÛÜÛÛÛ) 17 instances (= 26%). 4

In 4 places we find this opening ÜÛÛÜ (179a; 235a; 348a; 388a); once ÜÛÛÛÛ

(284a); once ÛÛÛÛÜ (95a); and once ÜÜÜ (349c). In this text I count the following

prior lines as irregular: 24c; 45c; 237c; 334c; 349a; 350c; 362a.5

In the posterior lines the openings are:

ÜÜÜÛÛ 24 instances (= 36%). 6

ÛÛÜÜÛÛ 24 instances (= 36%). 7

In 2 places we find this opening ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛ , which looks like a variation of the 2nd

opening above (235b; 324d); once ÜÛÛÜÛÛ (342d); 8 and once ÛÜÜÛÜ (179b).

There are 5 irregular lines: 236d; 240b; 324b; 343d; 362b.9

1 The latter two are discussed below. 2 179a; 342d; 344a; 362d. 3 15c; 16c; 17c; 18c; 24a; 44c; 45a; 80c; 145c; 179c; 180ac; 184a; 235c; 236ac; 238ac; 240c; 284a;

285ac; 324c; 341c; 342c; 343c; 344ac; 348c; 362c; 371ac; 388c. 4 15a; 16a; 17a; 18a; 44a; 80a; 95c; 145a; 184c; 237a; 240a; 284c; 324a; 341a; 342a; 343a; 350a. 5 These are commented on in the notes to the text. 6 15d; 16d; 17d; 18d; 45c; 80d; 95d; 145d; 180b; 184b; 235d; 236b; 237d; 238b; 284d; 285d; 334b;

341d; 344d; 348b; 350d; 362d; 371b; 388d. 7 16b; 18b; 24b; 44bd; 45bd; 80b; 145b; 179d; 180d; 184d; 238d; 240d; 284b; 285b; 334d; 341b;

342b; 343b; 344b; 348d; 350b; 388b. 8 We should perhaps regard this as a syncopated variant of the second opening. 9 These are discussed in the notes to the text.

Page 105: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

105

The first of the openings listed above seems to have a secondary form, with a heavy

syllable where we would expect to find a light one, giving the form ÜÛÜÜÛÛ . This

opening occurs with such frequency,1 that there can be no doubt that the redacters felt

that it was an acceptable variation. Various theories have been suggested to account for

this variation,2 but up till now none of them are really very satisfactory.3

It is perhaps worth noting here that in verse, the last syllable in the line is always

counted as heavy, no matter what its real length is. We could perhaps suggest that this

phenomena, which is known as pàdantagaru, may well find its compliment here, where

the first syllable sometimes has to be counted as light m.c., no matter what its true

length is. We could perhaps call this phenomena pàdàdilahu, which would also be

complimentary to the phenomena of pàdàdigaru, which is found in gaõacchandas

verses.

Tuññhubha & Jagatã

Tuññhubha is a syllablic samavutta metre normally having 11 syllables to the line,4 and

4 lines to the verse. Approximately 7% of the verses in the Dhammapada are in this

metre. The shape of the Tuññhubha line can be defined thus: ÅÜÅÜÐÅÛØÐÜÛÜÅ.

Jagatã is similar but has an extra, light, syllable in penultiumate position, giving a line

which is defined thus: ÅÜÅÜÐÅÛØÐÜÛÜÛÅ. 2% of the lines are in this metre.

The most common form of the opening is ÅÜÛÜ, but we also come across the Vedic

opening ÜÜÜÜ (142b); the syncopated opening ÜÜÛÛ (144f; 281b); and once we find

ÜÛÜÜ (354a).

There are many forms to the break, but note that the sequence ÜÛÛ is very common,

accounting for approximately 73% of the breaks, no matter where the caesura falls:

,ÜÛÛ 19b; 40ab; 46a; 54d; 83a; 94b; 108d; 127cd; 128cd; 141b; 142ad; 144d; 151ad;

208c; 221abd; 280b; 281c; 306c; 325bd; 326a; 328b; 329b; 331c; 338d; 345a; 346ad;

347b; 353a; 354bc; 390cd (41 lines = 29%).

Ü,ÛÛ 19c; 20de; 40d; 46b; 54ac; 83bc; 84b; 108a; 127ab; 128ab; 141ad; 144cd; 151c;

177c; 208b; 280d; 281a; 306ad; 309cd; 310c; 329c; 331b; 338ab; 345c; 390b; 326d (36

lines = 25%).

1 15b; 17b; 24d; 95b; 237b; 349b; 349d; 371d. The last two of the lines listed here are

syncopated. Possibly 343d should be regarded as an example of this variation also, see the

note to that verse. 2 See Warder, PM, pg 121ff. for an assessment of the various ideas put forward. 3 In The Word of the Doctrine Norman makes various suggestions on how we could regularise

these lines to give a normal opening, but it is worthwhile pointing out here, that a number of

the changes suggested there are unusual and that not one of the suggestions has any

manuscript support for it. 4 Sometimes, because of resolution, we find a Tuññhubha line with 12 syllables: 20e; 40b; 108d;

125d; 328c; 346d; 347d. In each case the resolution is of the 1st syllable giving the opening:

ÛÛÜÛÜ.

Page 106: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of the Dhammapada

106

ÜÛ,Û 20c; 46c; 94c; 125ab; 142c; 144c; 151b; 177d; 208a; 280ac; 309a; 310ab; 325ac;

328c; 331ad; 346c; 347c; 353b; 353d; 390a (25 lines = 17%).

,ÜÐÜÛÛ 208d; 328d; 338c; 345d (4 lines = 3%).

Other regular forms:

,ÛÛÛ 54b; 108c; 281b (3 lines = 2%).

Û,ÛÛ 20b; 84a; 94ad; 328a; 329a (6 lines = 4%).

,ÛÛÜ 19a; 20a; 125d; 142b; 309b; 310d; 330c; 346b (8 lines = 6%).

,ÜÛÜ 46d; 83d; 84d; 177b; 326bc; 345b; 347d; 354a (9 lines = 6%).

Ü,ÛÜ 354d (1 line = 1%).

The extended form of the metre, pausing at the fifth and restarting from the same

syllable, occurs in 3 places, showing the following forms:

Ü,ÛÛÜ 306b (1 line = 1%).

Ü,ÜÛÜ 141c; 177a (2 lines = 1.5%).

Normally in the Tuññhubha break there is a light syllable in 6th position and most

scholars1 have refused to countenance the possibility of a heavy syllable occurring in

that position. However, as I have shown elsewhere,2 in the early verses there is one

pattern to the break which does have a heavy 6th which occurs so regularly that it must

be regarded as an acceptable variation. In this edition of the Dhammapada we find the

same break occuring in 3 places:

ÜÜ,Û 144a; 221c; 281d.

There are 3 other occassions where we have a heavy 6th. They are ,ÜÜÛ 144b; 353c. &

,ÛÜÛ 108b. In each case we should probably correct the way we take the reading. See

the notes in the text for a discussion.

There are 4 places where the break has only 2 syllables owing to replacement occurring

at the 6th (see above).

Ü,Ü 40c; 125c.

,ÜÜ 19d, 20f.

It should be noted that 347a is unusual in that there is nowhere we can easily count a

break as occuring. The following lines, which are irregular, are commented on in the

text: 84c, 329d; 330d.

1 Helmer Smith simply ignores the break in the appendix on the metres in his edition of

Saddanãti (pg 1151-1154). Warder (PM, pg 208) says that it `should perhaps always be

corrected'. 2 See my study of the metre in Pàràyanavagga, also on this Website.

Page 107: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Dhammapado1

Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammàsambuddhassa2

1: Yamakavaggo3 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

manopubbaïgamà dhammà, manoseññhà manomayà, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

manasà ce paduññhena bhàsati4 và karoti và, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tato naü dukkham-anveti cakkaü va vahato padaü. [1]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

manopubbaïgamà dhammà, manoseññhà manomayà, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

manasà ce pasannena bhàsati5 và karoti và, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tato naü sukham-anveti chàyà va anapàyinã.6 [2]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

ßakkocchi maü avadhi maü ajini maü ahàsi meû, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ye ca taü7 upanayhanti veraü tesaü na sammati. [3]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

ßakkocchi maü avadhi maü ajini maü ahàsi meû, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ye taü na upanayhanti8 veraü tesåpasammati. [4]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na hi verena veràni sammantãdha kudàcanaü,9 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

averena ca sammanti, esa dhammo sanantano. [5]

1 BJT: Suttantapiñake Khuddakanikàyo (dutiyo gantho) Dhammapadapàëi; ChS:

Khuddakanikàye Dhammapadapàëã; Thai: Suttantapiñake Khuddakanikàyassa

Dhammapadagàthà. 2 PTS omits this line. 3 PTS: Yamakavagga, and so for all the chapter titles from here on; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya

pañhamo Yamakavaggo, and similarly for all the chapter titles from here on. 4 PTS: bhàsatã, for a discussion of this reading here and in the next verse see the The Prosody

of the Dhammapada. 5 PTS: bhàsatã, cf. vs 1 above. 6 Thai: anupàyinã. 7 BJT, PTS: ye taü. 8 Thai: ye taü nåpanayhanti; ChS: ye ca taü nupanayhanti. 9 PTS: sammant' idha kudacana.

Page 108: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

108

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pare ca na vijànanti mayam-ettha yamàmase,1 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ye ca tattha vijànanti tato sammanti medhagà. [6]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

subhànupassiü viharantaü indriyesu asaüvutaü, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

bhojanamhi amattaÿÿuü,2 kusãtaü hãnavãriyaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

taü ve pasahati3 màro vàto rukkhaü va dubbalaü. [7]

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

asubhànupassiü viharantaü indriyesu susaüvutaü, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

bhojanamhi ca mattaÿÿuü, saddhaü àraddhavãriyaü, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

taü ve nappasahati4 màro vàto selaü va pabbataü. [8]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

anikkasàvo kàsàvaü yo vatthaü paridahessati,5 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

apeto damasaccena na so kàsàvam-arahati. [9]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca vantakasàvassa sãlesu susamàhito, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

upeto damasaccena sa ve kàsàvam-arahati. [10]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

asàre sàramatino sàre càsàradassino, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

te sàraü nàdhigacchanti micchàsaïkappagocarà. [11]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sàraÿ-ca sàrato ÿatvà asàraÿ-ca asàrato, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

te sàraü adhigacchanti sammàsaïkappagocarà. [12]

1 Thai: yamàmhase. 2 PTS, ChS: càmattaÿÿuü. 3 PTS: pasahatã. 4 PTS: -pasahatã. 5 ChS: paridahissati.

Page 109: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

109

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

yathà agàraü1 ducchannaü vuññhã2 samativijjhati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

evaü abhàvitaü cittaü ràgo samativijjhati. [13]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

yathà agàraü3 succhannaü4 vuññhã5 na samativijjhati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

evaü subhàvitaü cittaü ràgo na samativijjhati. [14]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

idha socati pecca socati,

ÜÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ6

pàpakàrã ubhayattha socati, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

so socati so vihaÿÿati ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

disvà kammakiliññham-attano. [15]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

idha modati pecca modati, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

katapuÿÿo ubhayattha modati, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

so modati so pamodati ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

disvà kammavisuddhim7-attano. [16]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

idha tappati pecca tappati,

ÜÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ8

pàpakàrã ubhayattha tappati, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

ßpàpaü mÕ katanû-ti tappati, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

bhiyyo tappati duggatiü gato. [17]

1 BJT: yathàgàraü. 2 BJT, PTS: vuññhi. ã in the text is m.c. to avoid 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd position. I may

state again here that changes in word form are normally only discussed in these notes when

there is need to explain why I have taken the reading in the text in preference to a variant

reading. 3 BJT: yathàgàraü. 4 ChS: suchannaü. 5 BJT, PTS: vuññhi. ã in the text is m.c. to avoid 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd position. 6 Metre: This is an example of the variant opening discussed in the The Introduction to the

Prosody. As Norman (WD) says we could also read pàpakàri m.c. which would give the

syncopated opening ÜÛÜÛÛÛ , but note that no manuscripts support the reading. 7 BJT: kammavisuddham. 8 Metre: This is an example of the variant opening discussed in the Introduction. We could also

read pàpakàri m.c. which would give the syncopated opening ÜÛÜÛÛÛ.

Page 110: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

110

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

idha nandati pecca nandati, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

katapuÿÿo ubhayattha nandati, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

ßpuÿÿaü mÕ katanû-ti nandati, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

bhiyyo nandati suggatiü gato. [18]

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

bahum-pi ce sahitaü1 bhàsamàno, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na takkaro hoti naro pamatto, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

gopo va gàvo gaõayaü paresaü,

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÐÜÛÜÜ 2

na bhàgavà sàmaÿÿassa hoti. [19]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 6

appam-pi ce sahitaü3 bhàsamàno, ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dhammassa hoti anudhammacàrã, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ràgaÿ-ca dosaÿ-ca pahàya mohaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sammappajàno suvimuttacitto, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

anupàdiyàno idha và huraü và,

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÐÜÛÜÜ 4

sa bhàgavà sàmaÿÿassa hoti. [20]

Yamakavaggo pañhamo.5

1 ChS: saühita. 2 Metre: Two light syllables have been replaced by one heavy one at the 5th, see the

Introduction to the Prosody for a discussion of this reading. 3 ChS: saühita. 4 Metre: Two light syllables have been replaced by one heavy one at the 5th. 5 ChS: Yamakavaggo pañhamo niññhito, and so for all the end titles from here on.

Page 111: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

111

2: Appamàdavaggo1 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

appamàdo amatapadaü,2 pamàdo maccuno padaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

appamattà na mãyanti, ye pamattà yathà matà. [21]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

etaü visesato ÿatvà appamàdamhi paõóità, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

appamàde pamodanti, ariyànaü gocare ratà. [22]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

te jhàyino sàtatikà, niccaü daëhaparakkamà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

phusanti dhãrà nibbànaü,3 yogakkhemaü anuttaraü. [23]

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

uññhànavato satãmato,4 ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sucikammassa nisammakàrino,

ÜÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ 5

saÿÿatassa ca6 dhammajãvino,

ÜÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ 7

appamattassa yasobhivaóóhati. [24]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

uññhànenappamàdena saüyamena damena ca, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dãpaü kayiràtha medhàvã, yaü ogho nàbhikãrati. [25]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pamàdam-anuyuÿjanti bàlà dummedhino janà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

appamàdaÿ-ca medhàvã dhanaü seññhaü va rakkhati. [26]

1 PTS: Appamàdavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya dutiyo Appamàdavaggo. 2 Thai: amataü padaü. 3 BJT: nibbàõaü, always this spelling. 4 BJT, Thai: satimato; -ã- in the text is m.c. to give the normal cadence. 5 Metre: we have to count the first syllable as light here to correct the metre. 6 ChS: omit ca. 7 Metre: For this variation in the opening see the Introduction.

Page 112: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

112

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ irregular 1

mà pamàdam2-anuyuÿjetha mà kàmaratisanthavaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

appamatto hi jhàyanto pappoti vipulàü sukhaü. [27]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

pamàdaü appamàdena yadà nudati paõóito, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

paÿÿàpàsàdam3-àruyha, asoko sokiniü pajaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pabbataññho va bhummaññhe4 dhãro bàle avekkhati. [28]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

appamatto pamattesu, suttesu bahujàgaro, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

abalassaü va sãghasso hitvà yàti sumedhaso. [29]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

appamàdena5 maghavà devànaü seññhataü gato, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

appamàdaü pasaüsanti, pamàdo garahito sadà. [30]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

appamàdarato bhikkhu, pamàde bhayadassivà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saüyojanaü aõuü-thålaü óahaü aggãva gacchati. [31]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

appamàdarato bhikkhu, pamàde bhayadassivà, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

abhabbo parihànàya,6 nibbànasseva7 santike. [32]

Appamàdavaggo dutiyo.8

1 Metre: this is one place in the Dhammapada where, if the rule of resolution holds, then the

metre is wrong, as this is not a known variation. Alternatively (with Norman, WD, pg 68) we

could count the 4th syllable as resolved, and we then have pathyà. It seems to me that the

former is more likely, the prosody having been disturbed as this line is the opposite of 26a. 2 Metre: we might have expected a reading pamàdaü, as the labial -m is incorrect by normal

grammatical standards, and, contra Norman (WD) it doesn't help the metre, which still has to

be considered irregular. 3 PTS: paÿÿàpàsàdaü. 4 ChS: bhåmaññhe. 5 Editor's note: Thai, appàdena, printer's error. 6 BJT: parihàõàya. 7 BJT: nibbàõa-. 8 ChS: Appamàdavaggo dutiyo niññhito.

Page 113: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

113

3: Cittavaggo1 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

phandanaü capalaü cittaü dårakkhaü2 dunnivàrayaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ujuü karoti medhàvã usukàro va tejanaü. [33]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

vàrijo va thale khitto oka-m-okata ubbhato, ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pariphandatidaü cittaü màradheyyaü pahàtave. [34]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

dunniggahassa lahuno yatthakàmanipàtino, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

cittassa damatho sàdhu, cittaü dantaü sukhàvahaü. [35]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

sududdasaü sunipuõaü3 yatthakàmanipàtinaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

cittaü rakkhetha medhàvã, cittaü guttaü sukhàvahaü. [36]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

dåraïgamaü ekacaraü asarãraü guhàsayaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ye cittaü saÿÿam-essanti mokkhanti màrabandhanà. [37]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

anavaññhitacittassa saddhammaü avijànato, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pariplavapasàdassa4 paÿÿà na paripårati. [38]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

anavassutacittassa ananvàhatacetaso, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

puÿÿapàpapahãnassa5 natthi jàgarato bhayaü. [39]

1 PTS: Cittavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya tatiyo Cittavaggo. 2 BJT, Thai: durakkhaü. 3 BJT: sunipunaü. 4 BJT: paripalavapasàdassa. 5 BJT: -pahãõassa.

Page 114: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

114

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 3

kumbhåpamaü kàyam-imaü1 viditvà, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nagaråpamaü cittam-idaü ñhapetvà,2 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

yodhetha màraü paÿÿàvudhena,3 ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

jitaÿ-ca rakkhe anivesano4 siyà. [40]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

aciraü vatayaü kàyo pañhaviü5 adhisessati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

chuddho6 apetaviÿÿàõo niratthaü va kaliïgaraü. [41]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

diso disaü yantaü kayirà verã và pana verinaü ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

micchàpaõihitaü cittaü pàpiyo naü tato kare. [42]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na taü màtà pità kayirà aÿÿe và pi ca ÿàtakà ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sammàpaõihitaü cittaü seyyaso naü tato kare. [43]

Cittavaggo tatiyo.7

1 Thai: idaü. 2 Thai: thaketvà ?. 3 BJT: paÿÿàyudhena. Metre: there is replacement of two light syllables by one heavy one at

the 6th. 4 Thai: anivesino. 5 ChS: pathaviü. 6 Thai: chuóóo. 7 ChS: Cittavaggo tatiyo niññhito.

Page 115: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

115

4: Pupphavaggo1

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

kÖ imaü pañhaviü2 vicessati3 ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

yamalokaÿ-ca imaü sadevakaü? ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

ko dhammapadaü sudesitaü, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

kusalo puppham-iva ppacessati?4 [44]

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

sekho pañhaviü5 vicessati6 ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

yamalokaÿ-ca imaü sadevakaü.

ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ7

sekho dhammapadaü sudesitaü, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

kusalo puppham-iva ppacessati.8 [45]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

pheõåpamaü kàyam-imaü viditvà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

marãcidhammaü abhisambudhàno, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

chetvàna màrassa papupphakàni, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

adassanaü maccuràjassa gacche. [46]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pupphàni heva pacinantaü byàsattamanasaü9 naraü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

suttaü gàmaü mahogho va maccu àdàya gacchati. [47]

1 PTS: Pupphavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya catuttho Pupphavaggo. 2 ChS: pathaviü. 3 PTS, Thai: vijessati. Metre: here again the first syllable needs to be counted as light to correct

the metre. 4 BJT, Thai, ChS: iva pacessati. 5 ChS: pathaviü. 6 PTS, Thai: vijessati. 7 Metre: note that this is a posterior line in place of a prior line, exchanged through metrical

licence (cf. 237c). 8 BJT, Thai, ChS: iva pacessati. 9 PTS: vyàsattamanasaü.

Page 116: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

116

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pupphàni heva pacinantaü byàsattamanasaü1 naraü, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

atittaü yeva kàmesu antako kurute vasaü. [48]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yathà pi bhamaro pupphaü vaõõagandhaü2 aheñhayaü ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

paëeti rasam-àdàya, evaü gàme munã care. [49]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na paresaü vilomàni, na paresaü katàkataü, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attano va avekkheyya katàni akatàni ca. [50]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yathà pi ruciraü pupphaü vaõõavantaü agandhakaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü subhàsità vàcà aphalà hoti akubbato. [51]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yathà pi ruciraü pupphaü vaõõavantaü sagandhakaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü subhàsità vàcà saphalà hoti pakubbato.3 [52]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yathà pi puppharàsimhà kayirà màlàguõe4 bahå, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü jàtena maccena kattabbaü kusalaü bahuü. [53]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ.ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 3

na pupphagandho pañivàtam-eti, ÛÜÛÜ.ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na candanaü tagaramallikà và,5 ÛÜÛÜÐÜ.ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sataÿ-ca gandho pañivàtam-eti, ÜÜÛÜ.ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Jagatã

sabbà disà sappuriso pavàyati.6 [54]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

candanaü tagaraü và pi, uppalaü atha vassikã, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

etesaü gandhajàtànaü sãlagandho anuttaro. [55]

1 PTS: vyàsattamanasaü. 2 Thai: vaõõavantaü; ChS: vaõõagandham. 3 PTS: sakubbato; Thai: sukubbato; ChS: kubbato. 4 Thai: màlàguëe. 5 ChS: omit và. 6 BJT, PTS: pavàti. See Brough pg 268.

Page 117: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

117

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

appamatto ayaü gandho yàyaü1 tagaracandanã,2 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yo ca sãlavataü gandho vàti devesu uttamo. [56]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tesaü sampannasãlànaü appamàdavihàrinaü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sammad-aÿÿàvimuttànaü, màro maggaü na vindati. [57]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yathà saïkàradhànasmiü3 ujjhitasmiü mahàpathe, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

padumaü tattha jàyetha sucigandhaü manoramaü. [58]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

evaü saïkàrabhåtesu andhabhåte puthujjane, ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

atirocati paÿÿàya sammàsambuddhasàvako. [59]

Pupphavaggo catuttho.4

1 Thai, ChS: yvàyaü. 2 ChS: tagaracandanaü. 3 ChS: saïkàrañhànasmiü. 4 ChS: Pupphavaggo catuttho niññhito.

Page 118: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

118

5: Bàlavaggo1 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

dãghà jàgarato ratti, dãghaü santassa yojanaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

dãgho bàlànaü2 saüsàro saddhammaü avijànataü. [60]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

caraÿ-ce nàdhigaccheyya seyyaü sadisam-attano, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ekacariyaü daëhaü kayirà, natthi bàle sahàyatà. [61]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ßputtà matthi dhanam-matthiû3 iti bàlo vihaÿÿati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

attà hi attano natthi kuto puttà, kuto dhanaü? [62]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

yo bàlo maÿÿati bàlyaü,4 paõóito và pi tena so, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

bàlo ca paõóitamànã sa ve bàlo ti vuccati. [63]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yàvajãvam-pi ce bàlo paõóitaü payirupàsati ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

na so dhammaü vijànàti, dabbã såparasaü yathà. [64]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

muhuttam-api ce viÿÿå5 paõóitaü payirupàsati ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

khippaü dhammaü vijànàti, jivhà såparasaü yathà. [65]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

caranti bàlà dummedhà amitteneva attanà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

karontà pàpakaü kammaü yaü hoti kañukapphalaü. [66]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na taü kammaü kataü sàdhu yaü katvà anutappati, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassa assumukho rodaü vipàkaü pañisevati. [67]

1 PTS: Bàlavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya paÿcamo Bàlavaggo. 2 Thai: bàlàna'. 3 PTS: dhanaü m' atthi; Thai: dhanamatthi. 4 PTS: maÿÿatã balyaü. 5 BJT: viÿÿu.

Page 119: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

119

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

taÿ-ca kammaü kataü sàdhu yaü katvà nànutappati, ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

yassa patãto sumano vipàkaü pañisevati. [68]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà x 2

madhuvà maÿÿati1 bàlo, yàva pàpaü na paccati, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yadà ca paccati2 pàpaü, atha bàlo3 dukkhaü nigacchati. [69]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

màse màse kusaggena bàlo bhuÿjetha4 bhojanaü, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

na so saïkhàtadhammànaü kalaü agghati5 soëasiü. [70]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na hi pàpaü kataü kammaü sajju khãraü va muccati, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

óahantaü bàlam-anveti bhasmacchanno6 va pàvako. [71]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yàvad-eva anatthàya ÿattaü bàlassa jàyati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

hanti bàlassa sukkaüsaü muddham7-assa vipàtayaü. [72]

ÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

asataü8 bhàvanam9-iccheyya, purekkhàraÿ-ca bhikkhusu, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

àvàsesu ca issariyaü, påjà parakulesu ca. [73]

1 PTS: maÿÿatã; the readings in this line, and in line c in PTS are m.c. to produce the pathyà

cadence, but the fifth variation (vipulà) is acceptable, and has the most manuscript support, so

there is no need for a change in the normal word form. 2 PTS: paccatã. 3 Thai places bàlo in brackets; ChS omits atha. Metre: as it stands there are two syllables too

many in line d, the vv.ll.s arise from trying to regularize the metre. If this is a Vetàlãya line

as Norman (WD) suggests, then it is a very unusual shape (cf. 119d; 120d). 4 ChS: bhuÿjeyya. 5 PTS: nàgghati. 6 PTS, Thai: bhasmàcchanno. 7 Thai: muddhaü. 8 Thai, ChS: asantaü. 9 Thai: bhàvam-.

Page 120: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

120

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

ßmameva kata' maÿÿantu1 gihã pabbajità ubho, ÛÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

mameva ativasà2 assu kiccàkiccesu kismiciû, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iti bàlassa saïkappo icchà màno ca vaóóhati. [74]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

aÿÿà hi làbhåpanisà, aÿÿà nibbànagàminã,3 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

evam-etaü abhiÿÿàya bhikkhu buddhassa sàvako ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sakkàraü nàbhinandeyya, vivekam-anubråhaye.4 [75]

Bàlavaggo paÿcamo.5

6: Paõóitavaggo6 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

nidhãnaü7 va pavattàraü yaü passe vajjadassinaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

niggayhavàdiü medhàviü tàdisaü paõóitaü bhaje, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

tàdisaü bhajamànassa seyyo hoti na pàpiyo. [76]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ovadeyyànusàseyya,8 asabbhà ca nivàraye, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sataü hi so piyo hoti, asataü hoti appiyo. [77]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

na bhaje pàpake mitte, na bhaje purisàdhame, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

bhajetha mitte kalyàõe, bhajetha purisuttame. [78]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

dhammapãti sukhaü seti, vippasannena9 cetasà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ariyappavedite dhamme sadà ramati paõóito. [79]

1 BJT: kataü maÿÿantå; (å is a printer's error) in the text niggahãta is lost m.c. to give the

pathyà cadence. 2 PTS, ChS: mam' evàtivasà. 3 Editor's note: BJT, nibbàna-, against its usual spelling. 4 Metre: note that -br- does not make position here, which is very unusual for br in medial

position. 5 ChS: Bàlavaggo paÿcamo niññhito. 6 PTS: Paõóitavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya chaññho Paõóitavaggo. 7 BJT: nidhinaü. 8 BJT: ovadeyyanusàseyya. 9 PTS: vipasannena; (in WD Norman lists this as a misprint for vippa-).

Page 121: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

121

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

udakaü hi1 nayanti nettikà, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

usukàrà namayanti tejanaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

dàruü namayanti tacchakà, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

attànaü damayanti paõóità. [80]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐ ÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

selo yathà ekaghano vàtena na samãrati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

evaü nindàpasaüsàsu na samiÿjanti2 paõóità. [81]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

yathà pi rahado gambhãro vippasanno3 anàvilo, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

evaü dhammàni sutvàna vippasãdanti paõóità. [82]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

sabbattha ve sappurisà vajanti,4 ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na kàmakàmà lapayanti santo, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sukhena phuññhà atha và dukhena,5 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

noccàvacaü6 paõóità dassayanti. [83]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 2

na attahetu na parassa hetu, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na puttam-icche na dhanaü na raññhaü,

ÛÜÜÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã 7

na iccheyya adhammena samiddhim-attano, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

sa sãlavà paÿÿavà dhammiko siyà. [84]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

appakà te manussesu ye janà pàragàmino, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

athàyaü itarà pajà tãram-evànudhàvati. [85]

1 Thai: udakaÿ-hi. 2 Thai: sammiÿjanti. 3 PTS: vipasanno. 4 BJT, ChS: cajanti. See Brough pg 245. 5 Thai: dukkhena; in the text the consonant cluster is simplified m.c. to give the normal

cadence. 6 PTS, ChS: na uccàvacaü. 7 Metre: the line is very poor metrically here, we could read niccheyy' adhammena, or better

niccheyyàdhammena, as the Vedic opening ÜÜÜÜ is found in early Pali verse.

Page 122: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

122

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ye ca kho sammad-akkhàte dhamme dhammànuvattino ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

te janà pàram-essanti, maccudheyyaü suduttaraü. [86]

ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

kaõhaü dhammaü vippahàya sukkaü bhàvetha paõóito, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

okà anokaü1 àgamma viveke yattha dåramaü. [87]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tatràbhiratim-iccheyya hitvà kàme akiÿcano, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pariyodapeyya attànaü cittaklesehi paõóito. [88]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yesaü sambodhi-aïgesu2 sammà cittaü subhàvitaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

àdànapañinissagge anupàdàya ye ratà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

khãõàsavà jutimanto3 te loke parinibbutà. [89]

Paõóitavaggo chaññho.4

1 ChS: anokam. 2 Thai, ChS: sambodhiyaïgesu. 3 PTS: jutãmanto. 4 ChS: Paõóitavaggo chaññho niññhito.

Page 123: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

123

7: Arahantavaggo1 ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

gataddhino visokassa vippamuttassa sabbadhi, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbaganthappahãnassa2 pariëàho na vijjati. [90]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

uyyuÿjanti satãmanto,3 na nikete ramanti te, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

haüsà va pallalaü hitvà okam-okaü jahanti te. [91]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

yesaü sannicayo4 natthi, ye pariÿÿàtabhojanà, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

suÿÿato animitto ca vimokkho yesa'5 gocaro, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

àkàse va sakuntànaü gati tesaü durannayà. [92]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

yassàsavà parikkhãõà àhàre ca anissito, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

suÿÿato animitto ca vimokkho6 yassa gocaro, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

àkàse va sakuntànaü padaü tassa durannayaü. [93]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 3

yassindriyàni samathaü gatàni,7 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

assà8 yathà sàrathinà sudantà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

pahãnamànassa9 anàsavassa, ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

devà pi tassa pihayanti tàdino. [94]

1 PTS: Arahantavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya sattamo Arahantavaggo. 2 BJT: sabbaganthappahãõassa. 3 BJT: satimanto; in the text ã is m.c. to give pathyà, which here has the support of most of the

manuscripts. 4 Thai: sanniccayo. 5 PTS, ChS: yesaü; in the text niggahãta is lost m.c. to produce the normal Siloka cadence. 6 PTS: vimokho. 7 Thai, ChS: samathaïgatàni. 8 ChS: omit Assà. 9 BJT: pahãõamànassa.

Page 124: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

124

ÛÛÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

pañhavisamo1 no virujjhati,

ÜÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ 2

indakhãlåpamÖ3 tàdi subbato, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

rahado va apetakaddamo, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

saüsàrà na bhavanti tàdino. [95]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

santaü tassa manaü hoti, santà vàcà ca kamma ca, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sammad-aÿÿàvimuttassa, upasantassa tàdino. [96]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

assaddho akataÿÿå ca sandhicchedo ca yo naro, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

hatàvakàso vantàso sa ve uttamaporiso. [97]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

gàme và yadi vàraÿÿe, ninne và yadi và thale, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

yattharahanto4 viharanti taü bhåmiü ràmaõeyyakaü.5 [98]

ÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2 6

ramaõãyàni araÿÿàni, yattha na ramatã jano, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vãtaràgà ramissanti,7 na te kàmagavesino. [99]

Arahantavaggo sattamo.8

1 PTS, Thai: pañhavãsamo; ChS: pathavisamo. 2 Metre: this is an example of the variant opening discussed in the Introduction, but note we

still must read -åpamÖ to correct the metre here. 3 ChS: indakhilupamo; a reading produced to `correct' the metre, but it is not needed as we can

scan -o as light, and we then have an acceptable variation. 4 BJT: yatthàrahanto; Thai, ChS: yattha arahanto. 5 Thai, ChS: bhåmiràmaõeyyakaü. 6 Metre: note that the 2nd and 3rd syllables are light again here. 7 Thai: ramessanti. 8 ChS: Arahantavaggo sattamo niññhito.

Page 125: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

125

8: Sahassavaggo1

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sahassam-api ce vàcà anatthapadasaühità, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekaü2 atthapadaü seyyo yaü sutvà upasammati. [100]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sahassam-api ce gàthà anatthapadasaühità, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekaü gàthàpadaü seyyo yaü sutvà upasammati. [101]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ce3 gàthàsataü bhàse anatthapadasaühità4 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekaü dhammapadaü seyyo yaü sutvà upasammati. [102]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo sahassaü sahassena saïgàme mànuse jine, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ekaÿ-ca jeyya attànaü5 sa ve saïgàmajuttamo. [103]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

attà have jitaü seyyo yà càyaü itarà pajà ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attadantassa posassa, niccaü saÿÿatacàrino. [104]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

neva devo na gandhabbo, na màro saha brahmunà, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

jitaü apajitaü kayirà tathàråpassa jantuno. [105]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

màse màse sahassena yo yajetha sataü samaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekaÿ-ca bhàvitattànaü muhuttam-api påjaye, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sà yeva påjanà seyyo6 yaÿ-ce vassasataü hutaü. [106]

1 PTS: Sahassavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya aññhamo Sahassavaggo. 2 PTS: ekam. 3 PTS, Thai: ca. 4 Editor's note: BJT, anatthapadasaühitaü, by mistake. 5 PTS, Thai, ChS: jeyya-m-attànaü. 6 BJT: seyyà.

Page 126: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

126

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

yo ca vassasataü jantu aggiü paricare vane, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekaÿ-ca bhàvitattànaü muhuttam-api påjaye, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sà yeva påjanà seyyo1 yaÿ-ce vassasataü hutaü. [107]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

yaü kiÿci yiññhaü ca hutaü ca2 loke,

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ 3

saüvaccharaü yajetha puÿÿapekkho,4 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbam-pi5 taü na catubhàgam-eti, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

abhivàdanà ujjugatesu6 seyyo.7 [108]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

abhivàdanasãlissa niccaü vaddhàpacàyino,8 ÜÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

cattàro dhammà vaóóhanti: àyu vaõõo sukhaü balaü. [109]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca vassasataü jãve dussãlo asamàhito, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ekàhaü jãvitaü seyyo sãlavantassa jhàyino. [110]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca vassasataü jãve duppaÿÿo asamàhito, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ekàhaü jãvitaü seyyo paÿÿavantassa9 jhàyino. [111]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca10 vassasataü jãve kusãto hãnavãriyo, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekàhaü jãvitaü seyyo viriyam11-àrabhato daëhaü. [112]

1 BJT: seyyà. 2 BJT, Thai, ChS: yiññhaü va hutaü va. 3 The break is unusual here, having a heavy 6th without the caesura which normally follows it.

We should probably understand yajÕtha m.c. 4 PTS: puÿÿapekho. 5 Thai: Sabbaü pi. 6 Thai: ujugatesu. 7 BJT: seyyà. 8 Thai, ChS: vuóóhàpacàyino. 9 PTS: paÿÿàvantassa. 10 BJT: ce. 11 ChS: vãriyam.

Page 127: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

127

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca1 vassasataü jãve apassaü udayabbayaü,2 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekàhaü jãvitaü seyyo passato udayabbayaü. [113]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca3 vassasataü jãve apassaü amataü padaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekàhaü jãvitaü seyyo passato amataü padaü. [114]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca4 vassasataü jãve apassaü dhammam-uttamaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ekàhaü jãvitaü seyyo passato dhammam-uttamaü. [115]

Sahassavaggo aññhamo.5

9: Pàpavaggo6 ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

abhittharetha7 kalyàõe, pàpà cittaü nivàraye, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

dandhaü hi karato8 puÿÿaü pàpasmiü ramatã mano. [116]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

pàpaÿ-ce puriso kayirà, na taü kayirà punappunaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

na tamhi chandaü kayiràtha, dukkho pàpassa uccayo. [117]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

puÿÿaÿ-ce puriso kayirà, kayiràthetaü9 punappunaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

tamhi chandaü kayiràtha, sukho puÿÿassa uccayo. [118]

1 BJT: ce. 2 BJT, PTS: udayavyayaü, and in the next line. 3 BJT: ce. 4 BJT: ce. 5 ChS: Sahassavaggo aññhamo niññhito. 6 PTS: Pàpavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya navamo Pàpavaggo. 7 BJT: abhitvaretha. 8 BJT, PTS, ChS: karoto. 9 PTS: kayiràthenaü; ChS: kayirà naü. Metre: note that the sarabhatti vowel kayir- is

discounted 3 times in the last verse, and also in lines a & b here - but it has to be counted as a

full vowel in line c to fit the metre.

Page 128: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

128

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

pàpo pi passati1 bhadraü yàva pàpaü na paccati, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yadà ca paccati2 pàpaü atha pàpo3 pàpàni passati. [119]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

bhadro pi passati4 pàpaü yàva bhadraü na paccati, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yadà ca paccati5 bhadraü atha bhadro6 bhadràni passati. [120]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

màppamaÿÿetha7 pàpassa ßna maü taü8 àgamissatiû. ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

udabindunipàtena udakumbho pi pårati, ÜÛÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

pårati bàlo9 pàpassa, thokathokam10-pi àcinaü. [121]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

màppamaÿÿetha11 puÿÿassa ßna maü taü12 àgamissatiû. ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

udabindunipàtena udakumbho pi pårati, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dhãro pårati13 puÿÿassa, thokathokam14-pi àcinaü. [122]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

vàõijo va bhayaü maggaü appasattho mahaddhano, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

visaü jãvitukàmo va, pàpàni parivajjaye. [123]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pàõimhi ce vaõo nàssa hareyya pàõinà visaü, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

nàbbaõaü visam-anveti, natthi pàpaü akubbato. [124]

1 PTS: passatã. 2 PTS: paccatã. 3 Thai places pàpo in brackets. Norman (WD) suggests that this is a Vetàlãya line, but if that is

so it has a very unusual shape to it which doesn't occur elsewhere in the Dhammapada (cf.

69d; 120d). 4 PTS: passatã. 5 PTS: paccatã. 6 Thai places bhadro in brackets. 7 BJT: màpamaÿÿetha; Thai, ChS: màvamaÿÿetha. 8 Editor's note: BJT actually prints mantaü here, but maü taü in the next verse. PTS, ChS:

man taü; Thai: mattaü. 9 PTS, ChS: pårati bàlo. 10 Thai: thokaü thokaü; ChS: thokaü thokam. 11 BJT: màpamaÿÿetha; Thai, ChS: màvamaÿÿetha. 12 PTS, ChS: man taü; Thai: mattaü. 13 BJT: pårati dhãro; Thai: àpårati dhãro. 14 Thai: thokaü thokaü; ChS: thokaü thokam.

Page 129: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

129

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yo appaduññhassa narassa dussati, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 3

suddhassa posassa anaïgaõassa, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tam-eva bàlaü pacceti pàpaü ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

sukhumo rajo pañivàtaü va khitto. [125]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

gabbham-ekepapajjanti1 nirayaü pàpakammino, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

saggaü sugatino yanti parinibbanti anàsavà. [126]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

na antalikkhe, na samuddamajjhe, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na pabbatànaü vivaraü pavissa,2 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na vijjatã so jagatippadeso ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yatthaññhito3 mucceyya4 pàpakammà. [127]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

na antalikkhe, na samuddamajjhe, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na pabbatànaü vivaraü pavissa,5 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na vijjatã6 so jagatippadeso ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yatthaññhitaü nappasahetha7 maccu. [128]

Pàpavaggo navamo.8

1 PTS: eke upapajjanti; ChS: eke uppajjanti. 2 Thai: pavãsa. 3 Thai: yatraññhito. 4 PTS: muÿceyya. 5 Thai: pavãsa. 6 Editor's note: BJT actually prints vijjati here, but vijjatã, as is required by the metre, in the

previous verse. 7 Thai: yatraññhitaü nappasaheyya; ChS: yatthaññhitaü nappasaheyya. 8 ChS: Pàpavaggo navamo niññhito.

Page 130: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

130

10: Daõóavaggo1 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sabbe tasanti daõóassa, sabbe bhàyanti maccuno, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attànaü upamaü katvà, na haneyya na ghàtaye. [129]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sabbe tasanti daõóassa, sabbesaü jãvitaü piyaü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attànaü upamaü katvà, na haneyya na ghàtaye. [130]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sukhakàmàni bhåtàni yo daõóena vihiüsati,

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ2

attano sukham-esàno pecca so na labhate sukhaü. [131]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sukhakàmàni bhåtàni yo daõóena na hiüsati, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attano sukham-esàno pecca so labhate sukhaü. [132]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

màvoca pharusaü kaÿci, vuttà pañivadeyyu' taü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

dukkhà hi sàrambhakathà, pañidaõóà phuseyyu' taü. [133]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sace neresi attànaü, kaüso upahato yathà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

esa pattosi nibbànaü,3 sàrambho te na vijjati. [134]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yathà daõóena gopàlo gàvo pàceti4 gocaraü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

evaü jarà ca maccu ca àyuü pàcenti5 pàõinaü. [135]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

atha pàpàni kammàni karaü bàlo na bujjhati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sehi kammehi dummedho aggidaóóho va tappati. [136]

1 PTS: Daõóavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya dasamo Daõóavaggo. 2 Metre: note that the resolution at the 4th here is unusual in that we have to take the negative

as the first syllable in the resolution; it appears that the negative is so closely attached

syntactically to the word it modifies that it is sometimes taken as though it were part of the

following word prosodically. 3 BJT: nibbàõaü. 4 ChS: pàjeti. 5 ChS: pàjenti.

Page 131: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

131

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yo daõóena adaõóesu appaduññhesu dussati ÛÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

dasannam-aÿÿataraü ñhànaü khippam-eva nigacchati: [137]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

vedanaü pharusaü jàniü, sarãrassa ca bhedanaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

garukaü và pi àbàdhaü, cittakkhepaü va1 pàpuõe, [138]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

ràjato và2 upasaggaü,3 abbhakkhànaü va4 dàruõaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

parikkhayaü va5 ÿàtãnaü,6 bhogànaü va7 pabhaïguraü.8 [139]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

atha vàssa agàràni, aggi9 óahati pàvako. ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

kàyassa bhedà duppaÿÿo nirayaü so upapajjati.10 [140]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

na naggacariyà na jañà na païkà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nànàsakà11 thaõóilasàyikà và,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ12

ràjo ca jallaü13 ukkuñikappadhànaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sodhenti maccaü avitiõõakaïkhaü. [141]

1 ChS: cittakkhepaÿ-ca. 2 PTS: va. 3 BJT, PTS: upassaggaü; the variant reading recorded here is m.c. to produce the pathyà

cadence, but savipulà is acceptable, so there is no need for a change in the normal word form. 4 ChS: abbhakkhànaÿ-ca. 5 ChS: parikkhayaÿ-ca. 6 PTS: ÿàtinaü. 7 ChS: bhogànaÿ-ca. Metre: we might have expected a reading và here as the shortening of the

vowel is not required m.c. It has probably arisen through imitation of va (< và) is the

previous lines. 8 PTS: pabhaïguõaü. 9 PTS: aggã - this reading corrects the metre by avoiding 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd

positions, but it doesn't have good manuscript support. 10 PTS, ChS: sopapajjati. 11 BJT: nànàsikà. 12 Metre: this is the extended form of the Tuññhubha metre, pausing at the fifth and re-starting

from the same syllable. 13 PTS: rajo va jallaü; Thai, ChS: rajo jallaü.

Page 132: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

132

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

alaïkato ce pi samaü careyya, ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

santo danto niyato brahmacàrã,1 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbesu bhåtesu nidhàya daõóaü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

so bràhmaõo so samaõo sa2 bhikkhu. [142]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

hirãnisedho3 puriso koci lokasmi'4 vijjati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yo nindaü5 appabodhati6 asso bhadro kasàm-iva.7 [143]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 2

asso yathà bhadro kasàniviññho

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÛ 8

àtàpino saüvegino bhavàtha.9 ÜÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 4

saddhàya sãlena ca vãriyena10 ca, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

samàdhinà dhammavinicchayena ca, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sampannavijjàcaraõà patissatà, ÛÜÛÛÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

pahassatha11 dukkham-idaü anappakaü. [144]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

udakaü hi nayanti nettikà, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

usukàrà namayanti tejanaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

dàruü namayanti tacchakà, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

attànaü damayanti subbatà. [145]

Daõóavaggo dasamo.12

1 Metre: note the Vedic opening which is found quite frequently in early Pàëi verse. 2 Metre: note that sa is read here m.c. for so, to produce the required cadence. 3 Thai: hirinisedho; ã in the text is m.c. to avoid 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd position. 4 BJT: lokasmiü; in the text niggahãta is lost m.c. to give the normal cadence. 5 Thai, ChS: niddaü. 6 BJT, Thai: apabodhati; ChS: apabodheti. 7 PTS numbers this verse 143a. Note that the long à in kasàm is m.c. to produce the normal

cadence. 8 The break is unusual here, having a heavy 6th without the caesura which normally follows it.

We should probably understand saüvÕgino m.c. 9 PTS numbers this part of the verse as 143b, and starts 144 from the next line. 10 PTS, Thai: viriyena; ã in the text is m.c. to give the normal cadence. 11 ChS: jahissatha. 12 ChS: Daõóavaggo dasamo niññhito.

Page 133: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

133

11: Jaràvaggo1 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ko nu hàso kim-ànando niccaü pajjalite sati? ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

andhakàrena onaddhà padãpaü na gavesatha?2 [146]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

passa cittakataü bimbaü arukàyaü samussitaü ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

àturaü bahusaïkappaü yassa natthi dhuvaü ñhiti.3 [147]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

parijiõõam-idaü4 råpaü roganãëaü pabhaïguraü,5

ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 6

bhijjati påtisandeho maraõantaü hi jãvitaü. [148]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yànimàni apatthàni alàpåneva7 sàrade, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kàpotakàni aññhãni tàni disvàna kà rati? [149]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha x 4

aññhãnaü nagaraü kataü ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

maüsalohitalepanaü, ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yattha jarà ca maccu ca

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 8

màno makkho ca ohito. [150]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

jãranti ve ràjarathà sucittà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

atho sarãram-pi jaraü upeti. ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sataÿ-ca dhammo na jaraü upeti, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

santo have sabbhi pavedayanti. [151]

1 PTS: Jaràvagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya ekàdasamo Jaràvaggo. 2 BJT, PTS: gavessatha. 3 Thai: dhuvaõ-ñhiti. 4 PTS: parijiõõaü idaü. 5 BJT: roganióóhaü pabhaïguraü; PTS: roganióóaü pabhaïguõaü; Thai: roganiddhaü

pabhaïguõaü. 6 Metre: the 2nd and 3rd syllables of the prior line are light again in this line. 7 ChS: alàbåneva. 8 Metre: this is a rare example of a samavutta Anuññhubha verse.

Page 134: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

134

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

appassutàyaü puriso balivaddo1 va jãrati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

maüsàni tassa vaóóhanti, paÿÿà tassa na vaóóhati. [152]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

anekajàtisaüsàraü sandhàvissaü anibbisaü ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

gahakàrakaü gavesanto: dukkhà jàti punappunaü. [153]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

gahakàraka diññhosi! puna gehaü na kàhasi: ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbà te2 phàsukà bhaggà, gahakåñaü visaïkhitaü,3 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

visaïkhàragataü cittaü, taõhànaü khayam-ajjhagà. [154]

ÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

acaritvà brahmacariyaü aladdhà yobbane dhanaü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

jiõõakoÿcà va jhàyanti khãõamacche va pallale. [155]

ÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

acaritvà brahmacariyaü aladdhà yobbane dhanaü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

senti càpàtikhittà4 va puràõàni anutthunaü. [156]

Jaràvaggo ekàdasamo.5

1 ChS: balibaddo. 2 PTS: ete. 3 Thai, ChS: visaïkhataü. 4 Thai, ChS: càpàtikhãõà. 5 ChS: Jaràvaggo ekàdasamo niññhito.

Page 135: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

135

12: Attavaggo1 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

attànaÿ-ce piyaü jaÿÿà rakkheyya naü surakkhitaü ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tiõõam-aÿÿataraü2 yàmaü pañijaggeyya paõóito. [157]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

attànam-eva pañhamaü patiråpe3 nivesaye, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

athaÿÿam-anusàseyya na kilisseyya paõóito. [158]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

attànaÿ-ce tathà kayirà yathaÿÿam-anusàsati, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

sudanto vata dametha,4 attà hi kira duddamo. [159]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

attà hi attano nàtho ko hi nàtho paro siyà? ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attanà va sudantena nàthaü labhati dullabhaü. [160]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

attanà va5 kataü pàpaü attajaü attasambhavaü, ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

abhimatthati dummedhaü vajiraü vasmamayaü6 maõiü. [161]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassa accantadussãlyaü màluvà sàlam-ivotataü7 ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

karoti so tathattànaü yathà naü icchatã diso. [162]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sukaràni asàdhåni attano ahitàni ca, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü ve hitaÿ-ca sàdhuÿ-ca8 taü ve paramadukkaraü. [163]

1 PTS: Attavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya dvàdasamo Attavaggo. 2 PTS, ChS: tiõõaü aÿÿataraü. 3 Thai: pañiråpe. 4 BJT, Thai: dammetha. 5 ChS: attanà hi. 6 PTS: v' amhamayaü; Thai: vamhayaü. 7 Thai, ChS: sàlamivotthataü. Metre: there are 9 syllables in line b. 8 Editor's note: BJT, hitaÿ-ca sàdhuü ca.

Page 136: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

136

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

yo sàsanaü arahataü ariyànaü dhammajãvinaü, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

pañikkosati dummedho diññhiü nissàya pàpikaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

phalàni kaññhakasseva attaghaÿÿàya1 phallati. [164]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

attanà va2 kataü pàpaü, attanà saïkilissati, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attanà akataü pàpaü, attanà va visujjhati, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

suddhã asuddhã3 paccattaü, nàÿÿo aÿÿaü4 visodhaye. [165]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

atta-d-atthaü paratthena bahunà pi na hàpaye, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

atta-d-attham-abhiÿÿàya sa-d-atthapasuto siyà. [166]

Attavaggo dvàdasamo.5

13: Lokavaggo6 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

hãnaü dhammaü na seveyya, pamàdena na saüvase, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

micchàdiññhiü na seveyya, na siyà lokavaóóhano.7 [167]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

uttiññhe nappamajjeyya, dhammaü sucaritaü care, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dhammacàrã8 sukhaü seti asmiü loke paramhi ca. [168]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

dhammaü care sucaritaü, na naü duccaritaü care, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

dhammacàrã sukhaü seti asmiü loke paramhi ca. [169]

1 ChS: attaghàtàya. 2 ChS: attanà hi. 3 BJT, Thai: suddhi asuddhã; ChS: suddhã asuddhi. 4 BJT: nàÿÿam-aÿÿo. 5 ChS: Attavaggo dvàdasamo niññhito. 6 PTS: Lokavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya terasamo Lokavaggo. 7 BJT: lokavaddhano. 8 Editor's note: BJT, dhammacàri, but cf. the next verse.

Page 137: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

137

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yathà bubbulakaü1 passe, yathà passe marãcikaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü lokaü avekkhantaü maccuràjà na passati. [170]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

etha passathimaü lokaü cittaü ràjarathåpamaü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yattha bàlà visãdanti, natthi saïgo vijànataü. [171]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca pubbe pamajjitvà pacchà so nappamajjati, ÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sÖ imaü 2 lokaü pabhàseti abbhà mutto va candimà. [172]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassa pàpaü kataü kammaü kusalena pithãyati,3 ÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sÖ imaü 4 lokaü pabhàseti abbhà mutto va candimà. [173]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

andhabhåto ayaü loko, tanukettha vipassati, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sakunto5 jàlamutto va appo saggàya gacchati. [174]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

haüsàdiccapathe6 yanti, àkàse yanti iddhiyà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

nãyanti7 dhãrà lokamhà jetvà màraü savàhanaü.8 [175]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ekaü dhammaü atãtassa musàvàdissa jantuno9 ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vitiõõaparalokassa natthi pàpaü akàriyaü. [176]

1 Thai, ChS: pubbuëakaü. 2 PTS, ChS: somaü. This reading looks very much like a correction to the metre, and the lectio

difficilior is to be preferred both here and below. 3 ChS: pidhãyati. 4 PTS, ChS: somaü. 5 ChS: sakuõo. 6 Thai: haüsà àdiccapathe. 7 BJT: niyyanti. 8 BJT, ChS: savàhiniü; PTS: savàhaniü. 9 Editor's note: BJT, jantåno, printer's error.

Page 138: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

138

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 41

na ve kadariyà devalokaü vajanti, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

bàlà have nappasaüsanti dànaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dhãro ca dànaü anumodamàno, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

teneva so hoti sukhã 2 parattha. [177]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pathavyà3 ekarajjena saggassa gamanena và ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbalokàdhipaccena sotàpattiphalaü varaü. [178]

Lokavaggo terasamo.4

14: Buddhavaggo5

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya

yassa jitaü nàvajãyati, ÛÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka

jitaü assa6 no yàti koci loke, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 2

tam-buddham7-anantagocaraü ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

apadaü kena padena nessatha? [179]

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

yassa jàlinã visattikà, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

taõhà natthi kuhiÿci netave, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

tam-buddham8-anantagocaraü ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

apadaü kena padena nessatha? [180]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ye jhànapasutà dhãrà nekkhammåpasame ratà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

devà pi tesaü pihayanti, sambuddhànaü satãmataü. [181]

1 Metre: another example of the extended Tuññhubha, pausing at the fifth and re-starting from

the same syllable. 2 Editor's note: BJT, såkhã, printer's error; in the text ã is m.c. to give the normal cadence. 3 ChS: pathabyà. 4 ChS: Lokavaggo terasamo niññhito. 5 PTS: Buddhavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya cuddasamo Buddhavaggo. 6 BJT, Thai: jitam-assa. 7 Thai: taü buddhaü. 8 Thai: taü buddhaü.

Page 139: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

139

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

kiccho manussapañilàbho, kicchaü macchàna'1 jãvitaü,

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜ navipulà2

kicchaü saddhammasavanaü,3 kiccho buddhànam4 uppàdo. [182]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

sabbapàpassa akaraõaü, kusalassa upasampadà,5 ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

sacittapariyodapanaü - etaü buddhàna' sàsanaü. [183]

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka x 4

khantã paramaü tapo titikkhà,6 ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

nibbànaü7 paramaü vadanti buddhà. ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

na hi pabbajito paråpaghàtã, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

samaõo8 hoti paraü viheñhayanto. [184]

ÛÛÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

anupavàdo anupaghàto,9 pàtimokkhe ca saüvaro, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

mattaÿÿutà ca bhattasmiü, pantaÿ-ca sayanàsanaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ

adhicitte ca àyogo - etaü buddhàna' sàsanaü. [185]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na kahàpaõavassena titti kàmesu vijjati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßappassàdà dukhà10 kàmàû iti viÿÿàya paõóito, [186]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

api dibbesu kàmesu ratiü so nàdhigacchati. ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taõhakkhayarato hoti sammàsambuddhasàvako. [187]

1 ChS: maccàna; in the text niggahãta is lost m.c. to give the normal cadence. 2 Metre: the cadence is incorrect in this line - as Norman (WD) says, it may be this was

originally a prior line (showing pathyà structure) which has been taken over. 3 Thai, ChS: saddhammassavanaü. 4 BJT: buddhànaü. 5 Thai: kusalassåpasampadà. 6 Thai: tãtikkhà, printer's error. 7 BJT: nibbàõaü. 8 ChS: na samaõo. 9 BJT, Thai, ChS: anåpavàdo anåpaghàto. It should be noted that the PTS readings (which I

have accepted here) are based on the old Thai manuscripts only, but the reading anå in the

other editions has probably arisen through imitation of paråpaghàtã in the previous verse. If

anå- is the correct reading then we have to accept the fact that the metre is very wrong

indeed, giving a 10 syllable line. 10 Thai: dukkhà; in the text the consonant cluster is simplified m.c. to produce the pathyà

cadence.

Page 140: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

140

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

bahuü1 ve saraõaü yanti, pabbatàni vanàni ca, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

àràmarukkhacetyàni, manussà bhayatajjità. [188]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

netaü kho saraõaü khemaü, netaü saraõam-uttamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

netaü saraõam-àgamma2 sabbadukkhà pamuccati. [189]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca buddhaÿ-ca dhammaÿ-ca saïghaÿ-ca saraõaü gato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

cattàri ariyasaccàni sammappaÿÿàya3 passati: [190]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐ ÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

dukkhaü dukkhasamuppàdaü dukkhassa ca atikkamaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ariyaÿ-caññhaïgikaü maggaü dukkhåpasamagàminaü. [191]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

etaü kho saraõaü khemaü, etaü saraõam-uttamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

etaü saraõam-àgamma4 sabbadukkhà pamuccati. [192]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

dullabho purisàjaÿÿo, na so sabbattha jàyati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yattha so jàyatã5 dhãro taü kulaü6 sukham-edhati. [193]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sukho buddhànam7-uppàdo, sukhà saddhammadesanà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sukhà saïghassa sàmaggã,8 samaggànaü tapo sukho. [194]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

påjàrahe påjayato, buddhe yadi va sàvake, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

papaÿcasamatikkante, tiõõasokapariddave. [195]

1 BJT: bahå. 2 PTS: saraõaü àgamma, also in 192 below. 3 PTS: sammapaÿÿàya. 4 PTS: saraõaü àgamma. 5 BJT, ChS: jàyati; in the text ã is m.c. to give the pathyà cadence. 6 Editor's note: BJT, kålaü, printer's error. 7 BJT, PTS, Thai: buddhànaü. 8 BJT: sàmaggi.

Page 141: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

141

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

te tàdise påjayato, nibbute akutobhaye, ÛÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

na sakkà puÿÿaü saïkhàtuü imettam-api kenaci. [196]

Buddhavaggo cuddasamo.1

Pañhamakabhàõavàraü.2

15: Sukhavaggo3 ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

susukhaü vata jãvàma verinesu averino, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

verinesu manussesu viharàma averino. [197]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

susukhaü vata jãvàma àturesu anàturà, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

àturesu manussesu viharàma anàturà. [198]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

susukhaü vata jãvàma ussukesu4 anussukà ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ussukesu manussesu viharàma anussukà. [199]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

susukhaü vata jãvàma yesaü5 no natthi kiÿcanaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pãtibhakkhà bhavissàma devà àbhassarà yathà. [200]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

jayaü veraü pasavati dukkhaü seti paràjito, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

upasanto sukhaü seti hitvà jayaparàjayaü. [201]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

natthi ràgasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo kali, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

natthi khandhasamà6 dukkhà, natthi santiparaü sukhaü. [202]

1 Editor's note: BJT, cuddasamo Buddhavaggo, against its normal practice of putting the name

first. ChS: Buddhavaggo cuddasamo niññhito. 2 ChS: omits this end title. 3 PTS: Sukhavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya paõõarasamo Sukhavaggo. 4 Editor's note: BJT, ussåkesu, printer's error. 5 PTS, Thai: yesan. 6 PTS, Thai: khandhàdisà.

Page 142: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

142

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

jighacchà paramà rogà, saïkhàraparamà dukhà, 1 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

etaü ÿatvà yathàbhåtaü nibbànaü paramaü2 sukhaü. [203]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

àrogyaparamà làbhà, santuññhiparamaü dhanaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vissàsaparamà ÿàtã, nibbànaü paramaü3 sukhaü. [204]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pavivekarasaü pitvà,4 rasaü upasamassa ca, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

niddaro hoti nippàpo, dhammapãtirasaü pivaü.5 [205]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sàhu6 dassanam-ariyànaü, sannivàso sadà sukho, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

adassanena bàlànaü niccam-eva sukhã siyà. [206]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

bàlasaïgatacàrã hi dãgham-addhàna' socati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dukkho bàlehi saüvàso amitteneva sabbadà. ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dhãro ca sukhasaüvàso ÿàtãnaü va samàgamo. [207]

tasmà hi, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 3

dhãraÿ-ca paÿÿaÿ-ca bahussutaÿ-ca, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dhorayhasãlaü vatavantam-ariyaü,7 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taü tàdisaü sappurisaü sumedhaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

bhajetha nakkhattapathaü va candimà. [208]

Sukhavaggo paõõarasamo.8

1 PTS: saïkhàrà paramà dukhà; Thai: saïkhàrà paramà dukkhà; in the text the consonant

cluster has been simplified m.c. to give the normal cadence. 2 BJT: nibbàõaparamaü. 3 BJT: nibbàõaparamaü. 4 PTS: pãtvà. 5 BJT: pibaü. 6 PTS: sàdhu. 7 BJT, PTS: àriyaü. 8 Editor's note: BJT, Paõõarasamo sukhavaggo, against its normal practice of putting the name

first. PTS: Sukhavaggo pannarasamo; ChS: Sukhavaggo pannarasamo niññhito.

Page 143: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

143

16: Piyavaggo1

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ayoge yuÿjam-attànaü,2 yogasmiÿ-ca ayojayaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

atthaü hitvà piyaggàhã, pihetattànuyoginaü. [209]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

mà piyehi samàgaÿchã3 appiyehi kudàcanaü, ÛÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

piyànaü adassanaü dukkhaü, appiyànaÿ-ca dassanaü. [210]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tasmà piyaü na kayiràtha, piyàpàyo hi pàpako, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ganthà tesaü na vijjanti yesaü natthi piyàppiyaü. [211]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

piyato jàyatã soko, piyato jàyatã bhayaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

piyato vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaü. [212]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pemato jàyatã soko, pemato jàyatã bhayaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pemato vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaü. [213]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ratiyà jàyatã soko, ratiyà jàyatã bhayaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ratiyà vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaü. [214]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

kàmato jàyatã soko, kàmato jàyatã bhayaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kàmato vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaü. [215]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

taõhàya jàyatã soko, taõhàya jàyatã bhayaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taõhàya vippamuttassa natthi soko kuto bhayaü. [216]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sãladassanasampannaü, dhammaññhaü saccavedinaü4 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attano kamma kubbànaü, taü jano5 kurute piyaü. [217]

1 PTS: Piyavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya soëasamo Piyavaggo. 2 PTS: yuÿjaü attànaü. 3 PTS, ChS: samàgaÿchi. 4 PTS, Thai: saccavàdinaü. 5 Thai: taÿjano.

Page 144: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

144

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

chandajàto anakkhàte, manasà ca phuño1 siyà,

ÜÜÛÛÜÛÛÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ irregular 2

kàmesu ca appañibaddhacitto,3 uddhaüsoto ti vuccati. [218]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

cirappavàsiü purisaü dårato sotthim-àgataü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ÿàtimittà suhajjà ca abhinandanti àgataü. [219]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tatheva katapuÿÿam-pi asmà lokà paraü gataü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

puÿÿàni pañigaõhanti4 piyaü ÿàtãva àgataü. [220]

Piyavaggo soëasamo.5

1 Thai: phuñho. 2 Metre: line c, as it stands, does not fit into any metre, if we read cà m.c. it gives a Tuññhubha

line - but as that would make the 3rd line Tuññhubha in what is otherwise a Siloka verse the

solution does not seem very satisfactory. 3 Thai: kàme ca apañibaddhacitto. 4 BJT: patigaõhanti. 5 Editor's note: BJT, Soëasamo piyavaggo, against its normal practice of putting the name first;

ChS: Piyavaggo soëasamo niññhito.

Page 145: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

145

17: Kodhavaggo1

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

kodhaü jahe vippajaheyya mànaü ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saüyojanaü sabbam-atikkameyya ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taü2 nàmaråpasmiü3 asajjamànaü ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

akiÿcanaü nànupatanti dukkhà. [221]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà (x 2)

yo ve uppatitaü kodhaü rathaü bhantaü va dhàraye,

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 4

tam-ahaü sàrathiü bråmi rasmiggàho itaro jano. [222]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

akkodhena jine kodhaü, asàdhuü sàdhunà jine, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

jine kadariyaü dànena, saccena alikavàdinaü.5 [223]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

saccaü bhaõe na kujjheyya, dajjàppasmim-pi yàcito,6 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

etehi tãhi ñhànehi gacche devàna' santike. [224]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

ahiüsakà ye munayo, niccaü kàyena saüvutà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

te yanti accutaü ñhànaü, yattha gantvà na socare. [225]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sadà jàgaramànànaü ahorattànusikkhinaü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

nibbànaü7 adhimuttànaü, atthaü gacchanti àsavà. [226]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

poràõam-etaü atula netaü ajjatanàm-iva, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

nindanti tuõhim-àsãnaü,8 nindanti bahubhàõinaü, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

mitabhàõinam-pi9 nindanti, natthi loke anindito. [227]

1 PTS: Kodhavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya sattarasamo Kodhavaggo. 2 Thai: Tan. 3 PTS, ChS: -råpasmim. 4 Metre: line d has 9 syllables, we could correct it by reading 'taro m.c. 5 PTS, ChS: saccenàlikavàdinaü. 6 PTS, Thai: dajjà appasmi yàcito; ChS: dajjà appampi yàcito. 7 BJT: nibbàõaü. 8 PTS: tuõhiü àsãnaü. 9 BJT, Thai, ChS: mitabhàõampi.

Page 146: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

146

ÛÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

na càhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ekantaü nindito poso ekantaü và pasaüsito. [228]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yaÿ-ce viÿÿå pasaüsanti, anuvicca suve suve, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

acchiddavuttiü medhàviü, paÿÿàsãlasamàhitaü, [229]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

nekkhaü1 jambonadasseva, ko taü ninditum-arahati? ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

devà pi naü pasaüsanti, brahmunà pi pasaüsito. [230]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

kàyappakopaü rakkheyya, kàyena2 saüvuto siyà, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

kàyaduccaritaü hitvà kàyena sucaritaü care. [231]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

vacãpakopaü rakkheyya, vàcàya saüvuto siyà, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

vacãduccaritaü hitvà vàcàya sucaritaü care. [232]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

manopakopaü rakkheyya, manasà saüvuto siyà, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

manoduccaritaü hitvà manasà sucaritaü care. [233]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

kàyena saüvutà dhãrà, atho vàcàya saüvutà, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

manasà saüvutà dhãrà, te ve suparisaüvutà. [234]

Kodhavaggo sattarasamo.3

1 ChS: nikkhaü. 2 Thai: kàyana, printer's error - correctly printed in the next line. 3 Editor's note: BJT, Sattarasamo kodhavaggo, against its normal practice of putting the name

first; ChS: Kodhavaggo sattarasamo niññhito.

Page 147: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

147

18: Malavaggo1

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

paõóupalàso va dànisi, ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

yamapurisà pi ca taü2 upaññhità, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

uyyogamukhe ca tiññhasi, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

pàtheyyam-pi ca te na vijjati. [235]

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

so karohi dãpam-attano, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

khippaü vàyama paõóito bhava, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

niddhantamalo anaïgaõo, ÜÜÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

dibbaü ariyabhåmim-ehisi.3 [236]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

upanãtavayo ca dànisi, ÜÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sampayàtosi yamassa santike,4 ÜÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ

vàso pi ca te5 natthi antarà, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

pàtheyyam-pi ca te na vijjati. [237]

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

so karohi dãpam-attano, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

khippaü vàyama paõóito bhava, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

niddhantamalo anaïgaõo, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

na punaü6 jàtijaraü upehisi. [238]

1 PTS: Malavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya aññharasamo Malavaggo. 2 ChS: te. 3 ChS: ariyabhåmiü upehisi; Metre: the opening of this line is one mattà too short. Norman

(WD) suggests reading àriya- (ÜÛÛ). 4 Thai: santikaü. Metre: for this variation see the Introduction to the Prosody. 5 ChS: vàso te. The Burmese edition has adopted this reading to regularize the metre. Norman

(WD) suggests we read vàsÖ pi ca tÕ, which would have the same effect, but note that the

shape of the variation would be unusual again here, which must count against it. However

this is probably simply a posterior line used in prior position by way of metrical license, and

no `correction' is needed (cf. 45c). 6 BJT, Thai: puna.

Page 148: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

148

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

anupubbena medhàvã thokathokaü1 khaõe khaõe, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kammàro rajatasseva niddhame malam-attano. [239]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

ayasà va malaü samuññhitaü,

ÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ 2

taduññhàya tam-eva khàdati, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

evaü atidhonacàrinaü ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sakakammàni3 nayanti duggatiü. [240]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

asajjhàyamalà mantà, anuññhànamalà gharà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

malaü vaõõassa kosajjaü, pamàdo rakkhato malaü. [241]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

malitthiyà duccaritaü, maccheraü dadato malaü, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

malà ve pàpakà dhammà asmiü loke paramhi ca. [242]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

tato malà malataraü, avijjà paramaü malaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

etaü malaü pahatvàna nimmalà hotha bhikkhavo. [243]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

sujãvaü ahirikena4 kàkasårena dhaüsinà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

pakkhandinà pagabbhena, saïkiliññhena jãvitaü. [244]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

hirãmatà5 ca dujjãvaü, niccaü sucigavesinà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

alãnenàpagabbhena,6 suddhàjãvena passatà. [245]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yo pàõam-atipàteti,7 musàvàdaÿ-ca bhàsati, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

loke adinnaü àdiyati, paradàraÿ-ca gacchati, [246]

1 Thai, ChS: thokaü thokaü. 2 Metre: we need to count the first syllable as heavy (pàdàdigaru) here to complete the mattà

count. 3 Thai, ChS: sàni kammàni. 4 PTS: ahirãkena. 5 BJT, Thai: hirimatà. 6 PTS: alãnen' appagabbhena. 7 PTS: pàõaü atimàteti; Thai: pàõam-atipàpeti.

Page 149: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

149

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

suràmerayapànaÿ-ca yo naro anuyuÿjati, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

idheva-m-eso1 lokasmiü målaü khanati2 attano. [247]

ÜÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

evaü bho3 purisa jànàhi pàpadhammà asaÿÿatà. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

mà taü lobho adhammo ca ciraü dukkhàya randhayuü. [248]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

dadàti4 ve yathàsaddhaü yathàpasàdanaü jano, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

tattha yo maïku bhavati5 paresaü pànabhojane ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

na so divà và rattiü và samàdhiü6 adhigacchati. [249]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yassa cetaü samucchinnaü målaghaccaü samåhataü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

sa ve divà và rattiü và samàdhiü7 adhigacchati. [250]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

natthi ràgasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo gaho, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

natthi mohasamaü jàlaü, natthi taõhàsamà nadã. [251]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

sudassaü vajjam-aÿÿesaü, attano pana duddasaü, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

paresaü hi sÖ vajjàni opunàti8 yathà bhusaü,9 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

attano pana chàdeti kaliü va kitavà sañho. [252]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

paravajjànupassissa niccaü ujjhànasaÿÿino ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

àsavà tassa vaóóhanti, àrà so àsavakkhayà. [253]

1 BJT, Thai: idheva peso. 2 BJT, ChS: khaõati. 3 BJT: evam-bho. 4 PTS: dadanti. 5 BJT: tattha ve maïku yo hoti; Thai: tattha yo maïkuto hoti. 6 ChS: samàdhim. 7 ChS: samàdhim. 8 BJT: opuõàti. 9 Editor's note: BJT, bhåsaü, printer's error.

Page 150: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

150

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

àkàse va padaü1 natthi, samaõo natthi bàhire,2 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

papaÿcàbhiratà pajà, nippapaÿcà tathàgatà. [254]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

àkàse va padaü3 natthi, samaõo natthi bàhire,4 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saïkhàrà sassatà natthi, natthi buddhànam-iÿjitaü.5 [255]

Malavaggo aññhàrasamo.6

19: Dhammaññhavaggo7 ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na tena hoti dhammaññho yenatthaü sahasà8 naye, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yo ca atthaü anatthaÿ-ca ubho niccheyya paõóito, [256]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

asàhasena dhammena samena nayatã pare, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

dhammassa gutto medhàvã dhammaññho ti pavuccati. [257]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

na tena paõóito hoti yàvatà bahu bhàsati, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

khemã averã abhayo paõóito ti pavuccati. [258]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

na tàvatà dhammadharo yàvatà bahu bhàsati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca appam-pi sutvàna dhammaü kàyena passati, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sa ve dhammadharo hoti yo dhammaü nappamajjati. [259]

1 BJT: àkàse padaü; PTS: àkàse ca padaü. 2 PTS, Thai: bàhiro. 3 BJT: àkàse padaü; PTS: àkàse ca padaü. 4 PTS: bàhiro. 5 BJT: buddhànaü iÿjitaü. 6 ChS: Malavaggo aññhàrasamo niññhito. 7 PTS: Dhammaññhavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya ekånavãsatimo Dhammaññhavaggo. 8 ChS: sàhasà.

Page 151: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

151

ÛÜÛÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

na tena thero1 hoti yenassa palitaü2 siro, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

paripakko vayo tassa moghajiõõo ti vuccati. [260]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yamhi saccaÿ-ca dhammo ca ahiüsà saüyamo damo, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sa ve vantamalo dhãro thero iti3 pavuccati. [261]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na vàkkaraõamattena vaõõapokkharatàya và ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sàdhuråpo naro hoti issukã maccharã sañho. [262]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yassa cetaü samucchinnaü målaghaccaü samåhataü ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

sa vantadoso medhàvã sàdhuråpo ti vuccati. [263]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

na muõóakena samaõo abbato alikaü bhaõaü ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

icchàlobhasamàpanno samaõo kiü bhavissati? [264]

ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo ca sameti pàpàni, aõuü-thålàni sabbaso, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

samitattà hi pàpànaü samaõo ti pavuccati. [265]

ÛÜÛÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

na tena bhikkhu4 hoti yàvatà bhikkhate pare, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

vissaü dhammaü samàdàya bhikkhu hoti na tàvatà. [266]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yodha puÿÿaÿ-ca pàpaÿ-ca bàhetvà brahmacariyavà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

saïkhàya loke carati, sa ce bhikkhå ti vuccati. [267]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na monena munã5 hoti måëharåpo aviddasu,

ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 6

yo ca tulaü va paggayha varam-àdàya paõóito, [268]

1 ChS: na tena thero so hoti. cf. 266a below. See Brough pg 239. We could read bhavati to give

bhavipulà. 2 PTS: phalitaü. 3 PTS: thero ti; Thai: so thero ti. 4 BJT: bhikkhå hoti (å is a printer's error). 5 BJT, Thai: muni; in the text ã is m.c. to give the pathyà cadence. 6 Metre: note the light 2nd & 3rd syllables in the prior line.

Page 152: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

152

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pàpàni parivajjeti, sa munã1 tena so muni, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo munàti ubho loke muni2 tena pavuccati. [269]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na tena ariyo hoti yena pàõàni hiüsati,

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÛ 3

ahiüsà sabbapàõànaü ariyo ti pavuccati. [270]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na sãlabbatamattena, bàhusaccena và pana, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

atha và samàdhilàbhena, vivittasayanena4 và, [271]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

phusàmi nekkhammasukhaü, aputhujjanasevitaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

bhikkhu vissàsa' màpàdi5 appatto àsavakkhayaü. [272]

Dhammaññhavaggo ekånavãsatimo.6

1 Thai: muni; in the text ã is m.c. to avoid 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd positions. 2 PTS: munã, PTS probably accepts this reading because of munã in line b; but it is not needed

by the metre here. 3 Metre: note that twice in this verse we have to scan the sarabhatti vowel in ariya as having its

full value. 4 BJT, PTS, Thai: vivicca-. See Brough pg 191. 5 BJT: vissàsaü màpàdi; in the text niggahãta is lost m.c. to give the normal cadence. 6 ChS: Dhammaññhavaggo ekånavãsatimo niññhito.

Page 153: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

153

20: Maggavaggo1 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

maggànaññhaïgiko seññho, saccànaü caturo padà, ÛÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

viràgo seññho dhammànaü, dipadànaÿ-ca2 cakkhumà. [273]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

eso va3 maggo natthaÿÿo dassanassa visuddhiyà,

ÜÜÛÜÜÛÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ irregular 4

etaü hi tumhe pañipajjatha, màrassetaü pamohanaü. [274]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

etaü hi tumhe pañipannà dukkhassantaü karissatha, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

akkhàto ve5 mayà maggo aÿÿàya sallasanthanaü.6 [275]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

tumhehi kiccaü7 àtappaü akkhàtàro tathàgatà, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

pañipannà pamokkhanti jhàyino màrabandhanà. [276]

ÜÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

ßsabbe saïkhàrà aniccàû ti, yadà paÿÿàya passati, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

atha nibbindatã8 dukkhe - esa maggo visuddhiyà. [277]

ÜÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

ßsabbe saïkhàrà dukkhàû ti, yadà paÿÿàya passati, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

atha nibbindatã9 dukkhe - esa maggo visuddhiyà. [278]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ßsabbe dhammà anattàû ti, yadà paÿÿàya passati, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

atha nibbindatã10 dukkhe - esa maggo visuddhiyà. [279]

1 PTS: Maggavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya vãsatimo Maggavaggo. 2 BJT, ChS: dvipadànaÿ ca. 3 PTS, Thai: es' eva. 4 Metre: as it stands line c has 10 syllables. 5 Thai, ChS: vo. 6 PTS, Thai: sallasatthanaü; ChS: sallakantanaü. 7 ChS: kiccam. 8 BJT, Thai, ChS: nibbindati. 9 BJT, Thai, ChS: nibbindati. 10 BJT, Thai, ChS: nibbindati.

Page 154: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

154

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 3

uññhànakàlamhi anuññhahàno, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yuvà balã àlasiyaü upeto, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saüsannasaïkappamano kusãto, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

paÿÿàya maggaü alaso na vindati. [280]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

vàcànurakkhã manasà susaüvuto, ÜÜÛÛ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

kàyena ca akusalaü na kayirà,1 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 2

ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

àràdhaye maggaü2 isippaveditaü. [281]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà (x 3)

yogà ve jàyatã3 bhåri,4 ayogà bhårisaïkhayo, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

etaü dvedhàpathaü ÿatvà bhavàya vibhavàya ca, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tathattànaü5 niveseyya yathà bhåri6 pavaóóhati. [282]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

vanaü chindatha mà rukkhaü, vanato jàyatã7 bhayaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

chetvà vanaÿ-ca8 vanathaÿ-ca, nibbanà hotha bhikkhavo. [283]

ÜÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

yàva hi9 vanatho na chijjati ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

aõumatto10 pi narassa nàrisu ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

pañibaddhamano va tàva so, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

vaccho khãrapako va màtari. [284]

1 ChS: kàyena ca nàkusalaü kayirà, this reading is probably an attempt to repair the metre, but

it doesn't achieve its aim. We should read cà m.c. 2 PTS, ChS: maggam. 3 BJT, PTS: jàyati. 4 PTS, Thai: bhårã. 5 ChS: tathàttànaü. 6 PTS: bhårã. 7 ChS: jàyate. 8 PTS: vanaü (omit ca). 9 BJT yavaü, omit hi; PTS, Thai: yàvaü hi. 10 BJT: anumatto.

Page 155: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

155

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

ucchinda sineham-attano, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

kumudaü sàradikaü va pàõinà1 ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

santimaggam-eva bråhaya ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

nibbànaü2 sugatena desitaü. [285]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ßidha vassaü vasissàmi, idha hemantagimhisuû, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iti bàlo vicinteti antaràyaü na bujjhati. [286]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

taü puttapasusammattaü byàsattamanasaü naraü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

suttaü gàmaü mahogho va maccu àdàya gacchati. [287]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

na santi puttà tàõàya, na pità na pi bandhavà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

antakenàdhipannassa, natthi ÿàtisu3 tàõatà. [288]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

etam-atthavasaü ÿatvà, paõóito sãlasaüvuto, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nibbànagamanaü4 maggaü khippam-eva visodhaye. [289]

Maggavaggo vãsatimo.5

21: Pakiõõakavaggo6 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

mattàsukhapariccàgà passe ce vipulàü sukhaü, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

caje mattàsukhaü dhãro sampassaü vipulàü sukhaü. [290]

1 ChS: omit pàõinà. 2 BJT: nibbàõaü. 3 PTS, ChS: ÿàtãsu. 4 BJT: nibbàõa-. 5 ChS: Maggavaggo vãsatimo niññhito. 6 PTS: Pakiõõakavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya ekavãsatimo Pakiõõakavaggo.

Page 156: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

156

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

paradukkhåpadànena attano1 sukham-icchati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

verasaüsaggasaüsaññho verà so na parimuccati.2 [291]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yaü hi kiccaü tad-apaviddhaü,3 akiccaü pana kayirati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

unnalànaü4 pamattànaü tesaü vaóóhanti àsavà. [292]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

yesaÿ-ca susamàraddhà niccaü kàyagatà sati, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akiccaü te na sevanti kicce sàtaccakàrino, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

satànaü sampajànànaü atthaü gacchanti àsavà. [293]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

màtaraü pitaraü hantvà, ràjàno dve ca khattiye, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

raññhaü sànucaraü hantvà, anãgho yàti bràhmaõo. [294]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

màtaraü pitaraü hantvà, ràjàno dve ca sotthiye,5 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

veyyagghapaÿcamaü6 hantvà, anãgho yàti bràhmaõo. [295]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yesaü divà ca ratto ca niccaü buddhagatà sati. [296]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yesaü divà ca ratto ca niccaü dhammagatà sati. [297]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yesaü divà ca ratto ca niccaü saïghagatà sati. [298]

1 PTS, Thai: -dhànena yo attano. 2 PTS: pamuccati. Metre: note that this is another case where the negative, being so close

syntactically to the word it modifies, is used as the first syllable of a resolution. 3 PTS, ChS: kiccaü apaviddhaü (omit tad). 4 PTS, ChS: unnaëànaü. 5 BJT: sottiye. 6 ChS: veyaggha-.

Page 157: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

157

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yesaü divà ca ratto ca niccaü kàyagatà sati. [299]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yesaü divà ca ratto ca ahiüsàya rato mano. [300]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yesaü divà ca ratto ca bhàvanàya rato mano. [301]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha 1

duppabbajjaü durabhiramaü, duràvàsà gharà dukhà,2 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

dukkhosamànasaüvàso, dukkhànupatitaddhagå,

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha 3

tasmà na caddhagå siyà na ca dukkhànupatito4 siyà. [302]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

saddho sãlena sampanno yasobhogasamappito, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

yaü yaü padesaü bhajati tattha tattheva påjito. [303]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

dåre santo pakàsenti5 himavanto va pabbato, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asantettha na dissanti rattiü khittà6 yathà sarà. [304]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

ekàsanaü ekaseyyaü eko caram-atandito ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

eko damayam-attànaü vanante ramito siyà. [305]

Pakiõõakavaggo Ekavãsatimo.7

1 Metre: the rule of resolution would allow resolution to be counted at the 5th or the 6th in line

a - I mark it at the 6th as the resolution of prefixes is very common. If we take it at the 5th,

the variation would be bhavipulà. 2 Thai: dukkhà; dukhà in the text is m.c. to give the normal cadence. 3 Metre: to get a correct reading metrically we have to count na ca as resolution at the 1st. I do

not know of a parallel for this elsewhere, but it seems we are obliged to take the reading to

get a good meaning for this line. 4 BJT, Thai: dukkhànupatito. 5 BJT: pakàsanti. 6 PTS, Thai: rattikhittà. 7 Editor's note: BJT, ekavãsatimo Pakiõõakavaggo, against its normal practice of putting the

name; ChS: Pakiõõakavaggo ekavãsatimo niññhito.

Page 158: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

158

22: Nirayavaggo1

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

abhåtavàdã nirayaü upeti, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Extended

yo vàpi2 katvà na karomã ti3 càha, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ubho pi te pecca samà bhavanti, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nihãnakammà manujà parattha. [306]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

kàsàvakaõñhà bahavo pàpadhammà asaÿÿatà, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

pàpà pàpehi kammehi nirayaü te upapajjare. [307]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

seyyo ayoguëo bhutto tatto aggisikhåpamo, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaÿ-ce bhuÿjeyya4 dussãlo raññhapiõóaü5 asaÿÿato. [308]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

cattàri ñhànàni naro pamatto ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

àpajjatã6 paradàråpasevã, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

apuÿÿalàbhaü na nikàmaseyyaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nindaü tatãyaü7 nirayaü catutthaü. [309]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 2

apuÿÿalàbho ca gatã ca pàpikà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

bhãtassa bhãtàya ratã ca thokikà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 2

ràjà ca daõóaü garukaü paõeti - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tasmà naro paradàraü na seve. [310]

1 PTS: Nirayavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya dvàvãsatimo Nirayavaggo. 2 BJT, Thai: càpi. 3 PTS, ChS: omit ti - this reading is taken to regularise the metre, but as it stands the line is an

example of the extended form of the Tuññhubha. 4 Editor's note: BJT, bhåÿjeyya, printer's error. 5 ChS: piõóam. 6 BJT, ChS: àpajjati; in the text ã is m.c. to give the normal opening. 7 BJT, Thai: tatiyaü; in the text ã is m.c. to give the normal opening.

Page 159: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

159

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

kuso yathà duggahito1 hattham-evànukantati,2 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

sàmaÿÿaü dupparàmaññhaü nirayàyupakaóóhati.3 [311]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yaü kiÿci sithilaü4 kammaü, saïkiliññhaÿ-ca yaü vataü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

saïkassaraü brahmacariyaü, na taü hoti mahapphalaü. [312]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

kayiraÿ-ce5 kayiràthenaü6 daëham-enaü parakkame, ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sañhilo7 hi paribbàjo bhiyyo àkirate rajaü. [313]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

akataü dukkataü seyyo, pacchà tapati8 dukkataü, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kataÿ-ca sukataü seyyo, yaü katvà nànutappati. [314]

ÛÛÜÛÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

nagaraü yathà paccantaü guttaü santarabàhiraü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

evaü gopetha attànaü, khaõo vo9 mà upaccagà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

khaõàtãtà hi socanti nirayamhi samappità. [315]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

alajjitàye lajjanti, lajjitàye na lajjare, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

micchàdiññhisamàdànà, sattà gacchanti duggatiü. [316]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

abhaye bhayadassino, bhaye càbhayadassino,10 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

micchàdiññhisamàdànà, sattà gacchanti duggatiü. [317]

1 PTS: duggahãto. 2 PTS: hatthaü evànukantati. 3 Thai: nirayàyåpakaóóhati. 4 PTS: sañhilaü. 5 BJT, ChS: kayirà ce. 6 Thai: kayirathenaü. 7 Thai, ChS: sithilo. 8 Thai, ChS: tappati. 9 PTS: ve. 10 Thai: ca abhayadassino.

Page 160: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

160

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

avajje vajjamatino, vajje càvajjadassino,1 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

micchàdiññhisamàdànà, sattà gacchanti duggatiü. [318]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

vajjaÿ-ca vajjato ÿatvà, avajjaÿ-ca avajjato, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sammàdiññhisamàdànà, sattà gacchanti suggatiü. [319]

Nirayavaggo dvàvãsatimo.2

23: Nàgavaggo3 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

ahaü nàgo va saïgàme càpàto4 patitaü saraü ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ativàkyaü titikkhissaü, dussãlo hi bahujjano. [320]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

dantaü nayanti samitiü dantaü ràjàbhiråhati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

danto seññho manussesu yotivàkyaü titikkhati. [321]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

varam-assatarà dantà àjànãyà ca sindhavà ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kuÿjarà ca mahànàgà, attadanto tato varaü. [322]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na hi etehi yànehi gaccheyya agataü disaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yathattanà5 sudantena, danto dantena gacchati. [323]

1 Thai: ca avajjadassino. 2 PTS: dvavãsatimo; ChS: Nirayavaggo dvàvãsatimo niññhito. 3 PTS: Nàgavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya tevãsatimo Nàgavaggo. 4 ChS: càpato. 5 BJT, Thai, ChS: yathàttanà.

Page 161: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

161

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

dhanapàlakÖ1 nàma kuÿjaro

ÛÛÜÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ irregular 2

kañukappabhedano3 dunnivàrayo, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

baddho kabalaü4 na bhuÿjati, ÛÛÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sumarati nàgavanassa kuÿjaro. [324]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

middhã yadà hoti mahagghaso ca, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

niddàyità samparivattasàyã, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

mahàvaràho va nivàpapuññho, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

punappunaü gabbham-upeti mando. [325]

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 4

idaü pure cittam-acàri càrikaü ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ

yenicchakaü yatthakàmaü yathàsukhaü, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ

tad-ajjahaü niggahessàmi yoniso, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

hatthim-pabhinnaü5 viya aïkusaggaho. [326]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

appamàdaratà hotha sacittam-anurakkhatha, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

duggà uddharathattànaü païke sanno va kuÿjaro. [328]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

sace labhetha nipakaü sahàyaü ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saddhiücaraü sàdhuvihàridhãraü, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

abhibhuyya sabbàni parissayàni ÛÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

careyya tenattamano satãmà. [327]

1 ChS: dhanapàlo. 2 Metre: this line is hypermetric by two mattà (or by one mattà if we understand -pabhedanÖ

m.c.); the vv.lls here are an attempt to repair the metre, the PTS reading is based on just one

of the old Thai manuscripts (and assumes the light -o). The ChS reading looks very much like

one of the frequent scribal `corrections' introduced into that edition. 3 PTS: kañukapabhedano; ChS: kañukabhedano. 4 ChS: kabaëaü. 5 Thai, ChS: hatthippabhinnaü.

Page 162: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

162

ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

no ce labhetha nipakaü sahàyaü ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saddhiücaraü sàdhuvihàridhãraü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ràjà va raññhaü vijitaü pahàya

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ irregular 1

eko care màtaïgaraÿÿe va nàgo. [329]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜ pathyà

ekassa caritaü seyyo natthi bàle sahàyatà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

eko care na ca pàpàni kayirà,

ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ irregular 2

appossukko màtaïgaraÿÿe va nàgo. [330]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

atthamhi jàtamhi sukhà sahàyà ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tuññhã sukhà yà itarãtarena ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

puÿÿaü sukhaü jãvitasaïkhayamhi ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbassa dukkhassa sukhaü pahàõaü. [331]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sukhà matteyyatà loke, atho petteyyatà sukhà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sukhà sàmaÿÿatà loke, atho brahmaÿÿatà sukhà. [332]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sukhaü yàva jarà sãlaü,3 sukhà saddhà patiññhità, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sukho paÿÿàya pañilàbho, pàpànaü akaraõaü sukhaü. [333]

Nàgavaggo tevãsatimo.4

1 Metre: this line is irregular, and cannot be taken as the extended form of the metre that

sometimes turns up, as there is no caesura after the 5th. 2 Metre: as in the previous verse this line is irregular by normal standards. Note that it also has

the Vedic opening. 3 PTS: sãlam, printer's error. 4 ChS: Nàgavaggo tevãsatimo niññhito.

Page 163: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

163

24: Taõhàvaggo1

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

manujassa pamattacàrino ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

taõhà vaóóhati màluvà viya,

ÜÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ2

so palavatã3 huràhuraü ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

phalam-icchaü va vanasmi'4 vànaro. [334]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yaü esà sahatã5 jammã taõhà loke visattikà ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sokà tassa pavaóóhanti abhivaññhaü va bãraõaü. [335]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yo cetaü sahatã6 jammiü taõhaü loke duraccayaü ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

sokà tamhà papatanti udabindu va7 pokkharà. [336]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

taü vo vadàmi bhaddaü vo, yàvantettha samàgatà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

taõhàya målaü khaõatha8 usãrattho va bãraõaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

mà vo naëaü9 va soto va màro bhaÿji punappunaü. [337]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 4

yathà pi måle anupaddave daëhe ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

chinno pi rukkho punar-eva råhati, ÜÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

evam-pi taõhànusaye anåhate ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

nibbattatã10 dukkham-idaü punappunaü. [338]

1 PTS: Taõhàvagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya catuvãsatimo Taõhàvaggo. 2 Metre: this line is short by one mattà. 3 BJT, ChS: plavati. 4 BJT, Thai: vanasmiü; in the text niggahãta is lost m.c. to give the normal cadence. Reading

vanamhi would also correct the metre. 5 ChS: sahate. 6 ChS: sahate. 7 BJT: udabindåva. 8 PTS: khanatha. 9 BJT: nalaü. 10 BJT, PTS, Thai: nibbattati; in the text ã is m.c. to give the normal opening.

Page 164: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

164

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassa chattiüsatã1 sotà manàpassavanà bhusà,2 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vàhà3 vahanti duddiññhiü4 saïkappà ràganissità. [339]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

savanti sabbadhã5 sotà latà ubbhijja6 tiññhati ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taÿ-ca disvà lataü jàtaü målaü paÿÿàya chindatha. [340]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

saritàni sinehitàni ca

ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ7

sÖmanassàni bhavanti jantuno, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

te sàtasità sukhesino, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

te ve jàtijaråpagà narà. [341]

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 3

tasiõàya purakkhatà pajà ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

parisappanti saso va bàdhito,8 ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

saüyojanasaïgasattakà9 ÜÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka

dukkham-upenti punappunaü ciràya. [342]

1 BJT, ChS: chattiüsati; in the text ã is m.c. to give the pathyà cadence. 2 Editor's note: BJT, bhåsà, printer's error. 3 Thai: vahà; ChS: màhà. 4 PTS: duddiññhaü. 5 BJT, Thai: sabbadhi; PTS: sabbadà; in the text ã is m.c. to give the pathyà cadence. 6 ChS: uppajja. 7 Metre: scanning -o- as light m.c. However the variation ÜÛÜÜÛÛ does exist, see the

Introduction to the Prosody. 8 ChS: bandhito. 9 BJT, Thai: saÿÿojanasaïgasattà.

Page 165: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

165

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

tasiõàya purakkhatà pajà ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

parisappanti saso va bàdhito,1 ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

tasmà tasiõaü vinodaye

ÜÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ 2

bhikkhu àkaïkha'3 viràgam-attano. [343]

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka

yo nibbanatho vanàdhimutto ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 3

vanamutto vanam-eva dhàvati ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

taü puggalam-etha4 passatha ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

mutto bandhanam-eva dhàvati. [344]

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

na taü daëhaü bandhanam-àhu dhãrà, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

yad-àyasaü dàrujaü5 pabbajaÿ-ca,6 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sàrattarattà maõikuõóalesu ÜÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

puttesu dàresu ca yà apekhà,7 [345]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

etaü daëhaü bandhanam-àhu dhãrà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ohàrinaü sithilaü duppamuÿcaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etam8-pi chetvàna paribbajanti ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

anapekkhino kàmasukhaü pahàya. [346]

1 ChS: bandhito. 2 Metre: the vv.lls show how much confusion this line has caused, however to correct the metre

we only need to read àkaïkhi, and count the line as one of the variant openings (ÜÛÜÜÛÛ)

discussed in the Introduction to the Prosody. 3 BJT: àkaükhã; Thai: àkaïkhaü; ChS omits bhikkhu and reads àkaïkhanta, which is an

attempt to `correct' the metre, but this variation occurs many times, see the Introduction to

the Prosody. 4 PTS, Thai: puggalam eva. 5 ChS: dàruja. 6 BJT: babbajaÿ ca. 7 Thai, ChS: apekkhà. 8 Thai: Etaü.

Page 166: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

166

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

ye ràgarattànupatanti sotaü ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sayaükataü makkañako va jàlaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etam-pi chetvàna vajanti dhãrà, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

anapekkhino1 sabbadukkhaü pahàya. [347]

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

muÿca pure muÿca pacchato, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

majjhe muÿca bhavassa pàragå, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sabbattha vimuttamànaso ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

na punaü2 jàtijaraü upehisi. [348]

ÛÜÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

vitakkapamathitassa3 jantuno

ÜÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ 4

tibbaràgassa subhànupassino ÜÜÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ

bhiyyo taõhà pavaóóhati,

ÜÛÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ5

esa kho daëhaü karoti bandhanaü. [349]

ÛÜÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

vitakkupasame6 ca yo rato ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

asubhaü bhàvayatã7 sadà sato,

ÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ 8

esa kho vyantikàhiti,9 ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

esacchecchati10 màrabandhanaü. [350]

1 PTS: anapekhino. 2 BJT, Thai: puna. 3 ChS: vitakkamathitassa; Metre: we should probably read vitak[k]apamathitassa m.c. Norman

(WD) suggests taking the v.l. from ChS, but this looks like one of the frequent scribal

`corrections' in that edition, and cannot be relied on as representing any genuine manuscript

tradition. 4 Metre: for this variation see the Introduction to the Prosody. 5 Metre: this is a syncopated version of the variation that is discussed in the Introduction to the

Prosody. Norman (WD) suggests reading khÖ, but this is unnecessary. 6 PTS, Thai, ChS: vitakkåpasame. 7 BJT: bhàvayati; ChS: bhàvayate; in the text ã is m.c. to give the normal cadence. 8 Metre: the metre is one mattà short in the opening, we really need to re-instate the sarabhatti

vowel and read viyanti- (ÛÜÛ) as Norman (WD, following Fausboll) suggests. 9 ChS: byanti-. 10 BJT, ChS: esa checchati; the unhistoric doubling of the initial consonant is m.c. to produce

the correct mattà count.

Page 167: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

167

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

niññhaü gato asantàsã, vãtataõho anaïgaõo, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

acchindi1 bhavasallàni, antimoyaü samussayo. [351]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

vãtataõho anàdàno, niruttipadakovido, ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

akkharànaü sannipàtaü jaÿÿà pubbaparàni2 ca, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜ(ÛÜÛÛÜ)ÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

sa ve antimasàrãro mahàpaÿÿo (mahàpuriso)3 ti vuccati. [352]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

sabbàbhibhå sabbavidåham-asmi, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbesu dhammesu anåpalitto, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbaÿjaho taõhakkhaye4 vimutto, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sayaü abhiÿÿàya kam-uddiseyyaü. [353]

ÜÛÜÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4 5

sabbadànaü dhammadànaü jinàti, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbaü rasaü6 dhammaraso jinàti, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbaü ratiü7 dhammaratã8 jinàti, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

taõhakkhayo sabbadukkhaü jinàti. [354]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

hananti bhogà dummedhaü, no ve9 pàragavesino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

bhogataõhàya dummedho hanti aÿÿe va attanaü.10 [355]

1 PTS: acchidda. 2 PTS, ChS: pubbàparàni. 3 Editor's note: I have placed mahàpuriso in brackets believing this has come in from the

commentary; if we exclude it we have a normal Siloka line. 4 Metre: this is an unusual form of the break, having a heavy 6th, but without the caesura

which normally follows it. We should probably read taõhakhaye to correct the metre. 5 Metre: We should read sabbaü dànaü, which gives the Vedic opening ÜÜÜÜ , which is

acceptable. 6 ChS: sabbarasaü. 7 ChS: sabbaratiü. 8 ChS: -rati. 9 PTS: ce; ChS: ca. 10 BJT, ChS: attanà.

Page 168: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

168

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tiõadosàni khettàni, ràgadosà ayaü pajà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tasmà hi vãtaràgesu, dinnaü hoti mahapphalaü. [356]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tiõadosàni khettàni, dosadosà ayaü pajà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tasmà hi vãtadosesu, dinnaü hoti mahapphalaü. [357]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tiõadosàni khettàni, mohadosà ayaü pajà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tasmà hi vãtamohesu, dinnaü hoti mahapphalaü. [358]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

tiõadosàni khettàni, icchàdosà ayaü pajà, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tasmà hi vigaticchesu, dinnaü hoti mahapphalaü.1 [359]

Taõhàvaggo catuvãsatimo.2

25: Bhikkhuvaggo3 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

cakkhunà saüvaro sàdhu, sàdhu sotena saüvaro, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ghàõena4 saüvaro sàdhu, sàdhu jivhàya saüvaro. [360]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x3

kàyena saüvaro sàdhu, sàdhu vàcàya saüvaro, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

manasà saüvaro sàdhu, sàdhu sabbattha saüvaro, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbattha saüvuto bhikkhu sabbadukkhà pamuccati. [361]

1 ChS places this verse in brackets, and then includes another verse (but still within the number

359) which replaces icchà- with taõhà-. The other editions show no knowledge of this

reading. 2 ChS: Taõhàvaggo catuvãsatimo niññhito. 3 PTS: Bhikkhuvagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya paÿcavãsatimo Bhikkhuvaggo. 4 Thai, ChS: ghànena.

Page 169: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

169

ÜÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x3 1

hatthasaüyatÖ pàdasaüyato,

ÜÜÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ irreg ular 2

vàcàya saüyatÖ saüyatuttamo,3 ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

ajjhattarato samàhito, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka

eko santusito tam-àhu bhikkhuü.4 [362]

ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2 5

yo mukhasaüyato bhikkhu, mantabhàõã anuddhato, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

atthaü dhammaÿ-ca dãpeti madhuraü tassa bhàsitaü. [363]

ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

dhammàràmo dhammarato, dhammaü anuvicintayaü,

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà 6

dhammaü anussaraü bhikkhu, saddhammà na parihàyati. [364]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

salàbhaü nàtimaÿÿeyya, nàÿÿesaü pihayaü care,7 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

aÿÿesaü pihayaü bhikkhu samàdhiü nàdhigacchati. [365]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

appalàbho pi ce bhikkhu salàbhaü nàtimaÿÿati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taü ve devà pasaüsanti suddhàjãviü atanditaü. [366]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

sabbaso nàmaråpasmiü yassa natthi mamàyitaü, ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

asatà ca na socati, sa ve bhikkhå ti vuccati. [367]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

mettàvihàrã yo bhikkhu,8 pasanno buddhasàsane, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

adhigacche padaü santaü, saïkhàråpasamaü sukhaü. [368]

1 Metre: in this line we need to scan the first syllable as light m.c. 2 This is possibly one of the variations discussed in the Introduction, but we would still have to

scan the last syllable in saüyato as light m.c. It maybe we should read vàcàsaüyatÖ here

instead. 3 Thai: saÿÿatattamo. 4 Thai: bhikkhu. 5 Metre: note the light syllables in 2nd & 3rd positions. 6 Metre: again the negative in front of the word it modifies forms the first part of a resolution

here. 7 Thai: pihayaÿ-care. 8 Editor's note: BJT, bhikkhå, printer's error.

Page 170: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

170

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

siÿca bhikkhu imaü nàvaü, sittà te lahum-essati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

chetvà ràgaÿ-ca1 dosaÿ-ca, tato nibbànam2-ehisi. [369]

ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

paÿca chinde paÿca jahe, paÿca cuttaribhàvaye,3 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

paÿca saïgàtigo bhikkhu oghatiõõo ti vuccati. [370]

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya

jhàya bhikkhu mà ca pàmado,4 ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Opacchandasaka x 3

mà te kàmaguõe bhamassu5 cittaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ

mà lohaguëaü gilã pamatto,

ÜÜÛÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ 6

mà kandi dukkham-idan-ti óayhamàno. [371]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

natthi jhànaü apaÿÿassa, paÿÿà natthi ajhàyato, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yamhi jhànaÿ-ca paÿÿà ca sa ve nibbànasantike.7 [372]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

suÿÿàgàraü paviññhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

amànusã ratã8 hoti sammà dhammaü vipassato. [373]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

yato yato sammasati khandhànaü udayabbayaü9 ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

labhatã10 pãtipàmojjaü, amataü taü vijànataü. [374]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

tatràyam-àdi bhavati idha paÿÿassa bhikkhuno: ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

indriyagutti11 santuññhã pàtimokkhe ca saüvaro. [375]

1 BJT: ràgaü (omit ca). 2 BJT: nibbàõam. 3 PTS: vuttaribhàvaye. 4 ChS: mà pamàdo; on this reading see Brough, pg 194. 5 ChS: ramessu. 6 Metre: another example of the variant opening, again with the syncopated opening. As

Norman (WD) suggests, another way to correct the metre would be to read duk[k]ham m.c.,

but there is no support for this from the texts. 7 BJT: nibbàõa-. 8 BJT, ChS: rati; in the text ã is m.c. to give the pathyà cadence. 9 PTS: udayavyayaü. 10 BJT: labhati; in the text ã is m.c. to avoid 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd positions. 11 PTS: indriyaguttã.

Page 171: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

171

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

mitte bhajassu kalyàõe suddhàjãve atandite,1 ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pañisanthàravuttassa,2 àcàrakusalo siyà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

tato pàmojjabahulo dukkhassantaü karissati.3 [376]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

vassikà viya pupphàni4 maddavàni pamuÿcati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü ràgaÿ-ca dosaÿ-ca vippamuÿcetha bhikkhavo. [377]

ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

santakàyo santavàco santavà5 susamàhito ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

vantalokàmiso bhikkhu upasanto ti vuccati. [378]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

attanà codayattànaü, pañimàsettam-attanà,6 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

so attagutto satimà sukhaü bhikkhu vihàhisi. [379]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

attà hi attano nàtho,7 attà hi attano gati, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tasmà saüyamayattànaü8 assaü bhadraü va vàõijo. [380]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

pàmojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasàsane, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

adhigacche padaü santaü, saïkhàråpasamaü sukhaü. [381]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo have daharo bhikkhu yuÿjati9 buddhasàsane, ÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sÖ imaü10 lokaü pabhàseti abbhà mutto va candimà. [382]

Bhikkhuvaggo paÿcavãsatimo.11

1 Editor's note: PTS takes this line with the previous verse. 2 BJT, Thai: pañisanthàravuttyassa; ChS: pañisanthàravutyassa. 3 BJT: karissasi. 4 Thai: puppaphàni, printer's error. 5 Thai: santamano. 6 PTS: pañimàse attam attanà; Thai: pañimaüsetam- ; ChS: pañimaüsetha attanà. 7 ChS adds a line in here in brackets, which is found in none of the other editions: (ko hi nàtho

paro siyà). 8 PTS: saÿÿàmay' attànaü; Thai: saÿÿama attànaü; ChS: saüyamamattànaü. 9 PTS: yuÿjate; this reading is taken to avoid the light 2nd & 3rd syllables, but it is based on

just one of the old Thai manuscripts. 10 PTS, ChS: somaü. 11 ChS: Bhikkhuvaggo paÿcavãsatimo niññhito.

Page 172: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

172

26: Bràhmaõavaggo1 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

chinda sotaü parakkamma, kàme panuda2 bràhmaõa, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saïkhàrànaü khayaü ÿatvà, akataÿÿåsi bràhmaõa. [383]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yadà dvayesu dhammesu pàragå hoti bràhmaõo, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

athassa sabbe saüyogà atthaü gacchanti jànato. [384]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassa pàraü apàraü và pàràpàraü na vijjati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vãtaddaraü visaüyuttaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [385]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

jhàyiü virajam-àsãnaü katakiccaü3 anàsavaü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

uttamatthaü anuppattaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [386]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

divà tapati àdicco, rattiü àbhàti4 candimà, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sannaddho khattiyo tapati, jhàyã tapati bràhmaõo, ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

atha sabbam-ahorattiü buddho tapati tejasà. [387]

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vetàlãya x 4

bàhitapàpo ti bràhmaõo, ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

samacariyà samaõo ti vuccati, ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

pabbàjayam-attano5 malaü, ÜÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

tasmà pabbajito ti vuccati. [388]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na bràhmaõassa pahareyya, nàssa muÿcetha bràhmaõo, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dhã bràhmaõassa hantàraü, tato dhã yassa muÿcati. [389]

1 PTS: Bràhmaõavagga; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya chabbãsatimo Bràhmaõavaggo. 2 Thai: panåda. 3 ChS: katakiccam. 4 Thai, ChS: rattim-àbhàti. 5 BJT: pabbàjayattano.

Page 173: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

173

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 2

na bràhmaõassetad-akiÿci seyyo, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yadà nisedho manaso piyehi, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yato yato hiüsamano nivattati, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

tato tato sammati-m-eva dukkhaü. [390]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassa kàyena vàcàya, manasà natthi dukkataü,1 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saüvutaü tãhi ñhànehi, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [391]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yamhà dhammaü vijàneyya sammàsambuddhadesitaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sakkaccaü taü namasseyya aggihuttaü va bràhmaõo. [392]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

na jañàhi na gottena,2 na jaccà hoti bràhmaõo, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yamhi saccaÿ-ca dhammo ca so sucã so va3 bràhmaõo. [393]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

kiü te4 jañàhi dummedha kiü te ajinasàñiyà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

abbhantaraü te5 gahanaü6 bàhiraü parimajjasi. [394]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

paüsukåladharaü jantuü,7 kisaü dhamanisanthataü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

ekaü vanasmiü jhàyantaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [395]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 3

na càhaü bràhmaõaü bråmi yonijaü mattisambhavaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

bhovàdã8 nàma so hoti sace9 hoti sakiÿcano, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akiÿcanaü anàdànaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [396]

1 ChS: dukkañaü. 2 Thai: gottehi. 3 Thai, ChS: ca. 4 Thai: kin-te, and in the next line. 5 Thai: abbhantaran-te. 6 BJT, Thai: gahaõaü. 7 Editor's note: BJT, jantåü, printer's error. 8 PTS, ChS: bhovàdi. 9 PTS, Thai: sa ve; see Brough 183.

Page 174: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

174

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

sabbasaüyojanaü chetvà yo ve na paritassati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saïgàtigaü visaüyuttaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [397]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

chetvà naddhiü1 varattaÿ-ca, sandàmaü sahanukkamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ukkhittapalighaü2 buddhaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [398]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

akkosaü vadhabandhaÿ-ca, aduññho yo titikkhati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

khantãbalaü3 balànãkaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [399]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

akkodhanaü vatavantaü, sãlavantaü anussutaü,4 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

dantaü antimasàrãraü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [400]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

vàri pokkharapatte va, àragge-r-iva sàsapo, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yo na lippati5 kàmesu, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [401]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo dukkhassa pajànàti idheva khayam-attano, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pannabhàraü visaüyuttaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [402]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

gambhãrapaÿÿaü medhàviü, maggàmaggassa kovidaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

uttamatthaü6 anuppattaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [403]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

asaüsaññhaü gahaññhehi, anàgàrehi cåbhayaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

anokasàriü7 appicchaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [404]

1 PTS: nandhiü. 2 PTS: paëighaü. 3 BJT, Thai: khantibalaü; in the text ã is m.c. to give avoid 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd

positions. 4 ChS: anussadaü. 5 ChS: limpati. 6 ChS: uttamattham. 7 ChS: anokasàrim.

Page 175: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

175

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

nidhàya daõóaü bhåtesu tasesu thàvaresu ca, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yo na hanti na ghàteti, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [405]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

aviruddhaü viruddhesu, attadaõóesu nibbutaü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sàdànesu anàdànaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [406]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassa ràgo ca doso ca màno makkho ca pàtito, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sàsapo-r-iva àraggà, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [407]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

akakkasaü viÿÿapaniü1 giraü saccaü2 udãraye, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yàya nàbhisaje kaÿci, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [408]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yodha dãghaü va3 rassaü và aõuü-thålaü subhàsubhaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

loke adinnaü nàdiyati,4 tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [409]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

àsà yassa na vijjanti asmiü loke paramhi ca, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

niràsayaü5 visaüyuttaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [410]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassàlayà na vijjanti, aÿÿàya akathaïkathã, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

amatogadhaü6 anuppattaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [411]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yodha puÿÿaÿ-ca pàpaÿ-ca ubho saïgaü7 upaccagà, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asokaü virajaü suddhaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [412]

1 PTS, Thai, ChS: viÿÿàpaniü. See Brough p. 184. 2 ChS: saccam. 3 Thai: và; in the text va (<và) is m.c. to give the pathyà cadence. 4 PTS: nàdiyate. 5 ChS: niràsasaü. 6 ChS: amatogadham. 7 ChS: saïgam.

Page 176: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

176

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

candaü va vimalaü suddhaü, vippasannam-anàvilaü ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

nandãbhavaparikkhãõaü,1 tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [413]

ÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yo imaü2 palipathaü3 duggaü saüsàraü moham-accagà, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tiõõo pàragato jhàyã anejo akathaïkathã, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

anupàdàya nibbuto, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [414]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yodha kàme pahatvàna4 anàgàro paribbaje ÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kàmabhavaparikkhãõaü,5 tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [415]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yodha taõhaü pahatvàna,6 anàgàro paribbaje, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taõhàbhavaparikkhãõaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [416]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

hitvà mànusakaü yogaü, dibbaü yogaü upaccagà, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbayogavisaüyuttaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [417]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

hitvà ratiÿ-ca aratiÿ-ca, sãtibhåtaü niråpadhiü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbalokàbhibhuü vãraü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [418]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

cutiü yo vedi sattànaü upapattiÿ-ca sabbaso, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asattaü sugataü buddhaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [419]

ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

yassa gatiü na jànanti, devà gandhabbamànusà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

khãõàsavaü arahantaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [420]

1 Thai: nandi-; in the text ã is m.c. to avoid 2 light syllables in 2nd & 3rd positions. 2 ChS: yomaü - an unnecessary metrical `correction'. 3 BJT: paëipathaü. 4 BJT: pahàtvàna. 5 PTS: kàmàbhava-; PTS takes this reading to avoid the opening ÅÛÛÅ, but it occurs many

times elsewhere, see the Introduction to the Prosody. Here there is not good manuscript

support for the reading. 6 BJT: pahàtvàna.

Page 177: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

177

ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

yassa pure ca pacchà ca majjhe ca natthi kiÿcanaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akiÿcanaü anàdànaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [421]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

usabhaü pavaraü vãraü, mahesiü vijitàvinaü, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

anejaü nhàtakaü buddhaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [422]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

pubbenivàsaü yo vedã,1 saggàpàyaÿ-ca passati, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà x 2

atho jàtikkhayaü patto, abhiÿÿàvosito muni, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbavositavosànaü, tam-ahaü bråmi bràhmaõaü. [423]

Bràhmaõavaggo chabbãsatimo.2

1 Thai, ChS: vedi. 2 ChS: Bràhmaõavaggo chabbãsatimo niññhito; Thai: Bràhmaõaggo, printer's error.

Page 178: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

178

Vagguddànaü:1

Yamakappamàdo2 Cittaü, Pupphaü Bàlena Paõóito,3

Arahanto4 Sahassena, Pàpaü Daõóena5 te dasa. [1]

Jarà Attà ca Loko ca, Buddhaü6 Sukhaü Piyena7 ca,

Kodho Malaÿ-ca Dhammaññho,8 Maggavaggena vãsati. [2]

Pakiõõaü Nirayo9 Nàgo, Taõhà10 Bhikkhu ca Bràhmaõo,

ete chabbãsatã11 vaggà, desitàdiccabandhunà. [3]

Gàthuddànaü:12

Yamake vãsatã13 gàthà, Appamàdamhi dvàdasa,

ekàdasa14 Cittavagge, Pupphavaggamhi soëasa. [1]

Bàle ca soëasa15 gàthà, Paõóitamhi catuddasa,

Arahante dasà16 gàthà, Sahasse honti soëasa. [2]

1 PTS: omitted in PTS; Thai: Dhammapadagàthàya uddànaü; ChS has the following in

brackets, not found in the other editions: (ettàvatà sabbapañhame Yamakavagge cuddasa

vatthåni, Appamàdavagge nava, Cittavagge nava, Pupphavagge dvàdasa, Bàlavagge

pannarasa, Paõóitavagge ekàdasa, Arahantavagge dasa, Sahassavagge cuddasa, Pàpavagge

dvàdasa, daõóavagge ekàdasa, jaràvagge nava, attavagge dasa, lokavagge ekàdasa,

Buddhavagge nava, Sukhavagge aññha, Piyavagge nava, Kodhavagge aññha, Malavagge

dvàdasa, Dhammaññhavagge dasa, Maggavagge dvàdasa, Pakiõõakavagge nava, Nirayavagge

nava, Nàgavagge aññha, Taõhàvagge dvàdasa, Bhikkhuvagge dvàdasa, Bràhmaõavagge

cattàlãsàti paÿcàdhikàni tãõi vatthusatàni.

satevãsacatussatà, catusaccavibhàvinà;.

satattayaÿca vatthånaü, paÿcàdhikaü samuññhitàti).

This is followed by the heading: Dhammapade vaggànamuddànaü. 2 PTS, Thai: Yamakaü Appamàdaü; Thai actually prints Appamadaü, a printer's error. 3 PTS, Thai: Paõóitaü. 4 PTS, Thai: Arahantaü. 5 BJT: Pàpadaõóena. 6 BJT: Buddho. 7 BJT: Sukhapiyena. 8 PTS, Thai: Kodhaü Malaÿ-ca Dhammaññhaü. 9 PTS, Thai: Nirayaü. 10 PTS, Thai: Taõhaü. 11 BJT, ChS: chabbãsati. 12 PTS omits this and the following verses. Thai omits this heading. ChS: Gàthànamuddànaü. 13 BJT, ChS: vãsati. 14 Thai: Ekàdasà. 15 Thai: sattarasà ! 16 BJT, ChS: dasa.

Page 179: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

179

terasà1 Pàpavaggamhi, Daõóamhi dasa satta ca,

ekàdasa2 Jaràvagge, Attavagge bhave dasa.3 [3]

dvàdasà4 Lokavaggamhi, Buddhe caññhàrasà5 bhave,6

Sukhe ca Piyavagge ca, gàthàyo honti dvàdasa. [4]

cuddasà7 Kodhavaggamhi, Malavaggekavãsati,

sattarasa ca Dhammaññhe, Maggavagge tatheva ca.8 [5]

Pakiõõe soëasa gàthà, Niraye nàge catuddasa,9

chabbãsati10 Taõhàvaggamhi, tevãsa Bhikkhuvaggikà.11 [6]

cattàëãsekagàthàyo,12 Bràhmaõe vaggam-uttame,

gàthàsatàni cattàri, tevãsa ca punàpare,

Dhammapade nipàtamhi desitàdiccabandhunà ti.13 [7]

Dhammapadaü niññhitaü.14

1 BJT, ChS: Terasa. 2 Thai: Ekàdasà. 3 Thai: attavaggamhi dvàdasa ! 4 BJT, ChS: Dvàdasa. 5 Editor's note: BJT, caññhàrasa, printer's error. 6 Thai: Buddhavaggamhi soëasa ! ChS: Buddhavaggamhi ñhàrasa. 7 BJT, ChS: Cuddasa. 8 Thai: Maggavaggamhi soëasa ! ChS: Maggavagge sattarasa. 9 Thai: cuddasa; ChS: ca cuddasa. 10 Thai: dvàvãsa; ChS: chabbãsa. 11 Thai: Bhikkhuvaggakà. 12 Thai: Cattàëãsa ca gàthàyo; ChS: Ekatàlãsagàthàyo. 13 Thai omits ti. 14 BJT: Dhammapadapàëi niññhità.

Page 180: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A New Edition of the Dhammapada

180

Page 181: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Dhammapada Indexes

Dhammapada Complete Word Index

A â I ä U æ E O

KA KHA GA GHA

CA CHA JA JHA ¥A

òA òHA ôA ôHA

TA THA DA DHA NA

PA PHA BA BHA MA

YA RA LA VA SA HA

Page 182: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

Page 183: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

183

akakkasaü, 408

akataü, 165, 314

akataÿÿå, 96, 383

akataÿÿåsi, 383

akatàni, 50

akathaïkathã, 411, 414

akaraõaü, 183, 333

akàriyaü, 176

akiccaü, 292, 293

akiÿcanaü, 221, 396, 421

akiÿcano, 88

akiÿci, 390

akutobhaye, 196

akubbato, 51, 123

akusalaü, 281

akkocchi, 3, 4

akkodhanaü, 400

akkodhena, 223

akkosaü, 399

akkharànaü, 352

akkhàtàro, 276

akkhàte, 86

akkhàto, 275

agataü, 323

agandhakaü, 51

agàraü, 13, 14

agàràni, 139

aggi, 202, 251, 139

aggiü, 106

aggidaóóho, 135

aggisikhåpamo, 308

aggihuttaü, 392

aggãva, 31

agghati, 70

aïkusaggaho, 326

aïgesu, 89

acaritvà, 155, 156

acàri, 326

aciraü, 41

accagà, 414

accantadussãlyaü, 162

accutaü, 225

acchiddavuttiü, 229

acchindi, 351

ajinasàñiyà, 394

ajini, 3, 4

ajjatanàm, 227

ajjahaü, 326

ajjhagà, 154

ajjhattarato, 362

ajhàyato, 372

aÿÿataraü, 136, 157

aÿÿà, 57, 75, 95, 275, 411

aÿÿàya, 275, 411

aÿÿàvimuttassa, 96

aÿÿàvimuttànaü, 57

aÿÿe, 43, 252, 355, 365

aÿÿesaü, 252, 365

aññhãnaü, 150

aññhãni, 149

aõuü, 31, 265, 409

aõumatto, 284

atanditaü, 366

atandite, 376

atandito, 305

atikkamaü, 191

atikkameyya, 221

atittaü, 48

atidhonacàrinaü, 240

atipàteti, 246

atirocati, 59

ativasà, 74

ativàkyaü, 320

atãtassa, 176

atula, 227

attagutto, 379

attaghaÿÿàya, 164

attajaü, 161

attadaõóesu, 406

attadatthaü, 166

attadattham, 166

attadantassa, 103

attadanto, 322

attanaü, 355

attanà, 66, 160, 161, 165,

379

attano, 15, 16, 50, 61, 62,

84, 130, 131, 160, 163,

217, 236, 238, 239, 247,

252, 285, 291, 343, 380,

388, 402

attasambhavaü, 161

attahetu, 84

attà, 62, 103, 159, 160, 380

attànaÿ, 157, 159

attànam, 158

atthaü, 209, 226, 256,

293, 363, 384

atthapadaü, 99

atthamhi, 331

atthavasaü, 289

atha, 55, 69, 83, 118, 119,

135, 139, 158, 271, 277,

278, 279, 387

athaÿÿam, 158

athassa, 384

athàyaü, 85

atho, 151, 234, 332, 423

adaõóesu, 136

adassanaü, 46, 210

adassanena, 206

adinnaü, 246, 409

aduññho, 399

addhàna, 207

adhammena, 84

adhammo, 248

adhigacchati, 249, 250

adhigacchanti, 12

adhigacche, 368, 381

adhicitte, 185

adhimuttànaü, 226

adhisessati, 41

anakkhàte, 218

anaïgaõassa, 124

anaïgaõo, 236, 238, 351

anattà, 279

anatthaÿ, 256

anatthapadasaühità, 99,

100, 101

anatthàya, 72

anantagocaraü, 179, 180

ananvàhatacetaso, 39

anapàyinã, 2

anapekkhino, 346, 347

anappakaü, 144

anavaññhitacittassa, 38

anavassutacittassa, 39

anàgàrehi, 404

anàgàro, 415, 416

anàturà, 198

anàdànaü, 396, 406, 421

anàdàno, 352

anàvilaü, 413

anàvilo, 82

anàsavaü, 386

anàsavassa, 94

anàsavà, 125

Page 184: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

184

anikkasàvo, 9

aniccà, 277

anindito, 227

anibbisaü, 153

animitto, 92, 93

anivesano, 40

anissito, 93

anãgho, 294, 295

anuññhahàno, 280

anuññhànamalà, 241

anutappati, 67

anuttaraü, 23

anuttaro, 55

anutthunaü, 156

anuddhato, 363

anudhammacàrã, 20

anupaghàto, 185

anupaddave, 338

anupavàdo, 185

anupàdàya, 89, 414

anupàdiyàno, 20

anupubbena, 239

anuppattaü, 386, 403, 411

anubråhaye, 75

anumodamàno, 177

anuyuÿjati, 247

anuyuÿjanti, 26

anuyuÿjetha, 27

anurakkhatha, 327

anuvicintayaü, 364

anuvicca, 229

anusàsati, 159

anusàseyya, 158

anussaraü, 364

anussukà, 199

anussutaü, 400

anåpalitto, 353

anåhate, 338

anekajàtisaüsàraü, 153

anejaü, 422

anejo, 414

anokaü, 87

anokasàriü, 404

antakenàdhipannassa, 288

antako, 48

antarà, 237

antaràyaü, 286

antalikkhe, 126, 127

antimasàrãraü, 400

antimasàrãro, 352

antimoyaü, 351

andhakàrena, 146

andhabhåte, 59

andhabhåto, 174

anveti, 1, 2, 71, 123

apajitaü, 104

apaÿÿassa, 372

apatthàni, 149

apadaü, 179, 180

apaviddhaü, 292

apassaü, 112, 113, 114

apàraü, 385

api, 65, 99, 100, 105, 106,

187, 196

apuÿÿalàbhaü, 309

apuÿÿalàbho, 310

aputhujjanasevitaü, 272

apekhà, 345

apetakaddamo, 95

apetaviÿÿàõo, 41

apeto, 9

appakà, 85

appañibaddhacitto, 218

appatto, 272

appaduññhassa, 124

appaduññhesu, 136

appabodhati, 142

appam, 20, 259

appamattassa, 24

appamattà, 21

appamatto, 27, 29, 56

appamàdaü, 30

appamàdaÿ, 26

appamàdamhi, 22

appamàdaratà, 327

appamàdarato, 31, 32

appamàdavihàrinaü, 57

appamàde, 22

appamàdena, 28, 30

appamàdo, 21

appalàbho, 366

appasattho, 122

appassàdà, 186

appassutàyaü, 152

appicchaü, 404

appiyànaÿ, 210

appiyehi, 210

appiyo, 77

appo, 174

appossukko, 330

aphalà, 51

abalassaü, 29

abbato, 264

abbhakkhànaü, 138

abbhantaraü, 394

abbhà, 172, 173, 382

abhabbo, 32

abhaye, 317

abhayo, 258

abhàvitaü, 13

abhiÿÿàya, 75, 166, 353

abhiÿÿàvosito, 423

abhittharetha, 115

abhinandanti, 219

abhibhuyya, 328

abhimatthati, 161

abhivaññhaü, 335

abhivàdanasãlissa, 108

abhivàdanà, 107

abhisambudhàno, 46

abhåtavàdã, 306

amataü, 113, 374

amatapadaü, 21

amatogadhaü, 411

amattaÿÿuü, 7

amànusã, 373

amitteneva, 66, 207

ayaü, 56, 174, 356, 357,

358, 359

ayasà, 240

ayogà, 282

ayoguëo, 308

ayoge, 209

ayojayaü, 209

araÿÿàni, 98

aratiÿ, 418

arahataü, 164

arahati, 9, 10, 230

arahantaü, 420

ariyaü, 208

ariyaÿ, 191

ariyappavedite, 79

ariyabhåmim, 236

ariyasaccàni, 190

ariyànaü, 22, 164, 206

ariyo, 270

arukàyaü, 147

Page 185: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

185

alaïkato, 141

alajjitàye, 316

aladdhà, 155, 156

alaso, 280

alàpåneva, 149

alikaü, 264

alikavàdinaü, 223

alãnenàpagabbhena, 245

avajjaÿ, 319

avajjato, 319

avajje, 318

avadhi, 3, 4

avijànataü, 60

avijànato, 38

avijjà, 243

avitiõõakaïkhaü, 140

aviddasu, 268

aviruddhaü, 406

avekkhati, 28

avekkhantaü, 170

avekkheyya, 50

averino, 197

averã, 258

averena, 5

asaüvutaü, 7

asaüsaññhaü, 404

asajjamànaü, 221

asajjhàyamalà, 241

asaÿÿatà, 248, 307

asaÿÿato, 308

asataü, 73, 77

asatà, 367

asattaü, 419

asantàsã, 351

asantettha, 304

asabbhà, 77

asamàhito, 109, 110

asarãraü, 37

asàdhuü, 223

asàdhåni, 163

asàraÿ, 12

asàrato, 12

asàre, 11

asàhasena, 257

asuddhã, 165

asubhaü, 350

asubhànupassiü, 8

asokaü, 412

asoko, 28

asmà, 220

asmi, 353

asmiü, 168, 169, 242, 410

assaü, 380

assatarà, 322

assaddho, 96

assà, 94

assu, 74

assumukho, 67

ahaü, 222, 320, 385, 386,

391, 395, 396, 397, 398,

399, 400, 401, 402, 403,

404, 405, 406, 407, 408,

409, 410, 411, 412, 413,

414, 415, 416, 417, 418,

419, 420, 421, 422, 423

ahàsi, 3, 4

ahiüsakà, 225

ahiüsà, 261, 270

ahiüsàya, 300

ahitàni, 163

ahirikena, 244

aheñhayaü, 49

ahorattànusikkhinaü, 226

ahorattiü, 387

àkaïkha', 343

àkàse, 92, 93, 175, 254,

255

àkirate, 313

àgataü, 219, 220

àgamissati, 120, 121

àgamma, 87, 189, 192

àcàrakusalo, 376

àcinaü, 120, 121

àjànãyà, 322

àtappaü, 276

àtàpino, 144

àturaü, 147

àturesu, 198

àdànapañinissagge, 89

àdàya, 47, 49, 268, 287

àdi, 375

àdicco, 387

àdiyati, 246

ànando, 146

àpajjatã, 309

àbàdhaü, 138

àbhassarà, 200

àbhàti, 387

àyasaü, 345

àyu, 109

àyuü, 135

àyogo, 185

àraggà, 407

àragge, 401

àraddhavãriyaü, 8

àrabhato, 112

àrà, 253

àràdhaye, 281

àràmarukkhacetyàni, 188

àruyha, 28

àrogyaparamà, 204

àlasiyaü, 280

àvàsesu, 73

àsavakkhayaü, 272

àsavakkhayà, 253

àsavà, 226, 253, 292, 293

àsà, 410

àsãnaü, 227, 386

àhàre, 93

àhu, 345, 346, 362

icchaü, 334

icchati, 291

icchatã, 162

icchà, 74

icchàdosà, 359

icchàlobhasamàpanno,

264

icche, 84

iccheyya, 73, 84, 88

iÿjitaü, 255

itarà, 85, 104

itarãtarena, 331

itaro, 222

iti, 62, 74, 186, 261, 286

idaü, 40, 144, 148, 326,

338

idan, 371

iddhiyà, 175

idha, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20,

286, 375

idheva, 247, 402

indriyagutti, 375

indriyesu, 7, 8

imaü, 40, 44, 45, 46, 172,

173, 369, 382, 414

imettam, 196

iva, 44, 45, 143, 227, 401,

Page 186: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

186

407

isippaveditaü, 281

issariyaü, 73

issukã, 262

ukkuñikappadhànaü, 141

ukkhittapalighaü, 398

uccayo, 117, 118

ucchinda, 285

ujuü, 33

ujjugatesu, 108

ujjhànasaÿÿino, 253

ujjhitasmiü, 58

uññhànakàlamhi, 280

uññhànavato, 24

uññhànenappamàdena, 25

uttamaü, 115, 189, 192

uttamatthaü, 386, 403

uttamaporiso, 97

uttamo, 56

uttiññhe, 168

udakaü, 80, 145

udakumbho, 121, 122

udabindu, 336

udabindunipàtena, 121,

122

udayabbayaü, 113, 374

udãraye, 408

uddiseyyaü, 353

uddhaüsoto, 218

uddharathattànaü, 327

unnalànaü, 292

upaccagà, 315, 412, 417

upaññhità, 235

upanayhanti, 3, 4

upanãtavayo, 237

upapajjati, 140

upapajjare, 307

upapattiÿ, 419

upamaü, 129, 130

upasaggaü, 139

upasantassa, 96

upasanto, 201, 378

upasamassa, 205

upasampadà, 183

upasammati, 100, 101, 102

upahato, 134

upeti, 151, 306, 325

upeto, 10, 280

upenti, 342

upehisi, 238, 348

uppatitaü, 222

uppalaü, 55

uppàdo, 182, 194

ubbhato, 34

ubbhijja, 340

ubhayattha, 15, 16, 17, 18

ubho, 74, 256, 269, 306,

412

uyyuÿjanti, 91

uyyogamukhe, 235

usabhaü, 422

usãrattho, 337

usukàrà, 80, 145

usukàro, 33

ussukesu, 199

ekaü, 100, 101, 102, 176,

395

ekaghano, 81

ekacaraü, 37

ekacariyaü, 61

ekaÿ, 103, 106, 107

ekantaü, 228

ekarajjena, 178

ekaseyyaü, 305

ekassa, 330

ekàsanaü, 305

ekàhaü, 110, 111, 112,

113, 114, 115

ekepapajjanti, 126

eko, 305, 329, 330, 362

etaü, 22, 75, 183, 185,

192, 203, 227, 243, 274,

275, 282, 346

etam, 289, 346, 347

eti, 54, 108

ete, 281

etesaü, 55

etehi, 224, 323

ettha, 6

etha, 171, 344

edhati, 193

enaü, 313

eva, 72, 125, 137, 158,

206, 240, 285, 289, 338,

344, 390

evaü, 13, 14, 49, 51, 52,

53, 59, 81, 82, 135, 170,

240, 248, 315, 377

evam, 75, 338

evànukantati, 311

evànudhàvati, 85

esa, 5, 134, 277, 278, 279,

349, 350

esacchecchati, 350

esà, 335

esàno, 131, 132

eso, 247, 274

essati, 369

essanti, 37, 86

ehisi, 236, 369

okaü, 91

okata, 34

okam, 34, 91

okà, 87

oghatiõõo, 370

ogho, 25

onaddhà, 146

opunàti, 252

ovadeyyànusàseyya, 77

ohàrinaü, 346

ohito, 150

kaüso, 134

kaÿci, 133, 408

kañukappabhedano, 324

kañukapphalaü, 66

kaññhakasseva, 164

kaõhaü, 87

kata, 74, 314

kataü, 67, 68, 71, 150,

161, 165, 173

katakiccaü, 386

kataÿ, 314

katan, 17, 18

katapuÿÿam, 220

katapuÿÿo, 16, 18

katàkataü, 50

katàni, 50

kattabbaü, 53

katvà, 67, 68, 129, 130,

306, 314

kadariyaü, 223

kadariyà, 177

kandi, 371

kabalaü, 324

kam, 353

kamma, 15, 96, 217

kammaü, 66, 67, 68, 71,

Page 187: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

187

173, 312

kammakiliññham, 15

kammapathe, 281

kammavisuddhim, 16

kammàni, 136

kammàro, 239

kammehi, 136, 307

kayiraÿ, 313

kayirati, 292

kayirà, 42, 43, 53, 61, 105,

117, 118, 159, 281, 330

kayiràtha, 25, 117, 118,

211

kayiràthetaü, 118

kayiràthenaü, 313

karaü, 136

karato, 117

karissati, 376

karissatha, 275

kare, 42, 43

karoti, 1, 2, 33, 162, 349

karontà, 66

karomã, 306

karohi, 236, 238

kalaü, 70

kali, 202

kaliü, 252

kaliïgaraü, 41

kalyàõe, 78, 116, 376

kasàniviññho, 144

kasàm, 143

kahàpaõavassena, 186

kà, 149

kàkasårena, 244

kàpotakàni, 149

kàmakàmà, 83

kàmagavesino, 99

kàmaguõe, 371

kàmato, 215

kàmabhavaparikkhãõaü,

415

kàmaratisanthavaü, 27

kàmasukhaü, 346

kàmà, 186

kàme, 88, 383, 415

kàmesu, 48, 186, 187, 218,

401

kàyagatà, 293, 299

kàyaduccaritaü, 231

kàyappakopaü, 231

kàyam, 40, 46

kàyassa, 140

kàyena, 225, 231, 234,

259, 281, 361, 391

kàyo, 41

kàsàvaü, 9

kàsàvakaõñhà, 307

kàsàvam, 9, 10

kàhasi, 154

kiü, 264, 394

kiccaü, 276, 292

kiccàkiccesu, 74

kicce, 293

kicchaü, 182

kiccho, 182

kiÿcanaü, 200, 421

kiÿci, 108, 312

kitavà, 252

kim, 146

kira, 159

kilisseyya, 158

kisaü, 395

kismici, 74

kujjheyya, 224

kuÿjarà, 322

kuÿjaro, 324, 327

kuto, 62, 212, 213, 214,

215, 216

kudàcanaü, 5, 210

kubbànaü, 217

kumudaü, 285

kumbhåpamaü, 40

kurute, 48, 217

kulaü, 193

kusaggena, 70

kusalaü, 53

kusalassa, 183

kusalena, 173

kusalo, 44, 45

kusãtaü, 7

kusãto, 112, 280

kuso, 311

kuhiÿci, 180

kena, 179, 180

kenaci, 196

ko, 44, 146, 160, 230

koci, 143, 179

kodhaü, 221, 222, 223

kovidaü, 403

kosajjaü, 241

khaõatha, 337

khaõàtãtà, 315

khaõe, 239

khaõo, 315

khattiye, 294

khattiyo, 387

khanati, 247

khantã, 184

khantãbalaü, 399

khandhasamà, 202

khandhànaü, 374

khayaü, 383

khayam, 154, 402

khàdati, 240

khittà, 304

khitto, 34, 125

khippaü, 65, 236, 238

khippam, 137, 289

khãõamacche, 155

khãõàsavaü, 420

khãõàsavà, 89

khãraü, 71

khãrapako, 284

khettàni, 356, 357, 358,

359

khemaü, 189, 192

khemã, 258

kho, 86, 189, 192, 349, 350

gacchati, 31, 47, 174, 246,

287, 323

gacchanti, 226, 293, 316,

317, 318, 319, 384

gacche, 46, 224

gaccheyya, 323

gaõayaü, 19

gataü, 220

gataddhino, 90

gatàni, 94

gati, 92, 380

gatiü, 420

gatã, 310

gato, 17, 18, 30, 190, 351

gantvà, 225

ganthà, 211

gandhajàtànaü, 55

gandhabbamànusà, 420

gandhabbo, 105

Page 188: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

188

gandho, 54, 56

gabbham, 126, 325

gamanena, 178

gambhãrapaÿÿaü, 403

gambhãro, 82

garahito, 30

garukaü, 138, 310

gavesatha, 146

gavesanto, 153

gahakàraka, 154

gahakàrakaü, 153

gahakåñaü, 154

gahaññhehi, 404

gahanaü, 394

gaho, 251

gàthà, 101

gàthàpadaü, 101

gàthàsataü, 102

gàmaü, 47, 287

gàme, 49, 98

gàvo, 19, 135

giraü, 408

gilã, 371

gihã, 74

guttaü, 36, 315

gutto, 257

guhàsayaü, 37

gehaü, 154

gocaraü, 135

gocare, 22

gocaro, 92, 93

gotamasàvakà, 296, 297,

298, 299, 300, 301

gottena, 393

gopàlo, 135

gopetha, 315

gopo, 19

gharà, 241, 302

ghàõena, 360

ghàtaye, 129, 130

ghàteti, 405

ca, 3, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 20,

24, 25, 26, 40, 43, 44, 45,

50, 54, 56, 63, 68, 69, 73,

74, 77, 86, 92, 93, 96, 97,

103, 106, 107, 109, 110,

111, 112, 113, 114, 115,

119, 120, 135, 138, 141,

144, 150, 151, 163, 168,

169, 172, 177, 185, 188,

190, 191, 205, 207, 208,

209, 210, 218, 219, 228,

235, 237, 242, 245, 246,

247, 248, 256, 259, 261,

265, 267, 268, 273, 281,

282, 283, 293, 294, 295,

296, 297, 298, 299, 300,

301, 302, 310, 312, 314,

319, 322, 325, 330, 340,

341, 345, 348, 350, 352,

363, 367, 369, 370, 371,

372, 375, 377, 393, 398,

399, 405, 407, 410, 412,

418, 419, 421, 423

cakkaü, 1

cakkhunà, 360

cakkhumà, 273

cajanti, 83

caje, 290

caññhaïgikaü, 191

catutthaü, 309

catubhàgam, 108

caturo, 273

cattàri, 190, 309

cattàro, 109

caddhagå, 302

candaü, 413

candanaü, 54, 55

candimà, 172, 173, 208,

382, 387

capalaü, 33

caraÿ, 61

carati, 267

caranti, 66

caram, 305

caritaü, 330

care, 49, 168, 169, 231,

232, 233, 329, 330, 365

careyya, 142, 328

càpàtikhittà, 156

càpàto, 320

càbhayadassino, 317

càyaü, 104

càrikaü, 326

càvajjadassino, 318

càsàradassino, 11

càha, 306

càhaü, 396

càhu, 228

cittaü, 13, 14, 33, 34, 35,

36, 37, 42, 43, 89, 116,

154, 171, 371

cittakataü, 147

cittakkhepaü, 138

cittaklesehi, 88

cittam, 40, 326

cittassa, 35

ciraü, 248

cirappavàsiü, 219

ciràya, 342

cutiü, 419

cuttaribhàvaye, 370

cåbhayaü, 404

ce, 1, 2, 19, 20, 61, 64, 65,

100, 101, 102, 106, 107,

117, 118, 124, 142, 157,

159, 229, 267, 290, 308,

313, 329, 366, 396

cetaü, 250, 263, 336

cetarahi, 228

cetasà, 79

codayattànaü, 379

chattiüsatã, 339

chandaü, 117, 118

chandajàto, 218

chàdeti, 252

chàyà, 2

chijjati, 284

chinda, 383

chindatha, 283, 340

chinde, 370

chinno, 338

chuddho, 41

chetvà, 283, 369, 397, 398

chetvàna, 46, 346, 347

jagatippadeso, 127, 128

jaccà, 393

jaÿÿà, 157, 352

jañà, 141

jañàhi, 393, 394

janà, 26, 85, 86

jano, 99, 217, 222, 249

jantu, 107

jantuü, 395

jantuno, 105, 176, 341,

349

jambonadasseva, 230

Page 189: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

189

jammiü, 336

jammã, 335

jayaü, 201

jayaparàjayaü, 201

jaraü, 151

jarà, 135, 150, 333

jallaü, 141

jahanti, 91

jahe, 221, 370

jàgarato, 39, 60

jàgaramànànaü, 226

jàtaü, 340

jàtamhi, 331

jàti, 153

jàtikkhayaü, 423

jàtijaraü, 238, 348

jàtijaråpagà, 341

jàtena, 53

jànato, 384

jànanti, 420

jànàhi, 248

jàniü, 138

jàyati, 72, 193

jàyatã, 193, 212, 213, 214,

215, 216, 282, 283

jàyetha, 58

jàlaü, 251, 347

jàlamutto, 174

jàlinã, 180

jighacchàparamà, 203

jiõõakoÿcà, 155

jitaü, 104, 105, 179

jitaÿ, 40

jinàti, 354

jine, 103, 223

jivhà, 65

jivhàya, 360

jãrati, 152

jãranti, 151

jãvàma, 197, 198, 199, 200

jãvitaü, 110, 111, 112,

113, 114, 115, 130, 148,

182, 244

jãvitasaïkhayamhi, 331

jãvitukàmo, 123

jãve, 110, 111, 112, 113,

114, 115

jutimanto, 89

jetvà, 175

jeyya, 103

jhànaü, 372

jhànaÿ, 372

jhànapasutà, 181

jhàya, 371

jhàyantaü, 395

jhàyanti, 155

jhàyanto, 27

jhàyiü, 386

jhàyino, 23, 110, 111, 276

jhàyã, 387, 414

ñhapetvà, 40

ñhànaü, 137, 225

ñhànàni, 309

ñhànehi, 224, 391

ñhiti, 147

óayhamàno, 371

óahaü, 31

óahati, 140

óahantaü, 71

taü, 3, 4, 7, 8, 43, 67, 98,

108, 117, 121, 122, 133,

163, 193, 208, 217, 221,

230, 235, 248, 287, 312,

337, 344, 345, 366, 374,

392

takkaro, 19

tagaraü, 55

tagaracandanã, 56

tagaramallikà, 54

tacchakà, 80, 145

taÿ, 68, 340

taõhaü, 336, 416

taõhakkhayarato, 187

taõhakkhaye, 353

taõhakkhayo, 354

taõhà, 180, 334, 335, 349

taõhànaü, 154

taõhànusaye, 338

taõhàbhavaparikkhãõaü,

416

taõhàya, 216, 337

taõhàsamà, 251

tatãyaü, 309

tato, 1, 2, 6, 42, 43, 243,

322, 369, 376, 389, 390

tatto, 308

tattha, 6, 58, 249, 303

tattheva, 303

tatràbhiratim, 88

tatràyam, 375

tathattànaü, 162, 282

tathà, 159

tathàgatà, 254, 276

tathàråpassa, 105

tatheva, 220

tad, 292, 326

taduññhàya, 240

tanukettha, 174

tapati, 314, 387

tapo, 184, 194

tappati, 17, 136

tam, 125, 179, 180, 222,

240, 362, 385, 386, 391,

395, 396, 397, 398, 399,

400, 401, 402, 403, 404,

405, 406, 407, 408, 409,

410, 411, 412, 413, 414,

415, 416, 417, 418, 419,

420, 421, 422, 423

tamhà, 336

tamhi, 117, 118

tayo, 281

tasanti, 129, 130

tasiõaü, 343

tasiõàya, 342, 343

tasesu, 405

tasmà, 208, 211, 302, 310,

343, 356, 357, 358, 359,

380, 388

tassa, 93, 94, 96, 152, 253,

260, 335, 363

tàõatà, 288

tàõàya, 288

tàdi, 95

tàdino, 94, 95, 96

tàdisaü, 76, 208

tàdise, 196

tàni, 149

tàva, 284

tàvatà, 259, 266

ti, 17, 18, 63, 218, 257,

258, 260, 263, 265, 267,

270, 277, 278, 279, 306,

352, 367, 370, 371, 378,

388

tiññhati, 340

tiññhasi, 235

Page 190: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

190

tiõadosàni, 356, 357, 358,

359

tiõõam, 157

tiõõasokapariddave, 195

tiõõo, 414

titikkhati, 321, 399

titikkhà, 184

titikkhissaü, 320

titti, 186

tibbaràgassa, 349

tãram, 85

tãhi, 224, 391

tuññhã, 331

tuõhim, 227

tumhe, 274, 275

tumhehi, 276

tulaü, 268

te, 11, 12, 23, 85, 86, 89,

91, 99, 134, 154, 196,

225, 234, 235, 237, 293,

306, 307, 341, 369, 371,

394

tejanaü, 33, 80, 145

tejasà, 387

tena, 63, 256, 258, 260,

266, 269, 270

tenattamano, 328

teneva, 177

tesaü, 3, 57, 92, 181, 211,

292

tesåpasammati, 4

thaõóilasàyikà, 141

thale, 34, 98

thàvaresu, 405

thålaü, 31, 409

thålàni, 265

thero, 260, 261

thokathokam, 121, 122

thokikà, 310

dajjàppasmim, 224

daõóaü, 142, 310, 405

daõóassa, 129, 130

daõóena, 131, 132, 135,

137

dadato, 242

dadàti, 249

dantaü, 35, 321, 400

dantà, 322

dantena, 323

danto, 142, 321, 323

dandhaü, 116

dabbã, 64

damatho, 35

damayanti, 80, 145

damayam, 305

damasaccena, 9, 10

dametha, 159

damena, 25

damo, 261

daëhaü, 61, 112, 345, 346,

349

daëhaparakkamà, 23

daëham, 313

daëhe, 338

dasannam, 137

dassanaü, 210

dassanam, 206

dassanassa, 274

dassayanti, 83

daharo, 382

dànaü, 177

dànisi, 235, 237

dànena, 223

dàruü, 80, 145

dàrujaü, 345

dàruõaü, 139

dàresu, 345

diññhiü, 164

diññhosi, 154

dinnaü, 356, 357, 358,

359

dipadànaÿ, 273

dibbaü, 236, 417

dibbesu, 187

divà, 249, 250, 296, 297,

298, 299, 300, 301, 387

disaü, 42, 323

disà, 54

diso, 42, 162

disvà, 15, 16, 340

disvàna, 149

dissanti, 304

dãghaü, 60, 409

dãgham, 207

dãghà, 60

dãgho, 60

dãpaü, 25

dãpam, 236, 238

dãpeti, 363

dukkataü, 314, 391

dukkhaü, 69, 191, 201,

210, 390

dukkham, 1, 144, 338,

342, 371

dukkhasamuppàdaü, 191

dukkhassa, 191, 331, 402

dukkhassantaü, 275, 376

dukkhà, 133, 153, 202,

221, 278

dukkhànupatitaddhagå,

302

dukkhànupatito, 302

dukkhàya, 248

dukkhåpasamagàminaü,

191

dukkhe, 277, 278, 279

dukkho, 117, 207

dukkhosamànasaüvàso,

302

dukhà, 186, 203, 302

dukhena, 83

duggaü, 414

duggatiü, 17, 240, 316,

317, 318

duggahito, 311

duggà, 327

duccaritaü, 169, 242

ducchannaü, 13

dujjãvaü, 245

duddamo, 159

duddasaü, 252

duddiññhiü, 339

dunniggahassa, 35

dunnivàrayaü, 33

dunnivàrayo, 324

duppaÿÿo, 111, 140

duppabbajjaü, 302

duppamuÿcaü, 346

dupparàmaññhaü, 311

dubbalaü, 7

dummedha, 394

dummedhaü, 161, 355

dummedhà, 66

dummedhino, 26

dummedho, 136, 164, 355

duraccayaü, 336

durannayaü, 93

Page 191: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

191

durannayà, 92

durabhiramaü, 302

duràvàsà, 302

dullabhaü, 160

dullabho, 193

dussati, 125, 137

dussãlo, 110, 308, 320

dårakkhaü, 33

dåraïgamaü, 37

dårato, 219

dåramaü, 87

dåre, 304

devalokaü, 177

devà, 94, 181, 200, 230,

366, 420

devàna, 224

devànaü, 30

devesu, 56

devo, 105

desitaü, 285

dosaÿ, 20, 369, 377

dosadosà, 357

dosasamo, 202, 251

doso, 407

dvayesu, 384

dve, 294, 295

dvedhàpathaü, 282

dhaüsinà, 244

dhanaü, 26, 62, 84, 155,

156, 204

dhanam, 62

dhamanisanthataü, 395

dhammaü, 64, 65, 87,

167, 168, 169, 176, 259,

266, 364, 373, 392

dhammagatà, 297

dhammacàrã, 168, 169

dhammajãvinaü, 164

dhammajãvino, 24

dhammaÿ, 190, 363

dhammaññhaü, 217

dhammaññho, 256, 257

dhammadànaü, 354

dhammadharo, 259

dhammapadaü, 44, 45,

102

dhammapãti, 79

dhammapãtirasaü, 205

dhammam, 115

dhammaratã, 354

dhammarato, 364

dhammaraso, 354

dhammavinicchayena, 144

dhammassa, 20, 257

dhammà, 1, 2, 109, 242,

279

dhammànaü, 273

dhammàni, 82

dhammànuvattino, 86

dhammàràmo, 364

dhammiko, 84

dhamme, 79, 86

dhammena, 257

dhammesu, 353, 384

dhammo, 5, 151, 261, 393

dhàraye, 222

dhàvati, 344

dhã, 389

dhãraÿ, 208

dhãrà, 23, 175, 181, 234,

345, 346, 347

dhãro, 28, 122, 177, 193,

207, 261, 290

dhuvaü, 147

dhorayhasãlaü, 208

na, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 14, 19, 21,

38, 43, 50, 54, 57, 64, 67,

69, 70, 71, 76, 78, 81, 83,

84, 90, 91, 95, 99, 105,

108, 117, 119, 120, 121,

122, 127, 128, 129, 130,

131, 132, 134, 136, 141,

146, 151, 152, 154, 158,

166, 167, 169, 170, 177,

184, 186, 193, 196, 211,

224, 225, 228, 235, 237,

238, 249, 256, 258, 259,

260, 262, 264, 266, 268,

270, 271, 280, 281, 284,

286, 288, 291, 293, 302,

304, 306, 309, 310, 312,

316, 323, 324, 330, 345,

348, 364, 367, 385, 389,

390, 393, 396, 397, 401,

405, 410, 411, 420

naü, 1, 2, 42, 43, 157,

162, 169, 230

nakkhattapathaü, 208

nagaraü, 150, 315

nagaråpamaü, 40

naggacariyà, 141

natthaÿÿo, 274

natthi, 39, 61, 62, 92, 124,

147, 171, 176, 180, 200,

202, 211, 212, 213, 214,

215, 216, 227, 237, 251,

254, 255, 288, 330, 367,

372, 391, 421

nadã, 251

naddhiü, 398

nandati, 18

nandãbhavaparikkhãõaü,

413

nappamajjati, 172, 259

nappamajjeyya, 168

nappasaüsanti, 177

nappasahati, 8

nappasahetha, 128

namayanti, 80, 145

namasseyya, 392

nayatã, 257

nayanti, 80, 145, 240, 321

naye, 256

naraü, 47, 48, 287

narassa, 125, 284

narà, 341

naro, 19, 97, 247, 262,

309, 310

naëaü, 337

nàgavanassa, 324

nàgo, 320, 329, 330

nàÿÿamaÿÿo, 165

nàÿÿesaü, 365

nàtimaÿÿati, 366

nàtimaÿÿeyya, 365

nàthaü, 160

nàtho, 160, 380

nàdiyati, 409

nàdhigacchati, 187, 365

nàdhigacchanti, 11

nàdhigaccheyya, 61

nànàsakà, 141

nànutappati, 68, 314

nànupatanti, 221

nàbbaõaü, 124

nàbhikãrati, 25

nàbhinandeyya, 75

Page 192: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

192

nàbhisaje, 408

nàma, 324, 396

nàmaråpasmiü, 221, 367

nàrisu, 284

nàvaü, 369

nàvajãyati, 179

nàssa, 124, 389

nikàmaseyyaü, 309

nikete, 91

nigacchati, 69, 137

niggayhavàdiü, 76

niggahessàmi, 326

niccaü, 23, 104, 109, 146,

225, 245, 253, 293, 296,

297, 298, 299

niccam, 206

niccheyya, 256

niññhaü, 351

niddaro, 205

niddàyità, 325

niddhantamalo, 236, 238

niddhame, 239

nidhàya, 142, 405

nidhãnaü, 76

nindaü, 143, 309

nindanti, 227

nindàpasaüsàsu, 81

ninditum, 230

nindito, 228

ninne, 98

nipakaü, 328, 329

nippapaÿcà, 254

nippàpo, 205

nibbattatã, 338

nibbanatho, 344

nibbanà, 283

nibbànaü, 23, 134, 184,

203, 204, 226, 285

nibbànagamanaü, 289

nibbànagàminã, 75

nibbànam, 369

nibbànasantike, 372

nibbànasseva, 32

nibbindatã, 277, 278, 279

nibbutaü, 406

nibbute, 196

nibbuto, 414

nimmalà, 243

niyato, 142

niratthaü, 41

nirayaü, 126, 140, 306,

307, 309

nirayamhi, 315

nirayàyupakaóóhati, 311

niràsayaü, 410

niruttipadakovido, 352

niråpadhiü, 418

nivattati, 390

nivàpapuññho, 325

nivàraye, 77, 116

nivesaye, 158

niveseyya, 282

nisammakàrino, 24

nisedho, 390

nissàya, 164

nihãnakammà, 306

nãyanti, 175

nu, 146

nudati, 28

nekkhaü, 230

nekkhammasukhaü, 272

nekkhammåpasame, 181

netaü, 189, 227

netave, 180

nettikà, 80, 145

neresi, 134

neva, 105

nessatha, 179, 180

no, 95, 179, 200, 329, 355

noccàvacaü, 83

nhàtakaü, 422

paüsukåladharaü, 395

pakàsenti, 304

pakubbato, 52

pakkhandinà, 244

pagabbhena, 244

paggayha, 268

païkà, 141

païke, 327

pacinantaü, 47, 48

pacessati, 44, 45

paccati, 69, 119, 120

paccattaü, 165

paccantaü, 315

pacceti, 125

pacchato, 348

pacchà, 172, 314, 421

pajaü, 28

pajà, 85, 104, 254, 342,

343, 356, 357, 358, 359

pajànàti, 402

pajjalite, 146

paÿca, 370

paÿÿaÿ, 208

paÿÿavantassa, 111

paÿÿavà, 84

paÿÿassa, 375

paÿÿà, 28, 38, 40, 59, 152,

229, 277, 278, 279, 280,

333, 340, 372

paÿÿàpàsàdam, 28

paÿÿàya, 59, 277, 278,

279, 280, 333, 340

paÿÿàvudhena, 40

paÿÿàsãlasamàhitaü, 229

pañikkosati, 164

pañigaõhanti, 220

pañijaggeyya, 157

pañidaõóà, 133

pañipajjatha, 274

pañipannà, 275, 276

pañibaddhamano, 284

pañimàsettam, 379

pañilàbho, 333

pañivadeyyu, 133

pañivàtaü, 125

pañivàtam, 54

pañivàtameti, 54

pañisanthàravuttassa, 376

pañisevati, 67, 68

pañhamaü, 158

pañhaviü, 41, 44, 45

pañhavisamo, 95

paõeti, 310

paõóitaü, 64, 65, 76

paõóitamànã, 63

paõóità, 22, 80, 81, 82, 83

paõóito, 28, 63, 79, 87, 88,

157, 158, 186, 236, 238,

256, 258, 268, 289

paõóupalàso, 235

patiññhità, 333

patitaü, 320

patiråpe, 158

patissatà, 144

patãto, 68

patto, 423

Page 193: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

193

pattosi, 134

pathavyà, 178

padaü, 1, 21, 93, 114, 254,

255, 368, 381

padà, 273

padãpaü, 146

paduññhena, 1

padumaü, 58

padena, 179, 180

padesaü, 303

pana, 42, 252, 271, 292

panuda, 383

pantaÿ, 185

pannabhàraü, 402

papaÿcasamatikkante, 195

papaÿcàbhiratà, 254

papatanti, 336

papupphakàni, 46

pappoti, 27

pabujjhanti, 296, 297, 298,

299, 300, 301

pabbajaÿ, 345

pabbajità, 74

pabbajito, 184, 388

pabbataü, 8

pabbataññho, 28

pabbatànaü, 127, 128

pabbatàni, 188

pabbato, 304

pabbàjayam, 388

pabhaïguraü, 139, 148

pabhàseti, 172, 173, 382

pabhinnaü, 326

pamajjitvà, 172

pamattacàrino, 334

pamattà, 21

pamattànaü, 292

pamattesu, 29

pamatto, 19, 309, 371

pamàdaü, 28

pamàdam, 26, 27

pamàde, 31, 32

pamàdena, 167

pamàdo, 21, 30, 241

pamuccati, 189, 192, 361

pamuÿcati, 377

pamokkhanti, 276

pamodati, 16

pamodanti, 22

pamohanaü, 274

payirupàsati, 64, 65

paraü, 184, 220

parakulesu, 73

parakkame, 313

parakkamma, 383

parattha, 177, 306

paratthena, 166

paradàraü, 310

paradàraÿ, 246

paradàråpasevã, 309

paradukkhåpadànena, 291

paramaü, 184, 203, 204,

243

paramadukkaraü, 163

paramhi, 168, 169, 242,

410

paravajjànupassissa, 253

parassa, 84

paràjito, 201

parikkhayaü, 139

parikkhãõà, 93

paricare, 107

parijiõõam, 148

pariÿÿàtabhojanà, 92

paritassati, 397

paridahessati, 9

parinibbanti, 126

parinibbutà, 89

paripakko, 260

paripårati, 38

pariplavapasàdassa, 38

pariphandatidaü, 34

paribbajanti, 346

paribbaje, 415, 416

paribbàjo, 313

parimajjasi, 394

parimuccati, 291

pariyodapeyya, 88

pariëàho, 90

parivajjaye, 123

parivajjeti, 269

parisappanti, 342, 343

parissayàni, 328

parihànàya, 32

parihàyati, 364

paråpaghàtã, 184

pare, 6, 257, 266

paresaü, 19, 50, 249, 252

paro, 160

palavatã, 334

palitaü, 260

palipathaü, 414

pallalaü, 91

pallale, 155

paëeti, 49

pavaóóhati, 282, 349

pavaóóhanti, 335

pavattàraü, 76

pavaraü, 422

pavàti, 54

paviññhassa, 373

pavivekarasaü, 205

pavissa, 127, 128

pavuccati, 257, 258, 261,

265, 269, 270

pavedayanti, 151

pasaüsanti, 30, 229, 230,

366

pasaüsito, 228, 230

pasannena, 2

pasanno, 368, 381

pasavati, 201

pasahati, 7

passa, 147

passatà, 245

passati, 119, 120, 170, 190,

259, 277, 278, 279, 423

passato, 113, 114, 115

passatha, 344

passathimaü, 171

passe, 76, 170, 290

pahatvàna, 243, 415, 416

pahareyya, 389

pahassatha, 144

pahàõaü, 331

pahàtave, 34

pahàya, 20, 329, 346, 347

pahãnamànassa, 94

pàceti, 135

pàcenti, 135

pàõam, 246

pàõàni, 270

pàõinaü, 135

pàõinà, 124, 285

pàõimhi, 124

pàtito, 407

pàtimokkhe, 185, 375

Page 194: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

194

pàtheyyam, 235, 237

pàdasaüyato, 362

pànabhojane, 249

pàpaü, 17, 69, 71, 119,

120, 124, 125, 161, 165,

173, 176

pàpakaü, 66

pàpakammà, 127

pàpakammino, 126

pàpakà, 242

pàpakàrã, 15, 17

pàpake, 78

pàpako, 211

pàpaÿ, 117, 267, 412

pàpadhammà, 248, 307

pàpasmiü, 116

pàpassa, 117, 121

pàpà, 116, 307

pàpànaü, 265, 333

pàpàni, 119, 123, 136, 265,

269, 330

pàpikaü, 164

pàpikà, 310

pàpiyo, 42, 76

pàpuõe, 138

pàpehi, 307

pàpo, 119

pàmojjabahulo, 376, 381

pàraü, 385

pàragato, 414

pàragavesino, 355

pàragàmino, 85

pàragå, 348, 384

pàram, 86

pàràpàraü, 385

pàvako, 71, 140

pi, 19, 20, 43, 49, 51, 52,

53, 55, 63, 64, 82, 94,

108, 119, 120, 121, 122,

142, 151, 166, 181, 220,

224, 227, 230, 235, 237,

259, 284, 288, 306, 338,

346, 347, 366

pitaraü, 294, 295

pità, 43, 288

pitvà, 205

pithãyati, 173

piyaü, 130, 157, 211, 217,

220

piyaggàhã, 209

piyato, 212

piyànaü, 210

piyàpàyo, 211

piyàppiyaü, 211

piyehi, 210, 390

piyo, 77

pivaü, 205

pihayaü, 365

pihayanti, 94, 181

pihetattànuyoginaü, 209

pãtipàmojjaü, 374

pãtibhakkhà, 200

puggalam, 344

puÿÿaü, 18, 116, 196, 331

puÿÿaÿ, 118, 267, 412

puÿÿapàpapahãnassa, 39

puÿÿapekkho, 108

puÿÿassa, 118, 122

puÿÿàni, 220

puttapasusammattaü, 287

puttam, 84

puttà, 62, 288

puttesu, 345

puthujjane, 59

puna, 154

punaü, 238, 348

punappunaü, 117, 118,

153, 325, 337, 338, 342

punar, 338

pupphaü, 49, 51, 52

pupphagandho, 54

puppham, 44, 45

puppharàsimhà, 53

pupphàni, 47, 48, 377

pubbaparàni, 352

pubbe, 172, 423

pubbenivàsaü, 423

purakkhatà, 342, 343

puràõàni, 156

purisa, 248

purisaü, 219

purisàjaÿÿo, 193

purisàdhame, 78

purisuttame, 78

puriso, 117, 118, 143, 152

pure, 326, 348, 421

purekkhàraÿ, 73

påjanà, 106, 107

påjayato, 195, 196

påjaye, 106, 107

påjà, 73

påjàrahe, 195

påjito, 303

påtisandeho, 148

pårati, 121, 122

pecca, 15, 16, 17, 18, 131,

132, 306

petteyyatà, 332

pemato, 213

pokkharapatte, 401

pokkharà, 336

poràõam, 227

posassa, 104, 125

poso, 228

phandanaü, 33

pharusaü, 133, 138

phalam, 334

phalàni, 164

phallati, 164

phàsukà, 154

phuño, 218

phuññhà, 83

phusanti, 23

phusàmi, 272

phuseyyu, 133

pheõåpamaü, 46

baddho, 324

bandhanaü, 349

bandhanam, 344, 345, 346

bandhavà, 288

balaü, 109

balànãkaü, 399

balivaddo, 152

balã, 280

bahavo, 307

bahu, 258, 259

bahuü, 53, 188

bahujàgaro, 29

bahujjano, 320

bahunà, 166

bahubhàõinaü, 227

bahum, 19

bahusaïkappaü, 147

bahussutaÿ, 208

bahå, 53

bàdhito, 342, 343

bàlaü, 125

Page 195: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

195

bàlam, 71

bàlasaïgatacàrã, 207

bàlassa, 72, 74

bàlà, 26, 66, 171, 177

bàlànaü, 60, 206

bàle, 28, 61, 330

bàlehi, 207

bàlo, 62, 63, 64, 69, 70,

121, 136, 286

bàlyaü, 63

bàhitapàpo, 388

bàhiraü, 394

bàhire, 254, 255

bàhusaccena, 271

bàhetvà, 267

bimbaü, 147

bãraõaü, 335, 337

bujjhati, 136, 286

buddhaü, 398, 419, 422

buddhagatà, 296

buddhaÿ, 190

buddham, 179, 180

buddhasàsane, 368, 381,

382

buddhassa, 75

buddhà, 184

buddhàna', 183, 185

buddhànam, 182, 194, 255

buddhe, 195

buddho, 387

bubbulakaü, 170

byàsattamanasaü, 47, 48,

287

brahmacariyaü, 155, 156,

312

brahmacariyavà, 267

brahmacàrã, 142

brahmaÿÿatà, 332

brahmunà, 105, 230

bràhmaõa, 383

bràhmaõaü, 385, 386,

391, 395, 396, 397, 398,

399, 400, 401, 402, 403,

404, 405, 406, 407, 408,

409, 410, 411, 412, 413,

414, 415, 416, 417, 418,

419, 420, 421, 422, 423

bràhmaõassa, 389

bràhmaõassetad, 390

bràhmaõo, 142, 294, 295,

384, 387, 388, 389, 392,

393

bråmi, 222, 385, 386, 391,

395, 396, 397, 398, 399,

400, 401, 402, 403, 404,

405, 406, 407, 408, 409,

410, 411, 412, 413, 414,

415, 416, 417, 418, 419,

420, 421, 422, 423

bråhaya, 285

bhaggà, 154

bhajati, 303

bhajamànassa, 76

bhajassu, 376

bhaje, 76, 78

bhajetha, 78, 208

bhaÿji, 337

bhaõaü, 264

bhaõe, 224

bhattasmiü, 185

bhaddaü, 337

bhadraü, 119, 120, 380

bhadràni, 120

bhadro, 120, 143, 144

bhantaü, 222

bhamaro, 49

bhamassu, 371

bhayaü, 39, 123, 212, 213,

214, 215, 216, 283

bhayatajjità, 188

bhayadassino, 317

bhayadassivà, 31, 32

bhaye, 317

bhava, 236, 238

bhavati, 249, 375

bhavanti, 95, 306, 341

bhavasallàni, 351

bhavassa, 348

bhavàtha, 144

bhavàya, 282

bhavissati, 228, 264

bhavissàma, 200

bhasmacchanno, 71

bhàgavà, 19, 20

bhàyanti, 129

bhàvanam, 73

bhàvanàya, 301

bhàvayatã, 350

bhàvitattànaü, 106, 107

bhàvetha, 87

bhàsati, 1, 2, 246, 258, 259

bhàsamàno, 19, 20

bhàsitaü, 363

bhàse, 102

bhikkhate, 266

bhikkhavo, 243, 283, 377

bhikkhu, 31, 32, 75, 142,

266, 272, 343, 361, 363,

364, 365, 366, 368, 369,

370, 371, 378, 379, 381,

382

bhikkhuü, 362

bhikkhuno, 373, 375

bhikkhusu, 73

bhikkhå, 267, 367

bhijjati, 148

bhiyyo, 17, 18, 313, 349

bhãtassa, 310

bhãtàya, 310

bhuÿjati, 324

bhuÿjetha, 70

bhuÿjeyya, 308

bhutto, 308

bhummaññhe, 28

bhusaü, 252

bhusà, 339

bhåtàni, 131, 132

bhåtesu, 142, 405

bhåmiü, 98

bhåri, 282

bhårisaïkhayo, 282

bhedanaü, 138

bhedà, 140

bho, 248

bhogataõhàya, 355

bhogà, 355

bhogànaü, 139

bhojanaü, 70

bhojanamhi, 7, 8

bhovàdã, 396

-m-, 247, 390

maü, 3, 4, 121, 122

maüsalohitalepanaü, 150

maüsàni, 152

makkañako, 347

makkho, 150, 407

maggaü, 57, 123, 191,

Page 196: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

196

280, 281, 289

maggànaññhaïgiko, 273

maggàmaggassa, 403

maggo, 274, 275, 277, 278,

279

maghavà, 30

maïku, 249

maccaü, 141

maccu, 47, 128, 135, 150,

287

maccudheyyaü, 86

maccuno, 21, 129

maccuràjassa, 46

maccuràjà, 170

maccena, 53

maccharã, 262

macchàna, 182

maccheraü, 242

majjhe, 348, 421

maÿÿati, 63, 69

maÿÿantu, 74

maõiü, 161

maõikuõóalesu, 345

matà, 21

mattaÿÿuü, 8

mattaÿÿutà, 185

mattàsukhaü, 290

mattàsukhapariccàgà, 290

mattisambhavaü, 396

matteyyatà, 332

matthi, 62

maddavàni, 377

madhuraü, 363

madhuvà, 69

manaü, 96

manasà, 1, 2, 218, 233,

234, 281, 361, 391

manaso, 390

manàpassavanà, 339

manujassa, 334

manujà, 306

manussapañilàbho, 182

manussà, 188

manussesu, 85, 197, 198,

199, 321

mano, 116, 300, 301

manoduccaritaü, 233

manopakopaü, 233

manopubbaïgamà, 1, 2

manomayà, 1, 2

manoramaü, 58

manoseññhà, 1, 2

mantabhàõã, 363

mantà, 241

mando, 325

mamàyitaü, 367

mameva, 74

mayam, 6

mayà, 275

maraõantaü, 148

marãcikaü, 170

marãcidhammaü, 46

malaü, 240, 241, 242, 243,

388

malataraü, 243

malam, 239

malà, 242, 243

malitthiyà, 242

mahagghaso, 325

mahaddhano, 123

mahapphalaü, 312, 356,

357, 358, 359

mahànàgà, 322

mahàpaÿÿo, 352

mahàpathe, 58

mahàpuriso, 352

mahàvaràho, 325

mahesiü, 422

mahogho, 47, 287

mà, 27, 210, 248, 283, 315,

337, 371

màtaïgaraÿÿe, 329, 330

màtaraü, 294, 295

màtari, 284

màtà, 43

mànaü, 221

mànusakaü, 417

mànuse, 103

màno, 74, 150, 407

màpàdi, 272

màppamaÿÿetha, 121, 122

màraü, 40, 175

màradheyyaü, 34

màrabandhanaü, 350

màrabandhanà, 37, 276

màrassa, 46

màrassetaü, 274

màro, 7, 8, 57, 105, 337

màlàguõe, 53

màluvà, 162, 334

màvoca, 133

màse, 70, 106

micchàdiññhiü, 167

micchàdiññhisamàdànà,

316, 317, 318

micchàpaõihitaü, 42

micchàsaïkappagocarà, 11

mitabhàõinam, 227

mitte, 78, 376

middhã, 325

mãyanti, 21

mukhasaüyato, 363

muccati, 71

mucceyya, 127

muÿca, 348, 389

muÿcati, 389

muÿcetha, 389

muõóakena, 264

mutto, 172, 173, 344, 382

muddham, 72

munayo, 225

munàti, 269

muni, 269, 423

munã, 49, 268, 269

musàvàdaÿ, 246

musàvàdissa, 176

muhuttam, 65, 106, 107

målaü, 247, 337, 340

målaghaccaü, 250, 263

måle, 338

måëharåpo, 268

me, 3, 4, 17, 18

mettàvihàrã, 368

medhagà, 6

medhàviü, 76, 229, 403

medhàvã, 25, 26, 33, 36,

239, 257, 263

mokkhanti, 37

moghajiõõo, 260

modati, 16

monena, 268

mohaü, 20

mohadosà, 358

moham, 414

mohasamaü, 251

yaü, 25, 66, 67, 68, 76,

100, 101, 102, 108, 163,

Page 197: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

197

292, 303, 312, 314, 335

yajetha, 106, 108

yaÿ, 106, 107, 229, 308

yato, 374, 390

yattha, 87, 99, 150, 171,

193, 225

yatthakàmaü, 326

yatthakàmanipàtinaü, 36

yatthakàmanipàtino, 35

yatthaññhitaü, 128

yatthaññhito, 127

yattharahanto, 98

yathaÿÿam, 159

yathattanà, 323

yathà, 13, 14, 21, 58, 64,

65, 81, 82, 94, 134, 135,

144, 162, 170, 200, 252,

282, 304, 311, 315

yathàpasàdanaü, 249

yathà, 49, 51, 52, 53, 338

yathàbhåtaü, 203

yathàsaddhaü, 249

yathàsukhaü, 326

yad, 345

yadà, 28, 69, 119, 120,

277, 278, 279, 325, 384,

390

yadi, 98, 195

yantaü, 42

yanti, 126, 175, 188, 225

yamapurisà, 235

yamalokaÿ, 44, 45

yamassa, 237

yamàmase, 6

yamhà, 392

yasobhivaóóhati, 24

yasobhogasamappito, 303

yassa, 67, 68, 93, 147, 162,

173, 179, 180, 250, 263,

339, 367, 385, 389, 391,

407, 410, 420, 421

yassàlayà, 411

yassàsavà, 93

yassindriyàni, 94

yà, 104, 331, 345

yàcito, 224

yàti, 29, 179, 294, 295

yànimàni, 149

yànehi, 323

yàmaü, 157

yàya, 408

yàya', 56

yàva, 69, 119, 120, 284,

333

yàvajãvam, 64

yàvatà, 258, 259, 266

yàvad, 72

yàvantettha, 337

yiññhaü, 108

yuÿjati, 382

yuÿjam, 209

yuvà, 280

ye, 3, 4, 6, 21, 37, 85, 86,

89, 92, 181, 225, 347

yena, 270

yenatthaü, 256

yenassa, 260

yenicchakaü, 326

yeva, 48, 106, 107

yesa', 92, 293

yesaü, 89, 92, 200, 211,

296, 297, 298, 299, 300,

301

yesaÿ, 293

yo, 9, 10, 56, 63, 97, 102,

103, 106, 107, 110, 111,

112, 113, 114, 115, 125,

131, 132, 137, 143, 164,

172, 190, 222, 246, 247,

249, 256, 259, 265, 268,

269, 306, 336, 344, 350,

363, 368, 382, 397, 399,

401, 402, 405, 414, 419,

423

yogaü, 417

yogakkhemaü, 23

yogasmiÿ, 209

yogà, 282

yojanaü, 60

yotivàkyaü, 321

yodha, 267, 409, 412, 415,

416

yodhetha, 40

yonijaü, 396

yoniso, 326

yobbane, 155, 156

-r-, 401, 407

rakkhati, 26

rakkhato, 241

rakkhe, 40

rakkhetha, 36

rakkheyya, 157, 231, 232,

233

rajaü, 313

rajatasseva, 239

rajo, 125

raññhaü, 84, 294, 329

raññhapiõóaü, 308

ratà, 22, 89, 181

rati, 149, 418

ratiü, 187, 354

ratiÿ, 418

ratiyà, 214

ratã, 310, 373

rato, 300, 301, 350

ratti, 60

rattiü, 249, 250, 304, 387

ratto, 296, 297, 298, 299,

300, 301

rathaü, 222

randhayuü, 248

ramaõãyàni, 99

ramati, 79

ramatã, 99, 116

ramanti, 91

ramito, 305

ramissanti, 99

rasam, 49

rasmiggàho, 222

rassaü, 409

rahado, 82, 95

ràgaÿ, 20, 369, 377

ràgadosà, 356

ràganissità, 339

ràgarattànupatanti, 347

ràgasamo, 202, 251

ràgo, 13, 14, 407

ràjato, 139

ràjarathà, 151

ràjarathåpamaü, 171

ràjà, 310, 329

ràjàno, 294, 295

ràjàbhiråhati, 321

ràjo, 141

ràmaõeyyakaü, 98

rukkhaü, 7, 283

rukkho, 338

Page 198: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

198

ruciraü, 51, 52

råpaü, 148

råhati, 338

roganãëaü, 148

rogà, 203

rodaü, 67

lajjanti, 316

lajjare, 316

lajjitàye, 316

lataü, 340

latà, 340

lapayanti, 83

labhati, 160

labhatã, 374

labhate, 131, 132

labhetha, 328, 329

lahuno, 35

lahum, 369

làbhà, 204

làbhåpanisà, 75

lippati, 401

lokaü, 170, 171, 172, 173,

382

lokamhà, 175

lokavaóóhano, 167

lokasmi, 143

lokasmiü, 247

lokà, 220

loke, 89, 108, 168, 169,

179, 227, 242, 246, 267,

269, 332, 335, 336, 409,

410

loko, 174

lobho, 248

lohaguëaü, 371

va, 1, 2, 7, 8, 19, 26, 28,

29, 33, 34, 41, 47, 50, 71,

76, 91, 92, 93, 95, 108,

123, 125, 136, 138, 139,

152, 155, 156, 160, 161,

165, 172, 173, 174, 195,

207, 208, 222, 235, 240,

252, 254, 255, 268, 274,

284, 285, 287, 304, 320,

325, 327, 329, 330, 334,

335, 336, 337, 342, 343,

347, 355, 380, 382, 392,

393, 398, 401, 409, 413

vacãduccaritaü, 232

vacãpakopaü, 232

vaccho, 284

vajanti, 177, 347

vajiraü, 161

vajjaÿ, 319

vajjato, 319

vajjadassinaü, 76

vajjam, 252

vajjamatino, 318

vajjàni, 252

vajje, 318

vaóóhati, 74, 152, 334

vaóóhanti, 109, 152, 253,

292

vaõo, 124

vaõõagandhaü, 49

vaõõapokkharatàya, 262

vaõõavantaü, 51, 52

vaõõassa, 241

vaõõo, 109

vata, 159, 197, 198, 199,

200

vataü, 312

vatayaü, 41

vatavantaü, 400

vatavantam, 208

vatthaü, 9

vadanti, 184

vadàmi, 337

vaddhàpacàyino, 109

vadhabandhaÿ, 399

vanaü, 283

vanaÿ, 283

vanato, 283

vanathaÿ, 283

vanatho, 284

vanante, 305

vanam, 344

vanamutto, 344

vanasmi, 334

vanasmiü, 395

vanàdhimutto, 344

vanàni, 188

vane, 107

vantakasàvassa, 10

vantadoso, 263

vantamalo, 261

vantalokàmiso, 378

vantàso, 97

vayo, 260

varaü, 178, 322

varattaÿ, 398

varam, 268, 322

vasaü, 48

vasissàmi, 286

vasmamayaü, 161

vassaü, 286

vassasataü, 106, 107, 110,

111, 112, 113, 114, 115

vassikà, 377

vassikã, 55

vahato, 1

vahanti, 339

và, 1, 2, 20, 42, 43, 54, 55,

63, 83, 98, 139, 141, 178,

228, 249, 250, 262, 271,

385, 409

vàkkaraõamattena, 262

vàcà, 51, 52, 96, 100

vàcànurakkhã, 281

vàcàya, 232, 234, 361,

362, 391

vàõijo, 123, 380

vàti, 56

vàtena, 81

vàto, 7, 8

vànaro, 334

vàpi, 138, 306

vàyama, 236, 238

vàraÿÿe, 98

vàri, 401

vàrijo, 34

vàso, 237

vàssa, 140

vàhà, 339

vigaticchesu, 359

vicinteti, 286

vicessati, 44, 45

vijànataü, 171, 374

vijànanti, 6

vijànàti, 64, 65

vijàneyya, 392

vijitaü, 329

vijitàvinaü, 422

vijjati, 90, 134, 143, 186,

228, 235, 237, 385

vijjatã, 127, 128

vijjanti, 211, 410, 411

Page 199: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

199

viÿÿàpaniü, 408

viÿÿàya, 186

viÿÿå, 65, 229

vitakkapamathitassa, 349

vitakkupasame, 350

vitiõõaparalokassa, 176

viditvà, 40, 46

vinodaye, 343

vindati, 57, 280

vipassati, 174

vipassato, 373

vipàkaü, 67, 68

vipàtayaü, 72

vipulàü, 27, 290

vippajaheyya, 221

vippamuÿcetha, 377

vippamuttassa, 90, 212,

213, 214, 215, 216

vippasannam, 413

vippasannena, 79

vippasanno, 82

vippasãdanti, 82

vippahàya, 87

vibhavàya, 282

vimalaü, 413

vimuttamànaso, 348

vimutto, 353

vimokkho, 92, 93

viya, 326, 334, 377

virajaü, 412

virajam, 386

viràgam, 343

viràgo, 273

viriyam, 112

virujjhati, 95

viruddhesu, 406

vilomàni, 50

vivaraü, 127, 128

viviccasayanena, 271

vivekam, 75

viveke, 87

visaü, 123, 124

visaüyuttaü, 385, 397,

402, 410

visaïkhàragataü, 154

visaïkhitaü, 154

visattikà, 180, 335

visam, 124

visãdanti, 171

visujjhati, 165

visuddhiyà, 274, 277, 278,

279

visesato, 22

visokassa, 90

visodhaye, 165, 281, 289

vissaü, 266

vissàsa, 272

vissàsaparamà, 204

vihaÿÿati, 15, 62

viharantaü, 7, 8

viharanti, 98

viharàma, 197, 198, 199

vihàhisi, 379

vihiüsati, 131

viheñhayanto, 184

vãtataõho, 351, 352

vãtadosesu, 357

vãtaddaraü, 385

vãtamohesu, 358

vãtaràgà, 99

vãtaràgesu, 356

vãraü, 418, 422

vãriyena, 144

vuccati, 63, 218, 260, 263,

267, 352, 367, 370, 378,

388

vuññhã, 13, 14

vuttà, 133

ve, 7, 8, 10, 63, 83, 97,

103, 151, 163, 177, 188,

222, 234, 242, 249, 250,

259, 261, 275, 282, 341,

352, 355, 366, 367, 372,

397

vedanaü, 138

vedi, 419

vedã, 423

veyyagghapaÿcamaü, 295

veraü, 3, 4, 201

verasaüsaggasaüsaññho,

291

verà, 291

veràni, 5

verinaü, 42

verinesu, 197

verã, 42

verena, 5

vo, 315, 337

vyantikàhiti, 350

sa, 10, 20, 24, 37, 52, 63,

84, 97, 103, 104, 142,

250, 259, 261, 263, 267,

269, 352, 367, 372, 396

saüyatuttamo, 362

saüyamayattànaü, 380

saüyamena, 25

saüyamo, 261

saüyogà, 384

saüyojanaü, 31, 221

saüyojanasaïgasattakà,

342

saüvaccharaü, 108

saüvaro, 185, 360, 361,

375

saüvase, 167

saüvàso, 207

saüvutaü, 391

saüvutà, 225, 234

saüvuto, 231, 232, 233,

361

saüvegino, 144

saüsannasaïkappamano,

280

saüsàraü, 414

saüsàrà, 95

saüsàro, 60

sakakammàni, 240

sakiÿcano, 396

sakuntànaü, 92, 93

sakunto, 174

sakkaccaü, 392

sakkà, 196

sakkàraü, 75

sagandhakaü, 52

saggaü, 126

saggassa, 178

saggàpàyaÿ, 423

saggàya, 174

saïkappà, 339

saïkappo, 74

saïkassaraü, 312

saïkàradhànasmiü, 58

saïkàrabhåtesu, 59

saïkiliññhaÿ, 312

saïkiliññhena, 244

saïkilissati, 165

saïkhàtadhammànaü, 70

Page 200: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

200

saïkhàtuü, 196

saïkhàya, 267

saïkhàraparamà, 203

saïkhàrà, 255, 277, 278

saïkhàrànaü, 383

saïkhàråpasamaü, 368,

381

saïgaü, 412

saïgàtigaü, 397

saïgàtigo, 370

saïgàmajuttamo, 103

saïgàme, 103, 320

saïgo, 171

saïghagatà, 298

saïghaÿ, 190

saïghassa, 194

sacittapariyodapanaü,

183

sacittam, 327

sace, 134, 328

saccaü, 224, 408

saccaÿ, 261, 393

saccavedinaü, 217

saccànaü, 273

saccena, 223

sajju, 71

saÿÿatacàrino, 104

saÿÿatassa, 24

saÿÿam, 37

sañhilo, 313

sañho, 252, 262

sataü, 77, 106

sataÿ, 54, 151

satànaü, 293

sati, 146, 293, 296, 297,

298, 299

satimà, 379

satãmataü, 181

satãmato, 24

satãmanto, 91

satãmà, 328

sato, 350

sattà, 316, 317, 318, 319

sattànaü, 419

sadatthapasuto, 166

sadà, 30, 79, 206, 226, 296,

297, 298, 299, 300, 301,

350

sadisam, 61

sadevakaü, 44, 45

saddhaü, 8

saddhammaü, 38, 60

saddhammadesanà, 194

saddhammasavanaü, 182

saddhammà, 364

saddhà, 333

saddhàya, 144

saddhiücaraü, 328, 329

saddho, 303

sanantano, 5

santaü, 96, 368, 381

santakàyo, 378

santacittassa, 373

santarabàhiraü, 315

santavà, 378

santavàco, 378

santassa, 60

santà, 96

santi, 288

santike, 32, 224, 237

santiparaü, 202

santimaggam, 285

santuññhiparamaü, 204

santuññhã, 375

santusito, 362

santo, 83, 142, 151, 304

sandàmaü, 398

sandhàvissaü, 153

sandhicchedo, 97

sannaddho, 387

sannicayo, 92

sannipàtaü, 352

sannivàso, 206

sanno, 327

sappurisaü, 208

sappurisà, 83

sappuriso, 54

saphalà, 52

sabbaü, 354

sabbaganthappahãnassa, 90

sabbaÿjaho, 353

sabbattha, 83, 193, 348,

361

sabbadà, 207

sabbadànaü, 354

sabbadukkhaü, 347, 354

sabbadukkhà, 189, 192,

361

sabbadhi, 90

sabbadhã, 340

sabbapàõànaü, 270

sabbapàpassa, 183

sabbam, 108, 221, 387

sabbayogavisaüyuttaü,

417

sabbalokàdhipaccena, 178

sabbalokàbhibhuü, 418

sabbavidåham, 353

sabbavositavosànaü, 423

sabbasaüyojanaü, 397

sabbaso, 265, 367, 419

sabbassa, 331

sabbà, 54, 154

sabbàni, 328

sabbàbhibhå, 353

sabbe, 129, 130, 277, 278,

279, 384

sabbesaü, 130

sabbesu, 142, 353

sabbhi, 151

samaü, 106, 142

samaggànaü, 194

samacariyà, 388

samaõo, 142, 184, 254,

255, 264, 265, 388

samativijjhati, 13, 14

samathaü, 94

samappità, 315

samà, 306

samàgaÿchã, 210

samàgatà, 337

samàgamo, 207

samàdàya, 266

samàdhiü, 249, 250, 365

samàdhinà, 144

samàdhilàbhena, 271

samàhito, 362

samiÿjanti, 81

samitattà, 265

samitiü, 321

samiddhim, 84

samãrati, 81

samucchinnaü, 250, 263

samuññhitaü, 240

samuddamajjhe, 127, 128

samussayo, 351

samussitaü, 147

Page 201: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

201

samåhataü, 250, 263

sameti, 265

samena, 257

sampajànànaü, 293

sampannavijjàcaraõà, 144

sampannasãlànaü, 57

sampanno, 303

sampayàtosi, 237

samparivattasàyã, 325

sampassaü, 290

sambuddhànaü, 181

sambodhi, 89

sammati, 3, 390

sammad, 57, 86, 96

sammanti, 5, 6

sammantãdha, 5

sammappajàno, 20

sammappaÿÿàya, 190

sammasati, 374

sammà, 89, 373

sammàdiññhisamàdànà,

319

sammàpaõihitaü, 43

sammàsaïkappagocarà, 12

sammàsambuddhadesitaü,

392

sammàsambuddhasàvako,

59, 187

sayaü, 353

sayaükataü, 347

sayanàsanaü, 185

saraü, 320

saraõaü, 188, 189, 190,

192

saraõam, 189, 192

sarà, 304

saritàni, 341

sarãram, 151

sarãrassa, 138

salàbhaü, 365, 366

sallasanthanaü, 275

savanti, 340

savàhanaü, 175

saso, 342, 343

sassatà, 255

saha, 105

sahatã, 335, 336

sahanukkamaü, 398

sahasà, 256

sahassaü, 103

sahassam, 100, 101

sahassena, 103, 106

sahàyaü, 328, 329

sahàyatà, 61, 330

sahàyà, 331

sahitaü, 19, 20

sà, 106, 107

sàtaccakàrino, 293

sàtatikà, 23

sàtasità, 341

sàdànesu, 406

sàdhu, 35, 67, 68, 163,

360, 361

sàdhuÿ, 163

sàdhunà, 223

sàdhuråpo, 262, 263

sàdhuvihàridhãraü, 328,

329

sànucaraü, 294

sàmaggã, 194

sàmaÿÿaü, 311

sàmaÿÿatà, 332

sàmaÿÿassa, 19, 20

sàraü, 11, 12

sàraÿ, 12

sàrato, 12

sàrattarattà, 345

sàrathiü, 222

sàrathinà, 94

sàradikaü, 285

sàrade, 149

sàramatino, 11

sàrambhakathà, 133

sàrambho, 134

sàre, 11

sàlamivotataü, 162

sàvake, 195

sàvako, 75

sàsanaü, 164, 183, 185

sàsapo, 401, 407

sàhu, 206

siÿca, 369

sittà, 369

sithilaü, 312, 346

sineham, 285

sinehitàni, 341

sindhavà, 322

siyà, 40, 84, 160, 166, 167,

206, 218, 231, 232, 233,

302, 305, 376

siro, 260

sãghasso, 29

sãtibhåtaü, 418

sãlaü, 333

sãlagandho, 55

sãladassanasampannaü,

217

sãlabbatamattena, 271

sãlavataü, 56

sãlavantaü, 400

sãlavantassa, 110

sãlavà, 84

sãlasaüvuto, 289

sãlena, 144, 303

sãlesu, 10

sukataü, 314

sukaràni, 163

sukkaü, 87

sukkaüsaü, 72

sukhaü, 27, 79, 109, 131,

132, 168, 169, 201, 202,

203, 204, 290, 331, 333,

368, 379, 381

sukhakàmàni, 131, 132

sukham, 2, 131, 132, 193,

291

sukhasaüvàso, 207

sukhà, 194, 331, 332, 333

sukhàvahaü, 35, 36

sukhã, 177, 206

sukhumo, 125

sukhena, 83

sukhesino, 341

sukho, 118, 194, 206, 333

sugataü, 419

sugatino, 126

sugatena, 285

suggatiü, 18, 319

sucaritaü, 168, 169, 231,

232, 233

sucikammassa, 24

sucigandhaü, 58

sucigavesinà, 245

sucittà, 151

sucã, 393

succhannaü, 14

sujãvaü, 244

Page 202: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Dhammapada Indexes

202

suÿÿato, 92, 93

suÿÿàgàraü, 373

suttaü, 47, 287

suttesu, 29

sutvà, 100, 101, 102

sutvàna, 82, 259

sudantà, 94

sudantena, 160, 323

sudanto, 159

sudassaü, 252

suduttaraü, 86

sududdasaü, 36

sudesitaü, 44, 45

suddhaü, 412, 413

suddhassa, 125

suddhàjãviü, 366

suddhàjãve, 376

suddhàjãvena, 245

suddhã, 165

sunipuõaü, 36

suparisaüvutà, 234

suppabuddhaü, 296, 297,

298, 299, 300, 301

subbatà, 145

subbato, 95

subhànupassiü, 7

subhànupassino, 349

subhàvitaü, 14, 89

subhàsità, 51, 52

subhàsubhaü, 409

sumano, 68

sumarati, 324

sumedhaü, 208

sumedhaso, 29

surakkhitaü, 157

suràmerayapànaÿ, 247

suvimuttacitto, 20

suve, 229

susaüvutaü, 8

susaüvuto, 281

susamàraddhà, 293

susamàhito, 10, 378

susukhaü, 197, 198, 199,

200

suhajjà, 219

såparasaü, 64, 65

sekho, 45

seññhaü, 26

seññhataü, 30

seññho, 273, 321

seti, 79, 168, 169, 201

senti, 156

seyyaü, 61

seyyo, 76, 100, 101, 102,

104, 106, 107, 108, 110,

111, 112, 113, 114, 115,

308, 314, 330, 390

selaü, 8

selo, 81

sevanti, 293

seve, 310

seveyya, 167

sehi, 136

so, 9, 15, 16, 63, 64, 70,

77, 127, 128, 131, 132,

140, 142, 162, 172, 173,

177, 187, 193, 236, 238,

249, 252, 253, 260, 266,

269, 284, 291, 334, 379,

382, 393, 396

sokà, 335, 336

sokiniü, 28

soko, 212, 213, 214, 215,

216

socati, 15, 207, 367

socanti, 315

socare, 225

sotaü, 347, 383

sotà, 339, 340

sotàpattiphalaü, 178

sotena, 360

soto, 337

sotthim, 219

sotthiye, 295

sodhenti, 141

somanassàni, 341

soëasiü, 70

haüsà, 91

haüsàdiccapathe, 175

hatàvakàso, 97

hattham, 311

hatthim, 326

hananti, 355

haneyya, 129, 130

hantàraü, 389

hanti, 72, 355, 405

hantvà, 294, 295

hareyya, 124

have, 104, 151, 177, 382

hàpaye, 166

hàso, 146

hi, 5, 27, 62, 71, 75, 77,

80, 116, 133, 145, 148,

159, 160, 184, 207, 208,

211, 252, 265, 274, 275,

292, 313, 315, 320, 323,

356, 357, 358, 359, 372,

380

hiüsati, 132, 270

hiüsamano, 390

hitaÿ, 163

hitvà, 29, 88, 91, 201, 209,

231, 232, 233, 417, 418

himavanto, 304

hirãnisedho, 143

hirãmatà, 245

hãnaü, 167

hãnavãriyaü, 7

hãnavãriyo, 112

hutaü, 106, 107, 108

huraü, 20

huràhuraü, 334

hetu, 84

hemantagimhisu, 286

heva, 47, 48

hoti, 19, 20, 51, 52, 66, 76,

77, 95, 177, 184, 187,

205, 256, 258, 259, 260,

262, 266, 268, 270, 312,

325, 356, 357, 358, 359,

373, 384, 393, 396

hotha, 243, 283, 327

Page 203: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

Dhammapada First Line Index

akakkasaü viÿÿàpaniü giraü saccaü udãraye, 408.

akataü dukkataü seyyo, pacchà tapati dukkataü, 314.

ßakkocchi maü avadhi maü ajini maü ahàsi meû, 3.

ßakkocchi maü avadhi maü ajini maü ahàsi meû, 4.

akkodhanaü vatavantaü, sãlavantaü anussutaü, 400.

akkodhena jine kodhaü, asàdhuü sàdhunà jine, 223.

akkosaü vadhabandhaÿ-ca, aduññho yo titikkhati, 399.

acaritvà brahmacariyaü aladdhà yobbane dhanaü 155.

acaritvà brahmacariyaü aladdhà yobbane dhanaü 156.

aciraü vatayaü kàyo pañhaviü adhisessati, 41.

aÿÿà hi làbhåpanisà, aÿÿà nibbànagàminã, 75.

aññhãnaü nagaraü kataü 150.

attadatthaü paratthena bahunà pi na hàpaye, 166.

attanà codayattànaü, pañimàsettam-attanà, 379.

attanà va kataü pàpaü attajaü attasambhavaü, 161.

attanà va kataü pàpaü, attanà saïkilissati, 165.

attà have jitaü seyyo yà càyaü itarà pajà 104.

attà hi attano nàtho ko hi nàtho paro siyà? 160.

attà hi attano nàtho, attà hi attano gati, 380.

attànaÿ-ce tathà kayirà yathaÿÿam-anusàsati, 159.

attànaÿ-ce piyaü jaÿÿà rakkheyya naü surakkhitaü 157.

attànam-eva pañhamaü patiråpe nivesaye, 158.

atthamhi jàtamhi sukhà sahàyà 331.

atha pàpàni kammàni karaü bàlo na bujjhati, 136.

atha vàssa agàràni, aggi óahati pàvako. 140.

anavaññhitacittassa saddhammaü avijànato, 38.

anavassutacittassa ananvàhatacetaso, 39.

anikkasàvo kàsàvaü yo vatthaü paridahessati, 9.

anupavàdo anupaghàto, pàtimokkhe ca saüvaro, 185.

anupubbena medhàvã thokathokaü khaõe khaõe, 239.

anekajàtisaüsàraü sandhàvissaü anibbisaü 153.

andhabhåto ayaü loko, tanukettha vipassati, 174.

api dibbesu kàmesu ratiü so nàdhigacchati. 187.

apuÿÿalàbho ca gatã ca pàpikà, 310.

appakà te manussesu ye janà pàragàmino, 85.

appamatto ayaü gandho yàyaü tagaracandanã, 56.

appamatto pamattesu, suttesu bahujàgaro, 29.

appamàdaratà hotha sacittam-anurakkhatha, 327.

appamàdarato bhikkhu, pamàde bhayadassivà, 31.

appamàdarato bhikkhu, pamàde bhayadassivà, 32.

appamàdena maghavà devànaü seññhataü gato, 30.

appamàdo amatapadaü, pamàdo maccuno padaü, 21.

appam-pi ce sahitaü bhàsamàno, 20.

appalàbho pi ce bhikkhu salàbhaü nàtimaÿÿati, 366.

appassutàyaü puriso balivaddo va jãrati, 152.

abhaye bhayadassino, bhaye càbhayadassino, 317.

abhittharetha kalyàõe, pàpà cittaü nivàraye, 116.

Page 204: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

204

abhivàdanasãlissa niccaü vaddhàpacàyino, 109.

abhåtavàdã nirayaü upeti, 306.

ayasà va malaü samuññhitaü, 240.

ayoge yuÿjam-attànaü, yogasmiÿ-ca ayojayaü, 209.

alaïkato ce pi samaü careyya, 142.

alajjitàye lajjanti, lajjitàye na lajjare, 316.

avajje vajjamatino, vajje càvajjadassino, 318.

aviruddhaü viruddhesu, attadaõóesu nibbutaü, 406.

asaüsaññhaü gahaññhehi, anàgàrehi cåbhayaü, 404.

asajjhàyamalà mantà, anuññhànamalà gharà, 241.

asataü bhàvanam-iccheyya, purekkhàraÿ-ca bhikkhusu, 73.

asàre sàramatino sàre càsàradassino, 11.

asàhasena dhammena samena nayatã pare, 257.

asubhànupassiü viharantaü indriyesu susaüvutaü, 8.

assaddho akataÿÿå ca sandhicchedo ca yo naro, 97.

asso yathà bhadro kasàniviññho 144.

ahaü nàgo va saïgàme càpàto patitaü saraü 320.

ahiüsakà ye munayo, niccaü kàyena saüvutà, 225.

àkàse va padaü natthi, samaõo natthi bàhire, 254.

àkàse va padaü natthi, samaõo natthi bàhire, 255.

àrogyaparamà làbhà, santuññhiparamaü dhanaü, 204.

àsà yassa na vijjanti asmiü loke paramhi ca, 410.

idaü pure cittam-acàri càrikaü 326.

idha tappati pecca tappati, 17.

idha nandati pecca nandati, 18.

idha modati pecca modati, 16.

ßidha vassaü vasissàmi, idha hemantagimhisuû, 286.

idha socati pecca socati, 15.

ucchinda sineham-attano, 285.

uññhànakàlamhi anuññhahàno, 280.

uññhànavato satãmato, 24.

uññhànenappamàdena saüyamena damena ca, 25.

uttiññhe nappamajjeyya, dhammaü sucaritaü care, 168.

udakaü hi nayanti nettikà, 80.

udakaü hi nayanti nettikà, 145.

upanãtavayo ca dànisi, 237.

uyyuÿjanti satãmanto, na nikete ramanti te, 91.

usabhaü pavaraü vãraü, mahesiü vijitàvinaü, 422.

te tàdise påjayato, nibbute akutobhaye, 196.

ekaü dhammaü atãtassa musàvàdissa jantuno 176.

ekassa caritaü seyyo natthi bàle sahàyatà, 330.

ekàsanaü ekaseyyaü eko caram-atandito 305.

etaü kho saraõaü khemaü, etaü saraõam-uttamaü, 192.

etaü daëhaü bandhanam-àhu dhãrà, 346.

etaü visesato ÿatvà appamàdamhi paõóità, 22.

etaü hi tumhe pañipannà dukkhassantaü karissatha, 275.

etam-atthavasaü ÿatvà, paõóito sãlasaüvuto, 289.

etha passathimaü lokaü cittaü ràjarathåpamaü 171.

evaü bho purisa jànàhi pàpadhammà asaÿÿatà. 248.

Page 205: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

205

evaü saïkàrabhåtesu andhabhåte puthujjane, 59.

eso va maggo natthaÿÿo dassanassa visuddhiyà, 274.

ovadeyyànusàseyya, asabbhà ca nivàraye, 77.

kaõhaü dhammaü vippahàya sukkaü bhàvetha paõóito, 87.

kayiraÿ-ce kayiràthenaü daëham-enaü parakkame, 313.

kàmato jàyatã soko, kàmato jàyatã bhayaü, 215.

kàyappakopaü rakkheyya, kàyena saüvuto siyà, 231.

kàyena saüvaro sàdhu, sàdhu vàcàya saüvaro, 361.

kàyena saüvutà dhãrà, atho vàcàya saüvutà, 234.

kàsàvakaõñhà bahavo pàpadhammà asaÿÿatà, 307.

kiü te jañàhi dummedha kiü te ajinasàñiyà, 394.

kiccho manussapañilàbho, kicchaü macchàna' jãvitaü, 182.

kumbhåpamaü kàyam-imaü viditvà, 40.

kuso yathà duggahito hattham-evànukantati, 311.

ko nu hàso kim-ànando niccaü pajjalite sati? 146.

kodhaü jahe vippajaheyya mànaü 221.

kÖ imaü pañhaviü vicessati 44.

khantã paramaü tapo titikkhà, 184.

gataddhino visokassa vippamuttassa sabbadhi, 90.

gabbham-ekepapajjanti nirayaü pàpakammino, 126.

gambhãrapaÿÿaü medhàviü, maggàmaggassa kovidaü, 403.

gahakàraka diññhosi! puna gehaü na kàhasi: 154.

gàme và yadi vàraÿÿe, ninne và yadi và thale, 98.

cakkhunà saüvaro sàdhu, sàdhu sotena saüvaro, 360.

cattàri ñhànàni naro pamatto 309.

candaü va vimalaü suddhaü, vippasannam-anàvilaü 413.

candanaü tagaraü và pi, uppalaü atha vassikã, 55.

caraÿ-ce nàdhigaccheyya seyyaü sadisam-attano, 61.

caranti bàlà dummedhà amitteneva attanà, 66.

cirappavàsiü purisaü dårato sotthim-àgataü, 219.

cutiü yo vedi sattànaü upapattiÿ-ca sabbaso, 419.

chandajàto anakkhàte, manasà ca phuño siyà, 218.

chinda sotaü parakkamma, kàme panuda bràhmaõa, 383.

chetvà naddhiü varattaÿ-ca, sandàmaü sahanukkamaü, 398.

jayaü veraü pasavati dukkhaü seti paràjito, 201.

jighacchàparamà rogà, saïkhàraparamà dukhà, 203.

jãranti ve ràjarathà sucittà, 151.

jhàya bhikkhu mà ca pàmado, 371.

jhàyiü virajam-àsãnaü katakiccaü anàsavaü 386.

taü puttapasusammattaü byàsattamanasaü naraü, 287.

taü vo vadàmi bhaddaü vo, yàvantettha samàgatà, 337.

taÿ-ca kammaü kataü sàdhu yaü katvà nànutappati, 68.

taõhàya jàyatã soko, taõhàya jàyatã bhayaü, 216.

tato malà malataraü, avijjà paramaü malaü, 243.

tatràbhiratim-iccheyya hitvà kàme akiÿcano, 88.

tatràyam-àdi bhavati idha paÿÿassa bhikkhuno: 375.

tatheva katapuÿÿam-pi asmà lokà paraü gataü, 220.

tasiõàya purakkhatà pajà 342.

tasiõàya purakkhatà pajà 343.

Page 206: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

206

tasmà piyaü na kayiràtha, piyàpàyo hi pàpako, 211.

tiõadosàni khettàni, icchàdosà ayaü pajà, 359.

tiõadosàni khettàni, dosadosà ayaü pajà, 357.

tiõadosàni khettàni, mohadosà ayaü pajà, 358.

tiõadosàni khettàni, ràgadosà ayaü pajà, 356.

tumhehi kiccaü àtappaü akkhàtàro tathàgatà, 276.

te jhàyino sàtatikà, niccaü daëhaparakkamà, 23.

tesaü sampannasãlànaü appamàdavihàrinaü 57.

dadàti ve yathàsaddhaü yathàpasàdanaü jano, 249.

dantaü nayanti samitiü dantaü ràjàbhiråhati, 321.

divà tapati àdicco, rattiü àbhàti candimà, 387.

diso disaü yantaü kayirà verã và pana verinaü 42.

dãghà jàgarato ratti, dãghaü santassa yojanaü, 60.

dukkhaü dukkhasamuppàdaü dukkhassa ca atikkamaü, 191.

dunniggahassa lahuno yatthakàmanipàtino, 35.

duppabbajjaü durabhiramaü, duràvàsà gharà dukhà, 302.

dullabho purisàjaÿÿo, na so sabbattha jàyati, 193.

dåraïgamaü ekacaraü asarãraü guhàsayaü, 37.

dåre santo pakàsenti himavanto va pabbato, 304.

dhanapàlakÖ nàma kuÿjaro 324.

dhammaü care sucaritaü, na naü duccaritaü care, 169.

dhammapãti sukhaü seti, vippasannena cetasà, 79.

dhammàràmo dhammarato, dhammaü anuvicintayaü, 364.

dhãraÿ-ca paÿÿaÿ-ca bahussutaÿ-ca, 208.

na attahetu na parassa hetu, 84.

na antalikkhe, na samuddamajjhe, 127.

na antalikkhe, na samuddamajjhe, 128.

na kahàpaõavassena titti kàmesu vijjati, 186.

na càhaü bràhmaõaü bråmi yonijaü mattisambhavaü, 396.

na càhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati 228.

na jañàhi na gottena, na jaccà hoti bràhmaõo, 393.

na taü kammaü kataü sàdhu yaü katvà anutappati, 67.

na taü daëhaü bandhanam-àhu dhãrà, 345.

na taü màtà pità kayirà aÿÿe và pi ca ÿàtakà 43.

na tàvatà dhammadharo yàvatà bahu bhàsati, 259.

na tena ariyo hoti yena pàõàni hiüsati, 270.

na tena thero so hoti yenassa palitaü siro, 260.

na tena paõóito hoti yàvatà bahu bhàsati, 258.

na tena bhikkhu so hoti yàvatà bhikkhate pare, 266.

na tena hoti dhammaññho yenatthaü sahasà naye, 256.

na naggacariyà na jañà na païkà, 141.

na paresaü vilomàni, na paresaü katàkataü, 50.

na pupphagandho pañivàtameti, 54.

na bràhmaõassa pahareyya, nàssa muÿcetha bràhmaõo, 389.

na bràhmaõassetad-akiÿci seyyo, 390.

na bhaje pàpake mitte, na bhaje purisàdhame, 78.

na muõóakena samaõo abbato alikaü bhaõaü 264.

na monena munã hoti måëharåpo aviddasu, 268.

na vàkkaraõamattena vaõõapokkharatàya và 262.

Page 207: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

207

na ve kadariyà devalokaü vajanti, 177.

na santi puttà tàõàya, na pità na pi bandhavà, 288.

na sãlabbatamattena, bàhusaccena và pana, 271.

na hi etehi yànehi gaccheyya agataü disaü, 323.

na hi pàpaü kataü kammaü sajju khãraü va muccati, 71.

na hi verena veràni sammantãdha kudàcanaü, 5.

nagaraü yathà paccantaü guttaü santarabàhiraü, 315.

natthi jhànaü apaÿÿassa, paÿÿà natthi ajhàyato, 372.

natthi ràgasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo kali, 202.

natthi ràgasamo aggi, natthi dosasamo gaho, 251.

niññhaü gato asantàsã, vãtataõho anaïgaõo, 351.

nidhàya daõóaü bhåtesu tasesu thàvaresu ca, 405.

nidhãnaü va pavattàraü yaü passe vajjadassinaü, 76.

nekkhaü jambonadasseva, ko taü ninditum-arahati? 230.

netaü kho saraõaü khemaü, netaü saraõam-uttamaü, 189.

neva devo na gandhabbo, na màro saha brahmunà, 105.

no ce labhetha nipakaü sahàyaü 329.

paüsukåladharaü jantuü, kisaü dhamanisanthataü, 395.

paÿca chinde paÿca jahe, paÿca cuttaribhàvaye, 370.

pañhavisamo no virujjhati, 95.

paõóupalàso va dànisi, 235.

pathavyà ekarajjena saggassa gamanena và 178.

pamàdaü appamàdena yadà nudati paõóito, 28.

pamàdam-anuyuÿjanti bàlà dummedhino janà, 26.

paradukkhåpadànena attano sukham-icchati, 291.

paravajjànupassissa niccaü ujjhànasaÿÿino 253.

parijiõõam-idaü råpaü roganióóhaü pabhaïguraü, 148.

pare ca na vijànanti mayam-ettha yamàmase, 6.

pavivekarasaü pitvà, rasaü upasamassa ca, 205.

passa cittakataü bimbaü arukàyaü samussitaü 147.

pàõimhi ce vaõo nàssa hareyya pàõinà visaü, 124.

pàpaÿ-ce puriso kayirà, na taü kayirà punappunaü, 117.

pàpàni parivajjeti, sa munã tena so muni, 269.

pàpo pi passati bhadraü yàva pàpaü na paccati, 119.

pàmojjabahulo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasàsane, 381.

piyato jàyatã soko, piyato jàyatã bhayaü, 212.

puÿÿaÿ-ce puriso kayirà, kayiràthetaü punappunaü, 118.

ßputtà matthi dhanam-matthiû iti bàlo vihaÿÿati, 62.

pupphàni heva pacinantaü byàsattamanasaü naraü, 47.

pupphàni heva pacinantaü byàsattamanasaü naraü, 48.

pubbenivàsaü yo vedã, saggàpàyaÿ-ca passati, 423.

påjàrahe påjayato, buddhe yadi va sàvake, 195.

pemato jàyatã soko, pemato jàyatã bhayaü, 213.

poràõam-etaü atula netaü ajjatanàm-iva, 227.

phandanaü capalaü cittaü dårakkhaü dunnivàrayaü, 33.

phusàmi nekkhammasukhaü, aputhujjanasevitaü, 272.

pheõåpamaü kàyam-imaü viditvà, 46.

bahuü ve saraõaü yanti, pabbatàni vanàni ca, 188.

bahum-pi ce sahitaü bhàsamàno, 19.

Page 208: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

208

bàlasaïgatacàrã hi dãgham-addhàna' socati, 207.

bàhitapàpo ti bràhmaõo, 388.

bhadro pi passati pàpaü yàva bhadraü na paccati, 120.

maggànaññhaïgiko seññho, saccànaü caturo padà, 273.

mattàsukhapariccàgà passe ce vipulàü sukhaü, 290.

madhuvà maÿÿati bàlo, yàva pàpaü na paccati, 69.

manujassa pamattacàrino 334.

manopakopaü rakkheyya, manasà saüvuto siyà, 233.

manopubbaïgamà dhammà, manoseññhà manomayà, 1.

manopubbaïgamà dhammà, manoseññhà manomayà, 2.

ßmameva kata' maÿÿantu gihã pabbajità ubho, 74.

malitthiyà duccaritaü, maccheraü dadato malaü, 242.

mà pamàdam-anuyuÿjetha mà kàmaratisanthavaü, 27.

mà piyehi samàgaÿchã appiyehi kudàcanaü, 210.

màtaraü pitaraü hantvà, ràjàno dve ca khattiye, 294.

màtaraü pitaraü hantvà, ràjàno dve ca sotthiye, 295.

màppamaÿÿetha pàpassa ßna maü taü àgamissati.û 121.

màppamaÿÿetha puÿÿassa ßna maü taü àgamissati.û 122.

màvoca pharusaü kaÿci, vuttà pañivadeyyu' taü, 133.

màse màse kusaggena bàlo bhuÿjetha bhojanaü, 70.

màse màse sahassena yo yajetha sataü samaü, 106.

mitte bhajassu kalyàõe suddhàjãve atandite, 376.

middhã yadà hoti mahagghaso ca, 325.

muÿca pure muÿca pacchato, 348.

muhuttam-api ce viÿÿå paõóitaü payirupàsati 65.

mettàvihàrã yo bhikkhu, pasanno buddhasàsane, 368.

yaü esà sahatã jammã taõhà loke visattikà 335.

yaü kiÿci yiññhaü ca hutaü ca loke, 108.

yaü kiÿci sithilaü kammaü, saïkiliññhaÿ-ca yaü vataü, 312.

yaü hi kiccaü tad-apaviddhaü, akiccaü pana kayirati, 292.

yaÿ-ce viÿÿå pasaüsanti, anuvicca suve suve, 229.

yato yato sammasati khandhànaü udayabbayaü 374.

yathà agàraü ducchannaü vuññhã samativijjhati, 13.

yathà agàraü succhannaü vuññhã na samativijjhati, 14.

yathà daõóena gopàlo gàvo pàceti gocaraü, 135.

yathà pi rahado gambhãro vippasanno anàvilo, 82.

yathà bubbulakaü passe, yathà passe marãcikaü, 170.

yathà saïkàradhànasmiü ujjhitasmiü mahàpathe, 58.

yathàpi puppharàsimhà kayirà màlàguõe bahå, 53.

yathàpi bhamaro pupphaü vaõõagandhaü aheñhayaü 49.

yathàpi måle anupaddave daëhe 338.

yathàpi ruciraü pupphaü vaõõavantaü agandhakaü, 51.

yathàpi ruciraü pupphaü vaõõavantaü sagandhakaü, 52.

yadà dvayesu dhammesu pàragå hoti bràhmaõo, 384.

yamhà dhammaü vijàneyya sammàsambuddhadesitaü, 392.

yamhi saccaÿ-ca dhammo ca ahiüsà saüyamo damo, 261.

yassa accantadussãlyaü màluvà sàlamivotataü 162.

yassa kàyena vàcàya, manasà natthi dukkataü, 391.

yassa gatiü na jànanti, devà gandhabbamànusà, 420.

Page 209: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

209

yassa cetaü samucchinnaü målaghaccaü samåhataü, 250.

yassa cetaü samucchinnaü målaghaccaü samåhataü 263.

yassa chattiüsatã sotà manàpassavanà bhusà, 339.

yassa jàlinã visattikà, 180.

yassa jitaü nàvajãyati, 179.

yassa pàpaü kataü kammaü kusalena pithãyati, 173.

yassa pàraü apàraü và pàràpàraü na vijjati, 385.

yassa pure ca pacchà ca majjhe ca natthi kiÿcanaü, 421.

yassa ràgo ca doso ca màno makkho ca pàtito, 407.

yassàlayà na vijjanti, aÿÿàya akathaïkathã, 411.

yassàsavà parikkhãõà àhàre ca anissito, 93.

yassindriyàni samathaü gatàni, 94.

yànimàni apatthàni alàpåneva sàrade, 149.

yàva vanatho na chijjati 284.

yàvajãvam-pi ce bàlo paõóitaü payirupàsati 64.

yàvad-eva anatthàya ÿattaü bàlassa jàyati, 72.

ye ca kho sammad-akkhàte dhamme dhammànuvattino 86.

ye jhànapasutà dhãrà nekkhammåpasame ratà, 181.

ye ràgarattànupatanti sotaü 347.

yesaü sannicayo natthi, ye pariÿÿàtabhojanà, 92.

yesaü sambodhi-aïgesu sammà cittaü subhàvitaü, 89.

yesaÿ-ca susamàraddhà niccaü kàyagatà sati, 293.

yo appaduññhassa narassa dussati, 125.

yo imaü palipathaü duggaü saüsàraü moham-accagà, 414.

yo ca pubbe pamajjitvà pacchà so nappamajjati, 172.

yo ca buddhaÿ-ca dhammaÿ-ca saïghaÿ-ca saraõaü gato, 190.

yo ca vantakasàvassa sãlesu susamàhito, 10.

yo ca vassasataü jantu aggiü paricare vane, 107.

yo ca vassasataü jãve apassaü udayabbayaü, 113.

yo ca vassasataü jãve apassaü amataü padaü, 114.

yo ca vassasataü jãve apassaü dhammam-uttamaü, 115.

yo ca vassasataü jãve kusãto hãnavãriyo, 112.

yo ca vassasataü jãve dussãlo asamàhito, 110.

yo ca vassasataü jãve duppaÿÿo asamàhito, 111.

yo ca sameti pàpàni, aõuü-thålàni sabbaso, 265.

yo ce gàthàsataü bhàse anatthapadasaühità 102.

yo cetaü sahatã jammiü taõhaü loke duraccayaü 336.

yo daõóena adaõóesu appaduññhesu dussati 137.

yo dukkhassa pajànàti idheva khayam-attano, 402.

yo nibbanatho vanàdhimutto 344.

yo pàõam-atipàteti, musàvàdaÿ-ca bhàsati, 246.

yo bàlo maÿÿati bàlyaü, paõóito và pi tena so, 63.

yo mukhasaüyato bhikkhu, mantabhàõã anuddhato, 363.

yo ve uppatitaü kodhaü rathaü bhantaü va dhàraye, 222.

yo sahassaü sahassena saïgàme mànuse jine, 103.

yo sàsanaü arahataü ariyànaü dhammajãvinaü, 164.

yo have daharo bhikkhu yuÿjati buddhasàsane, 382.

yogà ve jàyati bhåri, ayogà bhårisaïkhayo, 282.

yodha kàme pahatvàna anàgàro paribbaje 415.

Page 210: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

210

yodha taõhaü pahatvàna, anàgàro paribbaje, 416.

yodha dãghaü va rassaü và aõuü-thålaü subhàsubhaü 409.

yodha puÿÿaÿ-ca pàpaÿ-ca bàhetvà brahmacariyavà, 267.

yodha puÿÿaÿ-ca pàpaÿ-ca ubho saïgaü upaccagà, 412.

ratiyà jàyatã soko, ratiyà jàyatã bhayaü, 214.

ramaõãyàni araÿÿàni, yattha na ramatã jano, 99.

ràjato và upasaggaü, abbhakkhànaü va dàruõaü, 139.

vacãpakopaü rakkheyya, vàcàya saüvuto siyà, 232.

vajjaÿ-ca vajjato ÿatvà, avajjaÿ-ca avajjato, 319.

vanaü chindatha mà rukkhaü, vanato jàyatã bhayaü, 283.

varam-assatarà dantà àjànãyà ca sindhavà 322.

vassikà viya pupphàni maddavàni pamuÿcati, 377.

vàcànurakkhã manasà susaüvuto, 281.

vàõijo va bhayaü maggaü appasattho mahaddhano, 123.

vàri pokkharapatte va, àragge-r-iva sàsapo, 401.

vàrijo va thale khitto okam-okata' ubbhato, 34.

vitakkapamathitassa jantuno 349.

vitakkupasame ca yo rato 350.

vãtataõho anàdàno, niruttipadakovido, 352.

vedanaü pharusaü jàniü, sarãrassa ca bhedanaü, 138.

sace neresi attànaü, kaüso upahato yathà, 134.

sace labhetha nipakaü sahàyaü 328.

saccaü bhaõe na kujjheyya, dajjàppasmim-pi yàcito, 224.

sadà jàgaramànànaü ahorattànusikkhinaü, 226.

saddho sãlena sampanno yasobhogasamappito, 303.

santaü tassa manaü hoti, santà vàcà ca kamma ca, 96.

santakàyo santavàco santavà susamàhito 378.

sabbattha ve sappurisà cajanti, 83.

sabbadànaü dhammadànaü jinàti, 354.

sabbapàpassa akaraõaü, kusalassa upasampadà, 183.

sabbasaüyojanaü chetvà yo ve na paritassati, 397.

sabbaso nàmaråpasmiü yassa natthi mamàyitaü, 367.

sabbàbhibhå sabbavidåham-asmi, 353.

sabbe tasanti daõóassa, sabbe bhàyanti maccuno, 129.

sabbe tasanti daõóassa, sabbesaü jãvitaü piyaü, 130.

ßsabbe dhammà anattàû ti, yadà paÿÿàya passati, 279.

ßsabbe saïkhàrà aniccàû ti, yadà paÿÿàya passati, 277.

ßsabbe saïkhàrà dukkhàû ti, yadà paÿÿàya passati, 278.

saritàni sinehitàni ca 341.

salàbhaü nàtimaÿÿeyya, nàÿÿesaü pihayaü care, 365.

savanti sabbadhã sotà latà ubbhijja tiññhati 340.

sahassam-api ce gàthà anatthapadasaühità, 101.

sahassam-api ce vàcà anatthapadasaühità, 100.

sàraÿ-ca sàrato ÿatvà asàraÿ-ca asàrato, 12.

sàhu dassanam-ariyànaü, sannivàso sadà sukho, 206.

siÿca bhikkhu imaü nàvaü, sittà te lahum-essati, 369.

sãladassanasampannaü, dhammaññhaü saccavedinaü 217.

sukaràni asàdhåni attano ahitàni ca, 163.

sukhaü yàva jarà sãlaü, sukhà saddhà patiññhità, 333.

Page 211: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

211

sukhakàmàni bhåtàni yo daõóena vihiüsati, 131.

sukhakàmàni bhåtàni yo daõóena na hiüsati, 132.

sukhà matteyyatà loke, atho petteyyatà sukhà, 332.

sukho buddhànam-uppàdo, sukhà saddhammadesanà, 194.

sujãvaü ahirikena kàkasårena dhaüsinà, 244.

suÿÿàgàraü paviññhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno, 373.

sudassaü vajjam-aÿÿesaü, attano pana duddasaü, 252.

sududdasaü sunipuõaü yatthakàmanipàtinaü, 36.

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, 296.

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, 297.

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, 298.

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, 299.

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà, 300.

suppabuddhaü pabujjhanti sadà gotamasàvakà 301.

subhànupassiü viharantaü indriyesu asaüvutaü, 7.

suràmerayapànaÿ-ca yo naro anuyuÿjati, 247.

susukhaü vata jãvàma àturesu anàturà, 198.

susukhaü vata jãvàma ussukesu anussukà 199.

susukhaü vata jãvàma yesaü no natthi kiÿcanaü, 200.

susukhaü vata jãvàma verinesu averino, 197.

sekho pañhaviü vicessati 45.

seyyo ayoguëo bhutto tatto aggisikhåpamo, 308.

selo yathà ekaghano vàtena na samãrati, 81.

so karohi dãpam-attano, 236.

so karohi dãpam-attano, 238.

haüsàdiccapathe yanti, àkàse yanti iddhiyà, 175.

hatthasaüyatÖ pàdasaüyato, 362.

hananti bhogà dummedhaü, no ve pàragavesino, 355.

hitvà mànusakaü yogaü, dibbaü yogaü upaccagà, 417.

hitvà ratiÿ-ca aratiÿ-ca, sãtibhåtaü niråpadhiü, 418.

hirãnisedho puriso koci lokasmi' vijjati, 143.

hirãmatà ca dujjãvaü, niccaü sucigavesinà, 245.

hãnaü dhammaü na seveyya, pamàdena na saüvase, 167.

Page 212: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

212

Index of the Metres

Siloka

(= 83% of the verses)

Pathyà: (603 pàdayugas): 1ace; 2ace; 3c; 4c; 5ac; 6ac; 7c; 8c; 9c; 10ac;

11c; 12ac; 13c; 14c; 21c; 22ac; 25ac; 26ac; 27c; 28ace; 29ac; 30c;

31ac; 32ac; 33ac; 34ac; 35c; 36c; 37c; 38ac; 39ac; 41ac; 42c; 43ac;

47ac; 48ac; 49ac; 50ac; 51ac; 52ac; 53ac; 55ac; 56ac; 57ac; 58ac;

59ac; 60a; 61ac; 62ac; 64ac; 65ac; 66c; 67ac; 68a; 70ac; 71ac;

72ac; 73ac; 74ace; 75ce; 76ae; 77ac; 78a; 79ac; 81c; 82c; 85a;

86ac; 88ac; 89ac; 90ac; 91ac; 92ace; 93ace; 96ac; 97a; 98a; 99ac;

100ac; 101ac; 102ac; 103ac; 104ac; 105ac; 106ace; 107ace; 109a;

110ac; 111ac; 112ac; 113ac; 114ac; 115ac; 116ac; 117a; 118a;

119c; 120c; 121ac; 122ace; 123ac; 124ac; 126ac; 129ac; 130ac;

131ac; 132ac; 133a; 134ac; 135a; 136ac; 137a; 138ac; 139c; 140a;

146ac; 147ac; 148ac; 149ac; 152c; 153ac; 154ace; 155c; 156c;

157ac; 158c; 159a; 160ac; 161ac; 162ac; 163ac; 164ce; 165ac;

166ac; 167ac; 168ac; 169c; 170ac; 171ac; 172ac; 173ac; 174ac;

175a; 176ac; 178ac; 181a; 182a; 185ce; 186ac; 187ac; 188ac;

189ac; 190ac; 191ac; 192ac; 193ac; 194ac; 195c; 197ac; 198ac;

199ac; 200ac; 201c; 202ac; 203ac; 204ac; 205ac; 206ac; 207ace;

209ac; 210a; 211ac; 212ac; 213ac; 214ac; 215ac; 216ac; 217ac;

218a; 219c; 220ac; 222ac; 223a; 224ac; 225c; 226ac; 227ce; 228c;

229a; 230ac; 231c; 232c; 233c; 234ac; 239ac; 241ac; 242c; 243c;

244c; 245ac; 246a; 247a; 248ac; 249a; 250a; 251ac; 252ace; 253ac;

254a; 255ac; 256ac; 257a; 258a; 259ce; 260c; 261ac; 262ac; 263a;

264c; 265ac; 266c; 267a; 268ac; 269ac; 270ac; 271ac; 272c; 273a;

275c; 276c; 277c; 278c; 279ac; 282ace; 283ac; 286ac; 287ac; 288c;

289ac; 290ac; 291ac; 292ac; 293ace; 294ac; 295ac; 296ac; 297ac;

298ac; 299ac; 300ac; 301ac; 302c; 304ac; 305c; 307c; 308ac; 311c;

312a; 313ac; 314ac; 315ce; 316c; 317c; 318c; 319ac; 320ac; 321c;

322ac; 323ac; 327ac; 330a; 332ac; 333ac; 335ac; 336a; 337ae;

339ac; 340ac; 351ac; 352ae; 355c; 356ac; 357ac; 358ac; 359ac;

360ac; 361ace; 363ac; 364c; 365ac; 366ac; 367a; 368c; 369ac;

370c; 372ac; 373ac; 374c; 375c; 376ac; 377ac; 378c; 379a; 380ac;

381ac; 382ac; 383ac; 384a; 385ac; 386ac; 387ace; 389ac; 391ac;

392ac; 393ac; 394a; 395a; 396ace; 397ac; 398ac; 399ac; 400c;

401ac; 402ac; 403c; 404a; 405c; 406ac; 407ac; 408c; 409c; 410ac;

411ac; 412ac; 413ac; 414ac; 415ac; 416ac; 417ac; 418ac; 419ac;

420a; 421ac; 422ac; 423ce.

navipulà: (17 pàdayugas): 3a; 4a; 11a; 30a; 35a; 36a; 158a; 164a; 169a; 182c;

201a; 243a; 249c; 264a; 318a; 321a; 375a.

bhavipulà: (31 pàdayugas): 21a; 23a; 37a; 68c; 75a; 81a; 133c; 143c; 152a;

183c; 195a; 196a; 219a; 225a; 227a; 242a; 258c; 259a; 267c; 272a;

303c; 307a; 311a; 337c; 364a; 370a; 374a; 376e; 379c; 394c; 408a.

Page 213: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

213

mavipulà: (50 pàdayugas): 7a; 8a; 9a; 13a; 14a; 23c; 42a; 60c; 66a; 76c; 78c;

82a; 87c; 97c; 109c; 117c; 121e; 140c; 165e; 175c; 181c; 196c;

226c; 229c; 231a; 232a; 233a; 246c; 247c; 249e; 250c; 257c; 263c;

273c; 274a; 275a; 276a; 278a; 288a; 315a; 316a; 355a; 368a; 384c;

395c; 403a; 404c; 405a; 409c; 423a.

ravipulà: (8 pàdayugas): 87a; 155a; 156a; 185a; 305a; 312c; 352c; 378a.

savipulà: (16 pàdayugas): 7e; 8e; 63ac; 69ac; 89e; 98c; 118c; 119a; 120a;

139a; 159c; 244a; 336c; 400a; 420c.

tavipulà:

Anuññhubha: (13 pàdayugas): 85c; 135c; 143c; 150ac; 183a; 228a; 254c; 302ae;

317a; 367c; 414e.

irregular: (8 pàdayugas): 27a; 210c; 218c; 222c; 260a; 266a; 274c.

Mattacchandas

(= 8% of the verses)

Vetàlãya: (117 pàdas): 15abcd; 16abcd; 17abcd; 18abcd; 24abcd; 44abcd;

45abcd; 80abcd; 95abcd; 145abcd; 179acd; 180abcd; 235abcd;

236abcd; 237abcd; 238abcd; 240abcd; 284abcd; 285abcd; 324abcd;

334abcd; 341abcd; 342abc; 343abcd; 344bcd; 348abcd; 349abcd;

350abcd; 362abc; 371a; 388abcd.

Opacchandasaka: (11 pàdas): 179a; 184abcd; 342d; 344a; 362d; 371bcd.

Other Syllabic Metres

(= 9 % of the verses)

Tuññhubha: (122 pàdas): 19abcd; 20abcdef; 40abc; 46abcd; 54abc; 83abcd;

84ab; 94abc; 108abcd; 125bcd; 127abcd; 128abcd; 141abcd;

142abcd; 144ab; 151abcd; 177abcd; 208abc; 221abcd; 280abc;

281b; 306abcd; 309abcd; 310cd; 325abcd; 328abcd; 329abc; 330c;

331abcd; 345abcd; 346abcd; 347abcd; 353abcd; 354abcd; 390abd.

Jagatã: (26 pàdas): 40d; 54d; 84cd; 94d; 125a; 144cdef; 208d; 280d;

281acd; 310ab; 326abcd; 338abcd; 390c.

irregular: 84c; 329d; 330d;

Page 214: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The New Dhammapada Indexes

214

Page 215: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga

A New Edition together with

A Study of its Metre

by

ânandajoti Bhikkhu Revised Edition 2003/2547

Page 216: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

216

Acknowledgement

As with my Outline of the Metres in the Pàëi Canon, I have been greatly helped in

preparing this work by Ven. Medhaïkara, who went through the whole text in detail,

and made many corrections and useful suggestions; and also added many references to

the Introductory material.

Page 217: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

A Study of the Metre of

Pàràyanavagga

Introduction

The elaborate composition now known to us as Pàràyanavagga is found in two places

in the Khuddakanikàya of the Suttapiñaka. It forms the 5th and final section of

Suttanipàta; and it is found again together with its ancient commentary in the

Cullaniddesa. The text is essentially the same in both places, except in regard to some

small, but nevertheless important, readings.1

The text of Pàràyanavagga falls into three clearly discernible sections. The first 56

verses form the Vatthugàthà, the Introductory Verses, which provide a commentarial-

style basis to the sections that follow; this is followed by 91 verses that make up the

Pucchà, or Questions, in which are recorded, mainly in verse, 16 dialogues between the

Buddha and a group of brahmaõa meditation masters; and thirdly, there is a fitting

epilogue to the story, which begins with a short prose section, before a further 25

verses with which the Pàràyanavagga concludes.

It has been noted before that the Vatthugàthà are much later in composition than the

Pucchà, this can be shown to be the case on linguistic and doctrinal grounds. On the

other hand the Pucchà are regarded by scholars as containing some of the earliest

recorded sayings of the Buddha.2

In this paper I intend to examine the metre of Pàràyanavagga in some detail. The first

section concerns certain matters that have to be noticed in regard to the scansion of the

text. In this section I also demonstrate that there is an hitherto unrecognized rule that

was used in Pàëi metrical composition, which I call the rule of resolution. The second

section examines the lines written in the Siloka metre as they appear in the Pucchà and

in the Vatthugàthà; with the results from that it has been possible to throw light on the

date of the epilogue. The third section studies the Tuññhubha lines, and shows that the

parametres of the early Tuññhubha are wider than has been previously supposed, and

1 I do not propose to discuss these differences in readings here, which do not affect the metre,

being mainly of doctrinal importance. I have chosen to establish the text from the

Cullaniddesa edition because in almost every case Niddesa's readings are, in fact, to be

preferred to Suttanipàta's, and they probably represent an earlier strata of the text. This may

be because once the text was embedded in its commentary, which must have been at an early

date, that it stopped developing, whereas the Suttanipàta text lacked the restrictions in regard

to its readings that a commentary imposes. 2 All scholars are agreed that this text contains some of the most ancient teachings of the

Buddha; see e.g. Rhys Davids, Buddhist India (London 1903), pg 122; G. C. Pande, Studies in

the Origins of Buddhism (2nd rev. ed. Delhi, 1974), pg 51ff; Abeyanayake, A Textual and

Historical Analysis of the Khuddaka Nikàya (Colombo, 1984), pg 75ff, etc.

Page 218: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

218

that we must accept that there are one or two secondary openings, and an unusual

variation in the break.1

When these matters have been carefully considered I present a new edition of

Pàràyanavagga, complete with its metrical markings, which hopefully can then be used

as a study piece by those interested in early Pàëi metrical composition on the one hand;

and by those who are concerned with textual study on the other.

The text that follows has been established through a comparison of the following

sources, which are listed here along with the abbreviations used in the variant readings:

BJT: Cullaniddesapàëi. Buddha Jayanti Tripiñaka Series, volume XXXIV. Colombo,

1976.

Euro: Cullaniddesa. Edited by W. Stede, Ph. D. London, 1918. Reprinted Oxford,

1988.

Thai: Cåëaniddeso. The Royal Thai Edition, volume 30. 2470 (i.e. 1916). Reprinted

Bangkok, 2502 (i.e 1958).

ChS: Cåëaniddesapàëi. Chaññha Saïgàyana CD-ROM, version 3 (no date). Igatpuri.

In BJT & ChS the text is first stated in full at the beginning of the books. Then the

Pucchà and epilogue are repeated together with Niddesa's commentary.2 The

comparison has normally been made with the first statement of the text in these cases.

Euro & Thai have the text from the Pucchà onwards only as it stands embedded in the

commentary, the textual comparison therefore has been made with the verses as they

are recorded there.

I have also included a comparison of the readings found in the European edition of

Suttanipàta, but it should be understood that this has not been used to establish the text:

Sn: Sutta-Nipàta. New edition by Dines Anderson & Helmer Smith. London, 1913.

Reprinted Oxford, 1990.

Two other books have played an important part in the establishment of the text as it is

presented here, they are:

PJ II: Paramatthajotikà, 3 Volumes. Edited by Helmer Smith. London, 1916-1918.

Reprinted in 1989 (Volumes I & II) and 1984 (Volume III). The latter volume has

been particularly helpful, as it contains Smith's analysis of the metres.

1 Although in this paper I am mainly concerned with the metre as it appears in Pàràyanavagga,

I have given cross references to Aññhakavagga (as it appears in the PTS edition of

Mahàniddesa) when they can help to confirm the suggestions made herein. 2 It should be noted that Cullaniddesa does not comment on the Vatthugàthà, but they are

nevertheless included at the opening in all editions of CNidd.

Page 219: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

219

GD II: Group of Discourses II. Revised Translation with Introduction and Notes, by

K. R. Norman. Oxford 1992. Reprinted 1995.

Pàëi metrical composition, of course, did not arise in a vacuum, but as part of a

continuum with its cultural environment, and initially takes over and continues the

metres that were current in the Buddha's day.1 It is essential therefore, if we wish to

understand Pàëi prosody that we have some idea of what these metres looked like in

the Vedas, and how that relates to the Pàëi period. My prime reference for information

on the Vedic metres has been:

VM: Vedic Metre in its Historical Development. E. V. Arnold. Cambridge. 1905.

Preliminary Considerations

In this paper I have used the following conventions:

Û = short syllable

Ü = long syllable

é = anceps (i.e. the syllable may be either short or long)

Before going on to an examination of the metres themselves there are some factors

about the scansion of the text that need to be considered here, these concern conjunct

consonants, sarabhatti vowels, change of word form owing to the metre, and resolution

of syllables.

a) As is well known, there are in Pàëi certain conjunct consonants that fail to make the

preceding syllable long, as can be seen from their position in certain positions where

the weight of the syllable can be considered to be established. The most regular of

these conjuncts which fails to make position is br. In the text as here presented we can

see that br fails to make position in the following words:

bràhmaõ-, 979d,2 999b, 1006b, 1008b, 1018d, 1028a, 1029b, 1100b, 1125d, 1140b

brahm-, 1024a, 1065a

bråhi, 1052b

bråmi,1046e, 1048d, 1060d, 1078d, 1080f, 1082bg, 1083g

1 Later there is a great innovation in Indian prosody with the emergence of the so called

Musical metres (mattàchandas and gaõacchandas) which brought new vigour into Indian verse

composition. In literary terms these seem to have arisen first in Pàëi, but in the first and

earliest period of Pàëi prosody, which is what we are concerned with here, they are as yet

unknown. 2 Although the text which follows is of Pàràyanavagga as it appears in Cullaniddesa, I have

given references to the verse numbers as they appear in the European edition of Sn to

facilitate comparison with PJ II & GD II.

Page 220: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

220

I therefore take it that it also fails to make position at 1081e, and include the reading

munã bråsi accordingly, and I have marked short syllables which are followed by br as

short in all cases.

When br occurs medially however, it regularly does make position, as can be seen in

the following cases:

abravi, 981d, 986d

pabråhi, 999c, 1036c, 1105e, 1107c,

I have therefore marked short syllables that are followed by br in medial position as

being long.

I also take by in byaÿjanaü at 1017b, as failing to make position.

b) Sarabhatti, or partial vowels, are vowels that have been written, but which have to

be ignored when determining the metre of the text. When the sarabhatti vowel is

ignored it means that there is then a conjunct consonant to be taken into consideration.

For example, the word Araha looks like it should be scanned as ÛÛÛ , but when we

take into account the sarabhatti vowel we find that it needs to be scanned as ÜÛ . In

the text as presented here I have counted sarabhatti vowels in the following words:

Araha, 1 1003d

viriyena, 1026d

iriyaü, 1038c

brahmacariyavà, 1041a

kayirà, 1051c

iriyamànaü, 106b

iriyati, 1097a

brahmacariyaü, 1128c

c) Change of word form. Sometimes the form of a word is changed to meet the

demands of the metre. This usually involves the lengthening or shortening of syllables,

or the changing of niggahãta to labial -m (which has the effect of making the syllable

light) or dropping it altogether.

The change -ü > -m is probably the most frequent in occurence in the texts of all

changes that take place with the metre as the cause, but it cannot readily be illustrated

as the same change also takes place occasionally in prose, and it is therefore impossible

to distiguish where the change has happened solely by reason of the metre.

In the text that follows I note the following changes have taken place with the metre as

the cause:

1 Please note that in this paper and in the text that follows sarabhatti vowels are normally

written in superscript as here.

Page 221: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

221

Final i lengthened:

Godhàvarã, 977c

Bàvarã, 981a, 984d, 994b, 995b, 1025b, 1028a, 1029a

munã, 1058b, 1074c, 1075c, 1081e

ramatã, 985d

Bhotã, 988a

àmantayã, 997a

nadatã, 1015d

Upadhã, 1050c

akittayã, 1052a

Accã, 1074a

satã, 1143a

Medial i lengthened:

anåpadhãkaü, 1057b, 1083b

satãmà, 1070a

Final i shortened:

puthavi, 990b

teji, 1097b

Medial a lengthened:

dakkhiõàpathaü, 976b

uttaràmukhà, 1010d

tàrituü, 1069b

anànuyàyã, 1071d, 1072d, 1073a

anàparaü, 1094b

sahàja, 1096c

Final a shortened:

hitva, 1071b, 1072b

yatha, 1092f

va, 1024a, 1030a, 1082c, 1083c, 1090b, 1091b

haüsa, 1134a

Lengthening of u

anåpadhãkaü, 1057b, 1083b

panådanaü, 1106c

ahå, 1146a

Doubling of consonant:

bahupphalaü, 1134b

Page 222: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

222

Simplification of consonant:

vissa[j]jessati, 1005d

kàma[c]chandànaü, 1106a

Loss of final niggahãta:

eta', 989d

dhammàna', 992b

vedàna', 1019d

pajaheyyu', 1058a

domanassàna', 1106b

paÿhàn', 1148c

Assimilation of niggahãta:

jappàbhilepanaü, 1033c

etàbhinandàmi, 1057a, 1083a

vàcàbhikaïkhàmi, 1061b

munãdha, 1078b

In order to correct the metre we need to read some normally long syllables as short:

vivaññacchaddÖ, 1003c, 1147c

puññhÖ, 1036c

sÖ, 1075a, 1130c

ÿàõÕna, 1078a

t›yhaü, 1122c

Õvaü, 1146c

d) In another work1 I have stated that there is an hitherto unrecognised rule in Pàëi

metrical composition, which says that when syllables are resolved it is normally the

first 2 syllables of a word that are concerned in the resolution.2 In the text I have

marked what I consider to be unambiguous cases of this rule by underlining in the

metrical markings the syllables concerned, they can be seen in the following places,

with resolution at the 1st syllable: 984a, 990a, 995cd, 1011b, 1014d, 1015a, 1016a,

1047c, 1050c, 1065a, 1081f, 1086a, 1092f, 1097a, 1102a, 1110c.

at the 3rd: 1003d, 1116c; 4th: 1084c, 1135c; 5th: 995d, 1131a; 6th: 1023a, 1130c; 7th:

1002a, 1149d.

1 See An Outline of the Metres in the Pàli Canon. 2 This should not be taken as affirming that it is always the initial syllables that are affected, as

the word in which resolution takes place may be the second member in a compound, or

preceded by one or more prefixes, and quite often is itself a prefix. To give an example, in

the word pañivasati, according to the rule we may take the 1st & 2nd syllable as resolved, or

the 3rd & 4th; however, there cannot be resolution of the 2nd & 3rd, or the 4th & 5th. There

seems to be a small exception to the general rule, in that the negative particle na occasionally

appears to form the first half of a resolved syllable, perhaps because there was felt to be a

close semantic affinity between the negative and the word it modifies.

Page 223: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

223

There are some others which may be considered ambiguous, and which therefore need

to be examined carefully.

1) The scansion of the line Avijjàya nivuto loko at 1033a looks like this

ÛÜÜÛÛÛÜÜÜ . The rule of resolution would say that if there is resolution here it is

at the 5th (i.e. nivuto). If that is so then it leaves the metre slightly wrong, as there is

no vipulà showing the necessary pattern (ÅÜÜÛÜÜÜé), though it is only a little

different from the mavipulà, having a light 4th syllable instead of a light 3rd. In his

notes in GD II (pg 367), Norman puts the resolution at the 4th, if that is so then what

we have is an acceptable Siloka pathyà variation. The line however is in reply to the

question Kenassu nivuto loko? It may be, therefore, that the line here should simply be

regarded as containing 9 syllables, a situation which has arisen because this is an

answer that has been given in imitation of the question line.

2) At line 1040e we find the following: Kaü bråsi Mahàpuriso ti? 1 The scansion reads

ÜÜÛÛÜÛÛÜÛ . According to the rule the resolution must be at the 6th in puriso, but

again that leaves the metre slightly wrong (ÜÜÛÛÜÜÜÛ), as the mavipulà, which it

closely resembles normally has a heavy 4th syllable. Norman (GD II, pg 368) counts the

syllable as resolved at the 3rd, which would give an acceptable savipulà.

There is another line which involve resolution, which leave the line irregular at 1140a.

In this case, however, there is nothing that goes against the rule as such, but rather

even with its aid we are still left with a slightly irregular line, in this line the resolution

cannot be at any other syllable. There are a couple of other ambiguous cases, at 1122c,

& 1146c. But again we are not dealing with alternative explanations. Either there is

resolution, or the metre is incorrect. If there is resolution in these cases we have to

count a normally long syllable as short in order to make the resolution, by reading na

t›yhaü,2 & Õvam respectively.

Given that there are 27 unambiguous cases3 where we can count the rule of resolution

as upheld; and a further 4 where resolution has probably taken place (and if so, it has

taken place in line with the rule); and only 2 (or 3, if we count the virtual repetition of

1040e at 1042c), which may give slightly better interpretations if we go against the

rule, I take it that the rule can be considered well founded on the evidence that has

1 The line is virtually repeated in the answer at 1042c, exchanging Taü for Kaü, which makes

no difference metrically. 2 Tuyhaü is normally read as a long syllable, cf. 1030a & 1061b 3 In Aññhakavagga I count the following as unambiguous: At the 1st: 774b, 783b, 787a, 791a,

796a, 827c, 830d, 831b, 832b, 862b, 863b, 869c, 870c, 876d, 888c, 889c, 890c, 893c, 895b, 900d,

901b, 907d, 908d, 909d, 963a, 965a, 969cd, 970d, 971d, 973ad; 3rd: 967a; 4th: 823a, 938d; 5th:

790d; 6th: 823c, 959a; 7th: 841a; to give jagaõa ÛÜÛ in the Old Gãti verses: 920d, 922d, 923b

x 2, 924d, 925b, 929b x 2 (total: 47 instances).

Page 224: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

224

been presented here.1 The rule is of quite some importance it should be noted, as when

it is taken into consideration it can help to identify correctly the variation that is being

used in Siloka lines, and the underlying gaõa structure in the bar metres.

There are two metres used in Pàràyana, which are in fact the main metres used in Pàëi

prosody. They are the Siloka and the Tuññhubha,2 we will examine them in this order.

Siloka

In the Vedas the Anuññhubha metre, out of which the Siloka emerged, can be described

as a samavutta metre having the following structure:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Å Ü Å Ü Ð Û Ü Û é x 4

sometimes short syllables are found in the 2nd, 4th & 6th positions (though 2 successive

shorts in the 2nd & 3rd position was normally avoided).

Now it is very interesting from an historical perspective that in Hemakamàõavapucchà

the metre very much looks like an early form of the Anuññhubha. Of the 18 lines which

make up this section no fewer than 14 show the Anuññhubha structure. Two further

lines are pathyà (the normal form of the prior line in the Siloka verses), which is also

the most normal variation in the Vedas.3

Of the openings 5 show the normal Vedic form ÅÜÅÜ (1084ce, 1085bd, 1086d), and

the others show syncopated forms that are also common in the Vedas (1084bd, 1085c,

1086bcd, 1087abc).4

1 No metrical rule is upheld 100%, of course, but we may take it that there is a rule if it is

normally adhered to. I may add that as far as I have been able to discern the rule holds even

better in medieval metrical compositions, but I am unable to bring the evidence forward at

this point. There is a compliment to this rule, which I call the rule of replacement. This states

that when replacement takes place it always does so after a caesura (cf. 1064c, 1068cd, 1076b,

1103d in the text). This shows that the presumption is that the first two syllables of a word

are the ones that are being replaced. This further helps to confirm the rule, of course. 2 That is, the metres that are otherwise known as øloka and Triùñubh. In this paper, which

examines the distinctive characteristics of early Pàëi metrical composition, I have preferred to

use the Pàëi names for the metres. Although, as I will show herein, these are clearly related to

the Sanskrit metres, they nevertheless have to be carefully distinguished from the latter,

otherwise there is a danger of forcing Pàëi forms into classical Sanskrit models to which they

do not, in fact, adhere. 3 The other two lines (1084f & 1086a) as they stand are unclear. If we read abhãramiü in the

first of these lines (with Smith PJ II pg 660), that would once again give an Anuññhubha line.

If we correct the second line by excluding -a viÿÿàta- (with Norman GD II, pg 378) that

would give savipulà. 4 See Arnold's charts on pg 153 of VM.

Page 225: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

225

So that it appears that all the evidence would suggest that we should probably count

this Pucchà as being in Anuññhubha metre.

In the Vedas after some time variations from this basic pattern started to emerge,

which eventually gave rise to a new addhasamavutta metre, the Siloka. In canonical

Pàëi the metre is normally described1 as having a pathyà structure, and 7 variations.

They are:

The pathyà or normal structure:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Odd line: É Å Å Å Ð Û Ü Ü é 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Even line: É Å Å Å Ð Û Ü Û é x 2

The variations or vipulà, that occur in the prior line:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Anuññhubha É Å Å Å Ð Û Ü Û é

navipulà É Ü Å Ü Ð Û Û Û é

bhavipulà É Ü Å Ü Ð Ü Û Û é

mavipulà É Ü Û Ü Ð Ü Ü Ü é

ravipulà É Å Å Å Ð Ü Û Ü é

savipulà É Å Å Å Ð Û Û Ü é

tavipulà É Ü Û Ü Ð Ü Ü Û é

There is normally a caesura (word break) after the fifth syllable in the mavipulà, and

after the fourth syllable in the ravipulà. It is on the basis of this description that the

following analysis has been made.

Normally 2 successive light syllables in 2nd and 3rd positions was avoided. though

occasionally it turns up, and in certain works (like the Dhammapada) seems to have

been accepted as a legitimate variation.

1) The Siloka in the Pucchà

In the Pucchà there are 200 lines in the Siloka metre, of which I count 102 as prior

lines. The distribution of the variations in the prior line as presented in the text that

follows is like this:2

1 See Warder PM, pg 172ff. Warder refers to this metre as Vatta presumably on the basis of

Vuttodaya, and in my Outline of the Metres in the Pàli Canon I followed him. However it

should be noted that the Vatta metre is described in Vuttodaya as having the same cadence in

all 4 lines. Only the Pathyàvatta has alternating cadences. 2 It should be noted that lines can sometimes be scanned in different ways, producing different

variations. On a small number of occasions I have had to make a choice as to which variation

we are dealing with and assign the line accordingly.

Page 226: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

226

Pathyà = 62 (61%)

Anuññhubha = 16: 1041a, 1053c, 1054c, 1066c, 1067c, 1084ce, 1085c, 1086c, 1087ac,

1095ac, 1099c, 1106c, 1116c,

navipulà = 2: 1110a, 1111c

bhavipulà = 1, 1112a,

mavipulà = 4: 1105e, 1107c, 1114c, 1119c, (cf. 1040e, 1042c)

ravipulà = 2: 1037a, 1046a, 1062a,

savipulà = 5:, 1034a, 1036a, 1088a, 1089a, 1098a,

tavipulà = 2: 1092a, 1093a

irregular = 5: 1033a, 1077a, 1115a, 1118a, 1119a

As can be seen from this by far the most important variation is the Anuññhubha, which

constitutes some 15% of the total.1 The second most important variation is savipulà,

with some 5% of the total.2

These figures are of importance because in the later development of the metre in the

canon the Anuññhubha and savipulà are normally avoided in the Siloka prior lines,3

which then sees a corresponding increase in the occurrence of the pathyà, and the first

4 variations. With the help of these characteristics it is possible to determine whether

verses belong to the early or to the middle and late periods.

2) The Siloka in the Vatthugàthà

When we examine the Vatthugàthà, which on linguistic and doctrinal evidence can be

shown to be late in composition,4 we can see that there has been an evident shift in the

way the metre is composed. In this section there are 222 Siloka lines, exactly half of

which are prior lines. The statistics for the variations are as follows:

1 This figure includes the lines in Hemakamàõavapucchà. If we count these as belonging to the

Anuññhubha metre, and exclude them from the Siloka statistics, then the Anuññhubha variation

would amount to 6% less. Although this has a bearing on what follows, the overall position is

not affected one way or the other. 2 According to my calculations in Aññhakavagga Anuññhubha constitutes no fewer than 20% of

the total (out of Siloka 116 prior lines): 781a, 814c, 815c, 850c, 851a, 853c, 854a, 855a, 856c,

859ac, 860a, 861c, 938c, 941c, 945c, 947a, 949c, 950c, 953a, 954c, 958a, 960c. There however

savipulà is negligible (one case at 940b); while mavipulà takes 7% of the total 817c, 818c,

858a, 937a, 938c, 939c, 947c, 952c. 3 They do not seem to be ever totally excluded. Note that also the 6th (if it is a variation) is

also normally avoided in the later works. 4 Good sources for an examination of the linguistic and doctrinal evidence are N. A.

Jayawickràma, A Critical Analysis of the Sutta Nipàta, which was reprinted in the Pàli

Buddhist Review 1, 3 (1976), and the same author's The Sutta Nipàta: Pucchàs of the

Pàràyana Vagga, published in the University of Ceylon Review (photocopy only available to

the present writer). See also Norman's extensive discussion of the linguistic materials in GD

II.

Page 227: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

227

Pathyà = 80 (73%)

Anuññhubha = 1: 1004a

navipulà = 7: 977a, 1001c, 1013a, 1015a, 1021a, 1025c, 1027a

bhavipulà = 6:, 980a, 984a, 1003a, 1008a, 1016c, 1028c

mavipulà = 5: 985c, 999c, 1002a, 1017a, 1030c

ravipulà = 4: 976c, 982a, 1013c, 1022c

savipulà = 2: 1007c, 1012c

tavipulà = 0

irregular = 4, 991c, 997a, 1015c, 1026a

Evidently the Anuññhubha and the savipulà have fallen out of favour, and there has

been a marked increase in the occurrence of the pathyà, and the first 2 variations.

3) The Siloka in the epilogue

When we compare the Siloka lines in the epilogue we can see that they clearly belong

to the early period. Of the 41 prior lines in that section, 5 are Anuññhubha, 1135ce,1

1137c, 1139c, 1141c. The other statistics for this section are as follows:

navipulà = 0

bhavipulà = 2: 1125a, 1128a

mavipulà = 3: 1130c, 1131c, 1145c

ravipulà = 1: 1138a

savipulà = 2: 1125c, 1128c

tavipulà = 0

irregular = 3, 1127c, 130a, 1140a

These figures clearly show that the epilogue is early in composition, and was probably

made at the same time as the Pucchà themselves. This is further confirmed by the fact

that Cullaniddesa has a full commentary on these lines.

1 This is counting 1135e as a prior line Anuññhubha, but it may be an even line, in which case

we would have to leave it out of the reckoning. In any case the overall figures are not

affected.

Page 228: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

228

Tuññhubha

In the Vedic period the Tuññhubha was the most important metre used in verse

composition, about 2/3 of the verses in the »g Veda are in this metre. In the Vedic

period there are two main forms to the metre, which can be described thus:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1) Å Ü Å Ü, Ð Û Û Ü Ð Ü Û Ü é x 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

2) Å Ü Å Ü Ð Å, Û Û Ð Ü Û Ü é x 4

they are distinguished by the position of the caesura, which comes after either the 4th

or the 5th syllable, and is normally followed by 2 shorts which begin the second half of

the line.

In the Pucchà and epilogue of Pàràyanavagga there are 228 lines in Tuññhubha metre.1

When we compare these with the Vedic models we will find that there are some

interesting continuities and also discontinuities.

The Tuññhubha Opening:

As we can see from the description given above in the Vedic period there are 2 main

forms of the opening, they are ÅÜÛÜ, & ÅÜÜÜ.2 In the Vedas these openings are

roughly equal in number. Both of these openings also occur in Pàràyanavagga. The

first is by far the most common form, but the second, though becoming rare,3 is found

on a significant number of occasions, see 1045e, 1052b, 1070a, 1071b, 1072b, 1073a,

1082a, 1096d, 1120c, 1149d.4 As this is continuous with the Vedic form of the metre, it

seems that we should accept it as a genuine form of the metre. In the early period

therefore, readings that meet the requirements of this opening should be regarded as

legitimate, and when establishing texts there is no pressing need to take alternative

readings that have almost certainly been introduced by scribes who were seeking to

regularize the metre according to classical norms.

There is a third form of the opening that occurs in the Pucchà, which shows the

following pattern ÜÛÛÜ , these can be found at the following lines: 1050c, 1082b,

1096c, 1097e, 1120e, 1122f; see also 1056b, 1104b.

1 This total includes 15 lines that are written in the Jagatã metre (in the lists that follow Jagatã

lines are placed in brackets). As the variations that occur in the one also occur in the other, I

take them together here. The relationship of the two metres will be considered in what

follows. 2 See Arnold's charts of pgs 188 & 194 of VM. 3 Eventually in the middle and late Pàëi periods it is normally avoided. 4 This opening is also found in Aññhakavagga, cf. 795d, 869c, 870d, 873bc, 875b, 878c, 881c,

889a, 884c, 894b, 908d, 966b, 971b, which lends good support to the argument as that section

is also considered to be old.

Page 229: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

229

Of the instances that are listed here 4 concern the compound jàtijaràya (ÜÛÛÜÐÛ),

one other has the compound santipadaü (ÜÛÛÜ); and another has the reading

upadhinidànà (ÛÛÛÛÜÜ); in these cases it would not be difficult to rectify the metre

by reading jàtã, santã, & upadhã, it is therefore perhaps of some significance that no

such reading is found in any of the editions. The other 2 readings open with the word

bhikkhu, where to read bhikkhå, would violate the context, producing a plural where a

singular is needed.

In the Vedic period this opening is regarded as irregular.1 But in the Pàëi verses it

appears fairly frequently, and shows a definite form, always beginning with a long

syllable, so that I feel that we have to regard it as a genuine syncopated variation of

the opening in the Pàëi period.

Tuññhubha Breaks:

The most important difference in the early Pàëi period is the dominance of the bhagaõa

break ÜÛÛ which in fact becomes the norm in the classical period. In the tables that

follow it will be seen that it is this characteristic, and not the position of the caesura,

that distinguishes the metre (only the regular breaks are listed in this first table, breaks

that are considered to be irregular in form will be listed later).

caesura at the 4th:

,ÜÛÛ (57 lines, constituting 24% of the total)

1044e, 1046e, 1048bd, 1051b, 1052de, 1056c, 1057d, 1059bc, 1060bd, 1063abd, 1064b,

1069b, 1070d, 1071d, 1072d, 1073c, 1075abc, 1076d, 1078d, 1080ef, 1081eh, 1082d,

1083bd, 1090abc, 1091bd, 11096a(b)cd, 1102c, 1121c, 1123c, 1133b, 1134abd, 1142b,

1143b, 1144abd, 1146ab

,ÛÛÜ (21 lines, 10% of the total)

1043f, 1045f, 1047e, 1049a, 1052f, 1055b, 1057d, 1061a, 1064d, 1068b, 1069acd, 1075d,

1079g, 1097(b), 1101c, 1102d, 1103b, 1142a, 1146c

,ÜÛÜ (19 lines, 8% of the total)

1049b, 1058b, 1059a, 1060(a), 1070a, 1071b, 1072b, 1074ac, 1077d, 1082g, 1083g, 1091a,

1101b, 1104bd, 1120c,1133c, 1134c

,ÛÛÛ (8 lines, 3.5% of the total)

1078a, 1079a, 1080a, 1081a, 1082a, 1102a, 1122b, 1143c

,ÜÜÛ (4 lines, 2% of the total)

1056b, 1101a, 1133ad

1 Cf. Arnold VM pg 194, where its occurrence is listed at 2%. However it appears quite often in

Aññhakavagga, cf. 836c, 842c, 845a, 870a, 874b, 902a, 964b, 970a, 975b. As in Pàràyanavagga

the form always opens with a long syllable.

Page 230: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

230

caesura at the 5th:

Û,ÛÛ (13 lines, 6% of the total)

1058a, 1070c, 1074bd, 1076a, 1077b, 1078b, 1082b, 1097e, 1120ae, 1122f, 1123a

Ü,ÛÜ (6 lines, 3% of the total)

1048c, 1056a, 1060c, 1072a, 1078c, 1097a, 1149d

Ü,ÛÛ (34 lines, 15% of the total)

1046d, 1049(c), 1050(a)c, 1051acd, 1052c, 1056d, 1059d, 1065abd, 1071c, 1072c, 1073a,

1079b, 1082c, 1083c, 1097(a)d, 1102b, 1103a, 1104ac, 1120bd, 1121d, 1122ace, 1123bd,

1142c

Ü,ÜÛ (1 line)

1077c

caesura at the 6th:

ÜÛ,Û (40 lines, 18% of the total)

1045(e), 1046c, 1047(bd), 1050b, 1052ab, 1055c, 1057(a), 1058c, 1061b, 1063c, 1064a,

1070b, 1071a, 1076c, 1079cd(f), 1080bcd, 1081bcd(g), 1082ef, 1083(a)ef, 1090d, 1091c,

1121ab, 1142d, 1143ad, 1144c, 1149c

From this we can see that the bhagaõa break - regardless of where the caesura falls -

forms 57% of all Tuññhubha lines in the Pucchà and Epilogue.

The irregular lines are also of some interest in helping to define the parametres of the

prosody. The first break listed below is particularly interesting, as a long 6th has been

normally considered to be wrong in terms of the metre. As there seems to be a regular

form to this break,1 with the caesura after the long 6th, followed by a short syllable, it

appears that the break should be regarded as acceptable:

ÜÜ,Û (8 lines, 4% of the total)

1048a, 1049d, 1050d, 1055d, 1073bd, 1077c, 1103c 2

1 Unfortunately Warder's tables on pg 207 & 209 of PM do not bring this out clearly. Arnold's

tables do not record caesuras at the 6th, so that it has not been possible for me to check it in

the Vedic period. It appears that many scholars have not countenanced a caesura at the 6th

when making their analyses. But it seems to the present writer that in reciting verse in Pàëi it

often falls quite naturally after the 6th. According to the above analysis some 24% of the

breaks can be counted as producing this caesura. 2 See also 1056b, 1101a, & 1133ad, where the same pattern turns up after a word-break at the

4th. The comments in the text apply to this form also. To this we can add the following

references in Aññhakavagga: 776d, 93d, 799a, 802d, 846d, 862d, 864a, 866a, 871a, 894b, 901d,

964cd, 969a. The same break, but with caesura at the 4th: 829d, 887c, 894a, 913ad. Also cf.

913c, 972d for the same break but with a different caesura.

Page 231: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

231

replacement of 2 presumed short syllables by one long one:

Û,Ü 1068d,

Ü,Ü 1064c, 1068c, 1076b, 1103d

extended form, having the caesura at the 5th, and restarting from the same syllable,

giving a line of 12 syllables:

Ü,ÜÛÛ 1044d,

Û,ÜÛÛ 1047c, 1081f,

Û,ÛÛÜ 1120a, 1123a

irregular:1

1045d, 1046e, 1047a, 1057c, 1058d, 1060a, 1065c, 1079e, 1080f, 1101d, 1122d, 1146d

It is characteristic of the early Vedic period that the mixing of Tuññhubha and Jagatã

lines was normally avoided. Of the 228 lines counted above, only 16 are in the Jagatã

metre, which therefore constitute less than 7% of the total, this shows that although by

the early Pàëi period Jagatã lines were allowed in what were otherwise Tuññhubha

verses, nevertheless they were not part of the normal parametres of the prosody,2 and

seem to have been allowed only as an expedient.

When we put this analysis together we can define the Tuññhubha metre in the early Pàëi

period thus:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Å Ü Å Ü Ð Å Û Å Ð Ü Û Ü é x4

with the syncopated opening ÜÛÛÜ sometimes appearing, and the break ÜÜ,Û

occasionally giving a long 6th syllable. It is on the basis of this description that the

present text has been established.3

1 If we follow the suggestions given in the notes to the verses in the text some of these lines are

not so irregular, but as there is some ambiguity about them, I have counted them seperately

here. 2 On the other hand, in the middle and late Pàëi periods mixing is normal. 3 It will be noticed from the variant readings that the Burmese editors had in mind another,

more classical, model, that seeks to avoid the long 3rd and 6th. It has long been recognized

that the Burmese editions have often been `corrected' to make the metre fit into what is, in

fact, a later prosody; see e.g. Helmer Smith's remark in PJ II, pg 637. Judging by Norman's

comments in GD II, he was also working with this more classical model of the metre.

Page 232: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A Study of its Metre

232

Page 233: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Cullaniddeso 1

Namo tassa Bhagavato Arahato Sammàsambuddhassa2

Pàràyanavaggo3

Vatthugàthà

1 (976)

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Siloka pathyà4

Kosalànaü purà rammà ~ agamà Dakkhiõàpathaü ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐ ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

àkiÿcaÿÿaü patthayàno ~ bràhmaõo mantapàragå.

2 (977)

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

So Assakassa visaye, ~ Måëakassa5 samàsane, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐ Ü ÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vasi6 Godhàvarãkåle7 ~ uÿchena ca phalena ca.

3 (978)

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÛ ÐÐ ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Tasseva upanissàya ~ gàmo ca vipulo ahu,8 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÛ ÐÐ ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tato jàtena àyena ~ mahàyaÿÿam-akappayi.9

4 (979)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Mahàyaÿÿaü yajitvàna ~ puna pàvisi assamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tasmiü patipaviññhamhi10 ~ aÿÿo àgaÿchi bràhmaõo -

1 BJT: Cullaniddesapàëi; PTS: Cullaniddesa; Thai: Cåëaniddeso; ChS: Cåëaniddesapàëi. It will be

seen from this that none of the editions has this title, but I have adopted it here against the

readings for the sake of consistency. 2 PTS omits this line; Sn omits first two lines. 3 PTS: Pàràyanavagga 4 All lines in the Vatthugàthà should be understood to be the pathyà form of the Siloka unless

otherwise indicated. 5 BJT: Målakassa; ChS: Maëakassa; Sn: Aëakassa, both also in 1011 below. 6 BJT, PTS, Thai, Sn: vasã 7 BJT: Godàvarã 8 Sn: ahå 9 BJT: akappayã. 10 Thai, ChS: pañi-

Page 234: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

234

5 (980)

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

ugghaññapàdo tasito, ~ païkadanto1 rajassiro, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

so ca naü upasaïkamma, ~ satàni paÿca yàcati. 6 (981)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Tam-enaü Bàvarã disvà ~ àsanena nimantayi,2 ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sukhaÿ-ca3 kusalaü pucchi, ~ idaü vacanam-abravi:4 7 (982)

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

ßYaü kho mamaü5 deyyadhammaü ~ sabbaü vissajjitaü6 mayà, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

anujànàhi me brahme, ~ natthi paÿca satàni me.û 8 (983)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßSace me yàcamànassa ~ bhavaü nànupadassati,7 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sattame divase tuyhaü ~ muddhà phalatu sattadhà!û 9 (984)

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

Abhisaïkharitvà kuhako8 ~ bheravaü so akittayi.9 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Tassa taü vacanaü sutvà, ~ Bàvarã dukkhito ahu.10 10 (985)

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Ussussati anàhàro, ~ sokasallasamappito, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

atho pi evaücittassa ~ jhàne11 na ramatã mano.

1 Sn: paükadanto; Sn normally writes niggahãta ü- before the ka group of consonants. As this

is only a difference in orthography, no further instances will be noted here. 2 BJT: nimantayã 3 BJT: sukhaü ca; BJT normally writes niggahãta ü before c, ch, j, jh; and occasionally before

ka. In this edition I have preferred to write ÿ & ï, further cases will not be noted. 4 BJT: abravã; 5 ChS: mama 6 Thai, ChS: visajjitaü 7 Thai: nànuppadassati 8 Norman (GD II, pg 360) states that the resolution in this pàdayuga is at the 7th, but would

leave the metre incorrect in the opening. 9 BJT: akittayã 10 Sn: ahå 11 Thai: jahàne,

Page 235: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

235

11 (986)

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Utrastaü dukkhitaü disvà, ~ devatà atthakàminã ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Bàvariü upasaïkamma, ~ idaü vacanam-abravi:1 12 (987)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßNa so muddhaü pajànàti, ~ kuhako so dhanatthiko! ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Muddhani2 muddhapàte3 và, ~ÿàõaü tassa na vijjati.û

13 (988)

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßBhotã4 carahi jànàti! ~ Taü5 me akkhàhi pucchità: ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

muddhaü muddhàdhipàtaÿ-ca ~ taü suõoma vaco tava.û

14 (989)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßAham-petaü na jànàmi, ~ ÿàõaü6 mettha na vijjati. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Muddhaü muddhàdhipàto7 ca ~ Jinànaü heta'8 dassanaü.û

15 (990)

ÛÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßAtha ko carahi jànàti ~ asmiü puthavimaõóale 9 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

muddhaü muddhàdhipàtaÿ-ca? ~ Taü me akkhàhi devate.û

16 (991)

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßPurà Kapilavatthumhà ~ nikkhanto lokanàyako, ÛÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syll

apacco Okkàkaràjassa10 ~ Sakyaputto pabhaïkaro.

1 BJT: abravã 2 It is surprising we find no reading Muddhanã here, to avoid the opening ÜÛÛ . 3 Thai: muddhàdhipàte 4 Thai: Pahoti 5 Thai: Tam, 6 Thai, Sn: ÿàõam mettha, it is a feature of Thai & Sn that they frequently show assimilation of

consonants like this, further cases will not be recorded. 7 ChS: muddhani muddhàdhipàte 8 ChS: Jinaÿ-hettha; note that niggahãta in etaü is lost here m.c. 9 Thai: pañhavi-; ChS: pathavi 10 We could correct the metre by reading apacc' Okkàkaràjassa

Page 236: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

236

17 (992)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

So hi bràhmaõa Sambuddho, ~ sabbadhammàna' pàragå,1 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Sabbàbhiÿÿàbalappatto, ~ sabbadhammesu Cakkhumà ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Sabbakammakkhayam2-patto ~ vimutto upadhikkhaye.3

18 (993)

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Buddho so Bhagavà loke, ~ Dhammaü deseti Cakkhumà, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taü tvaü gantvàna pucchassu, ~ so te taü byàkarissati.û4

19 (994)

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

`Sambuddho' ti vaco sutvà, ~ udaggo Bàvarã ahu,5 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sokassa tanuko àsi ~ pãtiÿ-ca vipulaü labhi.

20 (995)

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

So Bàvarã 6 attamano udaggo, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

taü devataü pucchati vedajàto: ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

ßKatamamhi gàme nigamamhi và puna,7 ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 2

katamamhi và janapade lokanàtho, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yattha gantvà namassemu8 ~ Sambuddhaü dipaduttamaü?û9

21 (996)

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 4

ßSàvatthiyaü Kosalamandire Jino, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

pahåtapaÿÿo varabhårimedhaso, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

so Sakyaputto vidhuro anàsavo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

muddhàdhipàtassa vidå naràsabho.û

1 BJT: pàragu 2 PTS, ChS, Thai, Sn: Sabbadhammakkhayaü 3 BJT, Sn: upadhisaïkhaye 4 BJT, Sn: vyàkarissati. BJT & Sn regularly write vy for by, other cases will not be noticed. 5 Sn: ahå 6 BJT: Bàvari 7 ChS: pana 8 ChS: gantvàna passemu 9 ChS: dvipaduttamaü, here and in 998 below.

Page 237: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

237

22 (997)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Tato àmantayã1 sisse, ~ bràhmaõo2 mantapàrage,3 ÜÛÜÛÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

ßEtha màõavà akkhissaü ~ suõotha4 vacanaü mama,

23 (998)

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yasseso dullabho loke ~ pàtubhàvo abhiõhaso, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

svajja5 lokamhi uppanno, ~ `Sambuddho' iti vissuto. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Khippaü gantvàna Sàvatthiü ~ passavho dipaduttamaü.û

24 (999)

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßKathaÿ6-carahi jànemu ~ disvà `Buddho' ti bràhmaõa?

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

Ajànataü no pabråhi, ~ yathà jànemu taü mayaü.û

25 (1000)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßâgatàni hi mantesu ~ Mahàpurisalakkhaõà, ÜÜÜÛÐ(Û)ÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ (pathyà)

dvattiüsà7 ca byàkhàtà8 ~ samattà anupubbaso.

26 (1001)

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Yassete honti gattesu ~ Mahàpurisalakkhaõà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

dve yeva9 tassa gatiyo, ~ tatiyà hi na vijjati,

1 PTS: àmantayi 2 Sn: brahmaõe 3 ChS: -pàragå 4 ChS: suõàtha 5 ChS, Thai, Sn: svàjja 6 BJT: Kathaü. 7 BJT: dvattiüsa; ChS: dvattiüsàni, which is probably an individual scribal `correction' to the

metre. 8 BJT, Thai, Sn: vyàkhyàtà; ChS: byàkkhàtà; We should probably understand a sarabhatti vowel

here which should be counted towards the metre: b<i>yàkhàtà 9 Thai: duve va; Sn: dve va

Page 238: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

238

27 (1002)

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

sace agàraü àvasati1 ~ vijeyya pañhaviü2 imaü, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

adaõóena asatthena ~ Dhammena-m-anusàsati.3

28 (1003)

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

Sace ca so pabbajati ~ agàrà anagàriyaü ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vivaññacchaddÖ4 Sambuddho ~ Arahà bhavati anuttaro.

29 (1004)

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

Jàtiü gottaÿ-ca lakkhaõaü, ~ mante sisse punàpare,5 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

muddhaü muddhàdhipàtaÿ-ca ~ manasà yeva pucchatha.

30 (1005)

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Anàvaraõadassàvã ~ yadi Buddho bhavissati, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

manasà pucchite paÿhe ~ vàcàya vissajessati.û6

31 (1006)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Bàvarissa vaco sutvà, ~ sissà soëasa7 bràhmaõà: ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Ajito Tissametteyyo, ~ Puõõako atha Mettagå,8

32 (1007)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Dhotako Upasãvo ca, ~ Nando ca atha Hemako, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

Todeyya-Kappà dubhayo, ~ Jatukaõõã ca paõóito,

33 (1008)

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

Bhadràvudho Udayo ca, ~ Posàlo càpi bràhmaõo, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Mogharàjà ca medhàvã, ~ Piïgiyo ca mahà isi,

1 Sn: ajjhàvasati 2 ChS: Pathaviü 3 ChS omits the sandhi -m- 4 PTS: vivañacchaddo; Thai: vivaññachado; Sn vivattacchaddo 5 BJT: punàparaü 6 ChS: visajjissati, but that is very poor metrically. 7 PTS: solasa, note that the following br does not make position. 8 BJT: Mettagu, and also at 1124, but elsewhere Mettagå

Page 239: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

239

34 (1009)

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

paccekagaõino sabbe, ~ sabbalokassa vissutà, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

jhàyã jhànaratà dhãrà, ~ pubbavàsanavàsità,

35 (1010)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Bàvariü abhivàdetvà,1 ~ katvà ca naü padakkhiõaü, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

jañàjinadharà sabbe ~ pakkàmuü uttaràmukhà:

36 (1011)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Måëakassa2 Patiññhànaü ~ purimaü3 Màhissatiü tadà,4 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Ujjeniÿ-càpi Gonaddhaü ~ Vedisaü Vanasavhayaü,

37 (1012)

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Kosambiÿ5-càpi Sàketaü, ~ Sàvatthiÿ-ca puruttamaü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

Setabyaü Kapilavatthuü, ~ Kusinàraÿ-ca mandiraü,6

38 (1013)

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

Pàvaÿ-ca Bhoganagaraü, ~ Vesàliü Màgadhaü puraü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

Pàsàõakaÿ7-cetiyaÿ-ca, ~ ramaõãyaü manoramaü.

39 (1014)

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Tasito vudakaü sãtaü, ~ mahàlàbhaü va vàõijo, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

chàyaü ghammàbhitatto va ~ turità8 pabbatam-àruhuü.

1 BJT: abhivanditvà 2 BJT: Målakassa; ChS: Maëakassa; Sn: Aëakassa 3 ChS: pura 4 BJT: tathà 5 PTS, Sn: Kosambiü 6 ChS: mandira 7 Thai, ChS: Pàsàõakaü 8 BJT: tusità

Page 240: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

240

40 (1015)

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

Bhagavà ca tamhi1 samaye ~ bhikkhusaïghapurakkhato, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

bhikkhånaü Dhammaü deseti ~ sãho va nadatã2 vane.

41 (1016)

ÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Ajito addasa Sambuddhaü,3 ~ sataraüsiü4 va bhànumaü,5 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

candaü yathà paõõarase6 ~ paripårim7-upàgataü,

42 (1017)

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

athassa gatte disvàna ~ paripåraÿ-ca byaÿjanaü.8 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Ekam-antaü ñhito haññho ~ manopaÿhe apucchatha:

43 (1018)

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßâdissa jammanaü bråhi, ~ gottaü bråhi salakkhaõaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

mantesu pàramiü bråhi, ~ kati vàceti bràhmaõo?û

44 (1019)

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßVãsaüvassasataü àyu, ~ so ca gottena Bàvari,9 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tãõassa10 lakkhaõà gatte ~ tiõõaü vedàna' pàragå.

45 (1020)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Lakkhaõe itihàse ca, ~ sanighaõóusakeñubhe, ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

paÿca satàni11 vàceti, ~ sadhamme pàramiü gato.û

1 BJT: tasmiü; ChS omits ca to `correct' the metre, but the opening would be still be wrong for

the 1st vipulà. 2 PTS: nadati; 3 ChS omits Sam to `correct' the metre, but again the opening is not very good. 4 PTS, Thai, Sn: vãtaraüsi; ChS: pãtaraüsiü 5 ChS: bhàõumaü 6 ChS, Sn: pannarase 7 PTS, Thai, Sn: pàripåriü; ChS paripåraü 8 Note that by fails to make position here; I do not know why Norman (GD II pg 364) feels we

have to include a sarabhatti vowel in this word, and then take the 1st syllable as resolved. 9 BJT, PTS, ChS, Sn: Bàvarã 10 ChS tãnissa 11 This line shows 2 shorts syllables in 2nd & 3rd positions, which is normally avoided.

Page 241: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

241

46 (1021)

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

ßLakkhaõànaü pavicayaü ~ Bàvarissa naruttama ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taõhacchida pakàsehi, ~ mà no kaïkhàyitaü ahu.û

47 (1022)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßMukhaü jivhàya chàdeti, ~ uõõassa1 bhamukantare, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

kosohitaü vatthaguyhaü ~ evaü jànàhi màõava.û

48 (1023)

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Pucchaü hi2 kiÿci3 asuõanto, ~ sutvà paÿhe viyàkate,4 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vicinteti jano sabbo ~ vedajàto kataÿjali:5

49 (1024)

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßKo nu devo va6 brahmà và ~ Indo và pi Sujampati, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

manasà pucchi te paÿhe? ~ Kam-etaü pañibhàsati?û

50 (1025)

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßMuddhaü muddhàdhipàtaÿ-ca, ~ Bàvarã paripucchati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

taü byàkarohi Bhagavà,7 ~ kaïkhaü vinaya no ise.û

51 (1026)

ÛÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syll

ßAvijjà muddhà ti jànàhi, ~ vijjà muddhàdhipàtinã, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saddhàsatisamàdhãhi, ~ chandaviriyena8 saüyutà.û

1 Thai: uõõàssa 2 ChS pucchaÿ-hi 3 BJT: kaÿci. 4 BJT: vyàkate 5 BJT, Thai, ChS: aÿjalã 6 BJT, ChS: và; va is m.c. to give pathyà. 7 I can see no reason why Norman (GD II, pg 365) states that the 7th syllable is resolved here

(which would go against the rule of resolution), as the cadence and opening are a normal 1st

vipulà. Nor do we then have to produce a sarabhatti vowel in byàkarohi to correct the metre 8 ChS: vãriyena.

Page 242: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

242

52 (1027)

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

Tato vedena mahatà ~ santhambhitvàna1 màõavo, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekaüsaü ajinaü katvà, ~ pàdesu sirasà pati:2 53 (1028)

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßBàvarã bràhmaõo bhoto, ~ saha sissehi màrisa, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

udaggacitto sumano, ~ pàde vandati Cakkhuma.û 54 (1029)

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßSukhito Bàvarã hotu ~ saha sissehi bràhmaõo! ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Tvaÿ-càpi sukhito hohi ~ ciraü jãvàhi màõava! 55 (1030)

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Bàvarissa va3 tuyhaü4 và ~ sabbesaü sabbasaüsayaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

katàvakàsà pucchavho ~ yaü kiÿci manasicchatha.û 56 (1031)

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Sambuddhena katokàso, ~ nisãditvàna paÿjali,5 ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Ajito pañhamaü paÿhaü ~ tattha pucchi Tathàgataü:

Vatthugàthà niññhità

1 ChS: santhambhetvàna 2 BJT: patã 3 ChS: ca 4 BJT: tumhaü 5 BJT, ChS: paÿjalã

Page 243: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

243

1: Ajitamàõavapucchà1

57 (1032) 1-2

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐ Siloka pathyà 2

ßKenassu nivuto loko? icc-àyasmà Ajito,3

ÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Kenassu nappakàsati? ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Kissàbhilepanaü bråsi?4 ~ Kiü su tassa mahabbhayaü?û 58 (1033) 1-2

ÛÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐ 9 syll

ßAvijjàya nivuto loko, 5 Ajità ti Bhagavà, ÐÜÜÜÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vevicchà pamàdà nappakàsati.6 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Jappàbhilepanaü bråmi ~ dukkham-assa mahabbhayaüû 59 (1034) 1-3

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐ savipulà

ßSavanti sabbadhi7 sotà, icc-àyasmà Ajito, ÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sotànaü kiü nivàraõaü? ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Sotànaü saüvaraü bråhi, ~ kena sotà pithiyyare?û8

60 (1035) 1-4

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßYàni sotàni lokasmiü, Ajità ti Bhagavà, ÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sati tesaü nivàraõaü. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Sotànaü saüvaraü bråmi, ~ paÿÿàyete pithiyyare.û

1 PTS places numbers and titles in brackets throughout;

Thai: Ajitamàõavakapaÿhàniddeso, and so throughout. 2 All lines should be understood as the pathyà form of the Siloka unless otherwise indicated. 3 BJT & ChS always place the recitor's remarks in brackets; further cases will not be noted. 4 Thai: bråhi 5 For a discussion of this line, see the Introduction. 6 Thai places pamàdà in brackets. This line is hypermetric as it stands by 3 syllables; as this

first pucchà is very classical in regard to the metre it appears that either vevicchà or pamàdà

should be excluded m.c., but it is not possible to decide which as both are acceptable in terms

of the metre, and both are commented on in CNidd. 7 Sn: sabbadhã 8 BJT: pithãyare, here and below; ChS: pidhiyyare, here and in the next verse.

Page 244: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

244

61 (1036) 1-5

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÛÐ savipulà

ßPaÿÿà ceva sati1 càpi,2 icc-àyasmà Ajito, ÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

nàmaråpaÿ-ca màrisa, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

etaü me puññhÖ pabråhi: ~ katthetaü uparujjhati?û

62 (1037) 1-6

ÛÜÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

ßYam-etaü paÿhaü apucchi ~ Ajita3 taü vadàmi te! ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Yattha nàmaÿ-ca råpaÿ-ca ~ asesaü uparujjhati: ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

viÿÿàõassa nirodhena, ~ etthetaü uparujjhati.û

63 (1038) 1-7

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßYe ca saïkhàtadhammàse,4 ~ ye ca sekhà5 puthå6 idha, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tesaü me nipako iriyaü ~ puññho pabråhi màrisa.û

64 (1039) 1-8

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßKàmesu nàbhigijjheyya, ~ manasànàvilo siyà. ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Kusalo sabbadhammànaü ~ sato bhikkhu paribbajeû ti.7

Ajitamàõavapucchà niññhità8

1 BJT, PTS: satã 2 Sn: satã ca 3 The vocative here gives the opening ÛÛÛ which is normally avoided. 4 BJT: -dhammà se, here and in similar positions throughout, it is not clear to me what the

editors had in mind, but it appears that in fact -àse is a nominative plural ending, see Geiger

PG # 79.4, and GD II, pg 134 for further references. 5 Thai: sekkhà 6 PTS: puthu 7 BJT omits ti here and at the end of the following pucchà, but includes it after all the others. 8 Thai: Ajitamàõavakapaÿhàniddeso pañhamo, and similarly throughout; further cases will not

be noted.

ChS: Ajitamàõavapucchà pañhamà, and similarly throughout.

Page 245: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

245

2: Tissametteyyamàõavapucchà

65 (1040) 2-2

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßKodha santusito loke? icc-àyasmà Tissametteyyo,1

ÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Kassa no2 santi iÿjità? ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Ko ubhantam-abhiÿÿàya, ~ majjhe mantà na lippati?3 ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Kaü bråsi Mahàpuriso ti?4 ~ Kodha5 sibbanim6-accagà?û7

66 (1041) 2-2

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐ Anuññhubha

ßKàmesu brahmacariyavà, Metteyyà ti Bhagavà, ÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vãtataõho sadà sato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saïkhàya nibbuto bhikkhu, ~ tassa no santi iÿjità.

67 (1042) 2-3

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

So ubhantam-abhiÿÿàya, ~ majjhe mantà na lippati. ÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Taü bråmi Mahàpuriso ti, ~ sodha sibbanim-accagàû ti.8

Tissametteyyamàõàvapucchà niññhità

1 PTS, Sn: Tisso Metteyyo 2 Ven. Medhaïkara points out that the form no here, and in the next verse, is almost certainly

m.c. to avoid the opening ÜÛÛÜ . 3 Thai: limpati, here and in the reply. 4 See the discussion of this line (and 1043c) in the Introduction. 5 PTS, Thai, ChS, Sn: idha, here and in 1042 below. 6 ChS: sibbiniü, here and below. 7 Thai adds ti 8 BJT: omits ti

Page 246: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

246

3: Puõõakamàõavapucchà

68 (1043) 3-2

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßAnejaü måladassàviü, icc-àyasmà Puõõako, ÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

atthi paÿhena àgamaü:

Kiü nissità isayo manujà,

khattiyà bràhmaõà devatànaü

yaÿÿam-akappayiüsu puthådha1 loke? ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha2

Pucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü.û

69 (1044) 3-2

ßYe kecime isayo manujà, Puõõakà ti Bhagavà,

khattiyà bràhmaõà devatànaü,

yaÿÿam-akappayiüsu puthådha3 loke ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Extended Tuññhubha

àsiüsamànà4 Puõõaka itthabhàvaü5 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jaraü sità yaÿÿam-akappayiüsu.û

70 (1045) 3-3

ßYe kecime isayo manujà, icc-àyasmà Puõõako,

khattiyà bràhmaõà devatànaü,

yaÿÿam-akappayiüsu puthådha loke, ÜÜÛÜ,Ð(ÛÛÜ)ÜÛÛ(Ü)ÐÜÛÜÜ

kaccissu6 te Bhagavà yaÿÿapathe appamattà7 ÛÜÜÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

atàruü8 jàtiÿ-ca jaraÿ-ca màrisa? ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Pucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü.û

1 BJT: puthu idha, here and below; PTS: puthu 'dha; but idha in the following 2 verses. Sn;

puthå, here and in the next verse, but not in the third. These lines as they stand are rhythmic

prose. It is possible that the original form of the lines were in Tuññhubha metre, with the

reading: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Kiü nissità bràhmaõà devatànaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ yaÿÿaü kappayiüsu puthådha loke

2 From here on all 3 part lines are Tuññhubha unless otherwise stated, and all 4 part lines are

Siloka unless otherwise stated. 3 PTS: puthå here, but puthu elsewhere. 4 ChS: àsãsamànà 5 Thai: itthataü; ChS itthattaü 6 Sn: kacciü su 7 For this line to scan properly we need to exclude Bhagavà, and read Ýpathappamattà 8 BJT, PTS, Sn: atàru', but the opening ÅÜÜÜ is acceptable, see the Introduction.

Page 247: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

247

71 (1046) 3-4

ÜÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜ ravipulà & irregular cadence

ßâsiüsanti1 thomayanti, ~ abhijappanti2 juhanti,

Puõõakà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Kàmàbhijappanti pañicca làbhaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

te yàjayogà bhavaràgarattà. ÜÛÜÛ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

Nàtariüsu3 jàtijaran-ti bråmi.û

72 (1047) 3-5

ÜÜÜÐÛÜÛ,ÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

ßTe ce nàtariüsu yàjayogà icc-àyasmà Puõõako, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yaÿÿehi jàtiÿ-ca jaraÿ-ca màrisa, ÛÛÜÛÛÐÛ,ÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Extended Tuññhubha

atha ko carahi4 devamanussaloke ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

atàri jàtiÿ-ca jaraÿ-ca màrisa? ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Pucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü.û 73 (1048) 3-6

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßSaïkhàya lokasmiü5 paroparàni,6 Puõõakà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yassiÿjitaü natthi kuhiÿci loke, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

santo vidhåmo anãgho7 niràso, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

atàri so jàtijaran-ti bråmãû ti.

Puõõakamàõavapucchà niññhità

1 ChS: âsãsanti 2 Thai places abhijappanti in brackets, presuming an original Tuññhubha line (we would still

need to read âsiüsantã & thomayantã m.c.), which may be correct, as the recitor's remarks in

Siloka lines normally come after the first half of the pàdayuga, not at the end of the line as

here. If this is an addition though, it is very early as abhijappanti is commented on in CNidd

(before juhanti, and its repetition in the next line). If it is a Siloka line there is no really

convincing way to correct the cadence. 3 In this and the following line the metre is upset by the reading nàtariüsu. It is not easy to

correct the metre satisfactorily here. 1046e is repeated at 1080f. 4 Norman (GD II pg 369) suggests that the 4th syllable is resolved here, but that would go

against the rule of resolution; if we read atha ko carahã it would correct the metre; cf 1081f. 5 ChS: lokasmi'; (cf Norman GD II, pg 370). For this unusual break see the Introduction. 6 BJT, Sn: parovaràni 7 PTS, Thai, Sn: anigho, here and in 1059 & 1078 below.

Page 248: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

248

4: Mettagåmàõavapucchà 74 (1049) 4-2

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßPucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü, icc-àyasmà Mettagå,

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

maÿÿàmi taü vedaguü bhàvitattaü - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

kuto nu dukkhà samudàgatà ime ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye keci lokasmiü1 anekaråpà?û

75 (1050) 4-2

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

ßDukkhassa ve maü pabhavaü apucchasi, Mettagå ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taü te pavakkhàmi yathà pajànaü: ÛÛÛÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

Upadhinidànà pabhavanti dukkhà ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye keci lokasmiü2 anekaråpà.

76 (1051) 4-3

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Yo ve avidvà upadhiü karoti ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

punappunaü dukkham-upeti mando. ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Tasmà pajànaü3 upadhiü na kayirà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dukkhassa jàtippabhavànupassã.û

77 (1052) 4-4

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßYan-taü4 apucchimha akittayã5 no, icc-àyasmà Mettagå,6

ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

aÿÿaü taü pucchàma7 tad-iïgha bråhi:

1 ChS lokasmim; see the note to 1048a. 2 ChS: lokasmim; see the note to 1048a; it will be noted that lokasmiü often occurs in this

break (this is also true in Aññhakavagga). 3 Sn: tasmà hi jànaü 4 ChS: Yaü taü 5 PTS: akittayi 6 Thai, ChS, Sn omit the recitor's remark here. 7 Sn: pucchàmi

Page 249: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

249

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Kathan-nu1 dhãrà vitaranti oghaü ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jàtiü jaraü2 sokapariddavaÿ-ca? ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Taü me munã3 sàdhu viyàkarohi, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tathà hi te vidito esa Dhammo.û

78 (1053) 4-5

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßKittayissàmi te Dhammaü, Mettagå ti Bhagavà,

ÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

diññhe dhamme anãtihaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yaü viditvà sato caraü, ~ tare loke visattikaü.û

79 (1054) 4-6

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßTaÿ-càhaü abhinandàmi ~ mahesi4 Dhammam-uttamaü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

Yaü viditvà sato caraü, ~ tare loke visattikaü.û 80 (1055) 4-7

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÛÐ

ßYaü kiÿci sampajànàsi, Mettagå ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

uddhaü adho tiriyaÿ5-càpi majjhe, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etesu nandiÿ-ca nivesanaÿ-ca ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

panujja viÿÿàõaü bhave na tiññhe.

81 (1056) 4-8

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Evaüvihàrã sato appamatto, ÜÛÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhikkhu caraü6 hitvà mamàyitàni,

1 Thai, ChS: Kathaü 2 PTS, BJT, Sn: jàtijaraü, but in 1056 BJT prints below as here. Thai: jàtijjaraü, also in 1056,

which is correct metrically, but is almost certainly a scribal correction, cf 1097e. 1120e,

1122f. 3 PTS, ChS: muni 4 BJT, Thai: mahesã 5 PTS writes tiriyaü with the niggahãta here against its normal practice, but cf 1103 below; Sn:

tiriyaü 6 Note the unusual opening, which can hardly be corrected without violating the context; cf

1104b.

Page 250: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

250

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jàtiü jaraü1 sokapariddavaÿ-ca ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idheva vidvà pajaheyya dukkhaü.û

82 (1057) 4-9

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

ßEtàbhinandàmi vaco mahesino,2

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Sukittitaü Gotamanåpadhãkaü.3 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

Addhà hi Bhagavà pahàsi dukkhaü,4 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tathà hi te vidito esa Dhammo.

83 (1058) 4-10

ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Te càpi nåna pajaheyyu'5 dukkhaü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ye tvaü munã6 aññhitaü ovadeyya, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taü taü namassàmi samecca nàgaü,7 ÜÜÛÜ(ÛÛÜ),ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

appeva maü Bhagavà8 aññhitaü ovadeyya!û

84 (1059) 4-12

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßYaü bràhmaõaü vedaguü9 àbhijaÿÿà,10 Mettagå ti Bhagavà,11

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

akiÿcanaü kàmabhave asattaü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

addhà hi so ogham-imaü atàri, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tiõõo ca pàraü akhilo akaïkho.

1 Sn: jàtijaraü; cf. 1052d. 2 Ce, Se include the recitor's remark: icc-àyasmà Mettagå here and in 1059 below. 3 PTS: anåpadhikaü, but cf 1083. 4 Smith (PJ II, pg 639) suggests that this line is Vaitàlãya (by which I can only presume he

means Opacchandasaka), but if that is so the metre is still wrong, with a short 3rd syllable

(presumably). However, that a mattacchandas line would be found in such an ancient

collection at all seems to me to be an anachronism. 5 ChS; nånappajaheyya 6 PTS, ChS, Sn: muni 7 BJT, PTS, ChS, Sn: nàga 8 BJT prints Bhagavà in brackets, it is probably an insertion by the recitor to clarify the

context. Otherwise we could exclude aññhitaü, which can be understood as it occurs in line b. 9 ChS: vedagum- 10 PTS, Thai: abhijaÿÿà, à- is m.c. Ven. Medhaïkara points out that this is better read as a 2nd

person singular optative (though CNidd glosses abhijàneyya, àjàneyya etc. taking it as 3rd

person), in which case the regular form would be abhijaÿÿàsi, and -si has been lost m.c. 11 ChS omits recitor's remark.

Page 251: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

251

85 (1060) 4-12

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

Vidvà ca so vedagå1 naro idha, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhavàbhave saïgam2-imaü visajja, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

so vãtataõho anãgho niràso - ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

atàri3 so jàtijaran-ti bråmãû ti

Mettagåmàõavapucchà niññhità

5: Dhotakamàõavapucchà 86 (1061) 5-2

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßPucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü, icc-àyasmà Dhotako,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

vàcàbhikaïkhàmi mahesi tuyhaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tava sutvàna nigghosaü ~ sikkhe nibbànam-attano.û

87 (1062) 5-2

ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÛÐ ravipulà

ßTena hàtappaü karohi, Dhotakà ti Bhagavà, ÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

idheva nipako sato, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ito sutvàna nigghosaü, ~ sikkhe nibbànam-attano.û

88 (1063) 5-3

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßPassàmahaü devamanussaloke, icc-àyasmà Dhotako,4 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

akiÿcanaü bràhmaõam-iriyamànaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taü taü namassàmi Samantacakkhu, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

pamuÿca maü Sakka kathaïkathàhi.û5

1 PTS, Sn: vedagu 2 PTS: saïgaü 3 Thai: attàri, but not in 1048 or elsewhere. 4 PTS, ChS, Sn omit the recitor's remark. 5 BJT, ChS, Sn: kathaükathàhi

Page 252: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

252

89 (1064) 5-4

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßNàhaü sahissàmi1 pamocanàya,2 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kathaïkathiü3 Dhotaka kaÿci loke, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

dhammaÿ-ca seññhaü àjànamàno,4 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

evaü tuvaü ogham-imaü taresi.û5

90 (1065) 5-5

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßAnusàsa brahme karuõàyamàno, icc-àyasmà Dhotako,6

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

vivekadhammaü yam-ahaü vijaÿÿaü, ÛÜÜÜÐÜÜ,ÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

yathàhaü àkàso va abyàpajjamàno,7 ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idheva santo asito careyyaü.û

91 (1066) 5-6 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßKittiyissàmi te santiü, Dhotakà ti Bhagavà,8

ÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

diññhe dhamme anãtihaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yaü viditvà sato caraü, ~ tare loke visattikaü.û

92 (1067) 5-7

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßTaÿ-càhaü abhinandàmi9 ~ mahesi santim-uttamaü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yaü viditvà sato caraü, ~ tare loke visattikaü.û

1 PTS: samãhàmi; Thai: samissàmi; Sn: gamissàmi 2 BJT adds the recitor's remark here unnecessarily: Dhotako ti Bhagavà, as the vocative occurs

in the following line. 3 BJT, ChS: kathaükathiü 4 ChS: abhijànamàno, which looks very much like a scribal `correction', not understanding that

there has been replacement of 2 presumed shorts by one long at the 6th. 5 CNidd glosses with tareyyàsi, it is not clear whether taresi should be regarded as a regular

form, or as having arisen m.c. cf. vajjesi (s.v. vadati, PED); and BHSG Æ 29.21. 6 ChS omits the recitor's remark. 7 This line is very irregular as it stands; we could read yathàkàso va abyàpajjamàno, which

would be acceptable metrically. 8 PTS omits the recitor's remark. 9 BJT again adds in the recitor's remark here: icc-àyasmà Dhotako, but again quite

unnecessarily.

Page 253: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

253

93 (1068) 5-8

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÛÐ

ßYaü kiÿci sampajànàsi, Dhotakà ti Bhagavà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

uddhaü adho tiriyaÿ-càpi1 majjhe, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

etaü viditvà `saïgo' ti loke, ÛÜÛÜÐÛ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

bhavàbhavàya màkàsi taõhanû-ti.2

Dhotakamàõavapucchà niññhità

6: Upasãvamàõavapucchà 94 (1069) 6-2

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßEko ahaü Sakka mahantam-oghaü, icc-àyasmà Upasãvo,

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

anissito no visahàmi tàrituü.3 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ârammaõaü bråhi Samantacakkhu, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yaü nissito ogham-imaü tareyyaü.û

95 (1070) 6-2

ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßâkiÿcaÿÿaü pekkhamàno satãmà,4 Upasãvà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

natthã ti nissàya tarassu oghaü. ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Kàme pahàya virato kathàhi, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taõhakkhayaü nattamahàbhipassa.û5

96 (1071) 6-3

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßSabbesu kàmesu yo vãtaràgo, icc-àyasmà Upasãvo,

ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

àkiÿcaÿÿaü nissito hitva-m-aÿÿaü,6

1 PTS: tiriyaü, but cf 1103. 2 In these last two lines there has been replacement of two presumed short syllables by one long

one at the 6th. 3 BJT: tarituü; long -à- is m.c. 4 PTS, Thai, ChS: satimà 5 PTS: rattam- 6 BJT: hitva aÿÿaü, but hitvamaÿÿaü is written in the next verse. ChS: hitvà, here and in the

next verse.

Page 254: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

254

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saÿÿàvimokkhe1 paramedhimutto2 - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tiññhe nu so tattha anànuyàyã?û3

97 (1072) 6-4

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßSabbesu kàmesu yo vãtaràgo, Upasãvà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

àkiÿcaÿÿaü nissito hitva-m-aÿÿaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saÿÿàvimokkhe paramedhimutto - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tiññheyya so tattha anànuyàyã.û4

98 (1073) 6-5

ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßTiññhe ce so tattha anànuyàyã,5 ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

pågam-pi6 vassànaü Samantacakkhu, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tattheva so sãtisiyà7 vimutto, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

cavetha8 viÿÿàõaü tathàvidhassa?û

99 (1074) 6-6

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßAccã9 yathà vàtavegena khittà,10 Upasãvà ti Bhagavà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

atthaü paleti na upeti saïkhaü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

evaü munã11 nàmakàyà vimutto ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

atthaü paleti na upeti saïkhaü.û

1 Sn: vimokhe, and in the next verse. 2 ChS, Sn: vimutto, and in the next verse. 3 BJT, PTS: anànuyàyi, here and in the following verses. 4 PTS: anànuyàyi 5 PTS: anànuyàyi 6 BJT: yugampi 7 BJT: sãtã siyà 8 Thai, Sn: bhavetha 9 ChS: acci 10 PTS, Sn: khitto; Thai: khittaü 11 Thai: muni, but cf. next verse.

Page 255: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

255

100 (1075) 6-7 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßAtthaügato so uda và sÖ natthi? icc-àyasmà Upasãvo,1

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Udàhu ve sassatiyà arogo? ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Taü me munã2 sàdhu viyàkarohi, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tathà hi te vidito esa Dhammo.û

101 (1076) 6-8

ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßAtthaügatassa na pamàõam-atthi, Upasãvà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÛÜÜÐÜ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

yena naü vajjuü3 taü4 tassa natthi, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbesu dhammesu samåhatesu, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

samåhatà vàdapathà pi sabbeû ti.

Upasãvamàõavapucchà niññhità

7: Nandamàõavapucchà 102 (1077) 7-2

ÜÛÜÜÛÛÜÐ 7 syll

ß `Santi loke munayo',5 icc-àyasmà Nando,

ÛÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

janà vadanti ta-y-idaü kathaü su? ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

¥àõåpapannaü no muniü6 vadanti ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Udàhu ve jãvitenåpapannaü?û

103 (1078) 7-2

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

ßNa diññhiyà na sutiyà na ÿàõÕna7 ÛÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

munãdha Nanda kusalà vadanti.

1 ChS, Thai, Sn omit the recitors remarks. 2 PTS: muni 3 BJT, PTS, Thai, Sn: vajju' 4 The opening ÅÛÜÜ is very rare; in the break 2 presumed shorts have been replaced by one

long syllable. 5 This line is deficient by one syllable, and it's rather odd that we find no reading `Santi loke

munayo' ti. 6 Thai, ChS reverse the word order to muni no, a scribal `correction' to avoid the break ÜÜÛ

but this break is tolerated (see the Introduction), though it is strange that we find no reading

na here. 7 BJT adds Nandà-ti Bhagavà, again ignoring the vocative in the next line.

Page 256: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

256

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Visenikatvà anãghà1 niràsà - ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

caranti ye te munayo ti bråmi.û

104 (1079) 7-3

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßYe kecime samaõabràhmaõàse, icc-àyasmà Nando,

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

diññhassutenàpi2 vadanti suddhiü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sãlabbatenàpi vadanti suddhiü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

anekaråpena vadanti suddhiü, ÜÜÛÜ,Ð(ÛÛÜ)ÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kaccissu3 te Bhagavà4 tattha yatà5 carantà ÛÜÜÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

atàruü6 jàtiÿ-ca jaraÿ-ca màrisa? ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Pucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü.û

105 (1080) 7-4

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßYe kecime samaõabràhmaõàse, Nandà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

diññhassutenàpi vadanti suddhiü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sãlabbatenàpi vadanti suddhiü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

anekaråpena vadanti suddhiü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kiÿcàpi te tattha yatà caranti ÜÛÜÛ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

nàtariüsu7 jàtijaran-ti bråmi.û

1 PTS, Thai, Sn; anighà 2 BJT, Sn: diññhe sutenàpi, and in 1080, 1081, but the grammer is wrong as diññhe cannot be an

instrumental which is what is needed here. PTS: diññha-sutenà pi and in 1080, 1081, but we

would expect gemination in the compound. 3 BJT: kacci su; Sn: kacciü su 4 Thai puts Bhagavà in brackets here; Smith (PJ II, pg 639) lists this line as `Triùñubh rhythm

continued', though it seems to me that Bhagavà must be considered as hypermetrical and

should be excluded m.c., it has probably been inserted here by the recitor to clarify the

context, cf 1080e below. 5 BJT, Sn: yathà, here and in the next verse, but CNidd in its explanation is reading yatà. 6 BJT, PTS, ChS, Sn: atàru'; see the note to 1045e. 7 For nàtariüsu cf. the note to 1046e.

Page 257: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

257

106 (1081) 7-5/61 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßYe kecime samaõabràhmaõàse, icc-àyasmà Nando,

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

diññhassutenàpi vadanti suddhiü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sãlabbatenàpi vadanti suddhiü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

anekaråpena vadanti suddhiü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

te ce2 munã3 bråsi4 anoghatiõõe, ÛÛÜÛÛÐÛ ,ÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Extended Tuññhubha

atha ko carahi5 devamanussaloke ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

atàri jàtiÿ-ca jaraÿ-ca màrisa? ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Pucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü.û

107 (1082) 7-7

ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßNàhaü sabbe samaõabràhmaõàse, Nandà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÛÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jàtijaràya6 nivutà ti bråmi: ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye sãdha7 diññhaü va sutaü mutaü và, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sãlabbataü và pi pahàya sabbaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

anekaråpam-pi pahàya sabbaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taõhaü pariÿÿàya anàsavàse8 - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

te ve narà oghatiõõà ti bråmi.û

108 (1083) 7-8

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

ßEtàbhinandàmi vaco mahesino,9 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sukittitaü Gotamanåpadhãkaü!

1 This appears as 2 verses in BJT, but CNidd in its explanation takes both `verses' together,

which is not done elsewhere, so it seems that we have to understand that what we have here is

a rather extraordinary 8 pàda Tuññhubha verse. 2 Sn: sace 3 PTS, ChS, Sn: muni 4 BJT: bråhi 5 See the note to 1047c. 6 See the discussion in the Introduction for this opening. 7 BJT: sådha, here and in the next verse, which is simply another way of forming the sandhi. 8 BJT: anàsavà se here and below; Thai: anàsavà ye, here and below. 9 BJT adds in the recitor's remark.

Page 258: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

258

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Ye sãdha diññhaü va sutaü mutaü và ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sãlabbataü và pi pahàya sabbaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

anekaråpam-pi pahàya sabbaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

taõhaü pariÿÿàya anàsavàse - ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

aham-pi te oghatiõõà ti bråmãû ti.

Nandamàõavapucchà niññhità

8: Hemakamàõavapucchà

109 (1084) 8-2

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÛÐ

ßYe me pubbe viyàkaüsu,1 icc-àyasmà Hemako, ÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

huraü Gotamasàsanà, ÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

`iccàsi iti bhavissati',2 ~ sabbaü taü itihãtihaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÛÛÜ Anuññhubha

sabbaü taü takkavaóóhanaü ~ nàhaü tattha abhiramiü.3

110 (1085) 8-2

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Tvaÿ-ca me Dhammam-akkhàhi ~ taõhànigghàtanaü muni, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yaü viditvà sato caraü, ~ tare loke visattikaü.û

1 BJT: vyàkaüsu 2 We must take the resolution as being at the 4th here. Norman in his note to this verse is

incorrect to state that the opening ÅÜÛÜ is unusual in Siloka even lines in the canon, it is

only in the post-canonical form of the Siloka that the opening is avoided under the influence

of classical Sanskrit norms; in Pàràyanavagga cf. 980d, 1005d, 1010b, 1032b, 1054b, 1067b,

1127d. 3 If this is the second half of the pàdayuga we would expect to find a reading abhãramiü to

correct the metre. Otherwise it could be read as the first half of a pàdayuga with the

navipulà, but then the opening is unusual. This verse recurs at 1135, but there pàda f is

omitted.

Page 259: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

259

111 (1086) 8-3 ÛÛÜÛÛÐÛÛ(ÛÜÜ)ÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßIdha diññhasutamutaviÿÿàtesu ~ piyaråpesu Hemaka,1 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

chandaràgavinodanaü ~ nibbànapadam-accutaü.

112 (1087) 8-4

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

Etad-aÿÿàya ye satà, ~ diññhadhammàbhinibbutà, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

upasantà ca te sadà, ~ tiõõà loke visattikanû-ti

Hemakamàõavapucchà niññhità

9: Todeyyamàõavapucchà

113 (1088) 9-2

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÛÐ savipulà

ßYasmiü kàmà na vasanti, icc-àyasmà Todeyyo, ÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

taõhà yassa na vijjati, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kathaïkathà2 ca yo tiõõo, ~ vimokkho3 tassa kãdiso?û

114 (1089) 9-2

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÛÐ savipulà

ßYasmiü kàmà na vasanti, Todeyyà ti Bhagavà, ÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

taõhà yassa na vijjati, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kathaïkathà ca yo tiõõo, ~ vimokkho tassa nàparo.û

115 (1090) 9-3 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßNiràsaso4 so uda àsasàno? icc-àyasmà Todeyyo,5

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Paÿÿàõavà so uda paÿÿakappã?

1 Thai places viÿÿàtesu in brackets, which shows that the editors understood that the line is

hypermetrical, but to correct the metre we need to exclude -a viÿÿàt- m.c. which then leaves

the savipulà. BJT divides these lines differently, making the 2nd line start with -viÿÿàtesu,

leaving Hemaka as hypermetrical, perhaps thinking that it is a recitor's addition. So far as I

am aware compounds across the pàdayuga do not occur in the canon (although they are fairly

common in late Pàëi verse composition). 2 BJT, ChS: kathaükathà, here and in the reply. 3 Sn: vimokho, here and below. 4 PTS: Niràsaüso, here and below; Sn niràsayo, here and below. 5 ChS, Thai omits recitor's remark.

Page 260: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

260

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Muniü ahaü Sakka yathà vijaÿÿaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Taü me viyàcikkha Samantacakkhu.û 116 (1091) 9-4

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ßNiràsaso so na so1 àsasàno. ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Paÿÿàõavà so na ca2 paÿÿakappã. ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Evam-pi Todeyya muniü vijàna: ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

akiÿcanaü kàmabhave asattanû-ti.

Todeyyamàõavapucchà niññhità

10: Kappamàõavapucchà

117 (1092) 10-2

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÜÐ tavipulà

ßMajjhe sarasmiü tiññhataü, icc-àyasmà Kappo, ÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

oghe jàte mahabbhaye, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

jaràmaccuparetànaü, ~ dãpaü pabråhi màrisa, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tvaÿ-ca me dãpam-akkhàhi ~ yatha-y-idaü3 nàparaü siyà.û 118 (1093) 10-2

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÜÐ tavipulà

ßMajjhe sarasmiü tiññhataü, Kappà ti Bhagavà, ÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

oghe jàte mahabbhaye ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

jaràmaccuparetànaü, ~ dãpaü pabråmi Kappa te: 119 (1094) 10-3

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akiÿcanaü anàdànaü, ~ etaü dãpaü anàparaü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nibbànaü iti naü bråmi ~ jaràmaccuparikkhayaü.

1 Thai, ChS: so na ca 2 PTS, Thai: so na so 3 Thai, ChS: yathà, to avoid the opening ÛÛÛÜ , but we then have a 9 syllable line.

Page 261: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

261

120 (1095) 10-4 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

Etad-aÿÿàya ye satà, ~ diññhadhammàbhinibbutà, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

na te Màravasànugà, ~ na te Màrassa paddhagåû1 ti.

Kappamàõavapucchà niññhità

11: Jatukaõõãmàõavapucchà2 121 (1096) 11-2

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßSutvànahaü vãram-akàmakàmiü, icc-àyasmà Jatukaõõã,

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

oghàtigaü puññhum-akàmam-àgamaü, ÜÛÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

santipadaü3 bråhi sahàjanetta, 4 ÛÜÜÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

yathàtacchaü Bhagavà bråhi me taü.

122 (1097) 11-2

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

Bhagavà hi kàme abhibhuyya iriyati,5 ÜÜÜÛ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ irregular

àdicco va6 pañhaviü teji7 tejasà. ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Parittapaÿÿassa me bhåripaÿÿa,8 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

àcikkha Dhammaü yam-ahaü9 vijaÿÿaü ÜÛÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jàtijaràya idha vippahànaü.û

1 ChS: paññhagå. 2 ChS: Jatukaõõi- , here and in the recitor's remark immediately below, and also in the end

title. 3 For this opening see the Introduction. 4 BJT, ChS: sahaja- 5 BJT, not understanding the sarabhatti vowel, corrects the text and reads abhibhåyya irãyati,

giving a Jagatã pàda. 6 The opening is irregular. 7 BJT, Thai, ChS: tejã; short i is being read here m.c. 8 Thai: bhåripaÿÿo 9 PTS: yaü

Page 262: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

262

123 (1098) 11-3 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÛÜÜÐ savipulà

ßKàmesu1 vinaya gedhaü, Jatukaõõã ti Bhagavà,

ÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

nekkhammaü daññhu khemato; ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

uggahãtaü2 nirattaü3 và ~ mà te vijjittha kiÿcanaü.

124 (1099) 11-4

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Yaü pubbe taü visosehi, ~ pacchà te màhu kiÿcanaü. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

Majjhe ce no gahessasi ~ upasanto carissasi.

125 (1100) 11-5

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Sabbaso nàmaråpasmiü ~ vãtagedhassa bràhmaõa, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

àsavàssa4 na vijjanti ~ yehi Maccuvasaü vajeû ti.

Jatukaõõãmàõavapucchà niññhità

12: Bhadràvudhamàõavapucchà 126 (1101) 12-2

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßOkaÿjahaü taõhacchidaü anejaü, icc-àyasmà Bhadràvudho,

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

nandiÿjahaü oghatiõõaü vimuttaü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

kappaÿjahaü abhiyàce sumedhaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÛÛÜÐÜÛÛÜ irregular

sutvàna Nàgassa apanamissanti ito. 5

127 (1102) 12-2

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

Nànà janà janapadehi saïgatà, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tava vãra vàkyaü abhikaïkhamànà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tesaü tuvaü sàdhu viyàkarohi, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tathà hi te vidito esa Dhammo.û

1 Thai: kàme 2 BJT, Thai, ChS: uggahitaü 3 BJT: niratthaü 4 Thai: àsavassa 5 This line is very irregular as it stands; Ven. Medhaïkara suggest reading: sutvàna Nàgass'

apanamissanti ãto, which would then give the extended form of the Tuññhubha.

Page 263: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

263

128 (1103) 12-3 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßâdànataõhaü vinayetha sabbaü, Bhadràvudhà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

uddhaü adho tiriyaÿ-càpi majjhe, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yaü yaü hi lokasmiü1 upàdiyanti ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÐÜÛÜÜ

teneva Màro anveti2 jantuü.

129 (1104) 12-4

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Tasmà pajànaü na upàdiyetha ÜÛÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

bhikkhu3 sato kiÿcanaü sabbaloke, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

àdànasatte iti pekkhamàno, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

pajaü imaü Maccudheyye visattanû-ti.

Bhadràvudhamàõavapucchà niññhità

13: Udayamàõavapucchà

130 (1105) 13-2

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßJhàyiü virajam-àsãnaü, icc-àyasmà Udayo,

ÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

katakiccaü anàsavaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pàraguü sabbadhammànaü, ~ atthi4 paÿhena àgamaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

aÿÿàvimokkhaü5 pabråhi, ~ avijjàya pabhedanaü.û

131 (1106) 13-2

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßPahànaü kàmachandànaü,6 Udayà ti Bhagavà, ÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

domanassàna' cåbhayaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

thãnassa7 ca panådanaü, ~ kukkuccànaü nivàraõaü,

1 ChS: yaü yaÿhi lokasmim- 2 2 short syllables have been presumed at the 6th and replaced by one long one here; or we

could read anuveti to give a regular Ü,ÛÛ break. 3 For this opening see the Introduction. 4 Thai: atthã 5 Sn: aÿÿàvimokhaü, and in the reply. 6 BJT, PTS, ChS, Sn: kàmacchandànaü 7 ChS: thinassa

Page 264: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

264

132 (1107) 13-3 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

upekkhàsatisaüsuddhaü, ~ Dhammatakkapurejavaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

aÿÿàvimokkhaü pabråmi, ~ avijjàya pabhedanaü.û

133 (1108) 13-4

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßKiü su saüyojano1 loko? icc-àyasmà Udayo,2

ÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Kiü su tassa vicàraõaü? ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Kissassa vippahànena ~ nibbànaü iti vuccati?û

134 (1109) 13-5

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßNandisaüyojano3 loko, Udayà ti Bhagavà, ÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vitakkassa vicàraõaü.4 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Taõhàya vippahànena ~ nibbànaü iti vuccati.û

135 (1110) 13-6

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

ßKathaü satassa carato5 ~ viÿÿàõaü uparujjhati? ÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Bhagavantaü puññhum-àgamma,6 ~ taü suõoma vaco tava.û

136 (1111) 13-7 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßAjjhattaÿ-ca bahiddhà ca ~ vedanaü nàbhinandato - ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipulà

evaü satassa carato ~ viÿÿàõaü uparujjhatãû ti.

Udayamàõavapucchà niññhità

1 PTS, Thai: saÿÿojano, here and elsewhere. 2 Thai, ChS, Sn omit recitor's remark here and in the next verse. 3 Sn: Nandã-. 4 BJT, Euro, Thai: vicàraõà. 5 BJT rather unnecessarily inserts the recitor's remark here. 6 PTS: puññhuü àgamhà; Thai puññhumàgamhà

Page 265: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

265

14: Posàlamàõavapucchà

137 (1112) 14-2

ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÛÐ bhavipulà

ßYo atãtaü àdisati, icc-àyasmà Posàlo, ÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

anejo chinnasaüsayo, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pàraguü1 sabbadhammànaü ~ atthi2 paÿhena àgamaü:

138 (1113) 14-2

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Vibhåtaråpasaÿÿissa, ~ sabbakàyappahàyino, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ajjhattaÿ-ca bahiddhà ca ~ natthi kiÿcã ti passato, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ÿàõaü Sakkànupucchàmi, ~ kathaü neyyo tathàvidho?û

139 (1114) 14-3

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßViÿÿàõaññhitiyo sabbà, Posàlà ti Bhagavà, ÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

abhijànaü Tathàgato, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

tiññhantam-enaü3 jànàti, ~ adhimuttaü4 tapparàyaõaü.

140 (1115) 14-4

ÜÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÛ 9 syll

âkiÿcaÿÿàsambhavaü ÿatvà, ~ nandi5 saüyojanaü iti, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evam-etaü6 abhiÿÿàya, ~ tato tattha vipassati: ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

etaü ÿàõaü tathaü7 tassa, ~ bràhmaõassa vusãmatoû ti.

Posàlamàõavapucchà niññhità

1 Thai: pàragå 2 Thai: atthã 3 PTS tiññhantaü 4 BJT: 'dhimuttaü ? here, but adhimuttaü in the explanatory section; PTS, Thai, ChS, Sn:

vimuttaü; 5 ChS, Sn: nandã 6 Sn evam evaü 7 BJT: tathà

Page 266: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

266

15: Mogharàjamàõavapucchà

141 (1116) 15-2

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐ

ßDvàhaü Sakkaü1 apucchissaü, icc-àyasmà Mogharàjà,

ÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

na me byàkàsi2 Cakkhumà, ÜÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yàvatatiyaÿ-ca devisi3 ~ byàkarotã ti me sutaü.

142 (1117) 15-2

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Ayaü loko paro loko, ~ Brahmaloko sadevako: ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

diññhiü te4 nàbhijànàmi5 ~ Gotamassa6 yasassino.

143 (1118) 15-3

ÜÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syll

Evaü abhikkantadassàviü, ~ atthi7 paÿhena àgamaü: ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Kathaü lokaü avekkhantaü ~ Maccuràjà na passati?û

144 (1119) 15-4

ÜÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syll

ßSuÿÿato lokaü avekkhassu, ~ Mogharàja sadà sato. ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

Attànudiññhiü åhacca, ~ evaü Maccutaro8 siyà. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Evaü lokaü avekkhantaü ~ Maccuràjà na passatãû ti.

Mogharàjamàõavapucchà niññhità

1 Thai: Sakka 2 BJT: vyàkàsã 3 BJT: devisã; ChS devãsi 4 BJT, PTS, Thai, Sn: diññhinte 5 PTS, ChS: nàbhijànàti 6 PTS: Gottamassa, presumably by mistake. 7 Thai: atthã 8 Thai: Maccuttaro

Page 267: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

267

16: Piïgiyamàõavapucchà 145 (1120) 16-1

ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Extended Tuññhubha

ßJiõõoham-asmi1 abalo vãtavaõõo,2 icc-àyasmà Piïgiyo,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nettà na suddhà savaõaü3 na phàsu - ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

màhaü nassaü4 momuho antarà va!5 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

âcikkha Dhammaü yam-ahaü vijaÿÿaü ÜÛÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jàtijaràya idha vippahànaü.û 146 (1121) 16-2

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßDisvàna råpesu vihaÿÿamàne,6 Piïgiyà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ruppanti råpesu janà pamattà - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tasmà tuvaü Piïgiya appamatto, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jahassu råpaü apunabbhavàya.û

147 (1122) 16-3

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßDisà catasso vidisà catasso, icc-àyasmà Piïgiyo,7

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

uddhaü adho dasa disà8 imàyo ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na t›yhaü adiññhaü asutàmutaü và9 (ÛÜ)ÛÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

atho aviÿÿàtaü kiÿcanam-atthi loke!10 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

âcikkha Dhammaü yam-ahaü vijaÿÿaü ÜÛÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jàtijaràya idha vippahànaü.û

1 Thai: asmã, but the break Û,ÛÛ is common. 2 Thai: vivaõõo 3 ChS: savanaü 4 Thai: màhampanassaü 5 PTS, Thai, Sn: antaràya 6 PTS: vihaÿÿamàna 7 Thai, ChS omit recitor's remark. 8 Sn: disatà 9 BJT, ChS: asutaü amutaü, omit và. 10 PTS: asutaü amutaü atho aviÿÿàtaü kiÿci natthi loke; BJT: kiÿci natthi, but it doesn't help

the metre; if we exclude atho the metre would be regularized. Se: kiÿcinam atthi.

Page 268: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

268

148 (1123) 16-4 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Extended Tuññhubha

ßTaõhàdhipanne manuje pekkhamàno, Piïgiyà ti Bhagavà,

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

santàpajàte jarasà parete - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tasmà tuvaü Piïgiya appamatto, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

jahassu taõhaü apunabbhavàyàû ti.

Piïgiyamàõavapucchà niññhità

(Pàràyanatthutigàthà)1

Idam-avoca Bhagavà Magadhesu viharanto Pàsàõake cetiye. Paricàrikasoëasànaü2

bràhmaõànaü ajjhiññho puññho puññho paÿhaü3 byàkàsi. Ekamekassa ce pi paÿhassa

attham-aÿÿàya, Dhammam-aÿÿàya, Dhammànudhammaü pañipajjeyya, gaccheyyeva

jaràmaraõassa pàraü. Pàraü gamanãyà4 ime Dhammà ti, tasmà imassa

Dhammapariyàyassa Pàràyanan-teva5 adhivacanaü.

149 (1124) 2

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Ajito Tissametteyyo, ~ Puõõako atha Mettagå, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Dhotako Upasãvo ca, ~ Nando ca atha Hemako, 150 (1125) 2

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

Todeyya-Kappà dubhayo, ~ Jatukaõõã ca paõóito, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

Bhadràvudho Udayo ca, ~ Posàlo càpi bràhmaõo, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Mogharàjà ca medhàvã, ~ Piïgiyo ca mahà isi.6

151 (1126) 3

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Ete Buddhaü upàgacchuü,7 ~ sampannacaraõaü isiü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pucchantà nipuõe paÿhe, ~ Buddhaseññhaü upàgamuü.

1 This title is found only in the Burmese edition. 2 PTS, Thai: soëasannaü 3 PTS, Sn: paÿhe 4 PTS, Sn: Pàraïgamaniyà; ChS: Pàraïgamanãyà; Thai: Pàragamanãyà 5 BJT, Thai: Pàràyanaü tveva 6 BJT: mahà-isã, but cf. 1008d. 7 PTS, Sn: upàgaÿchuü

Page 269: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

269

152 (1127) 4 ÜÜÜÜÐ(Û)ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Tesaü Buddho byàkàsi1 ~ paÿhe2 puññho yathàtathaü, ÜÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syll

paÿhànaü veyyàkaraõena ~ tosesi bràhmaõe muni.3

153 (1128) 5

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipulà

Te tosità Cakkhumatà, ~ Buddhenàdiccabandhunà, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipulà

brahmacariyam-acariüsu ~ varapaÿÿassa santike.

154 (1129) 6

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Ekamekassa paÿhassa ~ yathà Buddhena desitaü ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tathà yo pañipajjeyya ~ gacche pàraü apàrato.

155 (1130) 7

ÛÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

Apàrà pàraü4 gaccheyya ~ bhàvento maggam-uttamaü. ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

Maggo sÖ pàraü gamanàya5 ~ tasmà Pàràyanaü iti.

(Pàràyanànugãtigàthà)6

156 (1131) 8 ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÜÐ mavipulà

ßPàràyanaü7 anugàyissaü, icc-àyasmà Piïgiyo,

ÛÜÜÜÐÛ(ÛÜ)ÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yathà addakkhi tathà akkhàsi:8 ~ vimalo bhårimedhaso, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nikkàmo nibbano nàgo,9 ~ kissa hetu musà bhaõe?

1 ChS: pabyàkàsi, a scribal `correction'. We should probably understand a sarabhatti vowel in

b<i>yàkàsi which then has to be counted towards the metre. 2 Thai; paÿhaü 3 BJT: munã 4 This line is irregular as it stands, we could perhaps read apàrà pàra' to give the pathyà. 5 PTS, Sn: pàraïgamanàya; Thai: pàragamanàya 6 This title only found in the Burmese edition. 7 BJT, Thai, ChS, Sn: Pàràyanam 8 ChS: yathàddakkhi tathàkkhàsi, which corrects the metre; Thai places this half of the

pàdayuga in brackets; if we exclude tathà we have a Siloka line. 9 Sn: nàtho

Page 270: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

270

157 (1132) 9 ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Pahãnamalamohassa, ~ mànamakkhappahàyino ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

handàhaü kittayissàmi ~ giraü vaõõåpasaühitaü:1

158 (1133) 10

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Tamonudo Buddho Samantacakkhu, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

lokantagå sabbabhavàtivatto, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

anàsavo sabbadukkhappahãno,2 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saccavhayo brahme upàsito3 me.

159 (1134) 12

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Dijo4 yathà kubbanakaü pahàya, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bahupphalaü kànanam-àvaseyya, 5 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

evaü pahaü6 appadasse pahàya, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

mahodadhiü haüsa-r-iv'7 ajjhapattaü.8

160 (1135) 12

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Ye me pubbe viyàkaüsu,9 ~ huraü Gotamasàsanà,10 ÜÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

`iccàsi iti11 bhavissati', ~ sabbaü12 taü itihãtihaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

sabbaü taü takkavaóóhanaü.

1 ChS: vaõõåpasaÿhitaü 2 Norman (GD II pg 387) is incorrect in stating that we need to read Ýduk<k>ha- here, as the

break ÜÛÜ is perfectly acceptable. 3 Thai: brahmupàsito 4 BJT: Dvijo 5 Thai, Sn: kànanaü 6 Thai: evamàhaü (?) 7 ChS haüso-r-iva 8 All editions: ajjhapatto, but see Norman's note to this verse in GD II. 9 BJT: vyàkaüsu 10 Thai places this half of the pàdayuga in brackets. 11 BJT: `iccàsã'-ti, here but cf 1084. 12 PTS: sabban, here and in the next line.

Page 271: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

271

161 (1136) 13 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Eko tamanudàsãno,1 ~ jutimà2 so pabhaïkaro, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Gotamo bhåripaÿÿàõo, ~ Gotamo bhårimedhaso.

162 (1137) 14 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Yo me Dhammam-adesesi, ~ sandiññhikam-akàlikaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

taõhakkhayam-anãtikaü, ~ yassa natthi upamà kvaci.û3

163 (1138) 15

ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ ravipulà

ßKin-nu4 tamhà vippavasasi5 ~ muhuttam-api Piïgiya, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Gotamà bhåripaÿÿàõà, ~ Gotamà bhårimedhasà,

164 (1139) 16

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo te Dhammam-adesesi, ~ sandiññhikam-akàlikaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

taõhakkhayam-anãtikaü, ~ yassa natthi upamà kvaci?û

165 (1140) 17

ÜÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

ßNàhaü tamhà vippavasàmi ~ muhuttam-api bràhmaõa, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

Gotamà bhåripaÿÿàõà, ~ Gotamà bhårimedhasà,

166 (1141) 18

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo me Dhammam-adesesi, ~ sandiññhikam-akàlikaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

taõhakkhayam-anãtikaü, ~ yassa natthi upamà kvaci.

167 (1142) 19

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Passàmi naü manasà cakkhunà va, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

rattin-divaü6 bràhmaõa appamatto.

1 ChS: àsino 2 PTS, Sn: jàtimà 3 This line is 9 syllables here, and in 1139, 1141, & 1149 where it recurs, unless we take the 4th

syllable as resolved against the normal rule of resolution. Norman (GD II pg 388) suggests

reading atth' m.c. which would correct the metre. 4 ChS: kiü 5 We could read this as having resolution at the 6th giving the rare 6th vipulà, or at the 7th,

which would give the 4th. 6 BJT: rattiü divaü

Page 272: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

272

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Namassamàno vivasemi1 rattiü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

teneva maÿÿàmi avippavàsaü.

168 (1143) 20

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Saddhà ca pãtã2 ca mano satã3 ca ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nàpenti4 me Gotamasàsanamhà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yaü yaü disaü vajati5 bhåripaÿÿo ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sa tena teneva natoham-asmi.

169 (1144) 22

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Jiõõassa me dubbalathàmakassa, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

teneva kàyo na paleti tattha, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saïkappayattàya6 vajàmi niccaü, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

mano hi me bràhmaõa tena yutto.

170 (1145) 22

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Païke sayàno pariphandamàno, ÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dãpà dãpaü upaplaviü,7 ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipulà

athaddasàsiü Sambuddhaü, ~ oghatiõõam-anàsavaü.û

171 (1146) 23

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßYathà ahå8 Vakkali muttasaddho - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

Bhadràvudho âëavigotamo ca -

1 Thai: vivasàmi 2 Thai, ChS: pãti 3 Thai, ChS: sati 4 Thai: nàmenti 5 Thai: vajjati. Norman (GD II pg 364) states that we need to read vajatã in the break here after

the caesura at the 4th, but there are a number of times when the break ,ÛÛÛ occurs (see the

Introduction for references), so that it seems it must be tolerated. 6 Thai, ChS: yantàya 7 PTS, Thai, ChS: upallaviü 8 BJT, PTS: ahu

Page 273: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

273

ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

Õvam-eva tvam-pi1 pamuÿcassu saddhaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,(ÜÛÛ)ÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

gamissasi tvaü2 Piïgiya Maccudheyyassa pàraü.û3

172 (1147) 24

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßEsa bhiyyo4 pasãdàmi, ~ sutvàna munino vaco, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vivaññacchaddÖ5 Sambuddho, ~ akhilo pañibhànavà,

173 (1148) 25

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

adhideve abhiÿÿàya, ~ sabbaü vedi paroparaü,6 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

paÿhànantakaro Satthà ~ kaïkhãnaü pañijànataü.

174 (1149) 26

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

Asaühãraü7 asaükuppaü, ~ yassa natthi upamà kvaci, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

addhà gamissàmi na mettha kaïkhà, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛ, ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

evaü maü dhàrehi adhimuttacittanû-ti.

Piïgiyasuttantaü Soëasi8

Pàràyanavaggo niññhito9

1 If we count the initial syllable here as short, it could be taken as resolved. We would then

need to count tv as not making position; in the next line however tv does appear to make

position. 2 Thai places tvaü in brackets, which fails to correct the metre; it looks like Piïgiya has been

inserted by the recitor to clarify the context, if that is so then we have an extended Tuññhubha

line. I do not understand why Norman states (GD II pg 390) that tv in tvaü fails to make

position here, as that would go against the normal opening. 3 PTS, Sn: maccudheyyapàraü 4 BJT: bhãyo 5 PTS, Thai: vivañacchado; BJT, Sn: vivattacchaddo 6 BJT, Sn: parovaraü 7 Thai: asanhiraü 8 Thai, ChS, Sn omit this line. ChS has: Pàràyanànugãtigàthà niññhità. 9 ChS: Pàràyanànugãtigàthà niññhità; PTS prints the last 2 lines in reverse order.

Page 274: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

274

Page 275: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

275

Shared Line Index

There are a number of lines which recur in more than one of the Pucchà, and these are

listed below. Note that lines that are repeated within one of the Pucchàs are not listed

here unless they occur in more than one of the Pucchà (in which case they are

bracketed off).

Particularly noticeable in this list is that Ajita & Tissametteyya do not share lines with

any other of the questioners; and that there is a strong connection between Puõõaka's

& Nanda's Pucchàs, and Mettagå's & Dhotaka's.

atthi paÿhena àgamaü 1043b - Puõõaka; 1105d - Udaya; 1112d - Posala; 1118b -

Mogharàjà

Pucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü 1043f (1045f, 1047e) - Puõõaka; 1049a - Mettagå;

1061a - Dhotaka; 1079g (1081h) - Nanda

atàruü jàtiÿ-ca jaraÿ-ca màrisa 1045e - Puõõaka; 1079f - Nanda

atàri jàtiÿ-ca jaraÿ-ca màrisa 1047d - Puõõaka; 1081g - Nanda

Nàtariüsu jàtijaran-ti bråmi 1046e - Puõõaka; 1080f - Nanda

atha ko carahi devamanussaloke 1047c - Puõõaka; 1081f - Nanda

anãgho niràso, atàri so jàtijaran-ti bråmã ti 1048cd - Puõõaka; 1061cd - Mettagå

Taü me muni sàdhu viyàkarohi 1052e - Mettagå; 1075c - Upasãva

tathà hi te vidito esa Dhammo 1052f (1057d) - Mettagå; 1075d - Upasãva; 1102d -

Bhadràvudha

Kittayissàmi te Dhammaü, diññhe dhamme anãtihaü 1053ab - Mettagå; 1066ab -

Dhotaka

yaü viditvà sato caraü, ~ tare loke visattikaü 1053cd (1054cd) - Mettagå; 1066cd

(1067cd) - Dhotaka; 1085cd - Hemaka (cf. 1087d - Hemaka)

Taÿ-càhaü abhinandàmi ~ mahesi Dhammam-uttamaü 1054ab - Mettagå; 1067ab -

Dhotaka

Yaü kiÿci sampajànàsi, uddhaü adho tiriyaÿ-càpi majjhe 1055ab - Mettagå; 1068ab -

Dhotaka 1103b (only) - Bhadràvudha

Etàbhinandàmi vaco mahesino, Sukittitaü Gotamanåpadhãkaü 1057ab Mettagå;

1083ab - Nanda

akiÿcanaü kàmabhave asattaü 1059b - Mettagå; 1091d - Todeyya

Etad-aÿÿàya ye satà, ~ diññhadhammàbhinibbutà 1087ab - Hemaka; 1095ab - Kappa

àcikkha Dhammaü yam-ahaü vijaÿÿaü jàtijaràya idha vippahànaü 1097de -

Jatukaõõã; 1120de (1122ef) - Piïgiya;

pàraguü sabbadhammànaü, ~ atthi paÿhena àgamaü 1105cd - Udaya; 1112cd - Posàla

Also note that 1084abcde = 1135abcde;

1006c - 1008d = 1124 - 125

988d = 1110d

& cf. 992b with 1105c and 1112c

Page 276: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

276

First Line Index

akiÿcanaü anàdànaü 1094

Accã yathà vàtavegena khittà 1074

Ajito addasa Sambuddhaü 1016

Ajito Tissametteyyo 1124

Ajjhattaÿ-ca bahiddhà ca 1112

Atthaügatassa na pamàõam-atthi 1076

Atthaügato so uda và so natthi 1075

athassa gatte disvàna 1017

Atha ko carahi jànàti 990

adhideve abhiÿÿàya 1148

Anàvaraõadassàvã 1005

Anusàsa brahme karuõàyamàno 1065

Anejaü måladassàviü 1043

Apàrà pàraü gaccheyya 1130

Abhisaïkharitvà kuhako 984

Ayaü loko paro loko 1117

Avijjà muddhà ti jànàhi 1026

Avijjàya nivuto loko 1033

Asaühãraü asaükuppaü 1149

Aham-petaü na jànàmi 989

âkiÿcaÿÿaü pekkhamàno satãmà 1070

âkiÿcaÿÿàsambhavaü ÿatvà 1115

âgatàni hi mantesu 1000

âdànataõhaü vinayetha sabbaü 1103

âdissa jammanaü bråhi 1018

âsiüsanti thomayanti 1046

Idam-avoca Bhagavà prose

Idha diññhasutamutaviÿÿàtesu 1086

ugghaññapàdo tasito 980

Utrastaü dukkhitaü disvà 986

upekkhàsatisaüsuddhaü 1107

Ussussati anàhàro 985

Ekam-ekassa paÿhassa 1129

Eko ahaü sakka mahantam-oghaü 1069

Eko tamanudàsãno 1136

Etad-aÿÿàya ye satà 1087, 1095

Etàbhinandàmi vaco mahesino 1057, 1083

Ete Buddhaü upàgacchuü 1126

Evaü abhikkantadassàviü 1117, 1118

Evaüvihàrã sato appamatto 1056

Esa bhiyyo pasãdàmi 1147

Page 277: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

277

Okaÿjahaü taõhacchidaü anejaü 1102

Kathaü satassa carato 1110

Kathaÿ-carahi jànemu 999

Kàmesu nàbhigijjheyya 1039

Kàmesu brahmacariyavà 1042

Kàmesu vinaya gedhaü 1098

Kiü su saüyojano loko 1108

Kittayissàmi te Dhammaü 1053

Kittiyissàmi te santiü 1066

Kin-nu tamhà vippavasasi 1138

Kenassu nivuto loko 1032

Kodha santusito loke 1040

Ko nu devo va brahmà và 1024

Kosambiÿ-càpi Sàketaü 1012

Kosalànaü purà rammà 976

Jàtiü gottaÿ-ca lakkhaõaü 1004

Jiõõassa me dubbalathàmakassa 1144

Jiõõoham-asmi abalo vãtavaõõo 1120

Jhàyiü virajam-àsãnaü 1105

Taÿ-càhaü abhinandàmi 1054, 1067

Taõhàdhipanne manuje pekkhamàno 1123

Tato àmantayã sisse 997

Tato vedena mahatà 1027

Tam-enaü Bàvarã disvà 982

Tamonudo Buddho samantacakkhu 1133

Tasito vudakaü sãtaü 1014

Tasmà pajànaü na upàdiyetha 11014

Tasseva upanissàya 978

Tiññhe ce so tattha anànuyàyi 1073

Te càpi nåna pajaheyyu dukkhaü 1058

Te ce nàtariüsu yàjayogà 1047

Te tosità Cakkhumatà 1128

Tena hàtappaü karohi 1062

Tesaü Buddho byàkàsi 1127

Todeyyakappà dubhayo 1125

Tvaÿ-ca me Dhammam-akkhàhi 1085

Dijo yathà kubbanakaü pahàya 1134

Disà catasso vidisà catasso 1122

Disvàna råpesu vihaÿÿamàne 1122

Dukkhassa ve maü pabhavaü apucchasi 1050

Dvàhaü Sakkaü apucchissaü 1116

Dhotako Upasãvo ca 1007

Na diññhiyà na sutiyà na ÿàõena 1078

Page 278: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

278

Na so muddhaü pajànàti 987

Nandisaüyojano loko 1109

Nànà janà janapadehi saïgatà 1102

Nàhaü tamhà vippavasàmi 1139, 1140

Nàhaü sabbe samaõabràhmaõàse 1082

Nàhaü sahissàmi pamocanàya 1064

Niràsaso so uda àsasàno 1090

Niràsaso so na so àsasàno 1092

Païke sayàno pariphandamàno 1145

paccekagaõino sabbe 1009

Paÿÿà ceva sati càpi 1036

Passàmahaü devamanussaloke 1063

Passàmi naü manasà cakkhunà va 1142

Pahànaü kàmachandànaü 1106

Pahãnamalamohassa 1132

Pàràyanaü anugàyissaü 1132

Pàvaÿ-ca Bhoganagaraü 1013

Pucchaü hi kiÿci asuõanto 1023

Pucchàmi taü Bhagavà bråhi me taü 1049, 1062

Purà Kapilavatthumhà 992

Bàvariü abhivàdetvà 1010

Bàvarissa va tuyhaü và 1030

Bàvarissa vaco sutvà 1006

Bàvarã bràhmaõo bhoto 1028

Buddho so Bhagavà loke 993

Bhagavà ca tamhi samaye 1015

Bhagavà hi kàme abhibhuyya iriyati 1097

Bhadràvudho Udayo ca 1008

Bhotã carahi jànàti 988

Majjhe sarasmiü tiññhataü 1092, 1093

Mahàyaÿÿaü yajitvàna 979

Mukhaü jivhàya chàdeti 1022

Muddhaü muddhàdhipàtaÿ-ca 1025

Måëakassa Patiññhànaü 1012

Yaü kiÿci sampajànàsi 1055, 1068

Yaü kho mamaü deyyadhammaü 982

Yaü pubbe taü visosehi 1099

Yaü bràhmaõaü vedaguü àbhijaÿÿà 1059

Yathà ahå Vakkali muttasaddho 1146

Yan-taü apucchimha akittayã no 1052

Yam-etaü paÿhaü apucchi 1037

Yasmiü kàmà na vasanti 1088, 1089

yassete honti gattesu 1002

yasseso dullabho loke 998

Page 279: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

279

Yàni sotàni lokasmiü 1035

Ye kecime isayo manujà 1044, 1045

Ye kecime samaõabràhmaõàse 1079, 1080, 1082

Ye ca saïkhàtaDhammàse 1038

Ye me pubbe viyàkaüsu 1084, 1135

Yo atãtaü àdisati 1112

Yo te Dhammam-adesesi 1138, 1139

Yo me Dhammam-adesesi 1137, 1142

Yo ve avidvà upadhiü karoti 1052

Lakkhaõànaü pavicayaü 1022

Lakkhaõe itihàse ca 1020

Viÿÿàõaññhitiyo sabbà 1114

Vidvà ca so vedagå naro idha 1060

Vibhåtaråpasaÿÿissa 1113

Vãsaüvassasataü àyu 1019

Saïkhàya lokasmiü paroparàni 1048

sace agàraü àvasati 1002

Sace ca so pabbajati 1003

Sace me yàcamànassa 983

Saddhà ca pãtã ca mano satã ca 1143

`Santi loke munayo' 1077

Sabbaso nàmaråpasmiü 1100

Sabbesu kàmesu yo vãtaràgo 1071, 1072

Sambuddhena katokàso 1032

`Sambuddho' ti vaco sutvà 994

Savanti sabbadhi sotà 1034

Sàvatthiyaü Kosalamandire jino 996

Sukhito Bàvarã hotu 1029

Suÿÿato lokaü avekkhassu 1119

Sutvànahaü vãram-akàmakàmiü 1096

So Assakassa visaye 977

So ubhanta-m-abhiÿÿàya 1042

So Bàvarã attamano udaggo 995

So hi bràhmaõa Sambuddho 992

Page 280: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Pàràyanavagga - A New Edition

280

Page 281: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi A New Edition together with

A Study of its Metre

by

ânandajoti Bhikkhu

Page 282: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts
Page 283: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of Catubhàõavàrapàëi

283

The Prosody of Catubhàõavàrapàëi

1: Compositional Analysis

Of the 29 pieces that comprise the Catubhàõavàrapàëi, 13 are written in prose only, 4 in

verse only, and 12 are mixed. Below is a table giving a compositional analysis of the

texts found in the main section of the book:

1. Saraõagamanaü

prose

2. Dasasikkhàpadàni

prose

3. Sàmaõerapaÿhaü

prose

4. Dvattiüsàkàraü

prose

5. Paccavekkhaõà

prose

6. Dasadhammasuttaü

prose

7. Mahàmaïgalasuttaü

prose introduction, 12 vs. Siloka

8. Ratanasuttaü

17 vs. Tuññhubha/Jagatã

9. Karaõãyamettasuttaü

10 vs. Old Gãti

10. Khandhaparittaü

prose, 4 vs. Siloka

11. Mettànisaüsasuttaü

prose

12. Mittànisaüsaü

10 vs. Siloka

13. Moraparittaü

4 vs. Tuññhubha, 1 vs. Siloka

14. Candaparittaü

prose, 4 vs. Siloka

15. Suriyaparittaü

prose, 4 vs. Siloka, 1 vs. Tuññhubha

16. Dhajaggaparittaü

prose, 4 vs. Siloka

17. Mahàkassapattherabojjhaïgaü

prose

18. Mahàmoggallànattherabojjhaïgaü

prose

Page 284: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of Catubhàõavàrapàëi

284

19. Mahàcundattherabojjhaïgaü

prose

20. Girimànandasuttaü

prose

21. Isigilisuttaü

prose, 12 vs. Tuññhubha

22. Dhammacakkappavattanasuttaü

prose

23. Mahàsamayasuttaü prose, 64 vs. Siloka, 2 vs. Tuññhubha,

1 vs. Svàgatà, 3 vs. mixed metre

24. âlavakasuttaü

prose, 10 vs. Siloka, 2 vs. Tuññhubha

25. Kasãbhàradvàjasuttaü

prose, 5 vs. Siloka, 2 vs. Tuññhubha

26. Paràbhavasuttaü

prose introduction, 25 vs. Siloka

27. Vasalasuttaü

prose, 27 vs. Siloka

28. Saccavibhaïgasuttaü

prose

29. âñànàñiyasuttaü

prose, 104 vs. Siloka (i.e. 52 vs. repeated)

It will be seen from the above that, as presented here, there are 328 verses in the text,

of which 278 are Siloka; Tuññhubha accounts for 40 verses; Old Gãti for 10; Svàgatà 1;

and there are 3 verses in mixed metre at the beginning of Mahàsamaya-suttaü.

2: Siloka

At all stages of the language, the most important and prevalent metre has been the

Siloka, which has a great deal of flexibility, and seems to be equally well adapted to

aphorism, question & answer, narrative, and epic. In the Catubhàõavàrapàëi, as can be

seen from the table above, Siloka accounts for about 85% of all the verses found in the

text.

A Siloka verse normally consists of 4 lines (sometimes 6) with 8 syllables to the line,

organized in dissimilar pairs which are repeated to make up a verse (note that owing to

resolution sometimes a Siloka line may contain 9 syllables).

Here is an analysis of the pathyà (normal) structure of the Siloka:

Odd line: É Å Å ÅÐ Û Ü Ü é

Even line: É Å Å ÅÐ Û Ü Û é

Page 285: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of Catubhàõavàrapàëi

285

In the 2nd & 3rd positions two successive shorts ÛÛ are normally avoided, as we can

see through changes that have been made in syllabic length, though sometimes they do

seem to occur.

In the odd lines 7 variations (vipulà) occur, besides the normal structure, they are:

Anuññhubha É Å Å ÅÐ Û Ü Û é

navipula É Ü Å ÜÐ Û Û Û é

bhavipula É Ü Å ÜÐ Ü Û Û é

mavipula É Ü Å ÜÐ Ü Ü Ü é

ravipula É Å Å ÅÐ Ü Û Ü é

savipula É Å Å ÅÐ Û Û Ü é

tavipula É Ü Û ÜÐ Ü Ü Û é (very sporadic)

For those unfamiliar with Pàëi verse the thing to listen for is the cadence at the end of

the pair of lines (pàdayuga), which gives the Siloka its characteristic rhythm:

5 6 7 8

Ð Û Ü Û Å

The layout adopted for the Siloka verses can be illustrated by this verse from

Vasalasuttaü:

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßkodhano upanàhã ca, pàpamakkhã ca yo naro, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vipannadiññhi màyàvã, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [1]

3: Tuññhubha/Jagatã

In Catubhàõavàrapàëi there are some 40 verses in the Tuññhubha/Jagatã metre,

Ratanasuttaü and Isigilisuttaü accounting for nearly 75% of this number. The

Tuññhubha normally has 11 syllables to the line (occasionally 12, when there is

resolution), and its structure is defined as follows:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

É Ü ¦ ÜÐ Å Û ØÐ Ü Û Ü Å x 4

In a Tuññhubha verse a line in Jagatã metre is always acceptable. This metre is much the

same as Tuññhubha, but with an extra short syllable in penultimate position, giving it a

line length of 12 syllables (13 with resolution):

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

É Ü ¦ ÜÐ Å Û ØÐ Ü Û Ü Û Å x 4

The layout of the Tuññhubha and Jagatã metres can be illustrated by the following verse

from Ratanasuttaü

Page 286: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of Catubhàõavàrapàëi

286

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yathindakhãlo pañhaviü sito siyà ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

catubbhi vàtehi asampakampiyo, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tathåpamaü sappurisaü vadàmi, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yo ariyasaccàni avecca passati - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [8]

4: Old Gãti

Karaõãyamettasuttaü is written in one of the new musical metres. The basic

organisational principle of the two metres we have considered so far has been the

number of syllables there are in the line, normally Siloka has 8, Tuññhubha 11.

However, if we count a short syllable as one measure, and a long syllable as two, it is

possible to count the total number of measures (mattà) there are in a line, and use this

as the determining factor for line length.

This is exactly the principle involved in the first of the new metres to evolve, the so-

called Mattàchandas, or measure metres. For instance in the Vetàlãya metre, the first

line has 14 measures, and the second 16, the syllable count being variable. Once a

mattà count was established it was not long before a second structural principle was

introduced, which was to organise the lines into gaõas, or sections. A gaõa (normally)

consists of 4 measures, which may therefore take any one of the following forms:

ÜÜ or ÜÛÛ or ÛÛÜ or ÛÛÜ or ÛÛÛÜ

This gave rise to the Gaõacchandas metres. Old Gãti appears to be a transitional metre

between Mattàchandas and Gaõacchandas. Its structure can be defined as follows:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ÈÜÐ ÛÜÛÐ ÅÜÐ Å,ÉÍÐÐ ÈÜÐ ÛÜÛÐ ÈÜÐ Å x 2

Sometimes a long syllable is resolved into two short syllables. The fourth gaõa, after

the first syllable of which there is normally a pause and word break, seems to be

particuarly ill-defined. This metre soon fell out of use after it had attained its classical

form as Gãti, Ariyà, and their variations, and this may account for the poor state

metrically of the three discourses in this metre that are found in the canon. As it now

stands there are only a couple of verses in Karaõãyamettasuttaü that scan correctly.

One of these is the first verse which is given below as the example:

Page 287: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of Catubhàõavàrapàëi

287

1. ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛ,ÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

karaõãyam-atthakusalena, yan-taü santaü padaü abhisamecca: ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

sakko ujå ca såjå ca, suvaco cassa mudu anatimànã,

5: Other Metres

The first 4 verses of Mahàsamayasuttaü are in a mixture of metres, mainly

mattàchandas, but not all of the lines are clear. The third verse in written in the old

form of Svàgatà, the profile of which may be characterized thus:

ÜÛØÅÜÜÈÅ

ÜÛØÅÜÜÛÛÜÅ x 2

The other verses can be summarized here: 1ab = Siloka, c = ?, d = Vegavatã; 2ab =

Opacchandasakà, c = Vegavatã, d = Rathoddhatà; 4a = Tuññhubha, b = Vegavatã, cd = ?

The Vegavatã cadence: ÜÛÛÜÅ.

6: Prose

That completes the description of the metres that are found in Catubhàõavàrapàëi.

However, more than half the book is not in verse, but prose. The prosody of verse is

relatively easy to exemplify because it can be abstracted and displayed in such terms as

line length, structural pattern, variations, and so on. It is often forgotten that prose too

has a rhythmic structure, and every language has what is often an unexplored prosody

of prose. Canonical Pàëi is particuarly rich in rhythmic effect, which arises from

rhetorical, or didactic, repetition on the one hand, and the grammatical structure of the

language on the other. Consider the following passage from near the beginning of

Dhammacakkappavattanasuttaü:

a.

b.

c.

d.

e.

f.

g.

h.

i.

j.

k.

Dve me bhikkhave antà pabbajitena na sevitabbà,

yo càyaü: kàmesu kàmasukhallikànuyogo,

hãno, gammo, pothujjaniko, anariyo, anatthasaühito;

yo càyaü: attakilamathànuyogo,

dukkho, anariyo, anatthasaühito.

Ete te bhikkhave ubho ante anupagamma,

majjhimà pañipadà, Tathàgatena abhisambuddhà,

cakkhukaraõã, ÿàõakaraõã,

upasamàya abhiÿÿàya Sambodhàya Nibbànàya saüvattati.

Katamà ca sà bhikkhave

majjhimà pañipadà, Tathàgatena abhisambuddhà,

Page 288: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

The Prosody of Catubhàõavàrapàëi

288

l.

m.

n.

o.

p.

q.

r.

s.

t.

u.

v.

cakkhukaraõã, ÿàõakaraõã,

upasamàya abhiÿÿàya Sambodhàya Nibbànàya saüvattati?

Ayam-eva ariyo aññhangiko maggo, seyyathãdam:

1. sammàdiññhi

2. sammàsaïkappo

3. sammàvàcà

4. sammàkammanto

5. sammà-àjãvo

6.sammàvàyàmo

7. sammàsati

8. sammàsamàdhi.

In Pàëi words in conjunction often show the same ending, this is especially true of

adjectives, which adopt the grammatical structure of the nouns they qualify. Note the

adjectives in lines c & e, which qualify the respective nouns in lines b & d above,

giving these lines a clear assonance, which has a marked effect in recital. Also nouns

when aligned may show the same ending, as in line i (and m), where all the nouns are

in dative singular, and both alliteration and assonance are apparent.

Complex rythmic effect is also achieved through repetition of one sort or another.

Note, for instance, the repetition of the first half of the compound in lines o - v, or the

second half of the compound in line h (and l). Not only words, but whole phrases are

frequently repeated, in our example cf. lines g - i with lines k - m. Unfortunately the

aesthetic and architectural structure of the Pàëi is often obliterated by elision in

modern editions of both texts and translations, and this, as often as not, also serves to

blunt the rhetorical effect as well.

As can be seen from this short analysis of one small passage Pàëi prose is rich in

rhythm, and what is normally considered to be ßpoeticû effect. Without doubt

originally the prime reason for repetition in the texts was didactic in nature, serving to

reinforce certain basic teachings, and in connection with this we should remind

ourselves that at first these teachings were for reciting and listening to, and were never

read privately as such until they were written down some 4 centuries after the

Buddha's parinibbàna.

Page 289: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi

Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammàsambuddhassa

namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammàsambuddhassa

namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammàsambuddhassa

1: Saraõagamanaü1

buddhaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dhammaü saraõaü gacchàmi

saïghaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dutiyam-pi buddhaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dutiyam-pi dhammaü saraõaü gacchàmi

dutiyam-pi saïghaü saraõaü gacchàmi

tatiyam-pi buddhaü saraõaü gacchàmi

tatiyam-pi dhammaü saraõaü gacchàmi

tatiyam-pi saïghaü saraõaü gacchàmi

2: Dasasikkhàpadàni

1. pàõàtipàtà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

2. adinnàdànà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

3. abrahmacariyà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

4. musàvàdà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

5. suràmerayamajjapamàdaññhànà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

6. vikàlabhojanà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

7. naccagãtavàditavisåkadassanà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

8. màlàgandhavilepanadhàraõamaõóanavibhåsanaññhànà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

9. uccàsayanamahàsayanà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

10. jàtaråparajatapañiggahaõà veramaõãsikkhàpadaü

1 PPV2: Saraõàgamanaü

Page 290: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

290

3: Sàmaõerapaÿhaü1

eka nàma kiü?

dve nàma kiü?

tãõi nàma kiü?

cattàri nàma kiü?

paÿca nàma kiü?

cha nàma kiü?

satta nàma kiü?

aññha nàma kiü?

nava nàma kiü?

dasa nàma kiü?

sabbe sattà àhàraññhitikà.

nàmaÿ-ca råpaÿ-ca.

tisso vedanà.

cattàri ariyasaccàni.

paÿcupàdànakkhandhà.2

cha ajjhattikàni àyatanàni.

satta bojjhaïgà.

ariyo aññhangiko maggo.

nava sattàvàsà.

dasahaïgehi samannàgato arahà ti vuccatã ti.

4: Dvattiüsàkàraü3

atthi imasmiü kàye:

kesà, lomà, nakhà, dantà, taco,

maüsaü, nahàru, aññhi, aññhimiÿjà,4 vakkaü,

hadayaü, yakanaü, kilomakaü, pihakaü, papphàsaü,

antaü, antaguõaü, udariyaü, karãsaü,

pittaü, semhaü, pubbo, lohitaü, sedo, medo,

assu, vasà, kheëo, siïghànikà, lasikà, muttaü,

matthake matthaluïgan-ti.5

5: Paccavekkhaõà

1. pañisaïkhà yoniso cãvaraü pañisevàmi, yàvad-eva sãtassa pañighàtàya, uõhassa

pañighàtàya, óaüsamakasavàtàtapasiriüsapasamphassànaü pañighàtàya, yàvad-eva

hirikopãnapaticchàdanatthaü.

2. pañisaïkhà yoniso piõóapàtaü pañisevàmi, neva davàya, na madàya, na maõóanàya,

na vibhåsanàya,6 yàvad-eva imassa kàyassa ñhitiyà yàpanàya, vihiüsåparatiyà

brahmacariyànuggahàya, iti puràõaÿ-ca vedanaü pañihaïkhàmi, navaÿ-ca vedanaü na

uppàdessàmi, yàtrà ca me bhavissati, anavajjatà ca phàsuvihàro cà ti.

1 MPP, PPV, PPV2: Sàmaõerapaÿho 2 PPV2: paÿcåpàdànakkhandhà 3 MPP, PPV, PPV2: Dvattiüsàkàro 4 PPV, PPV2: aññhimiÿjaü 5 PPV: matthake matthalungantã ti 6 MPP: vibhusanàya

Page 291: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

291

3. pañisaïkhà yoniso senàsanaü pañisevàmi, yàvad-eva sãtassa pañighàtàya, uõhassa

pañighàtàya, óaüsamakasavàtàtapasiriüsapasamphassànaü pañighàtàya, yàvad-eva

utuparissayavinodanaü pañisallànàràmatthaü.

4. pañisaïkhà yoniso gilànapaccayabhesajjaparikkhàraü pañisevàmi, yàvad-eva

uppannànaü veyyàbàdhikànaü vedanànaü pañighàtàya abyàpajjhaparamatàyà ti.

6: Dasadhammasuttaü

bhikkhånaü guõasaüyuttaü yaü desesi mahàmuni,

yaü sutvà pañipajjanto, sabbadukkhà pamuccati.

sabbalokahitatthàya parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.1

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. tatra

kho bhagavà bhikkhå àmantesi: ßbhikkhavo!û ti, ßbhadante!û ti te bhikkhå bhagavato

paccassosuü, bhagavà etad-avoca: ßdasa ime bhikkhave dhammà pabbajitena abiõhaü

paccavekkhitabbà. katame dasa?

1. ßvevaõõiyamhi ajjhupagato2û ti, pabbajitena abiõhaü paccavekkhitabbaü.

2. ßparapañibaddhà me jãvikàû ti, pabbajitena abiõhaü paccavekkhitabbaü.

3. ßaÿÿo me àkappo karaõãyoû ti, pabbajitena abiõhaü paccavekkhitabbaü.

4. ßkacci nu kho me attà sãlato na upavadatã?û ti, pabbajitena abiõhaü

paccavekkhitabbaü.

5. ßkacci nu kho maü anuvicca viÿÿå sabrahmacàrã, sãlato na upavadantã?û ti,

pabbajitena abiõhaü paccavekkhitabbaü.

6. ßsabbehi me piyehi manàpehi nànàbhàvo vinàbhàvoû ti, pabbajitena abiõhaü

paccavekkhitabbaü.

7. ßkammassakomhi, kammadàyàdo, kammayoni, kammabandhu, kammapañisaraõo -

yaü kammaü karissàmi, kalyàõaü và pàpakaü và, tassa dàyàdo bhavissàmãû ti,

pabbajitena abiõhaü paccavekkhitabbaü.

8. ßkathaü bhåtassa me rattiüdivà vãtipatantã?û ti, pabbajitena abiõhaü

paccavekkhitabbaü.

9. ßkacci nu khohaü suÿÿàgàre abhiramàmã?û ti, pabbajitena abiõhaü

paccavekkhitabbaü.

1 PPV, PPV2: omit this line 2 CBhp, PPV2: ajjhåpagato

Page 292: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

292

10. ßatthi nu kho me uttarimanussadhammà - alam-ariyaÿàõadassanaviseso - adhigato?

soham pacchime kàle sabrahmacàrãhi puññho, na maïku bhavissàmã?û ti, pabbajitena

abiõhaü paccavekkhitabbaü.

ime kho bhikkhave dasadhammà, pabbajitena abiõhaü paccavekkhitabbàû ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

attamanà te bhikkhå bhagavato bhàsitaü abhinandun-ti.

7: Mahàmaïgalasuttaü

yaü maïgalaü dvàdasasu cintayiüsu sadevakà,

sotthànaü nàdhigacchanti; aññhatiüsaÿ-ca maïgalaü

desitaü devadevena sabbapàpavinàsanaü.

sabbalokahitatthàya parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.1

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. atha

kho aÿÿatarà devatà abhikkantàya rattiyà, abhikkantavaõõà kevalakappaü jetavanaü

obhàsetvà, yena bhagavà tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà

ekam-antaü aññhàsi. ekam-antaü ñhità kho sà devatà bhagavantaü gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ßbahå devà manussà ca maïgalàni acintayuü2 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

àkaïkhamànà sotthànaü: bråhi maïgalam-uttamaü. [1]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßasevanà ca bàlànaü, paõóitànaÿ-ca sevanà ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

påjà ca påjanãyànaü: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [2]

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pañiråpadesavàso ca, pubbe ca katapuÿÿatà ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

attasammàpaõidhi ca: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [3]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

bàhusaccaÿ-ca sippaÿ-ca, vinayo ca susikkhito, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

subhàsità ca yà vàcà: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [4]

1 CBhp: mangalaü tam bhaõàmahe 2 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated.

Page 293: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

293

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

màtàpitu1-upaññhànaü, puttadàrassa saïgaho, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

anàkulà ca kammantà: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [5]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dànaÿ-ca dhammacariyà ca, ÿàtakànaÿ-ca saïgaho, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

anavajjàni kammàni: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [6]

ÜÛÛÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

àrati virati pàpà, majjapànà ca saÿÿamo, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

appamàdo ca dhammesu: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [7]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

gàravo ca nivàto ca, santuññhã ca kataÿÿutà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

kàlena dhammasavaõaü: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [8]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

khantã ca sovacassatà, samaõànaÿ-ca dassanaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kàlena dhammasàkacchà: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [9]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tapo ca brahmacariyaÿ-ca, ariyasaccànadassanaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nibbànasacchikiriyà ca: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [10]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

phuññhassa lokadhammehi, cittaü yassa na kampati, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

asokaü virajaü khemaü: etaü maïgalam-uttamaü. [11]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

etàdisàni katvàna, sabbattha-m-aparàjità, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

sabbattha sotthiü gacchanti: taü tesaü maïgalam-uttamanû-ti. 2 [12]

1 PPV2: màtàpitå 2 Metre: the second half of this pàdayuga is hypermetric by one syllable, owing to the addition

of taü.

Page 294: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

294

8. Ratanasuttaü

koñisatasahassesu cakkavàëesu devatà

yassàõaü patigaõhanti yaÿ-ca vesàliyaü pure,

rogàmanusssadubbhikkha - sambhåtaü tividhaü bhayaü -

khippam-antaradhàpesi, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, 1 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni và yàni va antalikkhe, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sabbe va bhåtà sumanà bhavantu, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

atho pi sakkacca suõantu bhàsitaü. [1]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

tasmà hi bhåtà nisàmetha sabbe, ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ extended

mettaü karotha mànusiyà pajàya, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

divà ca ratto ca haranti ye baliü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tasmà hi ne rakkhatha appamattà. [2]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yaü kiÿci vittaü - idha và huraü và ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saggesu và - yaü ratanaü paõãtaü ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na no samaü atthi tathàgatena - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi buddhe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [3]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

khayaü viràgaü amataü paõãtaü - ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yad-ajjhagà sakyamunã samàhito - ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

na tena dhammena samatthi kiÿci - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi dhamme ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [4]

1 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as Tuññhubha unless otherwise indicated.

Page 295: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

295

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yam-buddhaseññho parivaõõayã suciü - ÛÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

samàdhim-ànantarikaÿ-ÿam-àhu - ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

samàdhinà tena samo na vijjati - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi dhamme ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [5]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye puggalà aññha sataü pasatthà - ÜÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

cattàri etàni yugàni honti - ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

te dakkhiõeyyà sugatassa sàvakà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etesu dinnàni mahapphalàni - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [6]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye suppayuttà manasà daëhena1 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nikkàmino gotamasàsanamhi - ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

te pattipattà amataü vigayha - ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

laddhà mudhà nibbutiü bhuÿjamànà - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [7]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yathindakhãlo2 pañhaviü sito siyà ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

catubbhi vàtehi asampakampiyo, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tathåpamaü sappurisaü vadàmi, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yo ariyasaccàni avecca passati - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [8]

1 Note that -ëh- is a digraph, and does not make position. 2 PPV2: -khilo

Page 296: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

296

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ye ariyasaccàni vibhàvayanti, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

gambhãrapaÿÿena sudesitàni, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kiÿcàpi te honti bhusappamattà ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

na te bhavaü aññhamaü àdiyanti - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [9]

ÛÜÜÛ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sahà vassa dassanasampadàya ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tayas su dhammà jahità bhavanti: ÜÜÛÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sakkàyadiññhi vicikicchitaÿ-ca ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sãlabbataü và pi yad-atthi kiÿci. ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

catåhapàyehi1 ca vippamutto, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

cha càbhiñhànàni abhabbÖ kàtuü - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [10]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

kiÿcàpi so kammaü karoti pàpakaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kàyena vàcà uda cetasà và, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÜÜ

abhabbÖ so tassa pañicchàdàya:2 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

abhabbatà diññhapadassa vuttà - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [11]

1 CBhp: catuhapàyehi 2 Metre: we need to read pañichàdàya, m.c. to regularize the cadence.

Page 297: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

297

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

vanappagumbe yathà phussitagge ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÜÜÜ

gimhànamàse pañhamasmiü1 gimhe, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathåpamaü dhammavaraü adesayã,2 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nibbànagàmiü paramaühitàya - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi buddhe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [12]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

varo varaÿÿå varado varàharo, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

anuttaro dhammavaraü adesayã - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi buddhe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [13]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

khãõaü puràõaü navaü natthi sambhavaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ extended

virattacittà àyatike bhavasmiü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÜÜÜ irregular

te khãõabãjà aviråëhicchandà, 3 ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

nibbanti dhãrà yathàyam-padãpo - ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

idam-pi saïghe ratanaü paõãtaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

etena saccena suvatthi hotu! [14]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni4 và yàni va antalikkhe, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathàgataü devamanussapåjitaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

buddhaü namassàma suvatthi hotu! [15]

1 Metre: we need to read pañhamasmœü, m.c. to regularize the cadence. 2 CBhp: adesayi 3 Metre: we need to read aviråëhichandà, m.c. to regularize the cadence. 4 PPV2: bhåmmàni, similarly for the verses that follow

Page 298: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

298

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni và yàni va antalikkhe, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathàgataü devamanussapåjitaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dhammaü namassàma suvatthi hotu! [16]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

yànãdha bhåtàni samàgatàni, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

bhummàni và yàni va antalikkhe, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

tathàgataü devamanussapåjitaü ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saïghaü namassàma suvatthi hotu! [17]

9: Karaõãyamettasuttaü

yassànubhàvato yakkhà neva dassenti bhiüsanaü,

yamhi ve cànuyuÿjanto1 rattiü divam-antandito2

sukhaü supati sutto ca pàpaü kiÿci na passati -

evam-àdiguõopetam, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛ,ÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

karaõãyam-atthakusalena, yan-taü3 santaü padaü abhisamecca: ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÛÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

sakko ujå ca såjå ca, suvaco cassa mudu anatimànã, [1]

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

santussako ca subharo ca, appakicco ca sallahukavutti, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

santindriyo ca nipako ca, appagabbho kulÕsu ananugiddho, 4 [2]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ hypermetric

na ca khuddaü samàcare kiÿci yena viÿÿå pare upavadeyyuü. ÛÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

ßsukhino và khÕmino hontu, sabbe sattà bhavantu sukhitattà! [3]

1 CBhp: yamhã ve càyunuÿjanto, MPP: yamhi ce vànuyuÿjanto 2 CBhp: rattiü divam-atamandito 3 PPV2: yaü taü 4 Metre: ga-la markings in red indicate that a syllable has been taken as light m.c., against its

normal weight.

Page 299: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

299

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÛÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ irregular

ye keci pàõabhåtatthi1 - tasà và thàvarà và anavasesà, 2 ÜÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÜÐÜ irregular

dãghà và ye mahantà và, majjhimà rassakàõukathålà, 3 [4]

ÜÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

diññhà và ye ca addiññhà, ye ca dåre vasanti avidåre,4 ÜÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ,ÜÜÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

bhåtà và sambhavesã và - sabbe sattà bhavantu sukhitattà!û [5]

ÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

na paro paraü nikubbetha, nàtimaÿÿetha katthaci nÏü kaÿci, ÜÜÐÜÛÛÐÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ

byàrosanà pañighasaÿÿà nàÿÿam-aÿÿassa dukkham-iccheyya. 5 [6]

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

màtà yathà niyaü puttaü àyusà ekaputtam-anurakkhe, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

evam-pi sabbabhåtesu mànasaü bhàvaye aparimàõaü, [7]

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

mettaÿ-ca sabbalokasmiü mànasaü bhàvaye aparimàõaü, ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÛ,ÛÜÐÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÛÛÜÐÜ

uddhaü adho ca tiriyaÿ-ca, asambàdhaü avÕraü asapattaü. [8]

ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ, ÛÜÜÜÜÛÜÛÛÛÛÜÜ irregular

tiññhaü caraü nisinno và, sayàno và yàvatassa vigatamiddho,6 ÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛ,ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÐÜ

etaü satiü adhiññheyya, brahmam-etaü vihàrÏü idha-m-àhu. [9]

ÜÜÛÛÛÛÜÛ, ÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÜ irregular

diññhiÿ-ca anupagamma, sãlavà dassanena sampanno, 7 ÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÐÜÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÐÜÜÐÛÛÜÐÜ

kàmÕsu vineyya gedhaü, na hi jàtu gabbhaseyyaü puna-r-etã ti. 8 [10]

1 CBhp, PPV2: -atthã 2 Metre: we need to read vÏ twice in this line m.c. 3 Metre: in the first half of the pàdayuga we need to read vÏ m.c. or possibly yÕ (the same

comment applies to the following line also); in the second half we could read

rassakàõukkathålà, with a doubling of the consonant m.c. 4 PPV2: avidure 5 Metre: read pañigàsaÿÿà m.c. 6 Metre: the second half of the pàdayuga is very irregular, and just how we should scan it is not

clear. 7 Metre: it may be we should take the first half of the pàdayuga as a Siloka line showing the

savipula. If it is Old Gãti it is very irregular. 8 Metre: this is a Classical Gãti line as it stands, with the caesura coinciding with the end of the

first half of the pàdayuga. But the jagaõa (ÛÜÛ) in the second half of the pàdayuga is

irregular, being in an odd gaõa instaead of an even one.

Page 300: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

300

10. Khandhaparittaü

sabbàsivisajàtãnaü dibbamantàgadaü viya,

yaü nàsesi visaü ghoraü sesaü càpi parissayaü.

àõakkhettamhi1 sabbattha, sabbadà sabbapàõinaü,

sabbaso pi vinàseti, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. tena

kho pana samayena sàvatthiyaü aÿÿataro bhikkhu ahinà daññho kàlakato hoti. atha kho

sambahulà2 bhikkhå yena bhagavà tenupasaïkamiüsu, upasaïkamitvà bhagavantaü

abhivàdetvà, ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. ekam-antaü nisinnà kho te bhikkhå bhagavantaü

etad-avocuü: ßidha bhante sàvatthiyaü, aÿÿataro bhikkhu ahinà daññho kàlakatoû ti.

ßna ha nåna so bhikkhave bhikkhu cattàri ahiràjakulàni mettena cittena phari. sace hi

so bhikkhave bhikkhu cattàri ahiràjakulàni mettena cittena phareyya na hi so

bhikkhave bhikkhu ahinà daññho kàlaü kareyya. katamàni cattàri ahiràjakulàni?

viråpakkhaü ahiràjakulaü,

eràpathaü ahiràjakulaü,

chabyàputtaü ahiràjakulaü,

kaõhàgotamakaü ahiràjakulam.

na ha nåna so bhikkhave bhikkhu imàni cattàri ahiràjakulàni mettena cittena phari.

sace hi so bhikkhave bhikkhu imàni cattàri ahiràjakulàni mettena cittena phareyya, na

hi so bhikkhave bhikkhu ahinà daññho kàlaü kareyya. anujànàmi bhikkhave, imàni

cattàri ahiràjakulàni mettena cittena pharituü, attaguttiyà attarakkhàya attaparittàyàû

ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

idaü vatvà sugato athàparaü etad-avoca satthà:

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ßviråpakkhehi me mettaü, mettaü eràpathehi me, 3 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

chabyàputtehi me mettaü, mettaü kaõhàgotamakehi ca. [1]4

1 CBhp: àõàkhettamhi 2 PPV2: sabbahulà ?? 3 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated. 4 Metre: the second half of this pàdayuga is hypermetric by 2 syllables, it may be we should

exclude mettaü m.c.

Page 301: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

301

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

apàdakehi me mettaü, mettaü dipàdakehi me, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

catuppadehi1 me mettaü, mettaü bahuppadehi me. [2]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

mà maü apàdako hiüsi, mà maü hiüsi dipàdako, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

mà maü catuppado hiüsi, mà maü hiüsi bahuppado. [3]

ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipula

sabbe sattà, sabbÕ pàõà, sabbe bhåtà ca kevalà, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbe bhadràni passantu, mà kaÿci pàpam-àgamà. [4]

appamàõo buddho!

appamàõo dhammo!

appamàõo saïgho!

pamàõavantàni siriüsapàni, ahivicchikà, satapadã, uõõànàbhi, sarabhå, måsikà. katà me

rakkhà, katà me parittà, pañikkamantu bhåtàni! sohaü namo bhagavato, namo

sattannaü sammàsambuddhànanû-ti.

11: Mettànisaüsasuttaü2

aggikkhandhopamaü sutvà jàtasaüvegabhikkhunaü

assàdatthàya desesi yaü parittaü mahàmuni.

sabbalokahitatthàya parittaü tam bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. tatra

kho bhagavà bhikkhå àmantesi: ßbhikkhavo!û ti, ßbhadante!û ti te bhikkhå bhagavato

paccassosuü, bhagavà etad-avoca: ßmettàya bhikkhave cetovimuttiyà, àsevitàya,

bhàvitàya, bahulãkatàya, yànãkatàya,3

vatthukatàya, anuññhitàya, paricitàya, susamàraddhàya, ekàdasànisaüsà pàñikaïkhà.

katame ekàdasa?

1. sukhaü supati,

2. sukhaü pañibujjhati,

3. na pàpakaü supinaü passati,

4. manussànaü piyo hoti,

5. amanussànaü piyo hoti,

6. devatà rakkhanti,

1 CBhp: catuppàdehi 2 CBhp: Mettàsuttaü 3 CBhp: yànikatàya

Page 302: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

302

7. nàssa aggi và visaü và satthaü và kamati,

8. tuvataü1 cittaü samàdhiyati,

9. mukhavaõõo vippasãdati,

10. asammåëho kàlaü karoti,

11. uttariü appañivijjhanto brahmalokåpago hoti.

mettàya bhikkhave cetovimuttiyà, àsevitàya, bhàvitàya,2 bahulãkatàya, yànãkatàya,3

vatthukatàya, anuññhitàya, paricitàya, susamàraddhàya, ime ekàdasànisaüsà

pàñikaïkhàû ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

attamanà te bhikkhå bhagavato bhàsitaü abhinandun-ti.

12: Mittànisaüsaü4

pårento bodhisambhàre nàtho temiyajàtiyaü

mittànisaüsaü yaü àha sunandaü nàma sàrathiü.

sabbalokahitatthàya parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

pahåtabakkho bhavati vippavuttho sakà gharà, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

bahå naü upajãvanti, yo mittànaü na dåbhati.5 [1]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü yaü janapadaü yàti, nigame ràjadhàniyo, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbattha påjito hoti, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [2]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

nàssa corà pasahanti, nàtimaÿÿeti khattiyo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

sabbe amitte tarati, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [3]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

akkudho sagharaü eti, sabhàya pañinandito, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ÿàtãnaü uttamo hoti, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [4]

1 PPV2: tuvañaü 2 CBhp: omit bhàvitàya (presumably by mistake) 3 CBhp: yànikatàya 4 CBhp: Mettànisaüsaü, PPV: Mittànisaüsasuttaü 5 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated.

Page 303: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

303

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sakkatvà sakkato hoti, garu hoti sagàravo, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vaõõakittibhato hoti, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [5]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

påjako labhate påjaü, vandako pañivandanaü, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaso kittiÿ-ca pappoti, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [6]

ÜÛÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

aggi yathà pajjalati, devatà va virocati, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

siriyà ajahito hoti, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [7]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

gàvo tassa pajàyanti, khette vuttaü viråhati, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

puttànaü phalam-asnàti, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [8]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

darito pabbatàto và, rukkhato patito naro, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

cuto patiññhaü labhati, yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [9]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

viråëhamålasantànaü nigrodham-iva màluto, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

amittà nappasahanti yo mittànaü na dåbhati. [10]

13. Moraparittaü

pårento bodhisambhàre nibbato morayoninaü.

yena saüvihitàrakkhaü mahàsattaü vane carà

cirassaü vàyamantà pi, neva sakkhiüsu gaõhituü.

ßbrahmamantanû-ti akkhàtaü, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha1

ßudetayaü cakkhumà ekaràjà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

harissavaõõo pañhavippabhàso, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÜÜ irregular2

taü taü namassàmi harissavaõõaü pañhavippabhàsaü,

1 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as Tuññhubha unless otherwise indicated. 2 This line is hypermetric through the repetition of pañhavippabhàsaü, which has probably

arisen through imitation of the preceding line.

Page 304: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

304

ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÛÛÜ1

tayajja guttà viharemu divasaü. [1]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ye bràhmaõà vedagå sabbadhamme ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

te me namo - te ca maü pàlayantu! ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 2

namatthu buddhànaü! namatthu bodhiyà! ÛÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

namo vimuttànaü! namo vimuttiyà!û2 ÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

imaü so parittaü katvà moro carati esanà. [2]

14: Candaparittaü

ràhunà3 gahito cando, mutto yassànubhàvato,

sabbaveribhayaü nàsaü parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. tena

kho pana samayena candimà devaputto ràhunà asurindena gahito hoti. atha kho

candimà devaputto bhagavantaü anussaramàno, tàyaü velàyaü imaü gàthaü abhàsi:

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ßnamo te buddhavãratthu, vippamuttosi sabbadhi!4 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sambàdhapañipannosmi tassa me saraõaü bhavàû ti. [1]

atha kho bhagavà candimaü devaputtaü àrabbha ràhuü asurindaü gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

ßtathàgataü arahantaü, candimà saraõaü gato, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ràhu candaü pamuÿcassu! buddhà lokànukampakàû ti. [2]

atha kho ràhu asurindo candimaü devaputtaü muÿcitvà, taramànaråpo yena vepacitti

asurindo tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà saüviggo lomahaññhajàto, ekam-antaü aññhàsi.

ekam-antaü ñhitaü kho ràhuü asurindaü vepacitti asurindo gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

1 Note the very unusual resolution in this line at the 10th syllable. 2 Metre: the last 2 lines both show the unusual heavy 6th syllable. 3 PPV, PPV2: ràhuno 4 PPV: sabbadhã; Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka

unless otherwise indicated.

Page 305: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

305

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßkin-nu santaramàno va ràhu candaü pamuÿcasi? ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

saüviggaråpo àgamma kin-nu bhãto va tiññhasã?û ti. [3]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsattadhà me phale muddhà, jãvanto na sukhaü labhe, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

- buddhagàthàbhigãtomhi - no ce muÿceyya candimanû-ti. [4]

15: Suriyaparittaü

suriyo ràhugahito, mutto yassànubhàvato,

sabbaveribhayaü nàsaü parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. tena

kho pana samayena suriyo devaputto ràhunà asurindena gahito hoti. atha kho suriyo

devaputto bhagavantaü anussaramàno, tàyaü velàyaü imaü gàthaü abhàsi:

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te buddhavãratthu, vippamuttosi sabbadhi!1 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sambàdhapañipannosmi tassa me saraõaü bhavàû ti. [1]

atha kho bhagavà suriyaü devaputtaü àrabbha ràhuü asurindaü gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

ßtathàgataü arahantaü, suriyo saraõaü gato, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ràhu suriyaü pamuÿcassu! buddhà lokànukampakà.2 [2]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

yo andhakàre tamasã pabhaïkaro, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 3

verocano maõóalã uggatejo, ÜÜÛÛÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

mà ràhu gilã caraü antalikkhe!3 ÛÜÛÛ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

pajaü mama ràhu pamuÿca suriyan!û-ti, [3]

atha kho ràhu asurindo suriyaü devaputtaü muÿcitvà, taramànaråpo yena vepacitti

asurindo tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà saüviggo lomahaññhajàto, ekam-antaü aññhàsi.

ekam-antaü ñhitaü kho ràhuü asurindaü vepacitti asurindo gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

1 PPV: sabbadhã; Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka

unless otherwise indicated. 2 MPP, PPV, PPV2: lokànukampakà ti 3 Metre: the opening in this line is irregular.

Page 306: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

306

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßkin-nu santaramàno va ràhu suriyaü pamuÿcasi? ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

saüviggaråpo àgamma kin-nu bhãto va tiññhasã?û ti. [4]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsattadhà me phale muddhà, jãvanto na sukhaü labhe, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜ

- buddhagàthàbhigãtomhi - no ce muÿceyya suriyanû-ti.1 [5]

16: Dhajaggaparittaü

yassànussaraõenàpi antalikkhe pi pàõino

patiññham-adhigacchanti, bhåmiyaü2 viya sabbathà.

sabbåpaddavajàlamhà yakkhacoràrisambhavà,

gaõanà na ca muttànaü, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. tatra

kho bhagavà bhikkhå àmantesi: ßbhikkhavo!û ti, ßbhadante!û ti te bhikkhå bhagavato

paccassosuü, bhagavà etad-avoca: ßbhåtapubbaü bhikkhave devàsurasaïgàmo

samåpabbåëho ahosi. atha kho bhikkhave sakko devànamindo deve tàvatiüse àmantesi:

ßsace màrisà devànaü saïgàmagatànaü uppajjeyya bhayaü và chambhitattaü và

lomahaüso và, mameva tasmiü samaye dhajaggaü ullokeyyàtha. mamaü hi vo

dhajaggaü ullokayataü yaü bhavissati bhayaü và chambhitattaü và, lomahaüso và

so pahãyissati.

no ce me dhajaggaü ullokeyyàtha, atha pajàpatissa devaràjassa dhajaggaü

ullokeyyàtha. pajàpatissa hi vo devaràjassa dhajaggaü ullokayataü yaü bhavissati

bhayaü và chambhitattaü và, lomahaüso và so pahãyissati.

no ce pajàpatissa devaràjassa dhajaggaü ullokeyyàtha, atha varuõassa devaràjassa

dhajaggaü ullokeyyàtha. varuõassa hi vo devaràjassa dhajaggaü ullokayataü yaü

bhavissati bhayaü và chambhitattaü và,

lomahaüso và, so pahãyissati.

no ce varuõassa devaràjassa dhajaggaü ullokeyyàtha, atha ãsànassa devaràjassa

dhajaggaü ullokeyyàtha. ãsànassa hi vo devaràjassa dhajaggaü ullokayataü yaü

bhavissati bhayaü và chambhitattaü và, lomahaüso và so pahãyissati.

taü kho pana bhikkhave sakkassa và devànamindassa dhajaggaü ullokayataü,

1 Metre: the cadence in this line is incorrect, we should probably read såriyan, m.c. and also

count the sarabhatti vowel towards the metre. 2 CBhp: bhåmiyà

Page 307: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

307

pajàpatissa và devaràjassa dhajaggaü ullokayataü,1 varuõassa và devaràjassa

dhajaggaü ullokayataü, ãsànassa và devaràjassa dhajaggaü ullokayataü, yaü

bhavissati bhayaü và chambhitattaü và lomahaüso và, so pahãyethàpi no pi pahãyetha.

taü kissa hetu?

sakko bhikkhave devànamindo avãtaràgo avãtadoso avãtamoho, bhãrucchambhi utràsi

palàyi.2 ahaÿ-ca kho bhikkhave evaü vadàmi: sace tumhàkaü bhikkhave

araÿÿagatànaü và, rukkhamålagatànaü và, suÿÿàgàragatànaü và, uppajjeyya bhayaü

và chambhitattaü và lomahaüso và, mameva tasmiü samaye anussareyyàtha:

ßiti pi so bhagavà arahaü sammàsambuddho,

vijjàcaraõasampanno sugato lokavidå,3

anuttaro purisadammasàrathã,

satthà devamanussànaü buddho bhagavàû ti.

mamaü hi vo bhikkhave anussarataü yaü bhavissati bhayaü và chambhitattaü và

lomahaüso và so pahãyissati. no ce maü anussareyyàtha, atha dhammaü

anussareyyàtha:

ßsvàkkhàto bhagavatà dhammo,

sandiññhiko, akàliko, ehipassiko, opanayiko,

paccattaü veditabbo viÿÿåhãû ti.

dhammaü hi vo bhikkhave anussarataü yaü bhavissati bhayaü và chambhitattaü và

lomahaüso và so pahãyissati. no ce dhammaü anussareyyàtha, atha saïghaü

anussareyyàtha:

ßsupañipanno bhagavato sàvakasaïgho,

ujupañipanno bhagavato sàvakasaïgho,

ÿàyapañipanno bhagavato sàvakasaïgho,

sàmãcipañipanno bhagavato sàvakasaïgho,

yad-idaü cattàri purisayugàni aññha purisapuggalà,

esa bhagavato sàvakasaïgho,

àhuneyyo, pàhuneyyo, dakkhiõeyyo, aÿjalikaranãyo,

anuttaraü puÿÿakkhettaü lokassàû ti.

saïghaü hi vo bhikkhave anussarataü yaü bhavissati bhayaü và chambhitattaü và

lomahaüso và so pahãyissati. taü kissa hetu?

tathàgato bhikkhave arahaü sammàsambuddho, vãtaràgo, vãtadoso, vãtamoho, abhãru

acchambhi4 anutràsi apalàyãû ti.

1 PPV2: this line is missing in this edition, by mistake. 2 MPP: bhãrucchambhã utràsi palàyã ti, PPV, PPV2: palàyã ti 3 PPV2: lokavidu 4 MPP: acchambhã

Page 308: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Pañhamakabhàõavàraü

308

idam-avoca bhagavà,

idaü vatvà sugato athàparaü etad-avoca satthà:

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ßaraÿÿe rukkhamåle và, suÿÿàgàre va bhikkhavo,1 ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

anussaretha sambuddhaü, bhayaü tumhàka' no siyà. [1]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

no ce buddhaü sareyyàtha, lokajeññhaü naràsabhaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

atha dhammaü sareyyàtha, niyyànikaü sudesitaü. [2]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

no ce dhammaü sareyyàtha, niyyànikaü sudesitaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

atha saïghaü sareyyàtha, puÿÿakkhettaü anuttaraü. [3]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü buddhaü sarantànaü, dhammaü saïghaÿ-ca bhikkhavo, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

bhayaü và chambhitattaü và, lomahaüso na hessatãû ti.2 [4]

Pañhamakabhàõavàraü niññhitaü3

1 Metre: all lines in this sutta are in the pathyà form of the Siloka metre. 2 MPP: hessati, omit ti 3 MPP, CBhp, PPV2: Pañhamakabhàõavàraü (omit niññhitaü).

Page 309: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

17: Mahàkassapattherabojjhaïgaü1

yaü mahàkassapatthero, parittaü munisantikà2

sutvà tasmiü khaõe yeva ahosi nirupaddavo.

bojjhaïgabalasaüyuttaü, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà ràjagahe viharati veëuvane kalandakanivàpe. tena kho pana

samayena àyasmà mahàkassapo pipphalãguhàyaü3 viharati, àbàdhiko dukkhito

bàëhagilàno. atha kho bhagavà sàyanhasamayaü patisallànà vuññhito, yenàyasmà

mahàkassapo tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà paÿÿatte àsane nisãdi. nisajja kho bhagavà

àyasmantaü mahàkassapaü etad-avoca:

ßkacci te kassapa khamanãyaü? kacci yàpanãyaü? kacci dukkhà vedanà pañikkamanti

no abhikkamanti? pañikkamosànaü paÿÿàyati no abhikkamo?û ti

ßna me bhante khamanãyaü na yàpanãyaü, bàëhà me dukkhà vedanà abhikkamanti no

pañikkamanti, abhikkamosànaü paÿÿàyati no pañikkamoû ti.

ßsattime kassapa bojjhaïgà mayà sammad-akkhàtà, bhàvità bahulãkatà abhiÿÿàya

sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattanti. katame satta?

1. satisambojjhaïgo kho kassapa mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato abhiÿÿàya

sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

2. dhammavicayasambojjhaïgo kho kassapa mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

3. viriyasambojjhaïgo kho kassapa mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

4. pãtisambojjhaïgo kho kassapa mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato abhiÿÿàya

sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

5. passaddhisambojjhaïgo kho kassapa mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

6. samàdhisambojjhaïgo kho kassapa mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

1 PPV, PPV2: -bojjhangaparittaü 2 PPV, PPV2: munisantikaü 3 PPV, PPV2: pipphaliguhàyaü

Page 310: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

310

7. upekkhàsambojjhaïgo kho kassapa mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

ime kho kassapa satta bojjhaïgà mayà sammad-akkhàtà, bhàvità bahulãkatà abhiÿÿàya

sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattantãû ti.1 ßtaggha bhagava bojjhaïgà!

taggha sugata bojjhaïgà!û ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

attamano àyasmà mahàkassapo bhagavato bhàsitaü abhinandi, vuññhàhi2 càyasmà

mahàkassapo tamhà àbàdhà, tathà pahãno càyasmato mahàkassapassa so àbàdho ahosã

ti.

18: Mahàmoggallànattherabojjhaïgaü3

moggallàno pi thero yaü, parittaü munisantikà4

sutvà tasmiü khaõe yeva ahosi nirupaddavo.

bojjhaïgabalasaüyuttaü, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà ràjagahe viharati veëuvane kalandakanivàpe. tena kho pana

samayena àyasmà mahàmoggallàno gijjhakåñe pabbate viharati, àbàdhiko dukkhito

bàëhagilàno. atha kho bhagavà sàyanhasamayaü patisallànà vuññhito, yenàyasmà

mahàmoggallàno tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà paÿÿatte àsane nisãdi. nisajja kho

bhagavà àyasmantaü mahàmoggallànaü etad-avoca:

ßkacci te moggallàna khamanãyaü? kacci yàpanãyaü? kacci dukkhà vedanà

pañikkamanti no abhikkamanti? pañikkamosànaü paÿÿàyati no abhikkamo?û ti

ßna me bhante khamanãyaü na yàpanãyaü, bàëhà me dukkhà vedanà abhikkamanti no

pañikkamanti, abhikkamosànaü paÿÿàyati no pañikkamoû ti.

ßsattime moggallàna bojjhaïgà mayà sammad-akkhàtà, bhàvità bahulãkatà abhiÿÿàya

sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattanti. katame satta?

1. satisambojjhaïgo kho moggallàna mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

2. dhammavicayasambojjhaïgo kho moggallàna mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito

bahulãkato abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

3. viriyasambojjhaïgo kho moggallàna mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

1 MPP, PPV2: saüvattanti, omit ti 2 CBhp, MPP, PPV2: uññhàhi 3 PPV, PPV2: -bojjhangaparittaü 4 PPV, PPV2: munisantikaü

Page 311: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

311

4. pãtisambojjhaïgo kho moggallàna mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

5. passaddhisambojjhaïgo kho moggallàna mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

6. samàdhisambojjhaïgo kho moggallàna mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

7. upekkhàsambojjhaïgo kho moggallàna mayà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

ime kho moggallàna satta bojjhaïgà mayà sammad-akkhàtà, bhàvità bahulãkatà

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattantãû ti.1 ßtaggha bhagava bojjhaïgà! taggha

sugata bojjhaïgà!û ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

attamano àyasmà mahàmoggallàno bhagavato bhàsitaü abhinandi, vuññhàhi2 càyasmà

mahàmoggallàno tamhà àbàdhà, tathà pahãno càyasmato mahàmoggallànassa so àbàdho

ahosã ti.

19: Mahàcundattherabojjhaïgaü3

bhagavà lokanàthoyaü, cundattherassa santikà

sutvà tasmiü khaõe yeva ahosi nirupaddavo.

bojjhaïgabalasaüyuttaü, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà ràjagahe viharati veëuvane kalandakanivàpe. tena kho pana

samayena bhagavà àbàdhiko hoti dukkhito bàëhagilàno. atha kho àyasmà mahàcundo

sàyanhasamayaü patisallànà vuññhito, yena bhagavà tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà

bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà, ekam-antaü nisãdi. ekam-antaü nissinaü kho àyasmantaü

mahàcundaü bhagavà etad-avoca: ßpañibhantu taü cunda bojjhaïgàû ti.

ßsattime bhante bojjhaïgà bhagavatà sammad-akkhàtà, bhàvità bahulãkatà abhiÿÿàya

sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattanti. katame satta?

1. satisambojjhaïgo kho bhante bhagavatà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

2. dhammavicayasambojjhaïgo kho bhante bhagavatà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

1 MPP, PPV, PPV2: saüvattanti, omit ti 2 CBhp: uññhàhi 3 MPP: -bojjhango, PPV, PPV2: -bojjhangaparittaü

Page 312: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

312

3. viriyasambojjhaïgo kho bhante bhagavatà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

4. pãtisambojjhaïgo kho bhante bhagavatà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

5. passaddhisambojjhaïgo kho bhante bhagavatà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

6. samàdhisambojjhaïgo kho bhante bhagavatà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

7. upekkhàsambojjhaïgo kho bhante bhagavatà sammad-akkhàto, bhàvito bahulãkato

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

ime kho bhante satta bojjhaïgà bhagavatà sammad-akkhàtà, bhàvità bahulãkatà

abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattantãû ti.1 ßtaggha cunda bojjhaïgà! taggha

cunda bojjhaïgà!û ti.

idam-avoca àyasmà mahàcundo,

samanuÿÿo satthà ahosi, vuññhàhi ca bhagavà tamhà àbàdhà, tathà pahãno ca bhagavato

so àbàdho ahosã ti.

20: Girimànandasuttaü

thero yaü girimànando, ànandattherasantikà2

sutvà tasmiü khaõe yeva ahosi nirupaddavo.

dasasaÿÿåpasaüyuttaü, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. tena

kho pana samayena àyasmà girimànando àbàdhiko hoti dukkhito bàëhagilàno. atha kho

àyasmà ànando yena bhagavà tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà bhagavantaü

abhivàdetvà ekam-antaü nisãdi. ekam-antaü nisinno kho àyasmà ànando bhagavantaü

etad-avoca:

ßàyasmà bhante girimànando àbàdhiko3 dukkhito bàëhagilàno. sàdhu bhante bhagavà

yenàyasmà girimànando tenupasaïkamatu, anukampaü upàdàyàû ti.

ßsace kho tvaü ànanda girimànandassa bhikkhuno upasaïkamitvà, dasasaÿÿà

bhàseyyàsi, ñhànaü kho panetaü vijjati yaü girimànandassa bhikkhuno dasasaÿÿà

sutvà so àbàdho ñhànaso pañippassambheyya. katamà dasa?

1 MPP, PPV: saüvattanti, omit ti 2 PPV, PPV2: santike 3 CBhp: àbàdhiko hoti

Page 313: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

313

1. aniccasaÿÿà,

2. anattasaÿÿà,

3. asubhasaÿÿà,

4. àdãnavasaÿÿà,

5. pahànasaÿÿà,

6. viràgasaÿÿà,

7. nirodhasaÿÿà,

8. sabbaloke anabhiratasaÿÿà,

9. sabbasaïkhàresu aniccasaÿÿà,

10. ànàpànasati.

1. katamà c' ànanda aniccasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu araÿÿagato và, rukkhamålagato và, suÿÿàgàragato và, iti

pañisaÿcikkhati:

råpaü aniccaü

vedanà aniccà

saÿÿà aniccà

saïkhàrà aniccà

viÿÿàõaü aniccan-ti.

iti imesu paÿcasupàdànakkhandhesu aniccànupassã viharati. ayaü vuccat' ànanda

aniccasaÿÿà.

2. katamà c' ànanda anattasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu araÿÿagato và, rukkhamålagato và, suÿÿàgàragato và, iti

pañisaÿcikkhati:

cakkhuü anattà - råpà1 anattà

sotaü anattà - saddà anattà

ghàõaü anattà - gandhà anattà

jivhà anattà - rasà anattà

kàyo anattà - phoññhabbà anattà

mano anattà - dhammà anattà ti.

iti imesu chasu ajjhattikabàhiresu àyatanesu anattànupassã viharati. ayaü vuccat'

ànanda anattasaÿÿà.

3. katamà c' ànanda asubhasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu imam-eva kàyaü - uddhaü pàdatalà, adho kesamatthakà,

tacapariyantaü, påraü nànappakàrassa asucino - paccavekkhati - atthi imasmiü kàye:

1 CBhp, MPP, PPV2: råpaü

Page 314: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

314

kesà, lomà, nakhà, dantà, taco,

maüsaü, nahàru, aññhi, aññhimiÿjà,1 vakkaü,

hadayaü, yakanaü, kilomakaü, pihakaü, papphàsaü,

antaü, antaguõaü, udariyaü, karãsaü,

pittaü, semhaü, pubbo, lohitaü, sedo, medo,

assu, vasà, kheëo, siïghànikà, lasikà, muttan-ti.

iti imasmiü kàye asubhànupassã viharati. ayaü vuccat' ànanda asubhasaÿÿà.

4. katamà c' ànanda àdãnavasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu araÿÿagato và, rukkhamålagato và, suÿÿàgàragato và, iti

pañisaÿcikkhati: bahu dukkho kho ayaü kàyo bahu àdãnavo, iti imasmiü kàye vividhà

àbàdhà uppajjanti, seyyathãdaü:

cakkhurogo, sotarogo, ghàõarogo, jivhàrogo, kàyarogo,

sãsarogo, kaõõarogo, mukharogo, dantarogo,

kàso, sàso, pinàso, óaho, jaro,

kucchirogo, mucchà, pakkhandikà,2 sålà, visåcikà,

kuññhaü, gaõóo, kilàso, soso, apamàro,

daddu, kaõóu, kacchu, rakhasà,3 vitacchikà,

lohitapittaü, madhumeho, aüsà, piëakà, bhagandalà,

pittasamuññhànà àbàdhà, semhasamuññhànà àbàdhà,

vàtasamuññhànà àbàdhà, sannipàtikà àbàdhà,

utupariõàmajà àbàdhà, visamaparihàrajà àbàdhà,4

opakkamikà àbàdhà, kammavipàkajà àbàdhà,

sãtaü, uõhaü, jighacchà, pipàsà, uccàro, passàvo ti.

iti imasmiü kàye àdãnavànupassã viharati. ayaü vuccat' ànanda àdãnavasaÿÿà.

5. katamà c' ànanda pahànasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu

uppannaü kàmavitakkaü nàdhivàseti, pajahati, vinodeti, byantãkaroti,

anabhàvaü gameti.

uppannaü vyàpàdavitakkaü nàdhivàseti, pajahati, vinodeti, byantãkaroti,

anabhàvaü gameti.

5uppannaü vihiüsàvitakkaü nàdhivàseti, pajahati, vinodeti, byantãkaroti,

anabhàvaü gameti.

1 CBhp: aññhi-miÿjaü 2 MPP: pakkandikà 3 CBhp: nakhasà 4 PPV2: the words visamaparihàrajà àbàdhà are missing, printer's error. 5 CBhp: omits this and the following line, printer's error.

Page 315: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

315

uppannuppanne pàpake akusale dhamme nàdhivàseti, pajahati, vinodeti,

byantãkaroti, anabhàvaü gameti.

ayaü vuccat' ànanda pahànasaÿÿà.

6. katamà c' ànanda viràgasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu araÿÿagato và, rukkhamålagato và, suÿÿàgàragato và, iti

pañisaÿcikkhati: etaü santaü, etaü paõãtaü, yad-idaü:

sabbasaïkhàrasamatho,

sabbåpadhipañinissaggo,

taõhakkhayo,

viràgo,

nibbànan-ti.

ayaü vuccat' ànanda viràgasaÿÿà.

7. katamà c' ànanda nirodhasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu araÿÿagato và, rukkhamålagato và, suÿÿàgàragato và, iti

pañisaÿcikkhati: etaü santaü, etaü paõãtaü, yad-idaü:

sabbasaïkhàrasamatho,

sabbåpadhipañinissaggo,

taõhakkhayo,

nirodho,

nibbànan-ti.

ayaü vuccat' ànanda nirodhasaÿÿà.

8. katamà c' ànanda sabbaloke anabhiratasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu

ye loke upàyupàdànà cetaso adhiññhànàbhinivesànusayà,

te pajahanto, viramati, na upàdiyanto.1

ayaü vuccat' ànanda sabbaloke anabhiratasaÿÿà.

9. katamà c' ànanda sabbasaïkhàresu aniccasaÿÿà?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu

sabbasaïkhàrehi2 aññãyati, haràyati, jigucchati.

1 CBhp: pajahanto viharati anupàdiyanto 2 CBhp: sabbasankhàresu

Page 316: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

316

ayaü vuccat' ànanda sabbasaïkhàresu aniccasaÿÿà.

10. katamà c' ànanda ànàpànasati?

idh' ànanda bhikkhu araÿÿagato và, rukkhamålagato và, suÿÿàgàragato và, nisãdati.

pallaïkaü àbhujitvà, ujuü kàyaü paõidhàya, parimukhaü satiü upaññhapetvà, so sato

va assasati, sato passasati.

dãghaü và assasanto ßdãghaü assasàmãû ti pajànàti,

dãghaü và passasanto ßdãghaü passasàmãû ti pajànàti,

rassaü và assasanto ßrassaü assasàmãû ti pajànàti,

rassaü và passasanto ßrassaü passasàmãû ti pajànàti.

sabbakàyapañisaüvedã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

sabbakàyapañisaüvedã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

passambhayaü kàyasaïkhàraü assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

passambhayaü kàyasaïkhàraü passasissàmã ti sikkhati.

pãtipañisaüvedã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

pãtipañisaüvedã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

sukhapañisaüvedã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

sukhapañisaüvedã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

cittasaïkhàrapañisaüvedã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

cittasaïkhàrapañisaüvedã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

passambhayaü cittasaïkhàraü assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

passambhayaü cittasaïkhàraü passasissàmã ti sikkhati.

cittapañisaüvedã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

cittapañisaüvedã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

abhippamodayaü cittaü assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

abhippamodayaü cittaü passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

samàdahaü cittaü assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

samàdahaü cittaü passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

vimocayaü cittaü assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

vimocayaü cittaü passasissàmã ti sikkhati.

aniccànupassã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

aniccànupassã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

viràgànupassã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

viràgànupassã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

nirodhànupassã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

nirodhànupassã passasissàmã ti sikkhati,

pañinissaggànupassã assasissàmã ti sikkhati,

pañinissaggànupassã passasissàmã ti sikkhati.

ayaü vuccat' ànanda ànàpànasati.

Page 317: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

317

sace kho tvaü ànanda girimànandassa bhikkhuno upasaïkamitvà, imà dasasaÿÿà

bhàseyyàsi, ñhànaü kho panetaü vijjati yaü girimànandassa bhikkhuno imà dasasaÿÿà

sutvà so àbàdho ñhànaso pañippassambheyyàû ti.

atha kho àyasmà ànando bhagavato santike imà dasasaÿÿà uggahetvà, yenàyasmà

girimànando tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà àyasmato girimànandassa imà dasasaÿÿà

abhàsi. atha kho àyasmato girimànandassa imà dasasaÿÿà sutvà so àbàdho ñhànaso

pañippassambhi, vuññhàhi càyasmà girimànando tamhà àbàdhà, tathà pahãno ca

panàyasmato girimànandassa so àbàdho ahosã ti.

21: Isigilisuttaü

paccekabuddhanàmàni desentoyaü adesayã.

anantabalasaüyuttaü, parittaü taü bhaõàmahe.

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà ràjagahe viharati isigilismiü pabbate. tatra kho bhagavà

bhikkhå àmantesi: ßbhikkhavo!û ti, ßbhadante!û ti te bhikkhå bhagavato paccassosuü,

bhagavà etad-avoca:

ßpassatha no tumhe bhikkhave etaü vebhàraü pabbatan?û-ti.

ßevaü bhante.û

ßetassa pi kho bhikkhave vebhàrassa pabbatassa, aÿÿà va samaÿÿà ahosi aÿÿà

paÿÿatti.

passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etaü paõóavaü pabbatan?û-ti.

ßevaü bhante.û

ßetassa pi kho bhikkhave paõóavassa pabbatassa, aÿÿà va samaÿÿà ahosi aÿÿà

paÿÿatti.

passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etaü vepullaü pabbatan?û-ti.

ßevaü bhante.û

ßetassa pi kho bhikkhave vepullassa pabbatassa, aÿÿà va samaÿÿà ahosi aÿÿà

paÿÿatti.

passatha no tumhe bhikkhave etaü gijjhakåñaü pabbatan?û-ti.

ßevaü bhante.û

ßetassa pi kho bhikkhave gijjhakåñassa pabbatassa, aÿÿà va samaÿÿà ahosi aÿÿà

paÿÿatti.

passatha no tumhe bhikkhave imaü isigiliü pabbatan?û-ti.

ßevaü bhante.û

ßimassa pi1 kho bhikkhave isigilissa pabbatassa, esà va2 samaÿÿà ahosi esà

paÿÿatti.

1 MPP: imassa hi 2 CBhp: omit va

Page 318: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

318

bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave paÿcapaccekabuddhasatàni imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate

ciranivàsino ahesuü. te imaü pabbataü pavisantà dissanti, paviññhà na dissanti. tam-

enaü manussà disvà evam-àhaüsu: ßayaü pabbato ime isã gilatã ti - isigili,û isigilã-

tveva samaÿÿà udapàdi.

àcikkhissàmi bhikkhave paccekabuddhànaü nàmàni,

kittayissàmi bhikkhave paccekabuddhànaü nàmàni,

desissàmi bhikkhave paccekabuddhànaü nàmàni.

taü suõàtha sàdhukaü manasikarotha bhàsissàmãû ti. ßevaü bhante,û ti kho te bhikkhå

bhagavato paccassosuü, bhagavà etad-avoca:

ßariññho nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,1

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

upariññho nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

tagarasikhã nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

yasassã nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

sudassano nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

piyadassã nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

gandhàro nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

piõóolo nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

upàsabho nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

nãto nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

tatho nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

sutavà nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

bhàvitatto nàma bhikkhave paccekasambuddho,

imasmiü isigilismiü pabbate ciranivàsã ahosi.

1 PPV: paccekabuddho, here and in the following lines

Page 319: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

319

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

ye sattasàrà anãghà1 niràsà,2 ÜÜÛ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

paccekam-evajjhagamuü subodhiü. ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

tesaü visallànaü naruttamànaü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

nàmàni me kittayato suõàtha: [1]

ÛÜÜÛÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ irregular

ariññho, upariññho, tagarasikhã, yasassã,3 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

sudassano, piyadassã ca buddho, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ Vedic opening

gandhàro, piõóolo, upàsabho ca, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

nãto, tatho, sutavà, bhàvitatto, [2]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

sumbho, subho, methulo, aññhamo ca, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

athassu megho, anãgho,4 sudàñho, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

paccekabuddhà bhavanettikhãõà. ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

hiïgå ca hiïgo ca mahànubhàvà, [3]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

dve jàlino munino, aññhako ca, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

atha kosalo buddho, atho subàhu, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

upanemiso, nemiso, santacitto, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

sacco, tatho, virajo, paõóito ca, [4]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kàl' åpakàlà, vijito, jito ca, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

aïgo ca païgo ca gutijjito ca, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

passã jahã upadhiü dukkhamålaü, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

aparàjito màrabalaü ajesi, [5]

1 PPV2: anighà 2 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as Tuññhubha unless otherwise indicated. 3 Metre: the opening of this line is hypermetric, and it is not easy to see how we could repair

the metre in a satisfactory way. 4 CBhp: anigho

Page 320: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

320

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜ extended

satthà, pavattà, sarabhaïgo, lomahaüso, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 3

uccaïgamàyo, asito, anàsavo, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

manomayo, mànacchido ca bandhumà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

tadàdhimutto, vimalo ca ketumà, [6]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

ketumbaràgo ca màtaïgÖ, ariyo, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 6

ath' accuto, accutagàmabyàmako, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ

sumaïgalo, dabbilo, suppatiññhito, ÛÜÜ,ÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Vedic opening

asayho, khemàbhirato ca sorato, [7]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

dårannayo, saïgho atho pi uccayo, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

aparo munã sayho anomanikkamo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

ànandanando, upanandÖ dvàdasa, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜTuññhubha + Vedic opening

bhàradvàjo antimadehadhàrã, [8]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÜ,ÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã

bodhã, mahànàmo atho pi uttaro, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

kesã, sikhã, sundaro, bhàrÏdvàjo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ Jagatã x 2

tiss' åpatissà1 bhavabandhanacchidà, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜ

upasãdarã, taõhacchido ca sãdarã, [9]

ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

buddho ahå maïgalo vãtaràgo, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

usabhacchidà jàliniü2 dukkhamålaü, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

santaü padaü ajjhagam-åpanãto,3 ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

uposatho, sundaro, saccanàmo, [10]

1 PPV2: upatissà, probably a printer's error. 2 MPP: jàlinã 3 MPP, PPV: ajjhagaü åpanãto

Page 321: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Dutiyakabhàõavàraü

321

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ extended

jeto, jayanto, padumo, uppalo ca, ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

padumuttaro, rakkhito, pabbato ca, ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Vedic opening

mànatthaddho, sobhito, vãtaràgo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kaõho ca buddho suvimuttacitto - [11]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ete ca aÿÿe ca mahànubhàvà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

paccekabuddhà bhavanettikhãõà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

te sabbasaïgàtigate mahesã,1 ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

parinibbute vandatha appameyyeû ti. [12]

Dutiyakabhàõavàraü niññhitaü2

1 PPV2: mahesi 2 MPP, CBhp, PPV2: Dutiyakabhàõavàraü (omit niññhitaü).

Page 322: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Atirekàni Sattasuttàni1

22. Dhammacakkappavattanasuttaü

namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammàsambuddhassa2

namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammàsambuddhassa

namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammàsambuddhassa

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà bàràõasiyaü viharati isipatane migadàye. tatra kho bhagavà

paÿcavaggiye bhikkhå àmantesi:

ßdveme bhikkhave antà pabbajitena na sevitabbà, yo càyaü: kàmesu

kàmasukhallikànuyogo, hãno, gammo, pothujjaniko, anariyo, anatthasaühito; yo

càyaü: attakilamathànuyogo, dukkho, anariyo, anatthasaühito. ete te bhikkhave ubho

ante anupagamma, majjhimà pañipadà tathàgatena abhisambuddhà, cakkhukaraõã,

ÿàõakaraõã, upasamàya abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

katamà ca sà bhikkhave majjhimà pañipadà, tathàgatena abhisambuddhà, cakkhukaraõã,

ÿàõakaraõã, upasamàya abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati? ayam-eva ariyo

aññhaïgiko maggo, seyyathãdam:

1. sammàdiññhi

2. sammàsaïkappo

3. sammàvàcà

4. sammàkammanto

5. sammà-àjãvo

6. sammàvàyàmo

7. sammàsati

8. sammàsamàdhi.

ayaü kho sà bhikkhave majjhimà pañipadà, tathàgatena abhisambuddhà, cakkhukaraõã,

ÿàõakaraõã, upasamàya abhiÿÿàya sambodhàya nibbànàya saüvattati.

1. idaü kho pana bhikkhave dukkhaü ariyasaccaü:

jàti pi dukkhà

jarà pi dukkhà

vyàdhi pi dukkho

maraõam-pi dukkhaü

appiyehi sampayogo dukkho

piyehi vippayogo dukkho

yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü

saïkhittena paÿcupàdànakkhandhà dukkhà.

1 MPP, CBhp, PPV omit this section title 2 PPV2 omits namo tassa....

Page 323: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

323

2. idaü kho pana bhikkhave dukkhasamudayaü1 ariyasaccaü:

yà yaü taõhà ponobhavikà, nandiràgasahagatà, tatratatràbhinandinã, seyyathãdaü:

kàmataõhà

bhavataõhà

vibhavataõhà.

3. idaü kho pana bhikkhave dukkhanirodhaü2 ariyasaccaü:

yo tassà yeva taõhàya asesaviràganirodho -

càgo, pañinissaggo, mutti, anàlayo.

4. idaü kho pana bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhagàminã pañipadà ariyasaccaü:

ayam-eva ariyo aññhaïgiko maggo, seyyathãdam:

1. sammàdiññhi

2. sammàsaïkappo

3. sammàvàcà

4. sammàkammanto

5. sammà-àjãvo

6. sammàvàyàmo

7. sammàsati

8. sammàsamàdhi.

1. ßidaü dukkhaü ariyasaccanû-ti - me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu

cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhaü ariyasaccaüû pariÿÿeyyan-ti - me bhikkhave pubbe

ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà

udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhaü ariyasaccaüû pariÿÿàtan-ti - me bhikkhave pubbe

ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà

udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

2. ßidaü dukkhasamudayaü ariyasaccanû-ti - me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu

dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà udapàdi, àloko

udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhasamudayaü ariyasaccaüû pahàtabban-ti - me bhikkhave

pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà

udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhasamudayaü ariyasaccaüû pahãnan-ti - me bhikkhave pubbe

ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà

udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

1 PPV: dukkhasamudayo, here and in similar places throughout 2 PPV: dukkhanirodho, here and in similar places throughout

Page 324: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

324

3. ßidaü dukkhanirodhaü ariyasaccanû-ti - me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu

dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà udapàdi, àloko

udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhanirodhaü ariyasaccaüû sacchikàtabban-ti - me bhikkhave

pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà

udapàdi,1 àloko udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhanirodhaü ariyasaccaüû sacchikatan-ti - me bhikkhave

pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà

udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

4. ßidaü dukkhanirodhagàminã pañipadà ariyasaccanû-ti - me bhikkhave pubbe

ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà

udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhanirodhagàminã pañipadà ariyasaccaüû hàvetabban-ti -

me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi, paÿÿà

udapàdi, vijjà udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

taü kho pan' ßidaü dukkhanirodhagàminã pañipadà ariyasaccaüû bhàvitan-ti -

me bhikkhave pubbe ananussutesu dhammesu cakkhuü udapàdi, ÿàõaü udapàdi,

paÿÿà udapàdi, vijjà udapàdi, àloko udapàdi.

yàva kãvaÿ-ca me bhikkhave imesu catusu ariya-saccesu - evaü tiparivaññaü

dvàdasàkàraü - yathàbhåtaü ÿàõadassanaü na suvisuddhaü ahosi, neva tàvàhaü

bhikkhave sadevake loke samàrake sabrahmake, sassamaõabràhmaõiyà pajàya

sadevamanussàya, anuttaraü sammàsambodhiü abhisambuddho paccaÿÿàsiü.

yato ca kho me bhikkhave imesu catusu ariyasaccesu - evaü tiparivaññaü

dvàdasàkàraü - yathàbhåtaü ÿàõadassanaü suvisuddhaü ahosi, athàhaü bhikkhave

sadevake loke samàrake sabrahmake sassamaõabràhmaõiyà pajàya sadevamanussàya,

anuttaraü sammàsambodhiü abhisambuddho paccaÿÿàsiü. ÿàõaÿ-ca pana me

dassanaü udapàdi:

akuppà me cetovimutti

ayam-antimà jàti

natthi dàni punabbhavoû ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

attamanà paÿcavaggiyà bhikkhå bhagavato bhàsitaü abhinandun-ti.

imasmiÿ-ca pana veyyàkaraõasmiü bhaÿÿamàne, àyasmato koõóaÿÿassa virajaü,

vãtamalaü, dhammacakkhuü udapàdi:

1 PPV2: vijjà udapàdi is missing in this edition, printer's error.

Page 325: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

325

yaü kiÿci samudayadhammaü,

sabban-taü1 nirodhadhamman-ti.

pavattite ca pana bhagavatà dhammacakke bhummà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

bhummànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà càtummahàràjikà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

càtummahàràjikà devànaü saddaü sutvà tàvatiüsà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

tàvatiüsànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà yàmà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

yàmànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà tusità devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

tusitànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà nimmàõaratã devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

nimmàõaratãnaü devànaü saddaü sutvà paranimmitavasavattino devà saddam-

anussàvesuü:

1 PPV2: sabbaü taü

Page 326: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

326

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

paranimmitavasavattãnaü devànaü saddaü sutvà brahmapàrisajjà devà saddam-

anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

brahmapàrisajjànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà brahmapurohità devà saddam-

anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

brahmapurohitànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà mahàbrahmà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

mahàbrahmànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà parittàbhà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

parittàbhànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà appamàõàbhà1 devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

1 MPP, PPV2: appamàõabhà

Page 327: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

327

appamàõàbhànaü1 devànaü saddaü sutvà àbhassarà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

àbhassarànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà parittasubhà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

parittasubhànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà appamàõasubhà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

appamàõasubhànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà subhakiõhakà2 devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

subhakiõhakànaü3 devànaü saddaü sutvà vehapphalà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

vehapphalànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà avihà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

1 MPP, PPV2: appamàõabhànaü 2 CBhp: subhakiõõakà 3 CBhp: subhakiõõakànaü

Page 328: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

328

avihànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà atappà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

atappànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà sudassà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

sudassànaü devànaü saddaü sutvà sudassã devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

sudassãnaü devànaü saddaü sutvà akiõiññhakà devà saddam-anussàvesuü:

ßetaü bhagavatà bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasminû-ti.

iti ha tena khaõena tena muhuttena, yàva brahmalokà saddo abbhuggaÿchi, ayaÿ-ca

dasasahassã1 lokadhàtu saïkampi, sampakampi, sampavedhi, appamàõo ca uëàro obhàso

loke pàtur-ahosi, atikkamma devànaü devànubhàvan-ti. atha kho bhagavà udànaü

udànesi:

ßaÿÿàsi vata bho koõóaÿÿo,

aÿÿàsi vata bho koõóaÿÿoû ti.

iti hidaü àyasmato koõóaÿÿassa aÿÿà koõóaÿÿo tveva nàmaü ahosã ti.

1 PPV2: -sahassi

Page 329: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

329

23: Mahàsamayasuttaü

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiü mahàvane mahatà

bhikkhusaïghena saddhiü paÿcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi, dasahi ca

lokadhàtåhi1 devatà yebhuyyena sannipatità honti bhagavantaü dassanàya

bhikkhusaïghaÿ-ca. atha kho catunnaü suddhàvàsakàyikànaü devànaü etad-ahosi:

ßayaü kho bhagavà sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiü mahàvane mahatà

bhikkhusaïghena saddhiü paÿcamattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeheva arahantehi, dasahi ca

lokadhàtåhi2 devatà yebhuyyena sannipatità honti bhagavantaü dassanàya

bhikkhusaïghaÿ-ca. yan-nåna mayam-pi yena bhagavà tenupasaïkameyyàma,

upasaïkamitvà bhagavato santike paccekagàthaü bhàseyyàmàû ti.

atha kho tà devatà seyyathà pi nàma balavà puriso sammiÿjitaü và bàhaü pasàreyya,

pasàritaü và bàhaü sammiÿjeyya, evam-evaü suddhàvàsesu devesu antarahità

bhagavato purato pàtur-ahesuü. atha kho tà devatà bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà, ekam-

antaü aññhaüsu. ekam-antaü ñhità kho ekà devatà bhagavato santike imaü gàthaü

abhàsi:

ÛÜÛÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Siloka savipula

ßmahàsamayo pavanasmiü, devakàyà samàgatà, ÛÛÜÛÛÐÜÜÛÛÛÜ Mattacchandas

¨gatamha imaü dhammasamayaü3 ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÛÛÜÜÜ

d¨kkhitàye aparàjitasaïghanû-ti. [1]

atha kho aparà devatà bhagavato santike imaü gàthaü abhàsi:

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÜÛÜÜ Mattacchandas

ßtatra bhikkhavo samàdahaüsu,4 ÜÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÛÜÜ

cittamattano ujukaü akaüsu,5 ÜÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÜ

sàrathãva nettàni gahetvà, ÜÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÛÜ

indriyàni rakkhanti paõóitàû ti. [2]

1 CBhp: lokadhàtuhi 2 CBhp: lokadhàtuhi 3 Metre: these two lines are probably meant to be in Opacchandasaka metre, but it is difficult

to find any satisfactory way of scanning the cadences. 4 Metre: the first 2 lines in this verse are in Opacchandasaka metre, with the syncopated

opening; the 3rd line appears to a Vegavatã even line; the 4th is a Vetàlãya even line. 5 MPP, PPV, PPV2: ujukam-akaüsu

Page 330: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

330

atha kho aparà devatà bhagavato santike imaü gàthaü abhàsi:

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÜÛÛÜ Svàgatà

ßchetv¨ khãl¨ü chetvà palighaü,1 ÜÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÜ

indakh©laü åhacca-m-anejà, ÜÛÜÛÐÜÜÛÛÜ

te caranti suddhà vimalà, ÛÛÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÜ

cÏkkhumatà sudantà susunàgàû ti. [3]

atha kho aparà devatà bhagavato santike imaü gàthaü abhàsi:

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha

ßye keci buddhaü saraõaü gatàse ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÜ Mattacchandas

na te gamissanti apàyaü.2 ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜ

pahàya mànusaü dehaü ÛÛÜÜÛÛÐÜÜÜÜ

dÕvakàyaü paripåressantãû ti. [4]

atha kho bhagavà bhikkhå àmantesi: ßyebhuyyena bhikkhave dasasu lokadhàtåsu

devatà sannipatità tathàgataü dassanàya bhikkhusaïghaÿ-ca. ye pi te bhikkhave

ahesuü atãtam-addhànaü arahanto, sammàsambuddhà, tesam-pi bhagavantànaü

etaparamà yeva devatà sannipatità ahesuü seyyathà pi mayhaü etarahi.

ye pi te bhikkhave bhavissanti anàgatam-addhànaü arahanto, sammàsambuddhà,

tesam-pi bhagavantànaü etaparamà yeva devatà sannipatità bhavissanti seyyathà pi

mayhaü etarahi.

àcikkhissàmi bhikkhave devakàyànaü nàmàni,

kittayissàmi bhikkhave devakàyànaü nàmàni,

desissàmi3 bhikkhave devakàyànaü nàmàni.

taü suõàtha sàdhukaü manasikarotha bhàsissàmãû ti.

ßevaü bhanteû ti kho te bhikkhå bhagavato paccassosuü, bhagavà etad-avoca:

1 Metre: Warder (Introduction to Pàli pg 371), first idendified this metre as Svàgatà. To make

it scan however requires making a number of adjustments. 2 CBhP: apàyabhåmiü. Metre: the metre is not at all clear in these lines; line b scans as a

Vegavatã odd line (and so is in the wrong position here). The 3rd line scans as a pathyà

variation of the Siloka metre. The last line appears to have a Mattacchandas opening, but the

cadence is irredeemable! 3 PPV: desessàmi

Page 331: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

331

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ßsilokam-anukassàmi yattha bhummà tadassità:1 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ye sità girigabbharaü, pahitattà samàhità, [5]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

puthå2 sãhà va sallãnà, lomahaüsàbhisambhuno, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

odàtamanasà suddhà, vippasanna-m-anàvilàû. [6]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

bhiyyo3 paÿcasate ÿatvà vane kàpilavatthave, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tato àmantayã satthà sàvake sàsane rate: [7]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßdevakàyà abhikkantà, te vijànàtha bhikkhavo!û ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

te ca àtappam-akaruü, sutvà buddhassa sàsanaü, [8]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tesaü pàtur-ahå4 ÿàõaü, amanussànadassanaü - ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

appeke satam-addakkhuü, sahassaü atha sattatiü. [9]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sataü eke sahassànaü amanussànam-addasuü,5 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

appekenantam-addakkhuü disà sabbà phuñà ahå.6 [10]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taÿ-ca sabbaü abhiÿÿàya vavakkhitvàna7 cakkhumà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tato àmantayã satthà sàvake sàsane rate: [11]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßdevakàyà abhikkantà, te vijànàtha bhikkhavo!8 ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ye vohaü kittayissàmi giràhi anupubbaso. [12]

1 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated. 2 MPP, PPV2: puthu 3 PPV: bhãyyo 4 CBhp: ahu 5 CBhp: addaüsu 6 CBhp: ahu 7 CBhp: avekkhitvàna 8 PPV: bhikkhave

Page 332: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

332

ÜÛÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

sattasahassà te yakkhà,1 bhummà kàpilavatthavà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto,2 vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [13]

ÛÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

chasahassà hemavatà yakkhà nànattavaõõino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [14]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

sàtàgirà tisahassà yakkhà nànattavaõõino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [15]

ÜÜÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

iccete soëasasahassà yakkhà nànattavaõõino,3 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [16]

ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

vessàmittà paÿcasatà yakkhà nànattavaõõino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [17]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

kumbhãro4 ràjagahiko, vepullassa nivesanaü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

bhiyyo5 naü satasahassaü yakkhànaü payirupàsati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

kumbhãro ràjagahiko so pàga samitiü vanaü. [18]

1 PPV, MPP, PPV2: sattasahassà yakkhà 2 CBhp: jutimanto, and so throughout. 3 Metre: the first half of the pàdayuga is hypermetric by one syllable, something which often

happens when it is not possible to fit numbers to the metre. 4 CBhp: kumbhiro, and two lines below 5 CBhp, PPV: bhãyyo

Page 333: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

333

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

purimaÿ-ca disaü, ràjà dhataraññho taü1 pasàsati, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

gandhabbànaü àdhipati, mahàràjà yasassi so, [19]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [20]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dakkhiõaÿ-ca disaü, ràjà viråëho taü pasàsati, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

kumbhaõóànaü àdhipati, mahàràjà yasassi so, [21]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [22]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pacchimaÿ-ca disaü, ràjà viråpakkho taü pasàsati, ÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables + 9 syllables

nàgànaü àdhipati, mahàràjà yasassi so, 2 [23]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [24]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

uttaraÿ-ca disaü, ràjà kuvero taü pasàsati, ÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

yakkhànaü àdhipati, mahàràjà yasassi so,3 [25]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [26]

1 CBhp: omit taü 2 Metre: the second half of the first pàdayuga is hypermetric by 1 syllable. The first half of the

second is short by 1 syllable. cf. âñànàñiyasuttaü vs. 26, below. 3 Metre: The first half of this pàdayuga is short by 1 syllable.

Page 334: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

334

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

purimaü disaü dhataraññho,1 dakkhiõena viråëhako, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pacchimena viråpakkho, kuvero uttaraü disaü. [27]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

cattàro te mahàràjà, samantà caturo disà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

daddallamànà aññhaüsu vane kàpilavatthave. [28]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tesaü màyàvino dàsà àgu2 vaÿcanikà sañhà: ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

màyà kuñeõóu veñeõóu, viñucca viñuóo saha, [29]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

candano kàmaseññho ca, kinnughaõóu nighaõóu ca, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

panàdo opamaÿÿo ca, devasåto ca màtalã, [30]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

cittaseno3 ca gandhabbo, nalo ràjà janesabho ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

àgu paÿcasikho ceva, timbarå suriyavaccasà. [31]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ete caÿÿe ca ràjàno, gandhabbà saha ràjubhi, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [32]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

athàgu nàbhasà nàgà,4 vesàlà saha tacchakà, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kambal' assatarà àgu, pàyàgà saha ÿàtibhi. [33]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yàmunà dhataraññhà5 ca àgu nàgà yasassino, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

eràvaõo mahànàgo, so pàga samitiü vanaü. [34]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

ye nàgaràje sahasà haranti ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

- dibbà dijà pakkhivisuddhacakkhå -

1 PPV2: puratthimena dhataraññho 2 CBhp: àguü, and so throughout 3 Although the grammer suggests that this is the name of one gandhabba, the commentary

defines it as two. 4 CBhp: nàgasà nàgà 5 CBhp: dhataraññho

Page 335: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

335

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

vehàsayà te vanam-ajjhapattà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÜÐÜÜÜÜ

citrà supaõõà iti tesaü nàmàni.1 [35]

ÛÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

abhayaü tadà nàgaràjànam-àsi, ÛÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

supaõõato khemam-akàsi buddho. ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saõhàhi vàcàhi upavhayantà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ extended

nàgà supaõõà saraõam-agaüsu buddhaü.2 [36]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

jità vajirahatthena, samuddaü asurà sità, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

bhàtaro vàsavassete, 3 iddhimanto yasassino, [37]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kàlakaÿjà mahàbhiüsà, asurà dànaveghasà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vepacittã4 sucittã ca, pahàràdo namucã saha,5 [38]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sataÿ-ca baliputtànaü, sabbe verocanàmakà. ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sannayhitvà baliü senaü ràhubhaddam-upàgamuü: ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsamayo dàni bhaddante, bhikkhånaü samitaü vanaü.û [39]

ÜÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

àpo ca devà pañhavã ca,6 tejo vàyo tad-àgamuü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

varuõà vàruõà devà, somo ca yasasà saha, [40]

ÜÜÛÛÐÜÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ tavipula

mettàkaruõàkàyikà àgu devà yasassino.7 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dasete dasadhà kàyà, sabbe nànattavaõõino, [41]

1 Metre: the metre is wrong here, we could do with reading: citrà supaõõà ti tesaü n¨màni. 2 CBhp: saraõagamaüsu, and omit buddhaü, which is an attempt to repair the metre. However

this is the extended form of the Tuññhubha, with resolution at the restart, so there is nothing

to correct. 3 CBhp: vasavassete 4 MPP, PPV, PPV2: vepacitti 5 Metre: the second half of the pàdayuga is hypermetric by 1 syllable. 6 CBhp: omit 2nd ca 7 Metre: an instance of the rare tavipula.

Page 336: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

336

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino. ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [42]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

veõhå devà1 sahalã ca asamà ca duve yamà. ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

candassåpanisà2 devà candam-àgu purakkhatvà.3 [43]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

suriyassåpanisà4 devà suriyam-àgu5 purakkhatvà, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nakkhattàni purakkhatvà,6 àgu mandavalàhakà. [44]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vasånaü vàsavo seññho, sakko pàga purindado. ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dasete dasadhà kàyà, sabbe nànattavaõõino, [45]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [46]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

athàgu sahabhå devà, jalam-aggisikhàriva, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ariññhakà ca rojà ca ummàpupphanibhàsino. [47]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

varuõà sahadhammà ca, accutà ca anejakà, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

såleyyarucirà7 àgu; àgu8 vàsavanesino. [48]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dasete dasadhà kàyà, sabbe nànattavaõõino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino,

1 MPP, PPV, PPV2: veõhå ca devà 2 CBhp: candassupanisà 3 Metre: we have to count -tv- in purakkatvà as not making position here and in the following

line. 4 CBhp, PPV2: suriyassupanisà 5 CBhp: -àguü 6 Metre: if we count -tv- as making position here, it is a Siloka line; if it doesn't make position

(as above) then the vipulà is Anuññhubha. 7 CBhp, PPV2: suleyyarucirà 8 CBhp: àguü, which is probably an attempt to avoid two light syllables in the 2nd & 3rd

positions of the pàdayuga. Also in verse 50 below.

Page 337: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

337

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [49]

ÛÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipula

samànà mahàsamànà, mànusà mànusuttamà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

khióóàpadåsikà àgu; àgu1 manopadåsikà. [50]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

athàgu harayo devà, ye ca lohitavàsino. ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

pàragà mahapàragà2 àgu devà yasassino. [51]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dasete dasadhà kàyà, sabbe nànattavaõõino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [52]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

sukkà karumhà3 aruõà àgu veghanasà saha. ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

odàtagayhà pàmokkhà àgu devà vicakkhaõà. [53]

ÛÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

sadàmattà hàragajà, missakà ca yasassino. ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

thanayaü àga pajjunno, yo disà abhivassati. [54]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dasete dasadhà kàyà, sabbe nànattavaõõino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [55]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

khemiyà tusità yàmà, kaññhakà ca yasassino. ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ ravipula

lambãtakà làmaseññhà jotinàmà ca àsavà, [56]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nimmàõaratino àgu; athàgu paranimmità. ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dasete dasadhà kàyà, sabbe nànattavaõõino, [57]

1 CBhp: àguü 2 CBhp: mahàpàragà 3 CBhp: karamhà

Page 338: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

338

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iddhimanto, jutãmanto, vaõõavanto, yasassino, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

modamànà abhikkàmuü bhikkhånaü samitiü vanaü. [58]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

saññhete devanikàyà, sabbe nànattavaõõino, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nàmanvayena àgaÿchuü; ye caÿÿe sadisà saha: [59]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

ßpavutthajàtiü akhilaü, oghatiõõam-anàsavaü, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dakkhemoghataraü nàgaü, candaü va asitàtigaü. [60]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

subrahmà paramatto ca, puttà iddhimato saha. ÛÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

sanaïkumàro tisso ca so pàga samitiü vanaü. [61]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sahassaü brahmalokànaü mahàbrahmàbhitiññhati, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

upapanno jutãmanto, bhismàkàyo yasassi so. [62]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dasettha issarà àgu, paccekavasavattino, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tesaÿ-ca majjhato àga hàrito parivàrito. [63]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

te ca sabbe abhikkante, sa-inde deve sabrahmake,1 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

màrasenà abhikkàmi:2 passa kaõhassa mandiyaü! [64]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ßetha gaõhatha bandhatha, ràgena bandham-atthu ve,3 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

samantà parivàretha, mà vo muÿcittha koci naü!û [65]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

iti tattha mahàseno kaõhasenaü apesayã,4 ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

pàõinà thalam-àhacca, saraü katvàna bheravaü, [66]

1 Metre: the second half of the pàdayuga is hypermetric by 1 syllable. 2 PPV: abhikkhamuü 3 CBhp: vo 4 CBhp: apesayi

Page 339: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

339

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yathà pàvussako megho, thanayanto savijjuko - ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tadà so paccudàvatti, saïkuddho asayaüvasã. [67]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

taÿ-ca sabbaü abhiÿÿàya vavakkhitvàna cakkhumà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tato àmantayã satthà sàvake sàsane rate: [68]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßmàrasenà abhikkantà, te vijànàtha bhikkhavo!û ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

te ca àtappam-akaruü, sutvà buddhassa sàsanaü. ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vãtaràgehapakkàmuü,1 nesaü lomam-pi iÿjayuü!2 [69]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsabbe vijitasaïgàmà, bhayàtãtà3 yasassino, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

modanti saha bhåtehi, sàvakà te jane sutàû ti. [70]

24: âlavakasuttaü

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà àlaviyaü viharati àlavakassa yakkhassa bhavane.

atha kho àlavako yakkho yena bhagavà tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà bhagavantaü

etad-avoca:

ßnikkhama samaõà!û ti,

ßsàdhàvusoû ti bhagavà nikkhami.

ßpavisa samaõà!û ti,

ßsàdhàvusoû ti bhagavà pàvisi.

dutiyam-pi kho àlavako yakkho bhagavantaü etad-avoca:

ßnikkhama samaõà!û ti,

ßsàdhàvusoû ti bhagavà nikkhami.

ßpavisa samaõà!û ti,

ßsàdhàvusoû ti bhagavà pàvisi.

tatiyam-pi kho àlavako yakkho bhagavantaü etad-avoca:

ßnikkhama samaõà!û ti,

ßsàdhàvusoû ti bhagavà nikkhami.

1 CBhp: vãtaràgehipakkàmuü 2 CBhp: iÿjasuü 3 PPV: bhayàtità

Page 340: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

340

ßpavisa samaõà!û ti,

ßsàdhàvusoû ti bhagavà pàvisi.

catuttham-pi kho àlavako yakkho bhagavantaü etad-avoca:

ßnikkhama samaõà!û ti,

ßna khvàhaü àvuso1 nikkhamissàmi,

yaü te karaõãyaü taü karohãû ti.

ßpaÿhaü taü samaõa pucchissàmi, sace me na vyàkarissasi, cittaü và te khipissàmi,

hadayaü và te phàlessàmi, pàdesu và gahetvà pàragaïgàya khipissàmãû ti.

ßna khvàhaü2 taü àvuso passàmi, sadevake loke samàrake sabrahmake,

sassamaõabràhmaõiyà pajàya sadevamanussàya, yo me cittaü và khipeyya, hadayaü và

phàleyya, pàdesu và gahetvà pàragaïgàya khipeyya. api ca tvaü àvuso puccha yad-

àkaïkhasãû ti. atha kho àlavako yakkho bhagavantaü gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßkiü sådha vittaü purisassa seññhaü? ÜÛÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kiü su suciõõo sukham-àvahàti? ÜÛÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

kiü su have sàdutaraü3 rasànaü? ÛÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Vedic opening

kathaü jãviü jãvitam-àhu seññhan?û ti 4 [1]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

ßsaddhãdha vittaü purisassa seññhaü. ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dhammo suciõõo sukham-àvahàti. ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

saccaü have sàdutaraü rasànaü. ÜÜÜÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Vedic opening

paÿÿàjãviü jãvitam-àhu seññhanû-ti. [2]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ßkathaü su taratã oghaü? kathaü su tarati5 aõõavaü?6 ÛÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

kathaü su dukkhaü acceti? kathaü su parisujjhati?û [3]

1 CBhp: nakkhvàhaü taü àvuso 2 CBhp: nakkhvàhaü 3 PPV, PPV2: sàdhutaraü, also in next verse 4 CBhp: omit ti, also in next verse 5 CBhp: arati 6 Metre: all lines from here on are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated.

Page 341: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

341

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsaddhàya taratã1 oghaü. appamàdena aõõavaü. ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

viriyena dukkhaü acceti. paÿÿàya parisujjhati.û [4]

ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßkathaü su labhate paÿÿaü? kathaü su vindate dhanaü? ÛÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

kathaü su kittiü pappoti? kathaü mittàni ganthati? ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

asmà lokà paraü lokaü kathaü pecca na socati?û [5]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

ßsaddahàno arahataü dhammaü nibbànapattiyà, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sussåsà labhate paÿÿaü, appamatto vicakkhaõo. [6]

ÛÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

patiråpakàrã dhuravà, uññhàtà vindate dhanaü. ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

saccena kittiü pappoti. dadaü mittàni ganthati. [7]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassete caturo dhammà saddhassa gharamesino: ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

saccaü, dhammo, dhitã,2 càgo, sa ve pecca na socati, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

asmà lokà paraü lokaü evaü pecca na socati.3 [8]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

iïgha aÿÿe pi pucchassu, puthå4 samaõabràhmaõe, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yadi saccà damà càgà khantyà bhiyyo na vijjati.û5 [9]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßkathan nu dàni puccheyyaü, puthå samaõabràhmaõe, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sohaü ajja pajànàmi yo attho6 samparàyiko? [10]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

atthàya vata me buddho vàsày' àlavim-àgamã.7 ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sohaü ajja pajànàmi yattha dinnaü mahapphalaü. [11]

1 CBhp: tarati 2 CBhp: dhiti 3 MPP: omits this line; PPV2: sa ve pecca. 4 MPP, PPV2: puthu, and in the reply below 5 PPV: bhãyyo na vijjatã; PPV2: bhãyyo na vijjati 6 CBhp, PPV: yo cattho 7 CBhp, PPV: àlavim-àgami

Page 342: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

342

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

so ahaü vicarissàmi gàmà gàmaü purà puraü, ÛÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐ ÛÜÛÜ mavipula

namassamàno sambuddhaü dhammassa ca sudhammatanû-ti. [12]

evaü vatvà1 àlavako yakkho bhagavantaü etad-avoca: ßabhikkantaü bho gotama!

abhikkantaü bho gotama! seyyathà pi bho gotama nikkujjitaü và ukkujjeyya,

pañicchannaü và vivareyya, måëhassa và maggaü àcikkheyya, andhakàre và

telapajjotaü dhàreyya cakkhumanto råpàni dakkhintã ti, evam-evaü bhotà gotamena

anekapariyàyena dhammo pakàsito. esàhaü bhavantaü gotamaü saraõaü gacchàmi,

dhammaÿ-ca bhikkhusaïghaÿ-ca. upàsakaü maü bhavaü gotamo dhàretu ajjatagge

pàõupetaü saraõaü gatanû-ti.

25. Kasãbhàradvàjasuttaü

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà magadhesu viharati dakkhiõàgirismiü ekanàlàyaü

bràhmaõagàme. tena kho pana samayena kasãbhàradvàjassa bràhmaõassa paÿcamattàni

naïgalasatàni payuttàni honti vappakàle. atha kho bhagavà pubbanhasamayaü

nivàsetvà, pattacãvaram-àdàya, yena kasãbhàradvàjassa bràhmaõassa kammanto

tenupasaïkami.2 tena kho pana samayena kasãbhàradvàjassa bràhmaõassa parivesanà

vattati. atha kho bhagavà yena parivesanà tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà ekam-antaü

aññhàsi. addasà kho kasãbhàradvàjo bràhmaõo bhagavantaü piõóàya ñhitaü, disvàna

bhagavantaü etad-avoca:

ßahaü kho samaõa kasàmi ca vapàmi ca, kasitvà ca vapitvà ca bhuÿjàmi. tvam-pi

samaõa kasassu ca vapassu ca, kasitvà ca vapitvà ca bhuÿjassåû ti.

ßaham-pi kho bràhmaõa kasàmi ca vapàmi ca, kasitvà ca vapitvà ca bhuÿjàmãû ti.

ßna kho pana mayaü passàma bhoto gotamassa yugaü và naïgalaü và phàlaü và

pàcanaü và balivadde và.û

atha ca pana bhavaü gotamo evam-àha: ßaham-pi kho bràhmaõa kasàmi ca vapàmi ca,

kasitvà ca vapitvà ca bhuÿjàmãû ti.

atha kho kasãbhàradvàjo bràhmaõo bhagavantaü gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßkassako pañijànàsi na ca passàma te kasiü. 3 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kasiü no pucchito bråhi yathà jànemu te kasiü.û4 [1]

1 CBhp: evaü vutte 2 CBhp: omit upasaïkami, presumably by mistake 3 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated. 4 PPV, PPV2: kasiü ti (sic);

Page 343: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

343

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsaddhà bãjaü, tapo vuññhi, paÿÿà me yuganaïgalaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

hiri ãsà, mano yottaü, sati me phàlapàcanaü. [2]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kàyagutto, vacãgutto, àhàre udare yato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

saccaü karomi niddànaü, soraccaü me pamocanaü. [3]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

viriyaü me dhuradhorayhaü, yogakkhemàdhivàhanaü - ÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

gacchati anivattantaü yattha gantvà na socati.1 [4]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evam-esà kasã kaññhà sà hoti amatapphalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

etaü kasiü kasitvàna sabbadukkhà pamuccatãû ti. [5]

atha kho kasãbhàradvàjo bràhmaõo mahatiyà kaüsapàtiyà pàyàsaü vaóóhetvà

bhagavato upanàmesi: ßbhuÿjatu bhavaü gotamo pàyàsaü, kassako bhavaü, yaü hi

bhavaü gotamo2 amataphalaü kasiü kasatãû ti.

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

ßgàthàbhigãtaü me abhojaneyyaü,3 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

sampassataü bràhmaõa nesa dhammo, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

gàthàbhigãtaü panudanti buddhà, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ

dhamme satã bràhmaõa vutti-r-esà. [6]

ÜÜÛÛ,ÐÜÛÛÐÜÛÜÜ Tuññhubha x 4

aÿÿena ca kevalinaü4 mahesiü,5 ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÜÛÐÜÛÜÜ

khãõàsavaü kukkuccavåpasantaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛ,ÛÐÜÛÜÜ

annena pànena upaññhahassu, ÜÜÛÜ,ÐÜÛÜÐÜÛÜÜ

khettaü hi taü puÿÿapekhassa hotãû ti. [7]

ßatha kassa càhaü bho gotama imaü pàyàsaü dammã?û ti

1 Metre: we need to read gacchatã here, to avoid the opening ÅÛÛÅ 2 PPV2: gotamo yaü hi bhavaü gotamo, printer's error. 3 CBhp: abhojanãyaü 4 PPV: kevakãnaü: PPV2: kevalãnaü 5 Metre: the opening is faulty here, we should read cà m.c.

Page 344: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

344

ßna khvàhaü taü1 bràhmaõa passàmi, sadevake loke samàrake sabrahmake,

sassamaõabràhmaõiyà pajàya sadevamanussàya, yassa so pàyàso bhutto sammà

pariõàmaü gaccheyya, aÿÿatra tathàgatassa và tathàgatasàvakassa và. tena hi tvaü

bràhmaõa taü pàyàsaü appaharite và chaóóehi, appàõake và udake opilàpehãû ti.

atha kho kasãbhàradvàjo bràhmaõo taü pàyàsaü appàõake udake opilàpesi. atha kho

so pàyàso udake pakkhitto cicciñàyati ciñiciñàyati sandhåpàyati sampadhåpàyati,

seyyathà pi nàma phàlo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciñàyati ciñiciñàyati

sandhåpàyati sampadhåpàyati, evam-eva so pàyàso udake pakkhitto cicciñàyati

ciñiciñàyati sandhåpàyati sampadhåpàyati.

atha kho kasãbhàradvàjo bràhmaõo, saüviggo, lomahaññhajàto, yena bhagavà

tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà bhagavato pàdesu sirasà nipatitvà, bhagavantaü etad-

avoca:

ßabhikkantaü bho gotama! abhikkantaü bho gotama! seyyathà pi bho gotama

nikkujjitaü và ukkujjeyya, pañicchannaü và vivareyya, måëhassa và maggaü

àcikkheyya, andhakàre và telapajjotaü dhàreyya cakkhumanto råpàni dakkhintã ti,

evam-evaü bhotà gotamena anekapariyàyena dhammo pakàsito. esàhaü bhavantaü

gotamaü saraõaü gacchàmi, dhammaÿ-ca bhikkhusaïghaÿ-ca. labheyyàhaü bhoto

gotamassa santike pabbajjaü, labheyyaü upasampadanû ti.

alattha kho kasãbhàradvàjo bràhmaõo bhagavato santike pabbajjaü, alattha

upasampadaü. aciråpasampanno kho panàyasmà bhàradvàjo, eko, våpakaññho,

appamatto, àtàpã, pahitatto viharanto, na cirasseva yassatthàya kulaputtà

sammad-eva agàrasmà anagàriyaü pabbajanti, tad-anuttaraü

brahmacariyapariyosànaü, diññheva dhamme sayaü abhiÿÿà, sacchikatvà, upasampajja

vihàsi.

khãõà jàti

vusitaü brahmacariyaü

kataü karaõãyaü

nàparaü itthattàyàti abbhaÿÿàsi.

aÿÿataro ca kho panàyasmà bhàradvàjo arahataü ahosã ti.

1 CBhp: nakkhvàhaü taü: PPV2: na khavàhan-taü, printer's error.

Page 345: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

345

26. Paràbhavasuttaü

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. atha

kho aÿÿatarà devatà abhikkantàya rattiyà, abhikkantavaõõà kevalakappaü jetavanaü

obhàsetvà, yena bhagavà tenupasaïkami, upasaïkamitvà bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà

ekam-antaü aññhàsi. ekam-antaü ñhità kho sà devatà bhagavantaü gàthàya ajjhabhàsi:

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

ßparàbhavantaü purisaü mayaü pucchàma gotamaü - 1 ÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

bhagavantaü puññham-àgamma, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [1]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsuvijàno bhavaü hoti, suvijàno paràbhavo, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dhammakàmo bhavaü hoti, dhammadessã paràbhavo.û [2]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, pañhamo so paràbhavo. ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dutiyaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [3]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßasantassa piyà honti, sante na kurute piyaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

asataü dhammaü roceti, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û2 [4]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, dutiyo so paràbhavo. ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tatiyaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [5]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßniddàsãlã sabhàsãlã, anuññhàtà ca yo naro, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

alaso kodhapaÿÿàõo, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û [6]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, tatiyo so paràbhavo. ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

catutthaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [7]

1 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated. 2 Metre: the opening of this variation is faulty, we could read asataü ca dhammaü,

understanding resolution of the 1st syllable to repair the metre.

Page 346: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

346

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

ßyo màtaraü và pitaraü và jiõõakaü gatayobbanaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

pahusanto1 na bharati, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û [8]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, catuttho so paràbhavo. ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

paÿcamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [9]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

ßyo bràhmaõaü và samaõaü và, aÿÿaü và pi vaõibbakaü ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

musàvàdena vaÿceti, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û [10]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, paÿcamo so paràbhavo. ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

chaññhamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [11]

ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

ßpahåtavitto puriso, sahiraÿÿo sabhojano, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

eko bhuÿjati sàdåni, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û [12]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, chaññhamo so paràbhavo. ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sattamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [13]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

jàtitthaddho dhanatthaddho, gottatthaddho ca yo naro, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

saÿ-ÿàtiü atimaÿÿeti, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û [14]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, sattamo so paràbhavo. ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

aññhamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [15]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßitthidhutto, suràdhutto, akkhadhutto ca yo naro, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

laddhaü laddhaü vinàseti, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û [16]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, aññhamo so paràbhavo. ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

navamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [17]

1 CBhp, PPV2: pahåsanto

Page 347: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

347

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßsehi dàrehi1 'santuññho, vesiyàsu padissati, ÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dissati paradàresu, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û2 [18]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, navamo so paràbhavo. ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dasamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [19]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßatãtayobbano poso, àneti timbarutthaniü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

tassà issà na supati, taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û [20]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, dasamo so paràbhavo. ÜÜÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ekàdasamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û3 [21]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

ßitthisoõóiü vikiraõiü, purisaü và pi tàdisaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ irregular

issariyasmiü ñhàpàpeti,4 taü paràbhavato mukhaü.û5 [22]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßiti hetaü vijànàma, ekàdasamo so paràbhavo. ÜÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

dvàdasamaü bhagavà bråhi, kiü paràbhavato mukhaü?û [23]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßappabhogo mahàtaõho, khattiye jàyate kule, ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

so ca6 rajjaü patthayati, taü paràbhavato mukhaü. [24]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ete paràbhave loke paõóito samavekkhiya, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ariyo dassanasampanno, sa lokaü bhajate sivanû ti. [25]

1 CBhp: dàrehya 2 Metre: we need to read dissatã here, to avoid the opening ÅÛÛÅ 3 Metre: this line is hypermetric by 2 syllables (also in vs.23 line b below), this is because of the

difficulty of fitting successive numbers to the metre. 4 MPP: ñhàpeti; PPV2: ñhapàpeti 5 Metre: the metre is irregular as it stands, it would be improved by taking the reading ñhàpeti

in MPP (and then counting the sarabhatti vowel in issariyasmiü), but the form would then be

wrong. 6 PPV: sodha

Page 348: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

348

27. Vasalasuttaü1

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà sàvatthiyaü viharati jetavane anàthapiõóikassa àràme. atha

kho bhagavà pubbanhasamayaü nivàsetvà, pattacãvaram-àdàya sàvatthiyaü piõóàya

pàvisi.

tena kho pana samayena aggikabhàradvàjassa bràhmaõassa nivesane aggi pajjalito hoti

àhuti paggahità.2 atha kho bhagavà sàvatthiyaü sapadànaü piõóàya caramàno, yena

aggikabhàradvàjassa bràhmaõassa nivesanaü tenupasaïkami. addasà kho

aggikabhàradvàjo bràhmaõo bhagavantaü dårato va3 àgacchantaü, disvàna

bhagavantaü etad-avoca: ßtatreva muõóaka! tatreva samaõaka! tatreva vasalaka!

tiññhàhã!ûti.

evaü vutte bhagavà aggikabhàradvàjaü bràhmaõaü etad-avoca: ßjànàsi pana tvaü

bràhmaõa vasalaü và vasalakaraõe và dhamme?û ti

ßna khvàhaü bho gotama jànàmi, vasalaü và vasalakaraõe và dhamme. sàdhu me

bhavaü gotamo tathà dhammaü desetu yathàhaü jàneyyaü vasalaü và vasalakaraõe

và dhammeû ti.

ßtena hi bràhmaõa suõàhi, sàdhukaü manasikarohi bhàsissàmãû ti.

ßevaü bho,û ti kho aggikabhàradvàjo bràhmaõo bhagavato paccassosi, bhagavà etad-

avoca:

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ßkodhano upanàhã ca, pàpamakkhã ca yo naro,4 ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

vipannadiññhi màyàvã, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [1]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ekajaü và dvijaü và pi yodha pàõàni hiüsati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassa pàõe dayà natthi, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [2]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yo hanti parirundhati gàmàni nigamàni ca, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

niggàhako samaÿÿàto, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [3]

1 PPV: aggikabhàradvàjasuttaü 2 PPV: paggahãtà 3 PPV: ca 4 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated.

Page 349: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

349

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

gàme và yadi vàraÿÿe, yaü paresaü mamàyitaü, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

theyyà adinnaü àdiyati,1 taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [4]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yo have iõam-àdàya, cujjamàno palàyati, ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßna hi te iõam-atthãû ti, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [5]

ÜÜ ÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yo ve kiÿcikkhakamyatà, panthasmiü vajataü janaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

hantvà kiÿcikkham-àdeti, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [6]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo attahetu parahetu dhanahetu ca yo naro, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sakkhipuññho musà bråti, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [7]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo ÿàtãnaü sakhànaü và dàresu patidissati, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

sahasà sampiyena và, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [8]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

yo màtaraü và pitaraü và jiõõakaü gatayobbanaü, ÛÛÜÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

pahusanto2 na bharati, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [9]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

yo màtaraü và pitaraü và, bhàtaraü3 bhaginiü sasuü ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

hanti roseti vàcàya, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [10]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo atthaü pucchito santo, anattham-anusàsati, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pañicchannena manteti, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [11]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yo katvà pàpakaü kammaü, ßmà maü jaÿÿàû ti icchati, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo pañicchannakammanto, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [12]

1 CBhp: theyyaü adinnam-àdeti 2 CBhp, PPV2: pahåsanto 3 CBhp: bhataraü

Page 350: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

350

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo ve parakulaü gantvà, bhutvàna sucibhojanaü, ÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

àgataü na pañipåjeti, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [13]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

yo bràhmaõaü và samaõaü và, aÿÿaü và pi vaõibbakaü ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

musàvàdena vaÿceti, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [14]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula x 2

yo bràhmaõaü và samaõaü và, bhattakàle upaññhite, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

roseti vàcà na ca deti, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [15]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

asataü yodha pabråti, mohena paëiguõñhito, ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kiÿcikkhaü nijigiüsàno, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [16]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo cattànaü samukkaüse, paraÿ-ca-m-avajànati, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

nihãno sena mànena, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [17]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

rosako, kadariyo ca pàpiccho, maccharã, sañho, ÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ahiriko, anottàpã,1 taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [18]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

yo buddhaü paribhàsati, atha và tassa sàvakaü, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

paribbàjaü gahaññhaü và, taü jaÿÿà vasalo iti. [19]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yo ve anarahà santo arahaü pañijànati, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

coro sabrahmake loke, esa kho vasalàdhamo. ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ete kho vasalà vuttà, mayà vo ye pakàsità. [20]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

na jaccà vasalo hoti, na jaccà hoti bràhmaõo, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kammanà vasalo hoti kammanà hoti bràhmaõo. [21]

1 PPV2: anottappã. Metre: we need to read ahirãko, m.c. to avoid the opening ÅÛÛÅ .

Page 351: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

351

ÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tad-aminà pi jànàtha,1 yathà medaü nidassanaü: ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

caõóàlaputto sopàko màtaïgo iti vissuto. [22]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

so yasaü paramaü patto, màtaïgoyaü sudullabhaü, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

àgaÿchuü tassupaññhànaü khattiyà bràhmaõà bahå. [23]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

so devayànam-àruyha, virajaü so mahàpathaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kàmaràgaü viràjetvà, brahmalokåpago ahu. ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

na naü jàti nivàresi brahmalokåpapattiyà. [24]

ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ajjhàyakakule jàtà, bràhmaõà mantabandhuno, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

te ca pàpesu kammesu abhiõham-upadissare. [25]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

diññheva dhamme gàrayhà samparàye ca duggatiü.2 ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

na te jàti nivàreti duggaccà garahàya và. [26]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

na jaccà vasalo hoti, na jaccà hoti bràhmaõo, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

kammanà vasalo hoti kammanà hoti bràhmaõoû ti. [27]

evaü vutte aggikabhàradvàjo bràhmaõo bhagavantaü etad-avoca:

ßabhikkantaü bho gotama! abhikkantaü bho gotama! seyyathà pi bho gotama

nikkujjitaü và ukkujjeyya, pañicchannaü và vivareyya, måëhassa và maggaü

àcikkheyya, andhakàre và telapajjotaü dhàreyya cakkhumanto råpàni dakkhintã ti,

evam-evaü bhotà gotamena anekapariyàyena dhammo pakàsito.3 esàhaü bhavantaü4

gotamaü saraõaü gacchàmi, dhammaÿ-ca bhikkhusaïghaÿ-ca. upàsakaü maü bhavaü

gotamo dhàretu ajjatagge5 pàõupetaü saraõaü gatanû-ti.

1 MPP, PPV: pi vijànàtha. Metre: we need to read amãnà, m.c. to avoid the opening ÅÛÛÅ . 2 CBhp: duggatã 3 CBhp: pakasati 4 CBhp, PPV2: bhagavantaü 5 CBhp: ajjagagge, presumably by mistake

Page 352: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

352

28: Saccavibhaïgasuttaü

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà bàràõasiyaü viharati isipatane migadàye. tatra kho bhagavà

bhikkhå àmantesi: ßbhikkhavo!û ti, ßbhadante!û ti te bhikkhå bhagavato paccassosuü,

bhagavà etad-avoca:

ßtathàgatena bhikkhave arahatà sammàsambuddhena, bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü, appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasmiü.

yad-idaü catunnaü ariyasaccànaü àcikkhanà, desanà, paÿÿàpanà,1 paññhapanà,

vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü. katamesaü catunnaü?

dukkhassa ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

dukkhasamudayassa ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

dukkhanirodhassa ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

dukkhanirodhagàminiyà pañipadàya2 ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

ßtathàgatena bhikkhave arahatà sammàsambuddhena, bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü, appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasmiü.

yad-idaü imesaü catunnaü ariyasaccànaü àcikkhanà, desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà,

vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

sevetha bhikkhave sàriputtamoggallàne, bhajatha bhikkhave sàriputtamoggallàne,

paõóità bhikkhå anuggàhakà sabrahmacàrãnaü. seyyathà pi bhikkhave janettã evaü

sàriputto, seyyathà pi jàtassa àpàdetà evaü moggallàno; sàriputto bhikkhave

sotàpattiphale vineti, moggallàno uttamatthe vineti.sàriputto bhikkhave pahoti

cattàri ariyasaccàni vitthàrena àcikkhituü desetuü paÿÿàpetuü3 paññhapetuü

vivarituü vibhajituü uttànãkàtunû-ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

idaü vatvà sugato uññhàyàsanà vihàraü pàvisi.

tatra kho àyasmà sàriputto acirapakkantassa bhagavato, bhikkhå àmantesi: ßàvuso

bhikkhavo!û ti. ßàvuso!û ti kho te bhikkhå àyasmato sàriputtassa paccassosuü, àyasmà

sàriputto etad-avoca:

1 PPV, PPV2: paÿÿapanà, and so throughout 2 CBhp, MPP, PPV2: -gàminã pañipadà, similarly below 3 PPV, PPV2: paÿÿapetuü

Page 353: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

353

ßtathàgatena àvuso arahatà sammàsambuddhena,

bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasmiü.

yad-idaü catunnaü ariyasaccànaü àcikkhanà, desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà,

vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü. katamesaü catunnaü?

dukkhassa ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

dukkhasamudayassa ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

dukkhanirodhassa ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

dukkhanirodhagàminiyà pañipadàya ariyasaccassa àcikkhanà,

desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà, vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammaü.

katamaÿ-càvuso dukkhaü ariyasaccaü?

jàti pi dukkhà

jarà pi dukkhà

vyàdhi pi dukkho1

maraõam-pi dukkhaü

sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupàyàsà pi dukkhà2

yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü3

saïkhittena paÿcupàdànakkhandhà dukkhà.

katamà càvuso jàti?

yà tesaü tesaü sattànaü tamhi tamhi sattanikàye

jàti, saÿjàti, okkanti, abhinibbatti;4

khandhànaü pàtubhàvo, àyatanànaü pañilàbho:

ayaü vuccatàvuso jàti.

katamà càvuso jarà?

yà tesaü tesaü sattànaü tamhi tamhi sattanikàye

jarà, jãraõatà, khaõóiccaü, pàliccaü, valittacatà;

àyuno saühàni, indriyànaü paripàko:

ayaü vuccatàvuso jarà.

1 CBhp: omits this line 2 MPP, PPV: -upàyàsà dukkhà 3 PPV2 omits this line. 4 CBhp: abhinibbanti

Page 354: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

354

katamaÿ-càvuso maraõaü?

yaü tesaü tesaü sattànaü tamhà tamhà sattanikàye

cuti, cavanatà, bhedo, antaradhànaü, maccu, maraõaü, kàlakiriyà;

khandhànaü bhedo, kalebarassa nikkhepo:

idaü vuccatàvuso maraõaü.

katamo càvuso soko?

yo kho àvuso aÿÿataraÿÿatarena vyasanena samannàgatassa,

aÿÿataraÿÿatarena dukkhadhammena phuññhassa,

soko, socanà, socitattaü, antosoko, antoparisoko:

ayaü vuccatàvuso soko.

katamo càvuso paridevo?

yo kho àvuso aÿÿataraÿÿatarena vyasanena samannàgatassa,

aÿÿataraÿÿatarena dukkhadhammena phuññhassa,

àdevo, paridevo, àdevanà, paridevanà, àdevitattaü, paridevitattaü:

ayaü vuccatàvuso paridevo.

katamaÿ-càvuso dukkhaü?

yaü kho àvuso kàyikaü dukkhaü, kàyikaü asàtaü,1

kàyasamphassajaü dukkhaü, asàtaü vedayitaü:

idaü vuccatàvuso dukkhaü.

katamaÿ-càvuso domanassaü?

yaü kho àvuso cetasikaü dukkhaü, cetasikaü asàtaü,2

vedayitaü manosamphassajaü dukkhaü, asàtaü vedayitaü:

idaü vuccatàvuso domanassaü.

katamo càvuso upàyàso?

yo kho àvuso aÿÿataraÿÿatarena vyasanena samannàgatassa,

aÿÿataraÿÿatarena dukkhadhammena phuññhassa,

àyàso, upàyàso, àyàsitattaü, upàyàsitattaü:

ayaü vuccatàvuso upàyàso.

katamaÿ-càvuso yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü?

jàtidhammànaü àvuso sattànaü evaü icchà uppajjati:

ßaho vata mayaü na jàtidhammà assàma,

na ca vata no jàti àgaccheyyà!û ti

na kho panetaü icchàya pattabbaü:

idaü pi yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü.

1 CBhp: asàtaü vedayitaü 2 CBhp: asàtaü vediyikaü (sic); MPP: cetasikaü dukkhaü, asàtaü (i.e. omits second

cetasikaü): PPV2: cetasikaü dukkhaü, asàtaü manosamphassajaü (i.e. omits second

cetasikaü & vediyataü)!

Page 355: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

355

jaràdhammànaü àvuso sattànaü evaü icchà uppajjati:

ßaho vata mayaü na jaràdhammà assàma,

na ca vata no jarà àgaccheyyà!û ti

na kho panetaü icchàya pattabbaü:

idaü pi yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü.

vyàdhidhammànaü àvuso sattànaü evaü icchà uppajjati:

ßaho vata mayaü na vyàdhidhammà assàma,

na ca vata no vyàdhi àgaccheyyà!û ti

na kho panetaü icchàya pattabbaü:

idaü pi yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü.

maraõadhammànaü àvuso sattànaü evaü icchà uppajjati:

ßaho vata mayaü na maraõadhammà assàma,

na ca vata no maraõaü àgaccheyyà!û ti

na kho panetaü icchàya pattabbaü:

idaü pi yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü.

sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupàyàsadhammànaü

àvuso sattànaü evaü icchà uppajjati:

ßaho vata mayaü na sokaparidevadukkha-

domanassupàyàsadhammà assàma,

na ca vata no sokaparidevadukkha-

domanassupàyàsa àgaccheyyun!û-ti.

na kho panetaü icchàya pattabbaü:

idaü pi yam-picchaü na labhati tam-pi dukkhaü.

katamà1 càvuso saïkhittena paÿcupàdànakkhandhà dukkhà? seyyathãdaü:

råpåpàdànakkhandho

vedanåpàdànakkhandho

saÿÿåpàdànakkhandho

saïkhàråpàdànakkhandho

viÿÿàõåpàdànakkhandho.

ime vuccantàvuso saïkhittena paÿcupàdànakkhandhà dukkhà.

idaü vuccatàvuso dukkhaü ariyasaccaü.

katamaÿ-càvuso, dukkhasamudayaü2 ariyasaccaü?

yà yaü taõhà ponobhavikà, nandiràgasahagatà, tatratatràbhinandinã, seyyathãdaü:

kàmataõhà

bhavataõhà

vibhavataõhà.

idaü vuccatàvuso dukkhasamudayaü ariyasaccaü.

1 CBhp: katame 2 PPV: dukkhasamudayo, here and below

Page 356: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

356

katamaÿ-càvuso dukkhanirodhaü1 ariyasaccaü?

yo tassà yeva taõhàya asesaviràganirodho -

càgo, pañinissaggo, mutti, anàlayo.

idaü vuccatàvuso dukkhanirodhaü ariyasaccaü.

katamaÿ-càvuso dukkhanirodhagàminã pañipadà ariyasaccaü?

ayam-eva ariyo aññhaïgiko maggo, seyyathãdaü:

1. sammàdiññhi

2. sammàsaïkappo

3. sammàvàcà

4. sammàkammanto

5. sammà-àjãvo

6. sammàvàyàmo

7. sammàsati

8. sammàsamàdhi.

katamà càvuso sammàdiññhi?

yaü kho àvuso dukkhe ÿàõaü

dukkhasamudaye ÿàõaü

dukkhanirodhe ÿàõaü

dukkhanirodhagàminiyà pañipadàya2 ÿàõaü.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammàdiññhi.

katamo càvuso sammàsaïkappo?

nekkhammasaïkappo

avyàpàdasaïkappo

avihiüsàsaïkappo.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammàsaïkappo.

katamà càvuso sammàvàcà?

musàvàdà veramaõã

pisuõàvàcà3 veramaõã

pharusàvàcà4 veramaõã

samphappalàpà veramaõã.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammàvàcà.

katamo càvuso sammàkammanto?

pàõàtipàtà veramaõã

adinnàdànà veramaõã

kàmesu micchàcàrà veramaõã.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammàkammanto.

1 PPV: dukkhanirodho, here and below 2 CBhp: -gàminã pañipadàya 3 CBhp: pisuõàya vàcàya 4 CBhp: pharusàya vàcàya

Page 357: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

357

katamo càvuso sammà-àjãvo?

idhàvuso ariyasàvako micchà-àjãvaü pahàya,

sammà-àjãvena jãvikaü kappeti.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammà-àjãvo.

katamo càvuso sammàvàyàmo?

idhàvuso bhikkhu anuppannànaü pàpakànaü akusalànaü dhammànaü

anuppàdàya chandaü janeti, vàyamati viriyaü àrabhati cittaü paggaõhàti

padahati.

uppannànaü pàpakànaü akusalànaü dhammànaü pahànàya chandaü janeti,

vàyamati viriyaü àrabhati cittaü paggaõhàti padahati.

anuppannànaü kusalànaü dhammànaü uppàdàya chandaü janeti, vàyamati

viriyaü àrabhati cittaü paggaõhàti padahati.

uppannànaü kusalànaü dhammànaü ñhitiyà, asammosàya, bhiyyobhàvàya,1

vepullàya, bhàvanàya, pàripåriyà2 chandaü janeti, vàyamati viriyaü àrabhati

cittaü paggaõhàti padahati.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammàvàyàmo.

katamà càvuso sammàsati?

idhàvuso bhikkhu kàye kàyànupassã viharati,

àtàpã, sampajàno, satimà, vineyya loke abhijjhàdomanassaü.

vedanàsu vedanànupassã viharati,

àtàpã, sampajàno, satimà, vineyya loke abhijjhàdomanassaü.

citte cittànupassã viharati,

àtàpã, sampajàno, satimà, vineyya loke abhijjhàdomanassaü.

dhammesu dhammànupassã viharati,

àtàpã, sampajàno, satimà, vineyya loke abhijjhàdomanassaü.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammàsati.

katamo3 càvuso sammàsamàdhi?

idhàvuso bhikkhu vivicceva kàmehi, vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaü,

savicàraü, vivekajaü pãtisukhaü, pañhamaü jhànaü upasampajja viharati.

vitakkavicàrànaü våpasamà ajjhattaü sampasàdanaü, cetaso ekodibhàvaü,

avitakkaü, avicàraü, samàdhijaü pãtisukhaü,

dutiyaü jhànaü upasampajja viharati.

1 PPV, PPV2: bhãyyobhàvàya 2 CBhp, PPV2: pàripuriyà 3 CBhp: katamà

Page 358: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Atirekàni Sattasuttàni

358

pãtiyà ca viràgà upekkhako1 ca viharati, sato ca sampajàno, sukhaü ca kàyena

pañisaüvedeti, yan-taü ariyà àcikkhanti: ßupekkhako2 satimà sukhavihàrãû ti,

tatiyaü jhànaü upasampajja viharati.

sukhassa ca pahànà, dukkhassa ca pahànà, pubbeva somanassadomanassànaü

atthaïgamà adukkhaü, asukhaü, upekkhà3-satipàrisuddhiü catutthaü jhànaü4

upasampajja viharati.

ayaü vuccatàvuso sammàsamàdhi.

idaü vuccatàvuso dukkhanirodhagàminã pañipadà ariyasaccaü.

tathàgatena bhikkhave arahatà sammàsambuddhena,

bàràõasiyaü isipatane migadàye,

anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü,

appativattiyaü samaõena và bràhmaõena và

devena và màrena và brahmunà và kenaci và lokasmiü. 5

yad-idaü imesaü catunnaü ariyasaccànaü àcikkhanà, desanà, paÿÿàpanà, paññhapanà,

vivaraõà, vibhajanà, uttànãkammanû-ti.

idam-avoc'6 àyasmà sàriputto,

attamanà te bhikkhå àyasmato sàriputtassa bhàsitaü abhinandun-ti.

Niññhitàni Atirekàni Sattasuttàni7

1 PPV: upekkho; CBhp: upekhako 2 CBhp: upekhako 3 PPV: upekhà 4 PPV2: catutthajjhànaü 5 PPV2: lokasmin-ti 6 MPP, PPV: idam-avoca 7 Mpp, PPV, CBhp omit this end title.

Page 359: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

29: âñànàñiyasuttaü (1)

evaü me sutaü:

ekaü samayaü bhagavà ràjagahe viharati gijjhakåñe pabbate. atha kho cattàro

mahàràjà,1 mahatiyà ca yakkhasenàya, mahatiyà ca gandhabbasenàya, mahatiyà ca

kumbhaõóasenàya, mahatiyà ca nàgasenàya, catuddisaü rakkhaü ñhapetvà, catuddisaü

gumbaü ñhapetvà, catuddisaü ovaraõaü ñhapetvà, abhikkantàya rattiyà,

abhikkantavaõõà kevalakappaü gijjhakåñaü obhàsetvà, yena bhagavà

tenupasaïkamiüsu,2 upasaïkamitvà bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà, ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu.

te pi kho yakkhà, app-ekacce bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. app-

ekacce bhagavatà saddhiü sammodiüsu, sammodanãyaü kathaü sàrànãyaü

vãtisàretvà, ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. app-ekacce yena bhagavà tenaÿjaliü paõàmetvà,

ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. app-ekacce nàmagottaü sàvetvà, ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. app-

ekacce tuõhãbhåtà ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. ekam-antaü nisinno kho vessavaõo

mahàràjà bhagavantaü etad-avoca:

ßsanti hi bhante uëàrà yakkhà bhagavato appasannà,

santi hi bhante uëàrà yakkhà bhagavato pasannà,

santi hi bhante majjhimà yakkhà bhagavato appasannà,

santi hi bhante majjhimà yakkhà bhagavato pasannà,

santi hi bhante nãcà yakkhà bhagavato appasannà,

santi hi bhante nãcà yakkhà bhagavato pasannà.

yebhuyyena kho pana bhante yakkhà appasannà yeva bhagavato. taü kissa hetu?

bhagavà hi bhante

pàõàtipàtà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,

adinnàdànà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,

kàmesu micchàcàrà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,

musàvàdà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,3

suràmerayamajjapamàdaññhànà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti.

yebhuyyena kho pana bhante yakkhà

appañiviratà yeva pàõàtipàtà,

appañiviratà adinnàdànà,

appañiviratà kàmesu micchàcàrà,

appañiviratà musàvàdà,

appañiviratà suràmerayamajjapamàdaññhànà.

tesaü taü hoti appiyaü amanàpaü. santi hi bhante bhagavato sàvakà araÿÿe,

vanapatthàni pantàni senàsanàni pañisevanti, appasaddàni, appanigghosàni,

vijanavàtàni,

1 MPP, PPV: mahàràjà 2 CBhp: upasankamisuü 3 CBhp: omits this line, by mistake

Page 360: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

360

manussaràhaseyyakàni, pañisallànasàruppàni. tattha santi uëàrà yakkhà nivàsino ye

imasmiü bhagavato pàvacane appasannà.

tesaü pasàdàya uggaõhàtu bhante bhagavà ßàñànàñiyaüû rakkhaü, bhikkhånaü,

bhikkhuõãnaü, upàsakànaü, upàsikànaü, guttiyà, rakkhàya, avihiüsàya,

phàsuvihàràyàû ti. adhivàsesi bhagavà tuõhãbhàvena. atha kho vessavaõo mahàràjà

bhagavato adhivàsanaü viditvà tàyaü velàyaü imaü ßàñànàñiyaüû rakkhaü abhàsi:

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables + 9 syllables

ßvipassissa namatthu, cakkhumantassa sirãmato,1 ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

sikhissa pi namatthu, sabbabhåtànukampino, [1]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

vessabhussa namatthu, nahàtakassa tapassino, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

namatthu kakusandhassa, màrasenàpamaddino, [2]

ÜÜÛÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

koõàgamanassa namatthu, bràhmaõassa vusãmato, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

kassapassa namatthu, vippamuttassa sabbadhi. [3]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula + 9 syllables

aïgãrasassa namatthu, sakyaputtassa sirãmato, ÜÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

yo imaü dhammam-adesesi, sabbadukkhà panådanaü. [4]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ye càpi nibbutà loke, yathàbhåtaü vipassisuü, ÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

te janà apisuõà,2 mahantà vãtasàradà, [5]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

hitaü devamanussànaü, yaü namassanti gotamaü,3 ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, mahantaü vãtasàradaü. [6]

1 Metre: the opening verses of this sutta appear to be in Siloka metre, but are very irregular,

with 7 syllabic lines appearing no less than 5 times in the first 5 verses. There are also 3

instances of lines having 9 syllables in this section, at 1b, and at 4a & c. Most of the 7 syllabic

lines could be corrected if we read namo atthu, in place of namatthu. At 4c we could correct

the metre by reading yomaü. 2 CBhp: apisuõàtha 3 Metre: all lines in this sutta are to be understood as the pathyà form of Siloka unless

otherwise indicated.

Page 361: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

361

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yato uggacchatã1 suriyo, àdicco maõóalã mahà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassa cuggacchamànassa, saüvarã pi nirujjhati, [7]

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

yassa cuggate suriye, divaso ti pavuccati,2 ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

rahado pi tattha gambhãro, samuddo saritodako, [8]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü naü tattha jànanti samuddo saritodako, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà purimà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã3 jano. [9]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

gandhabbànaü àdhipati, dhataraññho iti nàma so. [10]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ramatã4 naccagãtehi, gandhabbehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [11]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [12]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [13]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti,5 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [14]

1 CBhp: uggacchati 2 Metre: we have to count the sarabhatti vowel in suriye, to meet the requirements of the metre

here, which is against the norm. Also in 24a below. 3 CBhp: àcikkhati, and so throughout 4 CBhp, PPV2: ramati, and so throughout 5 Metre: the cadence is incorrect, and cannot easily be corrected. This may have something to

do with why all editions lay out this verse and the one that follows, both here, and in the

repetitions below, as though they were prose.

Page 362: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

362

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßjinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotamaü!ûû [15]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yena petà pavuccanti, pisuõà piññhimaüsikà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pàõàtipàtino luddà, corà nekatikà janà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà dakkhiõà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã jano. [16]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

kumbhaõóhànaü àdhipati, viråëho iti nàma so. [17]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ramatã naccagãtehi, kumbhaõóhehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [18]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [19]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [20]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [21]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßjinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotamaü!ûû [22]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

yattha coggacchati1 suriyo, àdicco maõóalã mahà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassa coggacchamànassa divaso pi nirujjhati, [23]

1 PPV2: coggacchatã

Page 363: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

363

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

yassa coggate suriye, saüvarã ti pavuccati, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

rahado pi tattha gambhãro, samuddo saritodako, [24]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü naü tattha jànanti samuddo saritodako, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà pacchimà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã jano. [25]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables + 9 syllables

nàgànaü àdhipati, viråpakkho iti nàma so.1 [26]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ b: 7 syllables

ramatã naccagãtehi, nàgehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [27]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [28]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato2 va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [29]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [30]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßjinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotamaü!ûû3 [31]

1 Metre: we could correct the metre here by reading nàgànaü ca àdhipati, viråpakkho ti

nàma so, but that would break the pattern for this line established in the earlier verses. The

second half of the pàdayuga in the following line is also 7 syllables. 2 PPV2: durato 3 PPV, PPV2: gotaman!ûû-ti

Page 364: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

364

ÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

yena uttarakurå rammà, mahàneru sudassano,1 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

manussà tattha jàyanti amamà apariggahà. [32]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

na te bãjaü pavapanti, na pi nãyanti naïgalà, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akaññhapàkimaü sàliü paribhuÿjanti mànusà, [33]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akaõaü athusaü suddhaü, sugandhaü taõóulapphalaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tuõóikãre pacitvàna, tato bhuÿjanti bhojanaü. [34]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

gàviü ekakhuraü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pasuü ekakhuraü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, [35]

ÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

itthivàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, ÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

purisavàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, [36]

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kumàrivàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kumàravàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü. [37]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜ

te yàne abhiråhitvà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛ ÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbà disà anupariyanti pacàrà tassa ràjino,2 ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜ ravipula

hatthiyànaü assayànaü dibbaü yànaü upañhitaü. [38]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ b: 9 syllables

pàsàdà sivikà ceva mahàràjassa yasassino, ÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

tassa ca nagarà ahå, antalikkhe sumàpità: [39]

1 Metre: the first half of the pàdayuga here is 9 syllables. We could count the 4th syllable as

resolved, but that would go against the rule of resolution. We probably should read yen'

uttarakurå. 2 Metre: we have a very unusual phenomena here of 2 resolutions in one line. The metre is

rather poor in this and the next verse, with the cadence being wrong in the next line; 9

syllables in the second half of the pàdayuga in the one that follows; and 2 light syllables in

2nd & 3rd positions in the one that follows that.

Page 365: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

365

àñànàñà, kusinàñà, parakusinàñà, nàñapuriyà, parakusitanàñà. uttarena kapãvanto,

janogham-aparena ca, navanavatiyo, ambara-ambaravatiyo, àlakamandà nàma

ràjadhàni. kuverassa kho pana màrisa mahàràjassa visàõà nàma ràjadhàni, tasmà

kuvero mahàràjà vessavaõo ti pavuccati. paccesanto pakàsenti: tatolà, tattalà, tatotalà,

ojasi, tejasi, tatojasi, såro, ràjà, ariññho, nemi. rahado pi tattha dharaõã nàma, yato

meghà pavassanti, vassà yato patàyanti. sabhà pi tattha bhagalavatã nàma yattha

yakkhà payirupàsanti.

ÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tattha niccaphalà rukkhà, nànàdijagaõàyutà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

mayårakoÿcàbhirudà, kokilàbhi hi vaggubhi, [40]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

jãvaüjãvakasaddettha, atho oññhavacittakà, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

kukutthakà kuëãrakà, vane pokkharasàtakà, [41]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sukasàëikasaddettha, daõóamàõavakàni ca, ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sobhati sabbakàlaü sà kuveranalinã sadà,1 ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà uttarà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã jano. [42]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

yakkhànaü àdhipati, kuvero iti nàma so.2 [43]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ b: 7 syllables

ramatã naccagãtehi, yakkhehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [44]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [45]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [46]

1 Metre: we need to read sobhatã here, to avoid the opening ÅÛÛÅ 2 Metre: as above with nàga, the metre is disturbed in this line and the next because yakkha

does not meet the requirements of the metre.

Page 366: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

366

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [47]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßjinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotaman!ûû-ti [48]

ayaü kho sà màrisa ßàñànàñiyàû rakkhà, bhikkhånaü, bhikkhuõãnaü, upàsakànaü,

upàsikànaü, guttiyà, rakkhàya, avihiüsàya, phàsuvihàràyà ti. yassa kassaci màrisa -

bhikkhussa và bhikkhuõiyà và upàsakassa và upàsikàya và - ayaü ßàñànàñiyàû rakkhà

suggahità,1 bhavissati samattà pariyàputà, taÿ-ce amanusso -

yakkho và yakkhiõã và yakkhapotako và

yakkhapotikà và yakkhamahàmatto và

yakkhapàrisajjo và yakkhapacàro và

gandhabbo và gandhabbã và gandhabbapotako và

gandhabbapotikà và gandhabbamahàmatto và

gandhabbapàrisajjo và gandhabbapacàro và

kumbhaõóo và kumbhaõóã và kumbhaõóapotako và

kumbhaõóapotikà và kumbhaõóamahàmatto và

kumbhaõóapàrisajjo và kumbhaõóapacàro và

nàgo và nàginã và nàgapotako và

nàgapotikà và nàgamahàmatto và

nàgapàrisajjo và nàgapacàro và -

paduññhacitto gacchantaü và anugaccheyya, ñhitaü và upatiññheyya, nisinnaü và

upanisãdeyya, nipannaü và upanipajjeyya, na me so màrisa amanusso labheyya gàmesu

và nigamesu và sakkàraü và garukàraü và. na me so màrisa amanusso labheyya

àlakamandàya ràjadhàniyà vatthuü và vàsaü và. na me so màrisa amanusso labheyya

yakkhànaü samitiü gantuü. api-ssu naü màrisa amanussà anavayham-pi naü

kareyyuü avivayhaü. api-ssu naü màrisa amanussà attàhi pi paripuõõàhi paribhàsàhi

paribhàseyyuü. api-ssu naü màrisa amanussà rittam-pi pattaü sãse nikkujjeyyuü. api-

ssu naü màrisa amanussà sattadhà pissa muddhaü phàleyyuü. santi hi màrisa

amanussà caõóà, ruddà, rabhasà, te neva mahàràjànaü àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü

purisakànaü àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü purisakànaü purisakànaü àdiyanti, te kho te

màrisa amanussà mahàràjànaü avaruddhà nàma vuccanti. seyyathà pi màrisa raÿÿo

màgadhassa vijite corà, te neva raÿÿo màgadhassa àdiyanti, na raÿÿo màgadhassa

purisakànaü àdiyanti, na raÿÿo màgadhassa purisakànaü purisakànaü àdiyanti,

te kho te màrisa mahàcorà, raÿÿo màgadhassa avaruddhà nàma vuccanti.

1 PPV2: suggahãtà

Page 367: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

367

evam-eva kho màrisa santi hi amanussà caõóà, ruddà, rabhasà, te neva mahàràjànaü

àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü purisakànaü àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü purisakànaü

purisakànaü àdiyanti, te kho te màrisa amanussà mahàràjànaü avaruddhà nàma

vuccanti. yo hi koci màrisa amanusso -

yakkho và yakkhiõã và yakkhapotako và

yakkhapotikà và yakkhamahàmatto và

yakkhapàrisajjo và yakkhapacàro và

gandhabbo và gandhabbã và gandhabbapotako và

gandhabbapotikà và gandhabbamahàmatto và

gandhabbapàrisajjo và gandhabbapacàro và

kumbhaõóo và kumbhaõóã và kumbhaõóapotako và

kumbhaõóapotikà và kumbhaõóamahàmatto và

kumbhaõóapàrisajjo và kumbhaõóapacàro và

nàgo và nàginã và nàgapotako và

nàgapotikà và nàgamahàmatto và

nàgapàrisajjo và nàgapacàro và -

paduññhacitto bhikkhuü và bhikkhuõiü và upàsakaü và upàsikaü và, gacchantaü và

anugaccheyya, ñhitaü và upatiññheyya, nisinnaü và upanisãdeyya, nipannaü và

upanipajjeyya, imesaü yakkhànaü mahàyakkhànaü senàpatãnaü mahàsenàpatãnaü,

ujjhàpetabbaü, vikkanditabbaü, viravitabbaü:

ßayaü yakkho gaõhàti, ayaü yakkho àvisati,

ayaü yakkho heñheti, ayaü yakkho viheñheti,

ayaü yakkho hiüsati, ayaü yakkho vihiüsati,

ayaü yakkho na muÿcatãû ti.

katamesaü yakkhànaü, mahàyakkhànaü, senàpatãnaü mahàsenàpatãnaü?

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

indo, somo, varuõo ca, bhàradvàjo, pajàpatã, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

candano, kàmaseññho ca, kinnughaõóu, nighaõóu ca, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

panàdo, opamaÿÿo ca, devasåto ca màtalã. [49]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

cittaseno ca gandhabbo, nalo ràjà janesabho, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

sàtàgiro, hemavato, puõõako, karatiyo, guëo, [50]

Page 368: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Tatiyakabhàõavàraü

368

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sãvako, mucalindo ca, vessàmitto, yugandharo, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

gopàlo,1 suppagedho ca, hirinettã ca mandiyo, [51]

ÜÜÛÜÐÜ(ÜÛÛÜ)ÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ tavipula ?

paÿcàlacaõóo àlavako pajjuno sumano sumukho dadhãmukho,2 ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

maõi, màõi, caro, dãgho, atho serissako saha - [52]

imesaü yakkhànaü mahàyakkhànaü senàpatãnaü mahàsenàpatãnaü, ujjhàpetabbaü,

vikkanditabbaü, viravitabbaü:

ßayaü yakkho gaõhàti, ayaü yakkho àvisati,

ayaü yakkho heñheti, ayaü yakkho viheñheti,

ayaü yakkho hiüsati, ayaü yakkho vihiüsati,

ayaü yakkho na muÿcatãû ti.

ayaü kho sà màrisa ßàñànàñiyàû rakkhà, bhikkhånaü, bhikkhuõãnaü, upàsakànaü,

upàsikànaü, guttiyà, rakkhàya, avihiüsàya, phàsuvihàràyà ti. handa ca dàni mayaü

màrisa gacchàma, bahukiccà mayaü bahukaraõãyàû ti.

ßyassa dàni tumhe mahàràjàno kàlaü maÿÿathàû ti.

atha kho cattàro mahàràjà3 uññhàyàsanà bhagavantaü abhivàdetvà padakkhiõaü katvà,

tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. te pi kho yakkhà uññhàyàsanà app-ekacce bhagavantaü

abhivàdetvà padakkhiõaü katvà, tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. app-ekacce bhagavatà

saddhiü sammodiüsu, sammodanãyaü kathaü sàrànãyaü vãtisàretvà

tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. app-ekacce yena bhagavà tenaÿjaliü paõàmetvà

tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. app-ekacce nàmagottaü sàvetvà tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. app-

ekacce tuõhãbhåtà tatthevantaradhàyiüså ti.

Tatiyakabhàõavàraü niññhitaü4

1 CBhp:gopalo 2 Metre: the reconstuction of the pàdayuga offered here is only a suggestion. It should be noted

that the tavipula is very rare. 3 CBhp: mahàràjàno 4 MPP, CBhp, PPV2 omit niññhitaü

Page 369: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catutthakabhàõavàraü

âñànàñiyasuttaü (2)

atha kho bhagavà tassà1 rattiyà accayena bhikkhå àmantesi: ßimaü bhikkhave rattiü

cattàro mahàràjà,2 mahatiyà ca yakkhasenàya, mahatiyà ca gandhabbasenàya, mahatiyà

ca kumbhaõóasenàya, mahatiyà ca nàgasenàya, catuddisaü rakkhaü ñhapetvà,

catuddisaü gumbaü ñhapetvà, catuddisaü ovaraõaü ñhapetvà, abhikkantàya rattiyà,

abhikkantavaõõà kevalakappaü gijjhakåñaü obhàsetvà, yenàhaü tenupasaïkamiüsu,

upasaïkamitvà maü abhivàdetvà, ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu.

te pi kho, bhikkhave,3 yakkhà, app-ekacce maü abhivàdetvà ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu.

app-ekacce mama4 saddhiü sammodiüsu, sammodanãyaü kathaü sàrànãyaü

vãtisàretvà, ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. app-ekacce yenàhaü tenaÿjaliü paõàmetvà, ekam-

antaü nisãdiüsu. app-ekacce nàmagottaü sàvetvà, ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. app-ekacce

tuõhãbhåtà ekam-antaü nisãdiüsu. ekam-antaü nisinno kho bhikkhave5 vessavaõo

mahàràjà maü etad-avoca:

ßsanti hi bhante uëàrà yakkhà bhagavato appasannà,

santi hi bhante uëàrà yakkhà bhagavato pasannà,

santi hi bhante majjhimà yakkhà bhagavato appasannà,

santi hi bhante majjhimà yakkhà bhagavato pasannà,

santi hi bhante nãcà yakkhà bhagavato appasannà,

santi hi bhante nãcà yakkhà bhagavato pasannà.

yebhuyyena kho pana bhante yakkhà appasannà yeva bhagavato. taü kissa hetu?

bhagavà hi bhante

pàõàtipàtà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,

adinnàdànà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,

kàmesu micchàcàrà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,

musàvàdà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti,

suràmerayamajjapamàdaññhànà veramaõiyà dhammaü deseti.

yebhuyyena kho pana bhante yakkhà

appañiviratà yeva pàõàtipàtà, appañiviratà adinnàdànà,

appañiviratà kàmesu micchàcàrà,

appañiviratà musàvàdà,

appañiviratà suràmerayamajjapamàdaññhànà.

tesaü taü hoti appiyaü amanàpaü. santi hi bhante bhagavato sàvakà araÿÿe,

vanapatthàni pantàni senàsanàni pañisevanti, appasaddàni, appanigghosàni,

vijanavàtàni, manussaràhaseyyakàni, pañisallànasàruppàni. tattha santi uëàrà yakkhà

nivàsino ye imasmiü bhagavato pàvacane appasannà.

1 CBhp: tassa 2 CBhp: mahàràjàno 3 CBhp, PPV omit bhikkhave 4 CBhp: mayà 5 CBhp, PPV omit bhikkhave

Page 370: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

370

tesaü pasàdàya uggaõhàtu bhante bhagavà ßàñànàñiyaüû rakkhaü, bhikkhånaü,

bhikkhuõãnaü, upàsakànaü, upàsikànaü, guttiyà, rakkhàya, avihiüsàya,

phàsuvihàràyàû ti. adhivàsesiü kho ahaü bhikkhave tuõhãbhàvena. atha kho

bhikkhave1 vessavaõo mahàràjà maü adhivàsanaü viditvà tàyaü velàyaü imaü

ßàñànàñiyaüû rakkhaü abhàsi:

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables + 9 syllables

ßvipassissa namatthu, cakkhumantassa sirãmato,2 ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

sikhissa pi namatthu, sabbabhåtànukampino, [53]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

vessabhussa namatthu, nahàtakassa tapassino, ÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

namatthu kakusandhassa, màrasenàpamaddino, [54]

ÜÜÛÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

koõàgamanassa namatthu, bràhmaõassa vusãmato, ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

kassapassa namatthu, vippamuttassa sabbadhi. [55]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ savipula + 9 syllables

aïgãrasassa namatthu, sakyaputtassa sirãmato, ÜÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 9 syllables

yo imaü dhammam-adesesi, sabbadukkhà panådanaü. [56]

ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

ye càpi nibbutà loke, yathàbhåtaü vipassisuü, ÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

te janà apisuõà,3 mahantà vãtasàradà, [57]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ pathyà

hitaü devamanussànaü, yaü namassanti gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, mahantaü vãtasàradaü. [58]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yato uggacchatã4 suriyo, àdicco maõóalã mahà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassa cuggacchamànassa, saüvarã pi nirujjhati, [59]

1 CBhp, PPV omit bhikkhave 2 Metre: these verses are an exact repetition of those in the first half of the sutta. I have

therefore marked the variations in the text, but for a commentary on the verses please see

earlier. 3 CBhp: apisuõàtha 4 CBhp: uggacchati

Page 371: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

371

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

yassa cuggate suriye, divaso ti pavuccati, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

rahado pi tattha gambhãro, samuddo saritodako, [60]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü naü tattha jànanti samuddo saritodako, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà purimà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã1 jano. [61]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

gandhabbànaü àdhipati, dhataraññho iti nàma so. [62]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ramatã2 naccagãtehi, gandhabbehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [63]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ,ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [64]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [65]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [66]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßjinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotamaü!ûû [67]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yena petà pavuccanti, pisuõà piññhimaüsikà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pàõàtipàtino luddà, corà nekatikà janà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà dakkhiõà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã jano. [68]

1 CBhp: àcikkhati, and so throughout 2 CBhp, PPV2: ramati, and so throughout

Page 372: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

372

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

kumbhaõóhànaü àdhipati, viråëho iti nàma so. [69]

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ramatã naccagãtehi, kumbhaõóhehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [70]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [71]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato1 va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [72]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [73]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßjinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotamaü!ûû [74]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

yattha coggacchati suriyo, àdicco maõóalã mahà, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

yassa coggacchamànassa divaso pi nirujjhati, [75]

ÜÛÜÛÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

yassa coggate suriye, saüvarã ti pavuccati, ÛÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

rahado pi tattha gambhãro, samuddo saritodako, [76]

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

evaü naü tattha jànanti samuddo saritodako, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà pacchimà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã jano. [77]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables + 9 syllables

nàgànaü àdhipati, viråpakkho iti nàma so. [78]

1 PPV2: durato

Page 373: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

373

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ b: 7 syllables

ramatã naccagãtehi, nàgehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [79]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ mavipula

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [80]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [81]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [82]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

ßjinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotamaü!ûû [83]

ÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

yena uttarakuru rammà, mahàneru sudassano, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

manussà tattha jàyanti amamà apariggahà. [84]

ÛÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

na te bãjaü pavapanti, na pi nãyanti naïgalà, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akaññhapàkimaü sàliü paribhuÿjanti mànusà, [85]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

akaõaü athusaü suddhaü, sugandhaü taõóulapphalaü, ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

tuõóikãre pacitvàna, tato bhuÿjanti bhojanaü. [86]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

gàviü ekakhuraü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

pasuü ekakhuraü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, [87]

ÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

itthivàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, ÛÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

purisavàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, [88]

Page 374: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

374

ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kumàrivàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

kumàravàhanaü katvà anuyanti disodisaü. [89]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜ

te yàne abhiråhitvà, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛ ÛÛÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sabbà disà anupariyanti pacàrà tassa ràjino, ÜÛÜÜÐÜÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÛÜ ravipula

hatthiyànaü assayànaü dibbaü yànaü upañhitaü. [90]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ b: 9 syllables

pàsàdà sivikà ceva mahàràjassa yasassino, ÜÛÛÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

tassa ca nagarà ahå, antalikkhe sumàpità: [91]

àñànàñà, kusinàñà, parakusinàñà, nàñapuriyà, parakusitanàñà. uttarena kapãvanto,

janogham-aparena ca, navanavatiyo, ambara-ambaravatiyo, àlakamandà nàma

ràjadhàni. kuverassa kho pana màrisa mahàràjassa visàõà nàma ràjadhàni, tasmà

kuvero mahàràjà vessavaõo ti pavuccati. paccesanto pakàsenti: tatolà, tattalà, tatotalà,

ojasi, tejasi, tatojasi, såro, ràjà, ariññho, nemi. rahado pi tattha dharaõã nàma, yato

meghà pavassanti, vassà yato patàyanti. sabhà pi tattha bhagalavatã nàma yattha

yakkhà payirupàsanti.

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

tattha niccaphalà rukkhà, nànàdijagaõàyutà, ÛÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

mayårakoÿcàbhirudà, kokilàbhi hi vaggubhi, [92]

ÜÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

jãvaüjãvakasaddettha, atho oññhavacittakà, ÛÜÛÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

kukutthakà kuëãrakà, vane pokkharasàtakà, [93]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sukasàëikasaddettha, daõóamàõavakàni ca, ÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ

sobhati sabbakàlaü sà kuveranalinã sadà, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ Anuññhubha

ito sà uttarà disà, iti naü àcikkhatã jano. [94]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

yaü disaü abhipàleti mahàràjà yasassi so, ÜÜÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ 7 syllables

yakkhànaü àdhipati, kuvero iti nàma so. [95]

Page 375: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

375

ÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ b: 7 syllables

ramatã naccagãtehi, yakkhehi purakkhato, ÜÜÛÜÐÛÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ navipula

puttà pi tassa bahavo, ekanàmà ti me sutaü, [96]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

asãtiü dasa eko ca, indanàmà mahabbalà, ÜÜÛÜÐÜ, ÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

te càpi buddhaü disvàna, buddhaü àdiccabandhunaü, [97]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

dårato1 va namassanti, mahantaü vãtasàradaü: ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

ßnamo te purisàjaÿÿa! namo te purisuttama! [98]

ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÛÐÜÜÜÜ Anuññhubha x 3

kusalena samekkhasi, amanussà pi taü vandanti, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sutaü netaü abhiõhaso, tasmà evaü vademase: [99]

ÛÜÜÛÐÛÜÛÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

jinaü vandatha gotamaü?û ßjinaü vandàma gotamaü, ÜÜÛÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

vijjàcaraõasampannaü, buddhaü vandàma gotaman!ûû-ti [100]

ayaü kho sà màrisa ßàñànàñiyàû rakkhà, bhikkhånaü, bhikkhuõãnaü, upàsakànaü,

upàsikànaü, guttiyà, rakkhàya, avihiüsàya, phàsuvihàràyà ti. yassa kassaci màrisa -

bhikkhussa và bhikkhuõiyà và upàsakassa và upàsikàya và - ayaü ßàñànàñiyàû rakkhà

suggahità, bhavissati samattà pariyàputà, taÿ-ce amanusso -

yakkho và yakkhiõã và yakkhapotako và

yakkhapotikà và yakkhamahàmatto và

yakkhapàrisajjo và yakkhapacàro và

gandhabbo và gandhabbã và gandhabbapotako và

gandhabbapotikà và gandhabbamahàmatto và

gandhabbapàrisajjo và gandhabbapacàro và

kumbhaõóo và kumbhaõóã và kumbhaõóapotako và

kumbhaõóapotikà và kumbhaõóamahàmatto và

kumbhaõóapàrisajjo và kumbhaõóapacàro và

nàgo và nàginã và nàgapotako và

nàgapotikà và nàgamahàmatto và

nàgapàrisajjo và nàgapacàro và -

1 PPV2: durato

Page 376: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

376

paduññhacitto gacchantaü và anugaccheyya, ñhitaü và upatiññheyya, nisinnaü và

upanisãdeyya, nipannaü và upanipajjeyya, na me so màrisa amanusso labheyya gàmesu

và nigamesu và sakkàraü và garukàraü và. na me so màrisa amanusso labheyya

àlakamandàya ràjadhàniyà vatthuü và vàsaü và. na me so màrisa amanusso1 labheyya

yakkhànaü samitiü gantuü. api-ssu naü màrisa amanussà anavayham-pi naü

kareyyuü avivayhaü. api-ssu naü màrisa amanussà attàhi pi paripuõõàhi paribhàsàhi

paribhàseyyuü. api-ssu naü màrisa amanussà rittam-pi pattaü sãse nikkujjeyyuü.

apissu naü màrisa amanussà sattadhà pissa muddhaü phàleyyuü. santi hi màrisa

amanussà caõóà, ruddà, rabhasà, te neva mahàràjànaü àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü

purisakànaü àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü purisakànaü purisakànaü àdiyanti, te kho te

màrisa amanussà mahàràjànaü avaruddhà nàma vuccanti. seyyathà pi màrisa raÿÿo

màgadhassa vijite corà, te neva raÿÿo màgadhassa àdiyanti, na raÿÿo màgadhassa

purisakànaü àdiyanti, na raÿÿo màgadhassa purisakànaü purisakànaü àdiyanti, te kho

te màrisa mahàcorà raÿÿo màgadhassa avaruddhà nàma vuccanti.

evam-eva kho màrisa santi hi amanussà caõóà, ruddà, rabhasà, te neva mahàràjànaü

àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü purisakànaü àdiyanti, na mahàràjànaü purisakànaü

purisakànaü àdiyanti, te kho te màrisa amanussà mahàràjànaü avaruddhà nàma

vuccanti. yo hi koci màrisa amanusso -

yakkho và yakkhiõã và yakkhapotako và

yakkhapotikà và yakkhamahàmatto và

yakkhapàrisajjo và yakkhapacàro và

gandhabbo và gandhabbã và gandhabbapotako và

gandhabbapotikà và gandhabbamahàmatto và

gandhabbapàrisajjo và gandhabbapacàro và

kumbhaõóo và kumbhaõóã và kumbhaõóapotako và

kumbhaõóapotikà và kumbhaõóamahàmatto và

kumbhaõóapàrisajjo và kumbhaõóapacàro và

nàgo và nàginã và nàgapotako và

nàgapotikà và nàgamahàmatto và

nàgapàrisajjo và nàgapacàro và -

paduññhacitto bhikkhuü và bhikkhuõiü và upàsakaü và upàsikaü và, gacchantaü và

anugaccheyya, ñhitaü và upatiññheyya, nisinnaü và upanisãdeyya, nipannaü và

upanipajjeyya, imesaü yakkhànaü mahàyakkhànaü senàpatãnaü mahàsenàpatãnaü,

ujjhàpetabbaü, vikkanditabbaü, viravitabbaü:

ßayaü yakkho gaõhàti, ayaü yakkho àvisati,

ayaü yakkho heñheti, ayaü yakkho viheñheti,

ayaü yakkho hiüsati, ayaü yakkho vihiüsati,

ayaü yakkho na muÿcatãû ti.

1 MPP: amanussà

Page 377: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

377

katamesaü yakkhànaü, mahàyakkhànaü, senàpatãnaü mahàsenàpatãnaü?

ÜÜÜÜÐÛÛÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ savipula

indo, somo, varuõo ca, bhàradvàjo, pajàpatã,1 ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÛÜ

candano, kàmaseññho ca, kinnughaõóu, nighaõóu ca, ÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

panàdo, opamaÿÿo ca, devasåto ca màtalã. [101]

ÜÛÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

cittaseno ca gandhabbo, nalo ràjà janesabho, ÜÜÛÜÐÜÛÛÜÐÐÜÛÜÛÛÐÛÜÛÜ bhavipula

sàtàgiro, hemavato, puõõako, karatiyo, guëo, [102]

ÜÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

sãvako, mucalindo ca, vessàmitto, yugandharo, ÜÜÜÜÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÛÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

gopàlo,2 suppagedho ca, hiri nettã ca mandiyo, [103]

ÜÜÛÜÜ(ÜÛÛÜ)ÜÛÜÐÐÛÛÜÛÛÜÐÛÜÛÜ tavipula ?

paÿcàlacaõóo àlavako pajjuno sumano sumukho dadhãmukho,3 ÛÛÜÛÐÛÜÜÜÐÐÛÜÜÜÐÛÜÛÜ

maõi, màõi, caro, dãgho, atho serissako saha - [104]

imesaü yakkhànaü mahàyakkhànaü senàpatãnaü mahàsenàpatãnaü, ujjhàpetabbaü,

vikkanditabbaü, viravitabbaü:

ßayaü yakkho gaõhàti, ayaü yakkho àvisati,

ayaü yakkho heñheti, ayaü yakkho viheñheti,

ayaü yakkho hiüsati, ayaü yakkho vihiüsati,

ayaü yakkho na muÿcatãû ti.

ayaü kho sà màrisa ßàñànàñiyàû rakkhà, bhikkhånaü, bhikkhuõãnaü, upàsakànaü,

upàsikànaü, guttiyà, rakkhàya, avihiüsàya, phàsuvihàràyà ti. handa ca dàni mayaü

màrisa gacchàma, bahukiccà mayaü bahukaraõãyàû ti. ßyassa dàni tumhe mahàràjàno

kàlaü maÿÿathàû ti. atha kho bhikkhave cattàro mahàràjà4 uññhàyàsanà maü

abhivàdetvà padakkhiõaü katvà, tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. 5te pi kho bhikkhave6 yakkhà

uññhàyàsanà app-ekacce maü abhivàdetvà padakkhiõaü katvà, tatthevantaradhàyiüsu.

app-ekacce mama saddhiü sammodiüsu, sammodanãyaü kathaü sàrànãyaü vãtisàretvà

tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. app-ekacce yenàhaü tenaÿjaliü paõàmetvà

tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. app-ekacce nàmagottaü sàvetvà tatthevantaradhàyiüsu. app-

ekacce tuõhãbhåtà tatthevantaradhàyiüså ti.

1 MPP, PPV2: pajàpati, but cf. above vs. 49 2 CBhp: gopalo 3 MPP, PPV2: dadhimukho, but cf above vs. 52 4 PPV: mahàràjàno 5 CBhp: omits this and the following line, presumably by mistake 6 MPP omits bhikkhave

Page 378: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Catutthakabhàõavàraü

378

uggaõhàtha bhikkhave ßàñànàñiyaüû rakkhaü, pariyàpuõàtha bhikkhave ßàñànàñiyaüû

rakkhaü. dhàretha bhikkhave ßàñànàñiyaüû rakkhaü, atthasaühitàya bhikkhave

ßàñànàñiyàû rakkhà, bhikkhånaü, bhikkhuõãnaü, upàsakànaü, upàsikànaü, guttiyà,

rakkhàya, avihiüsàya, phàsuvihàràyàû ti.

idam-avoca bhagavà,

attamanà te bhikkhå bhagavato bhàsitaü abhinandun-ti.

Catutthabhàõavàraü niññhitaü1

Catubhàõavàrapàëi niññhitaü2

1 CBhp omits niññhitaü 2 MPP, PPV, PPV2 omit this end title.

Page 379: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

Page 380: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

Page 381: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

381

aüsà, 20

akaüsu, 23

akaññhapàkimaü, 291,

292

akaõaü, 291, 292

akaruü, 23

akàliko, 16

akàsi, 23

akiõiññhakà, 22

akuppà, 22

akusalànaü, 28

akusale, 20

akusalehi, 28

akkudho, 12

akkhadhutto, 26

akkhàtà, 17, 18, 19

akkhàto, 17, 18, 19

akhilaü, 23

agaüsu, 23

agàrasmà, 25

aggi, 11, 12, 27

aggikabhàradvàjaü, 27

aggikabhàradvàjassa, 27

aggikabhàradvàjo, 27

aggisikhàriva, 23

aïgãrasassa, 291, 292

aïgo, 21

acintayuü, 7

acirapakkantassa, 28

aciråpasampanno, 25

accayena, 292

accutagàmabyàmako, 21

accutà, 23

accuto, 21

acceti, 24

acchambhi, 16

ajahito, 12

ajesi, 21

ajja, 13, 24

ajjatagge, 24, 27

ajjhagam, 21

ajjhagamuü, 21

ajjhagà, 8

ajjhattaü, 28

ajjhattikabàhiresu, 20

ajjhattikàni, 3

ajjhapattà, 23

ajjhabhàsi, 7, 14, 15, 24,

25, 26

ajjhàyakakule, 27

ajjhupagato, 6

aÿjaliü, 291, 292

aÿjalikaranãyo, 16

aÿÿaü, 26, 27

aÿÿataraÿÿatarena, 28

aÿÿatarà, 7, 26

aÿÿataro, 10, 25

aÿÿatra, 25

aÿÿam, 9

aÿÿassa, 9

aÿÿà, 21, 22

aÿÿàsi, 22

aÿÿe, 21, 23, 24

aÿÿena, 25

aÿÿo, 6

aññãyati, 20

aññha, 3, 8, 16

aññhaüsu, 23

aññhako, 21

aññhaïgiko, 22, 28

aññhangiko, 3

aññhamaü, 8, 26

aññhamo, 21, 26

aññhàsi, 7, 14, 15, 25, 26

aññhi, 4, 20

aññhimiÿjà, 4, 20

aõõavaü, 24

atappà, 22

atappànaü, 22

atikkamma, 22

atimaÿÿeti, 12, 26

atimaÿÿetha, 9

atãtam, 23

atãtayobbano, 26

attakilamathànuyogo,

22

attaguttiyà, 10

attaparittàyà, 10

attamanà, 6, 11, 22, 28,

292

attamano, 17, 18

attarakkhàya, 10

attasammàpaõidhi, 7

attahetu, 27

attà, 6

attàhi, 291, 292

atthaü, 27

atthakusalena, 9

atthaïgamà, 28

atthasaühitàya, 292

atthàya, 24

atthi, 4, 6, 8, 20, 22, 27

atthã, 27

atthu, 23

attho, 24

ath', 10, 16, 21

atha, 7, 10, 14, 15, 16,

17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,

23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 291,

292

athassu, 21

athusaü, 291, 292

atho, 8, 21, 291, 292

adinnaü, 27

adinnàdànà, 2, 28, 291,

292

adukkhaü, 28

adesayã, 8

adesesi, 291, 292

addakkhuü, 23

addasà, 25, 27

addasuü, 23

addiññhà, 9

addhànaü, 23

adhigato, 6

adhiññhànàbhinivesànusa

yà, 20

adhiññheyya, 9

adhivàsanaü, 291, 292

adhivàsesi, 291

adho, 9, 20

anagàriyaü, 25

anatimànã, 9

anattasaÿÿà, 20

anattà, 20

anattànupassã, 20

anattham, 27

anatthasaühito, 22

ananugiddho, 9

ananussutesu, 22

anabhàvaü, 20

anabhiratasaÿÿà, 20

anarahà, 27

anariyo, 22

Page 382: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

382

anavajjatà, 5

anavajjàni, 7

anavayham, 291, 292

anavasesà, 9

anàkulà, 7

anàgatam, 23

anàthapiõóikassa, 6, 7,

10, 11, 14, 15, 16, 20,

26, 27

anàlayo, 22, 28

anàvilà, 23

anàsavaü, 23

anàsavo, 21

aniccaü, 20

aniccan, 20

aniccasaÿÿà, 20

aniccà, 20

aniccànupassã, 20

anivattantaü, 25

anãghà, 21

anãgho, 21

anukampaü, 20

anukassàmi, 23

anugaccheyya, 291, 292

anuggàhakà, 28

anujànàmi, 10

anuññhàtà, 26

anuññhitàya, 11

anuttaraü, 16, 22, 25,

28

anuttaro, 8, 16

anutràsi, 16

anupagamma, 9, 22

anupariyanti, 291, 292

anupubbaso, 23

anuppannànaü, 28

anuppàdàya, 28

anuyanti, 291, 292

anurakkhe, 9

anuvicca, 6

anusàsati, 27

anussarataü, 16

anussaramàno, 14, 15

anussaretha, 16

anussareyyàtha, 16

anussàvesuü, 22

anekapariyàyena, 24,

25, 27

anejakà, 23

anejà, 23

anottàpã, 27

anomanikkamo, 21

antaü, 4, 7, 10, 14, 15,

19, 20, 23, 25, 26, 291,

292

antaguõaü, 4, 20

antaradhànaü, 28

antaradhàyiüsu, 291, 292

antaradhàyiüså, 291, 292

antarahità, 23

antalikkhe, 8, 15, 291,

292

antà, 22

antimadehadhàrã, 21

antimà, 22

ante, 22

antoparisoko, 28

antosoko, 28

andhakàre, 15, 24, 25,

27

annena, 25

apamàro, 20

aparaü, 10, 16, 25

aparà, 23

aparàjitasaïghan, 23

aparàjità, 7

aparàjito, 21

apariggahà, 291, 292

aparimàõaü, 9

aparena, 291, 292

aparo, 21

apalàyã, 16

apàdakehi, 10

apàdako, 10

apàyaü, 23

api, 8, 16, 24, 291, 292

apisuõà, 291, 292

apesayã, 23

app, 23, 291, 292

appakicco, 9

appagabbho, 9

appañivijjhanto, 11

appañiviratà, 291, 292

appativattiyaü, 22, 28

appanigghosàni, 291, 292

appabhogo, 26

appamattà, 8

appamatto, 24, 25

appamàõasubhà, 22

appamàõasubhànaü, 22

appamàõàbhà, 22

appamàõàbhànaü, 22

appamàõo, 10, 22

appamàdena, 24

appamàdo, 7

appameyye, 21

appasaddàni, 291, 292

appasannà, 291, 292

appaharite, 25

appàõake, 25

appiyaü, 291, 292

appiyehi, 22

abiõhaü, 6

abbhaÿÿàsi, 25

abbhuggaÿchi, 22

abyàpajjhaparamatàyà,

5

abrahmacariyà, 2

abrahmacàrãhi, 6

abhabbatà, 8

abhabbo, 8

abhayaü, 23

abhàsi, 14, 15, 20, 23,

291, 292

abhikkantaü, 24, 25, 27

abhikkantavaõõà, 7, 26,

291, 292

abhikkantà, 23

abhikkantàya, 7, 26, 291,

292

abhikkante, 23

abhikkamanti, 17, 18

abhikkamo, 17, 18

abhikkamosànaü, 17, 18

abhikkàmi, 23

abhikkàmuü, 23

abhijjhàdomanassaü, 28

abhiÿÿà, 25

abhiÿÿàya, 17, 18, 19,

22, 23

abhiñhànàni, 8

abhiõham, 27

abhiõhaso, 291, 292

abhinandi, 17, 18

Page 383: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

383

abhinandun, 6, 11, 22,

28, 292

abhinibbatti, 28

abhipàleti, 291, 292

abhippamodayaü, 20

abhiramàmã, 6

abhiråhitvà, 291, 292

abhivassati, 23

abhivàdetvà, 7, 10, 19,

20, 23, 26, 291, 292

abhisamecca, 9

abhisambuddhà, 22

abhãru, 16

abhojaneyyaü, 25

amataü, 8

amatapphalà, 25

amataphalaü, 25

amanàpaü, 291, 292

amanussà, 291, 292

amanussànaü, 11

amanussànadassanaü,

23

amanussànam, 23

amanusso, 291, 292

amamà, 291, 292

amittà, 12

amitte, 12

aminà, 27

ambara, 291, 292

ambaravatiyo, 291, 292

'mhi, 6

ayaü, 20, 21, 22, 23, 28,

291, 292

ayaÿ, 22

ayam, 22, 28

ayasmà, 17, 18, 20

araÿÿagatànaü, 16

araÿÿagato, 20

araÿÿe, 16, 291, 292

arahaü, 16, 27

arahataü, 24, 25

arahatà, 28

arahantaü, 14, 15

arahantehi, 23

arahanto, 23

arahà, 3

ariññhakà, 23

ariññho, 21, 291, 292

ariya, 22

ariyaÿàõadassanaviseso,

6

ariyasaccaü, 22, 28

ariyasaccan, 22

ariyasaccassa, 28

ariyasaccànaü, 28

ariyasaccànadassanaü,

7

ariyasaccàni, 3, 8, 28

ariyasaccesu, 22

ariyasàvako, 28

ariyà, 28

ariyo, 3, 21, 22, 26, 28

aruõà, 23

alattha, 25

alam, 6

alaso, 26

avajànati, 27

avaruddhà, 291, 292

avicàraü, 28

avitakkaü, 28

avidåre, 9

aviråëhicchandà, 8

avivayhaü, 291, 292

avihà, 22

avihànaü, 22

avihiüsàya, 291, 292

avihiüsàsaïkappo, 28

avãtadoso, 16

avãtamoho, 16

avãtaràgo, 16

avecca, 8

averaü, 9

avoc', 28

avoca, 6, 10, 11, 16, 17,

18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,

24, 25, 27, 28, 291, 292

avocuü, 10

avyàpàdasaïkappo, 28

asataü, 26, 27

asantassa, 26

asapattaü, 9

asamà, 23

asampakampiyo, 8

asambàdhaü, 9

asammåëho, 11

asammosàya, 28

asayaüvasã, 23

asayho, 21

asàtaü, 28

asitàtigaü, 23

asito, 21

asãtiü, 291, 292

asukhaü, 28

asucino, 20

asubhasaÿÿà, 20

asubhànupassã, 20

asurà, 23

asurindaü, 14, 15

asurindena, 14, 15

asurindo, 14, 15

asevanà, 7

asesaviràganirodho, 22,

28

asokaü, 7

asnàti, 12

asmà, 24

'smi, 14, 15

assa, 9, 11, 12

assatarà, 23

assayànaü, 291, 292

assasati, 20

assasanto, 20

assasàmã, 20

assasissàmã, 20

assàma, 28

assu, 4, 20

'haü, 6, 10, 23, 24

ahaü, 22, 24, 25, 27, 292

ahaÿ, 16

aham, 25

ahi, 10

ahinà, 10

ahiràjakulaü, 10

ahiràjakulam, 10

ahiràjakulàni, 10

ahiriko, 27

ahu, 27

ahå, 21, 23, 291, 292

ahesuü, 21, 23

aho, 28

ahosi, 16, 19, 21, 22, 23

ahosã, 17, 18, 19, 20, 22,

25

àkaïkhamànà, 7

Page 384: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

384

àkaïkhasã, 24

àkappo, 6

àga, 23

àgacchantaü, 27

àgaccheyyà, 28

àgaccheyyun, 28

àgaÿchuü, 23, 27

àgataü, 27

àgamà, 10

àgamã, 24

àgamuü, 23

àgamma, 14, 15, 26

àgu, 23

àcikkhatã, 291, 292

àcikkhanà, 28

àcikkhanti, 28

àcikkhituü, 28

àcikkhissàmi, 21, 23

àcikkheyya, 24, 25, 27

àjãvaü, 28

àjãvo, 22, 28

àñànàñà, 291, 292

àñànàñiyaü, 291, 292

àñànàñiyà, 291, 292

àtappam, 23

àtàpã, 25, 28

àdàya, 25, 27

àdiccabandhunaü, 291,

292

àdicco, 291, 292

àdiyati, 27

àdiyanti, 8, 291, 292

àdãnavasaÿÿà, 20

àdãnavànupassã, 20

àdãnavo, 20

àdeti, 27

àdevanà, 28

àdevitattaü, 28

àdevo, 28

àdhipati, 23, 291, 292

ànantarikaÿ, 8

ànanda, 20

ànandanando, 21

ànando, 20

ànàpànasati, 20

àneti, 26

àpàdetà, 28

àpo, 23

àbàdhà, 17, 18, 19, 20

àbàdhiko, 17, 18, 19, 20

àbàdho, 17, 18, 19, 20

àbhassarà, 22

àbhassarànaü, 22

àbhujitvà, 20

àmantayã, 23

àmantesi, 6, 11, 16, 21,

22, 23, 28, 292

àyatanànaü, 28

àyatanàni, 3

àyatanesu, 20

àyatike, 8

àyasmato, 20, 22, 28

àyasmantaü, 17, 18, 19

àyasmà, 17, 18, 19, 20,

25, 28

àyàsitattaü, 28

àyàso, 28

àyuno, 28

àyusà, 9

àrati, 7

àrabbha, 14, 15

àrabhati, 28

àràme, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14,

15, 16, 20, 26, 27

àruyha, 27

àlakamandà, 291, 292

àlakamandàya, 291, 292

àlavakassa, 24

àlavako, 24, 291, 292

àlavim, 24

àlaviyaü, 24

àloko, 22

àvahàti, 24

àvisati, 291, 292

àvuso, 24, 28

àsanà, 28, 291, 292

àsane, 17, 18

àsavà, 23

àsi, 23

àsevitàya, 11

àha, 25

àhaüsu, 21

àhacca, 23

àhàraññhitikà, 3

àhàre, 25

àhu, 8, 9, 24

àhuti, 27

àhuneyyo, 16

iïgha, 24

icc, 23

icchaü, 22, 28

icchati, 27

icchà, 28

icchàya, 28

iccheyya, 9

iÿjayuü, 23

iõam, 27

iti, 5, 16, 20, 22, 23, 26,

27, 291, 292

ito, 291, 292

itthattàyàti, 25

itthidhutto, 26

itthivàhanaü, 291, 292

itthisoõóiü, 26

'daü, 27

idaü, 10, 16, 20, 22, 28

idam, 6, 8, 10, 11, 16,

17, 18, 19, 22, 28, 292

iddhimato, 23

iddhimanto, 23

idh, 20

idha, 8, 9, 10

indakhãlo, 8

indanàmà, 23, 291, 292

inde, 23

indo, 291, 292

indriyànaü, 28

indriyàni, 23

imaÿ, 23

imaü, 13, 14, 15, 21, 23,

25, 291, 292

imam, 20

imasmiü, 4, 20, 21, 291,

292

imasmiÿ, 22

imassa, 5, 21

imà, 20, 291, 292

imàni, 10

ime, 6, 11, 17, 18, 19,

21, 28

imena, 23

imesaü, 28, 291, 292

imesu, 20, 22

iva, 12

Page 385: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

385

isigili, 21

isigiliü, 21

isigilismiü, 21

isigilissa, 21

isigilã, 21

isipatane, 22, 28

isã, 21

issarà, 23

issariyasmiü, 26

issà, 26

ãsà, 25

ãsànassa, 16

ukkujjeyya, 24, 25, 27

uggacchati, 291, 292

uggacchatã, 291, 292

uggacchamànassa, 291,

292

uggaõhàtu, 291, 292

uggaõhàtha, 292

uggate, 291, 292

uggatejo, 15

uggahetvà, 20

uccaïgamàyo, 21

uccayo, 21

uccàro, 20

uccàsayanamahàsayanà,

2

ujuü, 20

ujukaü, 23

ujupañipanno, 16

ujå, 9

ujjhàpetabbaü, 291, 292

uññhàtà, 24

uõõànàbhi, 10

uõhaü, 20

uõhassa, 5

utupariõàmajà, 20

utuparissayavinodanaü,

5

uttamaü, 7

uttamatthe, 28

uttaman, 7

uttamo, 12

uttaraü, 23

uttarakurå, 291

uttaraÿ, 23

uttarà, 291, 292

uttariü, 11

uttarimanussadhammà,

6

uttarena, 291, 292

uttaro, 21

uttànãkammaü, 28

uttànãkamman, 28

uttànãkàtun, 28

utràsi, 16

uda, 8

udake, 25

udapàdi, 21, 22

udariyaü, 4, 20

udare, 25

udànaü, 22

udànesi, 22

udetayaü, 13

uddhaü, 9, 20

upajãvanti, 12

upaññhapetvà, 20

upaññhahassu, 25

upaññhànaü, 7, 27

upaññhite, 27

upañhitaü, 291, 292

upatiññheyya, 291, 292

upadissare, 27

upadhiü, 21

upanando, 21

upanàmesi, 25

upanàhã, 27

upanipajjeyya, 291, 292

upanisãdeyya, 291, 292

upanemiso, 21

upapanno, 23

upariññho, 21

upavadatã, 6

upavadantã, 6

upavadeyyuü, 9

upavhayantà, 23

upasaïkamatu, 20

upasaïkami, 7, 14, 15,

17, 18, 19, 20, 24, 25,

26, 27

upasaïkamiüsu, 10, 291,

292

upasaïkamitvà, 7, 10,

14, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20,

23, 24, 25, 26, 291, 292

upasaïkameyyàma, 23

upasamàya, 22

upasampajja, 25, 28

upasampadaü, 25

upasampadan, 25

upasãdarã, 21

upàgamuü, 23

upàdàyà, 20

upàdiyanto, 20

upàyàsitattaü, 28

upàyàso, 28

upàyupàdànà, 20

upàsakaü, 24, 27, 291,

292

upàsakassa, 291, 292

upàsakànaü, 291, 292

upàsabho, 21

upàsikaü, 291, 292

upàsikànaü, 291, 292

upàsikàya, 291, 292

upekkhako, 28

upekkhà, 28

upekkhàsambojjhaïgo,

17, 18, 19

uposatho, 21

uppajjati, 28

uppajjanti, 20

uppajjeyya, 16

uppannaü, 20

uppannànaü, 5, 28

uppannuppanne, 20

uppalo, 21

uppàdàya, 28

uppàdessàmi, 5

ubho, 22

ummàpupphanibhàsino,

23

ullokayataü, 16

ullokeyyàtha, 16

uëàrà, 291, 292

uëàro, 22

usabhacchidà, 21

åpakàlà, 21

åpatissà, 21

åpanãto, 21

åhacca, 23

eka, 3

ekaü, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14,

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,

Page 386: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

386

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 28

ekakhuraü, 291, 292

ekacce, 291, 292

ekajaü, 27

ekanàmà, 291, 292

ekanàlàyaü, 25

ekaputtam, 9

ekam, 7, 10, 14, 15, 19,

20, 23, 25, 26, 291, 292

ekaràjà, 13

ekà, 23

ekàdasa, 11

ekàdasamaü, 26

ekàdasamo, 26

ekàdasànisaüsà, 11

eke, 23

eko, 25, 26, 291, 292

ekodibhàvaü, 28

etaü, 7, 9, 20, 21, 22,

25, 26, 28, 291, 292

etad, 6, 10, 11, 16, 17,

18, 19, 20, 21, 23, 24,

25, 27, 28, 291, 292

etaparamà, 23

etarahi, 23

etassa, 21

etàdisàni, 7

etàni, 8

eti, 12

etã, 9

ete, 21, 22, 23, 24, 26,

27

etena, 8

etesu, 8

etha, 23

enaü, 21

eràpathaü, 10

eràpathehi, 10

eràvaõo, 23

eva, 5, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25,

27, 28, 291, 292

evaü, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14,

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 28, 291, 292

evam, 9, 21, 23, 24, 25,

27, 291, 292

esa, 16, 24, 25, 27

esaü, 23

esanà, 13

esà, 21, 25

ehipassiko, 16

okkanti, 28

oghaü, 24

oghatiõõam, 23

ojasi, 291, 292

oññhavacittakà, 291, 292

odàtagayhà, 23

odàtamanasà, 23

opakkamikà, 20

opanayiko, 16

opamaÿÿo, 23, 291, 292

opilàpesi, 25

opilàpehã, 25

obhàsetvà, 7, 26, 291, 292

obhàso, 22

ovaraõaü, 291, 292

kaüsapàtiyà, 25

kakusandhassa, 291, 292

kacci, 6, 17, 18

kacchu, 20

kaÿci, 9, 10

kaññhakà, 23

kaññhà, 25

kaõóu, 20

kaõõarogo, 20

kaõhasenaü, 23

kaõhassa, 23

kaõhàgotamakaü, 10

kaõhàgotamakehi, 10

kaõho, 21

kataü, 25

kataÿÿutà, 7

katapuÿÿatà, 7

katamaÿ, 28

katamà, 20, 22, 28

katamàni, 10

katame, 6, 11, 17, 18, 19

katamesaü, 28, 291, 292

katamo, 28

katà, 10

katthaci, 9

katvà, 13, 27, 291, 292

katvàna, 7, 23

kathaü, 6, 24, 291, 292

kathan, 24

kadariyo, 27

kapilavatthusmiü, 23

kapãvanto, 291, 292

kappeti, 28

kamati, 11

kampati, 7

kambal, 23

kammaü, 6, 8, 27

kammadàyàdo, 6

kammanà, 27

kammantà, 7

kammanto, 25

kammapañisaraõo, 6

kammabandhu, 6

kammayoni, 6

kammavipàkajà, 20

kammassako, 6

kammàni, 7

kammesu, 27

karaõãyaü, 24, 25

karaõãyam, 9

karaõãyo, 6

karatiyo, 291, 292

karissàmi, 6

karãsaü, 4, 20

karumhà, 23

kareyya, 10

kareyyuü, 291, 292

karoti, 8, 11

karotha, 8

karomi, 25

karohã, 24

kalandakanivàpe, 17,

18, 19

kalebarassa, 28

kalyàõaü, 6

kasatã, 25

kasassu, 25

kasàmi, 25

kasiü, 25

kasitvà, 25

kasitvàna, 25

kasã, 25

kasãbhàradvàjassa, 25

kasãbhàradvàjo, 25

kassa, 25

kassako, 25

Page 387: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

387

kassaci, 291, 292

kassapa, 17

kassapassa, 291, 292

kàtuü, 8

kàpilavatthavà, 23

kàpilavatthave, 23

kàmataõhà, 22, 28

kàmaràgaü, 27

kàmavitakkaü, 20

kàmasukhallikànuyogo,

22

kàmaseññho, 23, 291, 292

kàmesu, 9, 22, 28, 291,

292

kàmehi, 28

kàyaü, 20

kàyagutto, 25

kàyarogo, 20

kàyasaïkhàraü, 20

kàyasamphassajaü, 28

kàyassa, 5

kàyà, 23

kàyànupassã, 28

kàyikaü, 28

kàye, 4, 20, 28

kàyena, 8, 28

kàyo, 20

kàl', 21

kàlaü, 10, 11, 291, 292

kàlakaÿjà, 23

kàlakato, 10

kàlakiriyà, 28

kàle, 6

kàlena, 7

kàso, 20

kiü, 3, 24, 26

kiÿc', 8

kiÿci, 8, 9, 22

kiÿcikkhaü, 27

kiÿcikkhakamyatà, 27

kiÿcikkham, 27

kittayato, 21

kittayissàmi, 21, 23

kittiü, 24

kittiÿ, 12

kin, 14, 15

kinnughaõóu, 23, 291,

292

kilàso, 20

kilomakaü, 4, 20

kissa, 16, 291, 292

kãvaÿ, 22

kukutthakà, 291, 292

kukkuccavåpasantaü,

25

kucchirogo, 20

kuñeõóu, 23

kuññhaü, 20

kumàravàhanaü, 291,

292

kumàrivàhanaü, 291,

292

kumbhaõóapacàro, 291,

292

kumbhaõóapàrisajjo,

291, 292

kumbhaõóapotako, 291,

292

kumbhaõóapotikà, 291,

292

kumbhaõóamahàmatto,

291, 292

kumbhaõóasenàya, 291,

292

kumbhaõóànaü, 23

kumbhaõóã, 291, 292

kumbhaõóo, 291, 292

kumbhaõóhànaü, 291,

292

kumbhaõóhehi, 291, 292

kumbhãro, 23

kurute, 26

kulaputtà, 25

kule, 26

kulesu, 9

kuëãrakà, 291, 292

kuveranalinã, 291, 292

kuverassa, 291, 292

kuvero, 23, 291, 292

kusalànaü, 28

kusalena, 291, 292

kusinàñà, 291, 292

keci, 9, 23

ketumà, 21

ketumbaràgo, 21

kenaci, 22, 28

kevalakappaü, 7, 26,

291, 292

kevalà, 10

kevalinaü, 25

kesamatthakà, 20

kesà, 4, 20

kesã, 21

kokilàbhi, 291, 292

koci, 23, 291, 292

koõàgamanassa, 291, 292

koõóaÿÿassa, 22

koõóaÿÿo, 22

kodhano, 27

kodhapaÿÿàõo, 26

kosalo, 21

khaõena, 22

khaõóiccaü, 28

khattiyà, 27

khattiye, 26

khattiyo, 12

khantã, 7

khantyà, 24

khandhànaü, 28

khamanãyaü, 17, 18

khayaü, 8

khióóàpadåsikà, 23

khipissàmi, 24

khipissàmã, 24

khipeyya, 24

khãõaü, 8

khãõabãjà, 8

khãõà, 25

khãõàsavaü, 25

khuddaü, 9

khettaü, 25

khette, 12

khemaü, 7

khemam, 23

khemàbhirato, 21

khemino, 9

khemiyà, 23

kheëo, 4, 20

kho, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14, 15,

16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21,

22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27,

28, 291, 292

khvàhaü, 24, 25, 27

gacchati, 25

Page 388: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

388

gacchantaü, 291, 292

gacchanti, 7

gacchàma, 291, 292

gacchàmi, 1, 24, 25, 27

gaccheyya, 25

gaõóo, 20

gaõhatha, 23

gaõhàti, 291, 292

gatan, 24, 27

gatayobbanaü, 26, 27

gatàse, 23

gato, 14, 15

gantuü, 291, 292

gantvà, 25, 27

ganthati, 24

gandhabbapacàro, 291,

292

gandhabbapàrisajjo, 291,

292

gandhabbapotako, 291,

292

gandhabbapotikà, 291,

292

gandhabbamahàmatto,

291, 292

gandhabbasenàya, 291,

292

gandhabbà, 23

gandhabbànaü, 23, 291,

292

gandhabbã, 291, 292

gandhabbehi, 291, 292

gandhabbo, 23, 291, 292

gandhà, 20

gandhàro, 21

gabbhaseyyaü, 9

gamissanti, 23

gameti, 20

gambhãrapaÿÿena, 8

gambhãro, 291, 292

gammo, 22

garahàya, 27

garu, 12

garukàraü, 291, 292

gahaññhaü, 27

gahito, 14, 15

gahetvà, 23, 24

gàthaü, 14, 15, 23

gàthàbhigãtaü, 25

gàthàya, 7, 14, 15, 24,

25, 26

gàmaü, 24

gàmà, 24

gàmàni, 27

gàme, 27

gàmesu, 291, 292

gàrayhà, 27

gàravo, 7

gàviü, 291, 292

gàvo, 12

gijjhakåñaü, 21, 291, 292

gijjhakåñassa, 21

gijjhakåñe, 18, 291

gimhànamàse, 8

gimhe, 8

giràhi, 23

girigabbharaü, 23

girimànandassa, 20

girimànando, 20

gilatã, 21

gilànapaccayabhesajjapa

rikkhàraü, 5

gilã, 15

gutijjito, 21

guttà, 13

guttiyà, 291, 292

gumbaü, 291, 292

guëo, 291, 292

gedhaü, 9

gotama, 24, 25, 27

gotamaü, 24, 25, 26, 27,

291, 292

gotaman, 291, 292

gotamasàsanamhi, 8

gotamassa, 25

gotamena, 24, 25, 27

gotamo, 24, 25, 27

gottatthaddho, 26

gopàlo, 291, 292

gharamesino, 24

gharà, 12

ghàõaü, 20

ghàõarogo, 20

c', 9, 20, 22, 25

ca, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13,

16, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,

24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 291,

292

cakkhuü, 20, 22

cakkhukaraõã, 22

cakkhumatà, 23

cakkhumantassa, 291,

292

cakkhumanto, 24, 25, 27

cakkhumà, 13, 23

cakkhurogo, 20

caõóà, 291, 292

caõóàlaputto, 27

catutthaü, 26

catuttham, 24

catuttho, 26

catuddisaü, 291, 292

catunnaü, 23, 28

catuppadehi, 10

catuppado, 10

catubbhi, 8

caturo, 23, 24

catusu, 22

catåhapàyehi, 8

cattànaü, 27

cattàri, 3, 8, 10, 16, 28

cattàro, 23, 291, 292

candaü, 14, 23

candano, 23, 291, 292

candam, 23

candassåpanisà, 23

candimaü, 14

candiman, 14

candimà, 14

caraü, 9, 15

carati, 13

caranti, 23

caramàno, 27

caro, 291, 292

cavanatà, 28

cà, 5

càgà, 24

càgo, 22, 24, 28

càtummahàràjikà, 22

càyasmato, 17, 18

cicciñàyati, 25

ciñiciñàyati, 25

cittaü, 7, 11, 20, 24, 28

cittapañisaüvedã, 20

Page 389: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

389

cittamattano, 23

cittasaïkhàraü, 20

cittasaïkhàrapañisaüved

ã, 20

cittaseno, 23, 291, 292

cittànupassã, 28

citte, 28

cittena, 10

citrà, 23

ciranivàsino, 21

ciranivàsã, 21

cirasseva, 25

cãvaraü, 5

cujjamàno, 27

cuti, 28

cuto, 12

cunda, 19

ce, 14, 15, 16, 291, 292

cetasà, 8

cetasikaü, 28

cetaso, 20, 28

cetovimutti, 22

cetovimuttiyà, 11

corà, 12, 291, 292

coro, 27

cha, 3, 8

chaññhamaü, 26

chaññhamo, 26

chaóóehi, 25

chandaü, 28

chabyàputtaü, 10

chabyàputtehi, 10

chambhitattaü, 16

chasahassà, 23

chasu, 20

chetvà, 23

jaccà, 27

jaÿÿà, 27

janaü, 27

janapadaü, 12

janà, 291, 292

jane, 23

janeti, 28

janettã, 28

janesabho, 23, 291, 292

jano, 291, 292

janogham, 291, 292

jayanto, 21

jarà, 22, 28

jaràdhammà, 28

jaràdhammànaü, 28

jaro, 20

jalam, 23

jahità, 8

jahã, 21

jàtaråparajatapañiggaha

õà, 2

jàtassa, 28

jàtà, 27

jàti, 22, 25, 27, 28

jàtitthaddho, 26

jàtidhammà, 28

jàtidhammànaü, 28

jàtu, 9

jànanti, 291, 292

jànàtha, 27

jànàmi, 27

jànàsi, 27

jànemu, 25

jàneyyaü, 27

jàyate, 26

jàyanti, 291, 292

jàliniü, 21

jàlino, 21

jigucchati, 20

jighacchà, 20

jiõõakaü, 26, 27

jità, 23

jito, 21

jinaü, 291, 292

jivhà, 20

jivhàrogo, 20

jãraõatà, 28

jãvaüjãvakasaddettha,

291, 292

jãvanto, 14, 15

jãviü, 24

jãvikaü, 28

jãvikà, 6

jãvitam, 24

jutãmanto, 23

jetavanaü, 7, 26

jetavane, 6, 7, 10, 11,

14, 15, 16, 20, 26, 27

jeto, 21

jotinàmà, 23

jhànaü, 28

ÿàtakànaÿ, 7

ñhapetvà, 291, 292

ñhànaü, 20

ñhànaso, 20

ñhàpàpeti, 26

ñhitaü, 14, 15, 25

ñhità, 7, 23, 26

ñhitiyà, 5, 28

óaüsamakasavàtàtapasi

riüsapasamphassànaü,

5

óaho, 20

ta ayaü, 14, 15

ta, 291, 292

taü, 7, 9, 13, 16, 19, 21,

22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27,

28, 291, 292

tagarasikhã, 21

taggha, 17, 18, 19

tacapariyantaü, 20

taco, 4, 20

tacchakà, 23

taÿ, 23, 291, 292

taõóulapphalaü, 291, 292

taõhakkhayo, 20

taõhacchido, 21

taõhà, 22, 28

taõhàya, 22, 28

tatiyaü, 26, 28

tatiyam, 1, 24

tatiyo, 26

tato, 23, 291, 292

tatojasi, 291, 292

tatotalà, 291, 292

tatolà, 291, 292

tattalà, 291, 292

tattha, 23, 291, 292

tatr', 27

tatra, 6, 11, 16, 21, 22,

23, 28

tatratatràbhinandinã, 22,

28

tathà, 17, 18, 19, 20, 27

tathàgataü, 8, 14, 15, 23

tathàgatasàvakassa, 25

tathàgatassa, 25

tathàgatena, 8, 22, 28

Page 390: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

390

tathàgato, 16

tathåpamaü, 8

tatho, 21

tad, 23, 25, 27

tadassità, 23

tadà, 23

tadàdhimutto, 21

tapassino, 291, 292

tapo, 7, 25

tam, 21, 22, 28

tamasã, 15

tamhà, 17, 18, 19, 20, 28

tamhi, 28

tayas, 8

tarati, 12, 24

taratã, 24

taramànaråpo, 14, 15

tasà, 9

tasmà, 8, 291, 292

tasmiü, 16

tassa, 6, 8, 12, 14, 15,

23, 27, 291, 292

tassà, 22, 26, 28, 292

tass', 27

tà, 23

tàdisaü, 26

tàva, 22

tàvatiüsà, 22

tàvatiüsànaü, 22

tàvatiüse, 16

ti, 3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 14,

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 28, 291, 292

tiññhaü, 9

tiññhasã, 14, 15

tiññhàhãti, 27

tiparivaññaü, 22

timbarutthaniü, 26

timbarå, 23

tiriyaÿ, 9

tisahassà, 23

tiss, 21

tisso, 3, 23

tãõi, 3

tuõóikãre, 291, 292

tuõhãbhàvena, 291, 292

tuõhãbhåtà, 291, 292

tumhàka, 16

tumhàkaü, 16

tumhe, 21, 291, 292

tuvataü, 11

tusità, 22, 23

tusitànaü, 22

te, 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 14,

15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21,

22, 23, 24, 25, 27, 28,

291, 292

tejasi, 291, 292

tejo, 23

ten', 10

tena, 8, 10, 14, 15, 17,

18, 19, 20, 22, 25, 27

telapajjotaü, 24, 25, 27

tesaü, 7, 21, 23, 28, 291,

292

tesaÿ, 23

tesam, 23

tvaü, 20, 24, 25, 27

tvam, 25

tveva, 21, 22

thanayaü, 23

thanayanto, 23

thalam, 23

thàvarà, 9

theyyà, 27

dakkhiõaÿ, 23

dakkhiõà, 291, 292

dakkhiõàgirismiü, 25

dakkhiõena, 23

dakkhiõeyyà, 8

dakkhiõeyyo, 16

dakkhintã, 24, 25, 27

dakkhemoghataraü, 23

daññho, 10

daõóamàõavakàni, 291,

292

dadaü, 24

daddallamànà, 23

daddu, 20

dadhãmukho, 291, 292

dantarogo, 20

dantà, 4, 20

dabbilo, 21

damà, 24

dammã, 25

dayà, 27

darito, 12

daëhena, 8

davàya, 5

dasa, 3, 6, 20, 291, 292

dasadhammà, 6

dasadhà, 23

dasamaü, 26

dasamo, 26

dasasaÿÿà, 20

dasasahassã, 22

dasasu, 23

dasahaïgehi, 3

dasahi, 23

dasettha, 23

dassanaü, 7, 22

dassanasampadàya, 8

dassanasampanno, 26

dassanàya, 23

dassanena, 9

dànaÿ, 7

dànaveghasà, 23

dàni, 22, 23, 24, 291, 292

dàyàdo, 6

dàresu, 27

dàrehi, 26

dàsà, 23

dijà, 23

diññhapadassa, 8

diññhà, 9

diññhiÿ, 9

dinnaü, 24

dinnàni, 8

dipàdakehi, 10

dipàdako, 10

dibbaü, 291, 292

dibbà, 23

divasaü, 13

divasasantatto, 25

divaso, 291, 292

divà, 8

disaü, 23, 291, 292

disà, 23, 291, 292

disodisaü, 291, 292

disvà, 21

disvàna, 25, 27, 291, 292

dissati, 26

dissanti, 21

Page 391: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

391

dãghaü, 20

dãghà, 9

dãgho, 291, 292

dukkhaü, 22, 24, 28

dukkhadhammena, 28

dukkhanirodhaü, 22, 28

dukkhanirodhagàminiyà

, 28

dukkhanirodhagàminã,

22, 28

dukkhanirodhassa, 28

dukkhanirodhe, 28

dukkham, 9

dukkhamålaü, 21

dukkhasamudayaü, 22,

28

dukkhasamudayassa, 28

dukkhasamudaye, 28

dukkhassa, 28

dukkhà, 17, 18, 22, 28

dukkhito, 17, 18, 19, 20

dukkhe, 28

dukkho, 20, 22, 28

duggaccà, 27

duggatiü, 27

dutiyaü, 26, 28

dutiyam, 1, 24

dutiyo, 26

duve, 23

dåbhati, 12

dårato, 27, 291, 292

dårannayo, 21

dåre, 9

deti, 27

devakàyaü, 23

devakàyà, 23

devakàyànaü, 23

devatà, 7, 11, 12, 23, 26

devanikàyà, 23

devaputtaü, 14, 15

devaputto, 14, 15

devamanussapåjitaü, 8

devamanussànaü, 16,

291, 292

devayànam, 27

devaràjassa, 16

devasåto, 23, 291, 292

devà, 7, 22, 23

devànaü, 16, 22, 23

devànamindassa, 16

devànamindo, 16

devànubhàvan, 22

devàsurasaïgàmo, 16

deve, 16, 23

devena, 22, 28

devesu, 23

desanà, 28

desissàmi, 21, 23

deseti, 291, 292

desetu, 27

desetuü, 28

dehaü, 23

domanassaü, 28

domanassupàyàsa, 28

domanassupàyàsadham

mà, 28

dvàdasa, 21

dvàdasamaü, 26

dvàdasàkàraü, 22

dvijaü, 27

dve, 3, 21, 22

dhajaggaü, 16

dhataraññhà, 23

dhataraññho, 23, 291, 292

dhanaü, 24

dhanatthaddho, 26

dhanahetu, 27

dhammaü, 1, 8, 16, 24,

26, 27, 291, 292

dhammakàmo, 26

dhammacakkaü, 22, 28

dhammacakke, 22

dhammacakkhuü, 22

dhammacariyà, 7

dhammaÿ, 24, 25, 27

dhammadessã, 26

dhammam, 291, 292

dhammavaraü, 8

dhammavicayasambojjha

ïgo, 17, 18, 19

dhammasamayaü, 23

dhammasavaõaü, 7

dhammasàkacchà, 7

dhammassa, 24

dhammà, 6, 8, 20, 24

dhammànaü, 28

dhammànupassã, 28

dhamme, 8, 20, 25, 27

dhammena, 8

dhammesu, 7, 22, 28

dhammehi, 28

dhammo, 10, 16, 24, 25,

27

dharaõã, 291, 292

dhàretu, 24, 27

dhàretha, 292

dhàreyya, 24, 25, 27

dhitã, 24

dhãrà, 8

dhuradhorayhaü, 25

dhuravà, 24

na, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,

12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,

20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,

26, 27, 28, 291, 292

naü, 9, 12, 23, 27, 291,

292

nakkhattàni, 23

nakhà, 4, 20

nagarà, 291, 292

naïgalaü, 25

naïgalasatàni, 25

naïgalà, 291, 292

naccagãtavàditavisåkada

ssanà, 2

naccagãtehi, 291, 292

nandiràgasahagatà, 22,

28

nappasahanti, 12

namatthu, 13, 291, 292

namassanti, 291, 292

namassamàno, 24

namassàma, 8

namassàmi, 13

namucã, 23

namo, 10, 13, 14, 15,

291, 292

naràsabhaü, 16

naruttamànaü, 21

naro, 12, 26, 27

nalo, 23, 291, 292

nava, 3

navaü, 8

navaÿ, 5

Page 392: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

392

navanavatiyo, 291, 292

navamaü, 26

navamo, 26

nahàtakassa, 291, 292

nahàru, 4, 20

nàgaü, 23

nàgapacàro, 291, 292

nàgapàrisajjo, 291, 292

nàgapotako, 291, 292

nàgapotikà, 291, 292

nàgamahàmatto, 291, 292

nàgaràjànam, 23

nàgaràje, 23

nàgasenàya, 291, 292

nàgà, 23

nàgànaü, 23, 291, 292

nàginã, 291, 292

nàgehi, 291, 292

nàgo, 291, 292

nàñapuriyà, 291, 292

nàdhivàseti, 20

nànattavaõõino, 23

nànappakàrassa, 20

nànàdijagaõàyutà, 291,

292

nànàbhàvo, 6

nàbhasà, 23

nàma, 3, 21, 23, 25, 291,

292

nàmaü, 22

nàmagottaü, 291, 292

nàmaÿ, 3

nàmanvayena, 23

nàmàni, 21, 23

nikubbetha, 9

nikkàmino, 8

nikkujjitaü, 24, 25, 27

nikkujjeyyuü, 291, 292

nikkhama, 24

nikkhami, 24

nikkhamissàmi, 24

nikkhepo, 28

nigamàni, 27

nigame, 12

nigamesu, 291, 292

niggàhako, 27

nigrodham, 12

nighaõóu, 23, 291, 292

niccaphalà, 291, 292

nijigiüsàno, 27

nidassanaü, 27

niddànaü, 25

niddàsãlã, 26

nipako, 9

nipatitvà, 25

nipannaü, 291, 292

nibbanti, 8

nibbànagàmiü, 8

nibbànan, 20

nibbànapattiyà, 24

nibbànasacchikiriyà, 7

nibbànàya, 17, 18, 19,

22

nibbutà, 291, 292

nibbutiü, 8

nimmàõaratino, 23

nimmàõaratã, 22

nimmàõaratãnaü, 22

niyaü, 9

niyyànikaü, 16

niràsà, 21

nirujjhati, 291, 292

nirodhadhamman, 22

nirodhasaÿÿà, 20

nirodhànupassã, 20

nirodho, 20

nivàto, 7

nivàreti, 27

nivàresi, 27

nivàsino, 291, 292

nivàsetvà, 25, 27

nivesanaü, 23, 27

nivesane, 27

nisajja, 17, 18

nisàmetha, 8

nisinnaü, 291, 292

nisinnà, 10

nisinno, 9, 20, 291, 292

nisãdati, 20

nisãdi, 17, 18, 19, 20

nisãdiüsu, 10, 291, 292

nissinaü, 19

nihãno, 27

nãcà, 291, 292

nãto, 21

nãyanti, 291, 292

nu, 6, 14, 15, 24

nåna, 10, 23

ne, 8

nekatikà, 291, 292

nekkhammasaïkappo,

28

nettàni, 23

nemi, 291, 292

nemiso, 21

no, 8, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,

21, 25, 28

pakàsità, 27

pakàsito, 24, 25, 27

pakàsenti, 291, 292

pakkhandikà, 20

pakkhitto, 25

pakkhivisuddhacakkhå,

23

paggaõhàti, 28

paggahità, 27

païgo, 21

pacàrà, 291, 292

pacitvàna, 291, 292

paccaÿÿàsiü, 22

paccattaü, 16

paccavekkhati, 20

paccavekkhitabbaü, 6

paccavekkhitabbà, 6

paccassosi, 27

paccassosuü, 6, 11, 16,

21, 23, 28

paccudàvatti, 23

paccekagàthaü, 23

paccekabuddhà, 21

paccekabuddhànaü, 21

paccekam, 21

paccekavasavattino, 23

paccekasambuddho, 21

paccesanto, 291, 292

pacch', 6, 23, 291, 292

pajaü, 15

pajahati, 20

pajahanto, 20

pajànàti, 20

pajànàmi, 24

pajàpatissa, 16

pajàpatã, 291, 292

pajàya, 8, 22, 24, 25

Page 393: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

393

pajàyanti, 12

pajjalati, 12

pajjalito, 27

pajjuno, 291, 292

pajjunno, 23

paÿca, 3

paÿcapaccekabuddhasat

àni, 21

paÿcamaü, 26

paÿcamattàni, 25

paÿcamattehi, 23

paÿcamo, 26

paÿcavaggiyà, 22

paÿcavaggiye, 22

paÿcasatà, 23

paÿcasate, 23

paÿcasikho, 23

paÿcasupàdànakkhandh

esu, 20

paÿcàlacaõóo, 291, 292

paÿcupàdànakkhandhà,

3, 22, 28

paÿÿaü, 24

paÿÿatti, 21

paÿÿatte, 17, 18

paÿÿà, 22, 25

paÿÿàjãviü, 24

paÿÿàpanà, 28

paÿÿàpetuü, 28

paÿÿàya, 24

paÿÿàyati, 17, 18

paÿhaü, 24

pañikkamanti, 17, 18

pañikkamantu, 10

pañikkamo, 17, 18

pañikkamosànaü, 17, 18

pañighasaÿÿà, 9

pañighàtàya, 5

pañicchannaü, 24, 25,

27

pañicchannakammanto,

27

pañicchannena, 27

pañicchàdàya, 8

pañijànati, 27

pañijànàsi, 25

pañinandito, 12

pañinissaggànupassã, 20

pañinissaggo, 22, 28

pañipadà, 22, 28

pañipadàya, 28

pañipåjeti, 27

pañippassambhi, 20

pañippassambheyya, 20

pañippassambheyyà, 20

pañibujjhati, 11

pañibhantu, 19

pañiråpadesavàso, 7

pañilàbho, 28

pañivandanaü, 12

pañisaüvedeti, 28

pañisaïkhà, 5

pañisaÿcikkhati, 20

pañisallànasàruppàni,

291, 292

pañisallànàràmatthaü, 5

pañisevanti, 291, 292

pañisevàmi, 5

pañihaïkhàmi, 5

paññhapanà, 28

paññhapetuü, 28

pañhamaü, 28

pañhamasmiü, 8

pañhamo, 26

pañhaviü, 8

pañhavippabhàsaü, 13

pañhavippabhàso, 13

pañhavã, 23

paõàmetvà, 291, 292

paõidhàya, 20

paõãtaü, 8, 20

paõóavaü, 21

paõóavassa, 21

paõóità, 23, 28

paõóitànaÿ, 7

paõóito, 21, 26

patàyanti, 291, 292

patiññhaü, 12

patito, 12

patidissati, 27

patiråpakàrã, 24

patisallànà, 17, 18, 19

pattaü, 291, 292

pattacãvaram, 25, 27

pattabbaü, 28

pattipattà, 8

patto, 27

patthayati, 26

padaü, 9, 21

padakkhiõaü, 291, 292

padahati, 28

padissati, 26

padãpo, 8

paduññhacitto, 291, 292

padumuttaro, 21

padumo, 21

pan', 20, 22

pana, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17,

18, 19, 20, 22, 25, 27,

291, 292

panàdo, 23, 291, 292

panudanti, 25

panådanaü, 291, 292

pantàni, 291, 292

panthasmiü, 27

pappoti, 12, 24

papphàsaü, 4, 20

pabbajanti, 25

pabbajitena, 6, 22

pabbajjaü, 25

pabbataü, 21

pabbatan, 21

pabbatassa, 21

pabbatàto, 12

pabbate, 18, 21, 291

pabbato, 21

pabråti, 27

pabhaïkaro, 15

pamàõavantàni, 10

pamuccatã, 25

pamuÿca, 15

pamuÿcasi, 14, 15

pamuÿcassu, 14, 15

pamocanaü, 25

payirupàsati, 23

payirupàsanti, 291, 292

payuttàni, 25

paraü, 9, 24

parakulaü, 27

parakusitanàñà, 291, 292

parakusinàñà, 291, 292

paraÿ, 27

paradàresu, 26

paranimmitavasavattino

Page 394: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

394

, 22

paranimmitavasavattãna

ü, 22

paranimmità, 23

parapañibaddhà, 6

paramaü, 27

paramaühitàya, 8

paramatto, 23

parahetu, 27

paràbhavato, 26

paràbhavantaü, 26

paràbhave, 26

paràbhavo, 26

paricitàya, 11

pariÿÿàtan, 22

pariÿÿeyyan, 22

pariõàmaü, 25

parittaü, 13

parittasubhà, 22

parittasubhànaü, 22

parittà, 10

parittàbhà, 22

parittàbhànaü, 22

paridevanà, 28

paridevitattaü, 28

paridevo, 28

parinibbute, 21

paripàko, 28

paripuõõàhi, 291, 292

paripåressantã, 23

paribbàjaü, 27

paribhàsati, 27

paribhàsàhi, 291, 292

paribhàseyyuü, 291, 292

paribhuÿjanti, 291, 292

parimukhaü, 20

pariyàpuõàtha, 292

pariyàputà, 291, 292

parirundhati, 27

parivaõõayã, 8

parivàrito, 23

parivàretha, 23

parivesanà, 25

parisujjhati, 24

pare, 9

paresaü, 27

paro, 9

palàyati, 27

palàyi, 16

palighaü, 23

pallaïkaü, 20

paëiguõñhito, 27

pavattà, 21

pavattitaü, 22, 28

pavattite, 22

pavanasmiü, 23

pavapanti, 291, 292

pavassanti, 291, 292

paviññhà, 21

pavisa, 24

pavisantà, 21

pavuccati, 291, 292

pavuccanti, 291, 292

pavutthajàtiü, 23

pasatthà, 8

pasannà, 291, 292

pasahanti, 12

pasàdàya, 291, 292

pasàritaü, 23

pasàreyya, 23

pasàsati, 23

pasuü, 291, 292

passa, 23

passati, 8, 11

passatha, 21

passaddhisambojjhaïgo,

17, 18, 19

passantu, 10

passambhayaü, 20

passasati, 20

passasanto, 20

passasàmã, 20

passasissàmã, 20

passàma, 25

passàmi, 24, 25

passàvo, 20

passã, 21

pahàtabban, 22

pahànasaÿÿà, 20

pahànà, 28

pahànàya, 28

pahàya, 23, 28

pahàràdo, 23

pahitattà, 23

pahitatto, 25

pahãnan, 22

pahãno, 17, 18, 19, 20

pahãyissati, 16

pahãyetha, 16

pahusanto, 26, 27

pahåtabakkho, 12

pahåtavitto, 26

pahoti, 28

pàcanaü, 25

pàñikaïkhà, 11

pàõabhåtatthi, 9

pàõà, 10

pàõàtipàtà, 2, 28, 291,

292

pàõàtipàtino, 291, 292

pàõàni, 27

pàõinà, 23

pàõupetaü, 24, 27

pàõe, 27

pàtubhàvo, 28

pàtur, 22, 23

pàdatalà, 20

pàdesu, 24, 25

pànena, 25

pàpakaü, 6, 8, 11, 27

pàpakànaü, 28

pàpake, 20

pàpam, 10

pàpamakkhã, 27

pàpà, 7

pàpiccho, 27

pàpesu, 27

pàmokkhà, 23

pàyàgà, 23

pàyàsaü, 25

pàyàso, 25

pàragaïgàya, 24

pàragà, 23

pàripåriyà, 28

pàlayantu, 13

pàliccaü, 28

pàvacane, 291, 292

pàvisi, 24, 27, 28

pàvussako, 23

pàsàdà, 291, 292

pàhuneyyo, 16

pi, 1, 8, 9, 16, 21, 22, 23,

24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 291,

292

Page 395: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

395

piññhimaüsikà, 291, 292

piõóapàtaü, 5

piõóàya, 25, 27

piõóolo, 21

pitaraü, 26, 27

pittaü, 4, 20

pittasamuññhànà, 20

pinàso, 20

pipàsà, 20

pipphalãguhàyaü, 17

piyaü, 26

piyadassã, 21

piyà, 26

piyehi, 6, 22

piyo, 11

piëakà, 20

pisuõà, 291, 292

pisuõàvàcà, 28

pihakaü, 4, 20

pãtipañisaüvedã, 20

pãtiyà, 28

pãtisambojjhaïgo, 17,

18, 19

pãtisukhaü, 28

puggalà, 8

puccha, 24

pucchassu, 24

pucchàma, 26

pucchito, 25, 27

pucchissàmi, 24

puccheyyaü, 24

puÿÿakkhettaü, 16

puÿÿapekhassa, 25

puññham, 26

puññho, 6

puõõako, 291, 292

puttaü, 9

puttadàrassa, 7

puttà, 23, 291, 292

puttànaü, 12

puthå, 23, 24

puna, 9

punabbhavo, 22

pubbanhasamayaü, 25,

27

pubbe, 7, 22

pubbo, 4, 20

puraü, 24

purakkhato, 291, 292

purakkhatvà, 23

purato, 23

purà, 24

puràõaü, 8

puràõaÿ, 5

purindado, 23

purimaü, 23

purimaÿ, 23

purimà, 291, 292

purisaü, 26

purisakànaü, 291, 292

purisadammasàrathã, 16

purisapuggalà, 16

purisayugàni, 16

purisavàhanaü, 291, 292

purisassa, 24

purisàjaÿÿa, 291, 292

purisuttama, 291, 292

puriso, 23, 26

påjaü, 12

påjako, 12

påjanãyànaü, 7

påjà, 7

påjito, 12

påraü, 20

pecca, 24

petà, 291, 292

pokkharasàtakà, 291, 292

pothujjaniko, 22

ponobhavikà, 22, 28

poso, 26

phari, 10

pharituü, 10

pharusàvàcà, 28

phareyya, 10

phalam, 12

phale, 14, 15

phàlaü, 25

phàlapàcanaü, 25

phàleyya, 24

phàleyyuü, 291, 292

phàlessàmi, 24

phàlo, 25

phàsuvihàràyà, 291, 292

phàsuvihàro, 5

phuñà, 23

phuññhassa, 7, 28

phussitagge, 8

phoññhabbà, 20

bandhatha, 23

bandham, 23

bandhumà, 21

balavà, 23

baliü, 8, 23

baliputtànaü, 23

balivadde, 25

bahavo, 23, 291, 292

bahu, 20

bahukaraõãyà, 291, 292

bahukiccà, 291, 292

bahuppadehi, 10

bahuppado, 10

bahulãkatà, 17, 18, 19

bahulãkatàya, 11

bahulãkato, 17, 18, 19

bahå, 7, 12, 27

bàràõasiyaü, 22, 28

bàlànaü, 7

bàëhagilàno, 17, 18, 19,

20

bàëhà, 17, 18

bàhaü, 23

bàhusaccaÿ, 7

bãjaü, 25, 291, 292

buddhaü, 1, 8, 16, 23,

27, 291, 292

buddhagàthàbhigãtomhi,

14, 15

buddhavãratthu, 14, 15

buddhaseññho, 8

buddhassa, 23

buddhà, 14, 15, 25

buddhànaü, 13

buddhe, 8

buddho, 10, 16, 21, 23,

24

bojjhaïgà, 3, 17, 18, 19

bodhiyà, 13

bodhã, 21

byantãkaroti, 20

byàrosanà, 9

brahmacariyaü, 25

brahmacariyaÿ, 7

brahmacariyapariyosàna

ü, 25

Page 396: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

396

brahmacariyànuggahàya

, 5

brahmapàrisajjà, 22

brahmapàrisajjànaü, 22

brahmapurohità, 22

brahmapurohitànaü, 22

brahmam, 9

brahmalokà, 22

brahmalokànaü, 23

brahmalokåpago, 11, 27

brahmalokåpapattiyà,

27

brahmunà, 22, 28

bràhmaõa, 25, 27

bràhmaõaü, 26, 27

bràhmaõagàme, 25

bràhmaõassa, 25, 27,

291, 292

bràhmaõà, 13, 27

bràhmaõena, 22, 28

bràhmaõo, 25, 27

bråti, 27

bråhi, 7, 25, 26

bhagandalà, 20

bhagalavatã, 291, 292

bhagava, 17, 18

bhagavatà, 16, 19, 22,

291

bhagavato, 6, 10, 11, 16,

17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22,

23, 25, 27, 28, 291, 292

bhagavantaü, 7, 10, 14,

15, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25,

26, 27, 291

bhagavantànaü, 23

bhagavà, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14,

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 291, 292

bhaginiü, 27

bhajate, 26

bhajatha, 28

bhaÿÿamàne, 22

bhattakàle, 27

bhadante, 6, 11, 16, 21,

28

bhaddante, 23

bhadràni, 10

bhante, 10, 17, 18, 19,

20, 21, 23, 291, 292

bhayaü, 16

bhayàtãtà, 23

bharati, 26, 27

bhavaü, 8, 24, 25, 26,

27

bhavataõhà, 22, 28

bhavati, 12

bhavane, 24

bhavanettikhãõà, 21

bhavantaü, 24, 25, 27

bhavanti, 8

bhavantu, 8, 9

bhavabandhanacchidà,

21

bhavasmiü, 8

bhavà, 14, 15

bhavissati, 5, 16, 291, 292

bhavissanti, 23

bhavissàmã, 6

bhàtaraü, 27

bhàtaro, 23

bhàradvàjo, 21, 25, 291,

292

bhàvanàya, 28

bhàvaye, 9

bhàvitatto, 21

bhàvitan, 22

bhàvità, 17, 18, 19

bhàvitàya, 11

bhàvito, 17, 18, 19

bhàsitaü, 6, 8, 11, 17,

18, 22, 28, 292

bhàsissàmã, 21, 23, 27

bhàseyyàmà, 23

bhàseyyàsi, 20

bhikkhave, 6, 10, 11, 16,

21, 22, 23, 28, 292

bhikkhavo, 6, 11, 16, 21,

23, 28

bhikkhu, 10, 20, 28

bhikkhuü, 291, 292

bhikkhuõiü, 291, 292

bhikkhuõiyà, 291, 292

bhikkhuõãnaü, 291, 292

bhikkhuno, 20

bhikkhusaïghaÿ, 23, 24,

25, 27

bhikkhusaïghena, 23

bhikkhusatehi, 23

bhikkhussa, 291, 292

bhikkhå, 6, 10, 11, 16,

21, 22, 23, 28, 292

bhikkhånaü, 23, 291,

292

bhiyyo, 23, 24

bhiyyobhàvàya, 28

bhismàkàyo, 23

bhãto, 14, 15

bhãrucchambhi, 16

bhuÿjati, 26

bhuÿjatu, 25

bhuÿjanti, 291, 292

bhuÿjamànà, 8

bhuÿjasså, 25

bhuÿjàmi, 25

bhuÿjàmã, 25

bhutto, 25

bhutvàna, 27

bhummà, 22, 23

bhummànaü, 22

bhummàni, 8

bhusappamattà, 8

bhåtapubbaü, 16, 21

bhåtassa, 6

bhåtà, 8, 9, 10

bhåtàni, 8, 10

bhåtehi, 23

bhedo, 28

bheravaü, 23

bho, 22, 24, 25, 27

bhojanaü, 291, 292

bhotà, 24, 25, 27

bhoto, 25

-m-, 7, 9, 23, 27

maü, 6, 10, 13, 16, 24,

27, 292

maüsaü, 4, 20

magadhesu, 25

maggaü, 24, 25, 27

maggo, 3, 22, 28

maïku, 6

maïgalam, 7

maïgalàni, 7

maïgalo, 21

Page 397: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

397

maccu, 28

maccharã, 27

majjapànà, 7

majjhato, 23

majjhimà, 9, 22, 291, 292

maÿÿathà, 291, 292

maõi, 291, 292

maõóanàya, 5

maõóalã, 15, 291, 292

matthake, 4

matthaluïgan, 4

madàya, 5

madhumeho, 20

manasà, 8

manasikarotha, 21, 23

manasikarohi, 27

manàpehi, 6

manussaràhaseyyakàni,

291, 292

manussà, 7, 21, 291, 292

manussànaü, 11

mano, 20, 25

manopadåsikà, 23

manomayo, 21

manosamphassajaü, 28

mantabandhuno, 27

manteti, 27

mandavalàhakà, 23

mandiyaü, 23

mandiyo, 291, 292

mam', 16

mama, 15, 292

mamaü, 16

mamàyitaü, 27

mayaü, 25, 26, 28, 291,

292

mayam, 23

mayà, 17, 18, 27

mayårakoÿcàbhirudà,

291, 292

mayhaü, 23

maraõadhammà, 28

maraõadhammànaü, 28

maraõam, 22, 28

mahatà, 23

mahatiyà, 25, 291, 292

mahantaü, 291, 292

mahantà, 9, 291, 292

mahapàragà, 23

mahapphalaü, 24

mahapphalàni, 8

mahabbalà, 23, 291, 292

mahà, 291, 292

mahàkassapaü, 17

mahàkassapassa, 17

mahàkassapo, 17

mahàcundaü, 19

mahàcundo, 19

mahàcorà, 291, 292

mahàtaõho, 26

mahànàgo, 23

mahànàmo, 21

mahànubhàvà, 21

mahàneru, 291, 292

mahàpathaü, 27

mahàbrahmà, 22

mahàbrahmànaü, 22

mahàbrahmàbhitiññhati,

23

mahàbhiüsà, 23

mahàmoggallànaü, 18

mahàmoggallànassa, 18

mahàmoggallàno, 18

mahàyakkhànaü, 291,

292

mahàràjassa, 291, 292

mahàràjà, 23, 291, 292

mahàràjànaü, 291, 292

mahàràjàno, 291, 292

mahàvane, 23

mahàsamayo, 23

mahàsamànà, 23

mahàsenàpatãnaü, 291,

292

mahàseno, 23

mahesiü, 25

mahesã, 21

mà, 10, 15, 23, 27

màgadhassa, 291, 292

màõi, 291, 292

màtaïgo, 21, 27

màtaïgoyaü, 27

màtaraü, 26, 27

màtalã, 23, 291, 292

màtà, 9

màtàpitu, 7

mànacchido, 21

mànatthaddho, 21

mànasaü, 9

mànusaü, 23

mànusà, 23, 291, 292

mànusiyà, 8

mànusuttamà, 23

mànena, 27

màyà, 23

màyàvino, 23

màyàvã, 27

màrabalaü, 21

màrasenà, 23

màrasenàpamaddino,

291, 292

màrisa, 291, 292

màrisà, 16

màrena, 22, 28

màlàgandhavilepanadhà

raõamaõóanavibhåsana

ññhànà, 2

màluto, 12

migadàye, 22, 28

micchà, 28

micchàcàrà, 28, 291, 292

mittànaü, 12

mittàni, 24

missakà, 23

mukhaü, 26

mukharogo, 20

mukhavaõõo, 11

mucalindo, 291, 292

mucchà, 20

muÿcatã, 291, 292

muÿcittha, 23

muÿcitvà, 14, 15

muÿceyya, 14, 15

muõóaka, 27

muttaü, 4

muttan, 20

mutti, 22, 28

mudu, 9

muddhaü, 291, 292

muddhà, 14, 15

mudhà, 8

munino, 21

munã, 21

musà, 27

Page 398: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

398

musàvàdà, 2, 28, 291, 292

musàvàdena, 26, 27

muhuttena, 22

måëhassa, 24, 25, 27

måsikà, 10

me, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11, 13,

14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,

20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,

26, 27, 28, 291, 292

meghà, 291, 292

megho, 21, 23

mettaü, 8, 10

mettaÿ, 9

mettàkaruõàkàyikà, 23

mettàya, 11

mettena, 10

methulo, 21

medo, 4, 20

moggallàna, 18

moggallàno, 28

modanti, 23

modamànà, 23

moro, 13

mohena, 27

yaü, 6, 8, 12, 16, 20, 22,

24, 25, 27, 28, 291, 292

yakanaü, 4, 20

yakkhapacàro, 291, 292

yakkhapàrisajjo, 291, 292

yakkhapotako, 291, 292

yakkhapotikà, 291, 292

yakkhamahàmatto, 291,

292

yakkhasenàya, 291, 292

yakkhassa, 24

yakkhà, 23, 291, 292

yakkhànaü, 23, 291, 292

yakkhiõã, 291, 292

yakkhehi, 291, 292

yakkho, 24, 291, 292

yato, 22, 25, 291, 292

yattha, 23, 24, 25, 291,

292

yathà 'haü, 27

yathà, 8, 9, 12, 23, 25,

27

yathàbhåtaü, 22, 291,

292

yad, 8, 16, 20, 24, 28

yadi, 24, 27

yan, 9, 23, 28

yam, 8, 22, 28

yamà, 23

yasaü, 27

yasasà, 23

yasassi, 23, 291, 292

yasassino, 23, 291, 292

yasassã, 21

yaso, 12

yassa, 7, 25, 27, 291, 292

yassatthàya, 25

yà, 7, 22, 28

yàti, 12

yàtrà, 5

yànaü, 291, 292

yàni, 8

yànãkatàya, 11

yànãdha, 8

yàne, 291, 292

yàpanàya, 5

yàpanãyaü, 17, 18

yàmà, 22, 23

yàmànaü, 22

yàmunà, 23

yàva, 22

yàvatassa, 9

yàvad, 5

yugaü, 25

yuganaïgalaü, 25

yugandharo, 291, 292

yugàni, 8

ye, 8, 9, 13, 20, 21, 23,

27, 291, 292

yena, 7, 9, 10, 14, 15,

19, 20, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 291, 292

yebhuyyena, 23, 291, 292

yeva, 22, 23, 28

yo, 8, 12, 15, 22, 23, 24,

26, 27, 28, 291, 292

yogakkhema

adhivàhanaü, 25

yottaü, 25

yoniso, 5

-r-, 9, 25

rakkhaü, 291, 292

rakkhatha, 8

rakkhanti, 11, 23

rakkhà, 10, 291, 292

rakkhàya, 291, 292

rakkhito, 21

rakhasà, 20

rajjaü, 26

raÿÿo, 291, 292

ratanaü, 8

rate, 23

rattiü, 292

rattiüdivà, 6

rattiyà, 7, 26, 291, 292

ratto, 8

rabhasà, 291, 292

ramatã, 291, 292

rammà, 291, 292

rasà, 20

rasànaü, 24

rassaü, 20

rassakàõukathålà, 9

rahado, 291, 292

ràgena, 23

ràjagahiko, 23

ràjagahe, 17, 18, 19, 21,

291

ràjadhàni, 291, 292

ràjadhàniyà, 291, 292

ràjadhàniyo, 12

ràjà, 23, 291, 292

ràjàno, 23

ràjino, 291, 292

ràjubhi, 23

ràhu, 14, 15

ràhuü, 14, 15

ràhunà, 14, 15

ràhubhaddam, 23

rittam, 291, 292

rukkhato, 12

rukkhamålagatànaü, 16

rukkhamålagato, 20

rukkhamåle, 16

rukkhà, 291, 292

ruddà, 291, 292

råpaü, 20

råpaÿ, 3

råpà, 20

råpàni, 24, 25, 27

Page 399: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

399

råpåpàdànakkhandho,

28

roceti, 26

rojà, 23

rosako, 27

roseti, 27

laddhaü, 26

laddhà, 8

labhati, 12, 22, 28

labhate, 12, 24

labhe, 14, 15

labheyya, 291, 292

labheyyaü, 25

labheyyàhaü, 25

lambãtakà, 23

lasikà, 4, 20

làmaseññhà, 23

luddà, 291, 292

lokaü, 24, 26

lokajeññhaü, 16

lokadhammehi, 7

lokadhàtu, 22

lokadhàtåsu, 23

lokadhàtåhi, 23

lokavidå, 16

lokasmiü, 28

lokasmin, 22

lokassà, 16

lokà, 24

lokànukampakà, 14, 15

loke, 20, 22, 24, 25, 26,

27, 28, 291, 292

lomam, 23

lomahaüsàbhisambhuno

, 23

lomahaüso, 16, 21

lomahaññhajàto, 14, 15,

25

lomà, 4, 20

lohitaü, 4, 20

lohitapittaü, 20

lohitavàsino, 23

va, 8, 12, 14, 15, 16, 20,

21, 23, 27, 291, 292

vakkaü, 4, 20

vaggubhi, 291, 292

vacãgutto, 25

vajataü, 27

vajirahatthena, 23

vaÿcanikà, 23

vaÿceti, 26, 27

vaóóhetvà, 25

vaõibbakaü, 26, 27

vaõõakittibhato, 12

vaõõavanto, 23

vata, 22, 24, 28

vattati, 25

vatthuü, 291, 292

vatthukatàya, 11

vatvà, 10, 16, 24, 28

vadàmi, 8, 16

vademase, 291, 292

vanaü, 23

vanapatthàni, 291, 292

vanappagumbe, 8

vanam, 23

vane, 23, 291, 292

vandako, 12

vandatha, 21, 291, 292

vandanti, 291, 292

vandàma, 291, 292

vapassu, 25

vapàmi, 25

vapitvà, 25

vappakàle, 25

varaÿÿå, 8

varado, 8

varàharo, 8

varuõassa, 16

varuõà, 23

varuõo, 291, 292

varo, 8

valittacatà, 28

vavakkhitvàna, 23

vasanti, 9

vasalaü, 27

vasalaka, 27

vasalakaraõe, 27

vasalà, 27

vasalàdhamo, 27

vasalo, 27

vasà, 4, 20

vasånaü, 23

vassa, 8

vassà, 291, 292

và, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 16,

20, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 28, 291, 292

vàcà, 7, 8, 27

vàcàya, 27

vàcàhi, 23

vàtasamuññhànà, 20

vàtehi, 8

vàyamati, 28

vàyo, 23

vàruõà, 23

vàsaü, 291, 292

vàsavanesino, 23

vàsavo, 23

vàsày, 24

vikàlabhojanà, 2

vikiraõiü, 26

vikkanditabbaü, 291,

292

vigatamiddho, 9

vigayha, 8

vicakkhaõà, 23

vicakkhaõo, 24

vicarissàmi, 24

vicikicchitaÿ, 8

vicchikà, 10

vijanavàtàni, 291, 292

vijànàtha, 23

vijànàma, 26

vijitasaïgàmà, 23

vijite, 291, 292

vijito, 21

vijjati, 8, 20, 24

vijjà, 22

vijjàcaraõasampannaü,

291, 292

vijjàcaraõasampanno, 16

viÿÿàõaü, 20

viÿÿàõåpàdànakkhandh

o, 28

viÿÿå, 6, 9

viÿÿåhã, 16

viñucca, 23

viñuóo, 23

vitakkavicàrànaü, 28

vitacchikà, 20

vittaü, 8, 24

vitthàrena, 28

viditvà, 291, 292

Page 400: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

400

vinayo, 7

vinàbhàvo, 6

vinàseti, 26

vineti, 28

vineyya, 9, 28

vinodeti, 20

vindate, 24

vipannadiññhi, 27

vipassisuü, 291, 292

vipassissa, 291, 292

vippamuttassa, 291, 292

vippamutto, 8, 14, 15

vippayogo, 22

vippavuttho, 12

vippasanna, 23

vippasãdati, 11

vibhajanà, 28

vibhajituü, 28

vibhavataõhà, 22, 28

vibhàvayanti, 8

vibhåsanàya, 5

vimalà, 23

vimalo, 21

vimuttànaü, 13

vimuttiyà, 13

vimocayaü, 20

virajaü, 7, 22, 27

virajo, 21

virati, 7

virattacittà, 8

viramati, 20

viravitabbaü, 291, 292

viràgaü, 8

viràgasaÿÿà, 20

viràgà, 28

viràgànupassã, 20

viràgo, 20

viràjetvà, 27

viriyaü, 25, 28

viriyasambojjhaïgo, 17,

18, 19

viriyena, 24

viråpakkhaü, 10

viråpakkhehi, 10

viråpakkho, 23, 291, 292

viråëhako, 23

viråëhamålasantànaü,

12

viråëho, 23, 291, 292

viråhati, 12

virocati, 12

vivaraõà, 28

vivarituü, 28

vivareyya, 24, 25, 27

vivicca, 28

vividhà, 20

vivekajaü, 28

visaü, 11

visamaparihàrajà, 20

visallànaü, 21

visàõà, 291, 292

visåcikà, 20

vissuto, 27

viharati, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14,

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 28, 291

viharanto, 25

viharemu, 13

vihàraü, 9, 28

vihàsi, 25

vihiüsati, 291, 292

vihiüsàvitakkaü, 20

vihiüsåparatiyà, 5

viheñheti, 291, 292

vãtadoso, 16

vãtamalaü, 22

vãtamoho, 16

vãtaràgehapakkàmuü,

23

vãtaràgo, 16, 21

vãtasàradaü, 291, 292

vãtasàradà, 291, 292

vãtipatantã, 6

vãtisàretvà, 291, 292

vuccat', 20

vuccatã, 3

vuccanti, 291, 292

vuññhàhi, 17, 18, 19, 20

vuññhi, 25

vuññhito, 17, 18, 19

vuttaü, 12

vuttà, 8, 27

vutti, 25

vutte, 27

vusitaü, 25

vusãmato, 291, 292

våpakaññho, 25

våpasamà, 28

ve, 23, 24, 27

veghanasà, 23

veñeõóu, 23

veõhå, 23

vedagå, 13

vedanaü, 5

vedanà, 3, 17, 18, 20

vedanànaü, 5

vedanànupassã, 28

vedanàsu, 28

vedanåpàdànakkhandho

, 28

vedayitaü, 28

veditabbo, 16

vepacitti, 14, 15

vepacittã, 23

vepullaü, 21

vepullassa, 21, 23

vepullàya, 28

vebhàraü, 21

vebhàrassa, 21

veyyàkaraõasmiü, 22

veyyàbàdhikànaü, 5

veramaõiyà, 291, 292

veramaõã, 28

veramaõãsikkhàpadaü,

2

verocanàmakà, 23

verocano, 15

velàyaü, 14, 15, 291, 292

veëuvane, 17, 18, 19

vevaõõiyamhi, 6

vesàlà, 23

vesiyàsu, 26

vessabhussa, 291, 292

vessavaõo, 291, 292

vessàmittà, 23

vessàmitto, 291, 292

vehapphalà, 22

vehapphalànaü, 22

vehàsayà, 23

vo, 16, 23, 27

vyasanena, 28

vyàkarissasi, 24

vyàdhi, 22, 28

Page 401: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

401

vyàdhidhammà, 28

vyàdhidhammànaü, 28

vyàpàdavitakkaü, 20

sa, 23, 24, 26

saüvattati, 17, 18, 19,

22

saüvattanti, 17, 18, 19

saüvattantã, 17, 18, 19

saüvarã, 291, 292

saüviggaråpo, 14, 15

saüviggo, 14, 15, 25

saühàni, 28

sakà, 12

sakkacca, 8

sakkato, 12

sakkatvà, 12

sakkassa, 16

sakkàyadiññhi, 8

sakkàraü, 291, 292

sakkesu, 23

sakko, 9, 16, 23

sakkhipuññho, 27

sakyaputtassa, 291, 292

sakyamunã, 8

sakhànaü, 27

sagàravo, 12

saggesu, 8

sagharaü, 12

saïkampi, 22

saïkuddho, 23

saïkhàrà, 20

saïkhàråpàdànakkhand

ho, 28

saïkhittena, 22, 28

saïgaho, 7

saïgàmagatànaü, 16

saïghaü, 1, 8, 16

saïghaÿ, 16

saïghe, 8

saïgho, 10, 21

sace, 10, 16, 20, 24

saccaü, 24, 25

saccanàmo, 21

saccà, 24

saccena, 8, 24

saccesu, 22

sacco, 21

sacchikatan, 22

sacchikatvà, 25

sacchikàtabban, 22

saÿ, 26

saÿjàti, 28

saÿÿamo, 7

saÿÿà, 20

saÿÿåpàdànakkhandho,

28

sañhà, 23

sañho, 27

saõhàhi, 23

sataü, 8, 23

sataÿ, 23

satapadã, 10

satam, 23

satasahassaü, 23

sati, 25

satiü, 9, 20

satipàrisuddhiü, 28

satimà, 28

satisambojjhaïgo, 17,

18, 19

satã, 25

sato, 20, 28

satta, 3, 17, 18, 19

sattatiü, 23

sattadhà, 14, 15, 291, 292

sattanikàye, 28

sattannaü, 10

sattamaü, 26

sattamo, 26

sattasahassà, 23

sattasàrà, 21

sattà, 3, 9, 10

sattànaü, 28

sattàvàsà, 3

satthaü, 11

satthà, 10, 16, 19, 21, 23

sadà, 291, 292

sadàmattà, 23

sadisà, 23

sadevake, 22, 24, 25

sadevamanussàya, 22,

24, 25

saddaü, 22

saddam, 22

saddahàno, 24

saddà, 20

saddo, 22

saddhassa, 24

saddhà, 25

saddhàya, 24

saddhiü, 23, 291, 292

saddhãdha, 24

sanaïkumàro, 23

santaü, 9, 20, 21

santacitto, 21

santaramàno, 14, 15

santi, 291, 292

santike, 20, 23, 25

santindriyo, 9

santuññhã, 7

santuññho, 26

santussako, 9

sante, 26

santo, 27

sandiññhiko, 16

sandhåpàyati, 25

sannayhitvà, 23

sannipatità, 23

sannipàtikà, 20

sapadànaü, 27

sappurisaü, 8

sabbaü, 23

sabbakàyapañisaüvedã,

20

sabbakàlaü, 291, 292

sabbattha, 7, 12

sabbadukkhà, 25, 291,

292

sabbadhamme, 13

sabbadhi, 14, 15, 291, 292

sabban, 22

sabbabhåtànukampino,

291, 292

sabbabhåtesu, 9

sabbalokasmiü, 9

sabbaloke, 20

sabbasaïkhàrasamatho,

20

sabbasaïkhàresu, 20

sabbasaïkhàrehi, 20

sabbasaïgàtigate, 21

sabbà, 23, 291, 292

sabbåpadhipañinissaggo,

20

Page 402: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

402

sabbe, 3, 8, 9, 10, 12, 23

sabbehi, 6

sabrahmake, 22, 23, 24,

25, 27

sabrahmacàrã, 6

sabrahmacàrãnaü, 28

sabhà, 291, 292

sabhàya, 12

sabhàsãlã, 26

sabhojano, 26

samaü, 8

samaÿÿà, 21

samaÿÿàto, 27

samaõa, 24, 25

samaõaü, 26, 27

samaõaka, 27

samaõabràhmaõe, 24

samaõà, 24

samaõànaÿ, 7

samaõena, 22, 28

samattà, 291, 292

samatthi, 8

samanuÿÿo, 19

samantà, 23

samannàgatassa, 28

samannàgato, 3

samayaü, 6, 7, 10, 11,

14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,

20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,

26, 27, 28, 291

samaye, 16

samayena, 10, 14, 15,

17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 27

samayo, 23

samavekkhiya, 26

samàgatà, 23

samàgatàni, 8

samàcare, 9

samàdahaü, 20

samàdahaüsu, 23

samàdhijaü, 28

samàdhinà, 8

samàdhim, 8

samàdhiyati, 11

samàdhisambojjhaïgo,

17, 18, 19

samànà, 23

samàrake, 22, 24, 25

samàhità, 23

samàhito, 8

sammiÿjitaü, 23

samitiü, 23, 291, 292

samukkaüse, 27

samudayadhammaü, 22

samuddaü, 23

samuddo, 291, 292

samåpabbåëho, 16

samekkhasi, 291, 292

samo, 8

sampakampi, 22

sampajàno, 28

sampadhåpàyati, 25

sampanno, 9

sampayogo, 22

samparàyiko, 24

samparàye, 27

sampavedhi, 22

sampasàdanaü, 28

sampassataü, 25

sampiyena, 27

samphappalàpà, 28

sambahulà, 10

sambàdhapañipanno, 14,

15

sambuddhaü, 16, 24

sambodhàya, 17, 18, 19,

22

sambhavaü, 8

sambhavesã, 9

sammad, 17, 18, 19, 25

sammà, 22, 25, 28

sammàkammanto, 22,

28

sammàdiññhi, 22, 28

sammàvàcà, 22, 28

sammàvàyàmo, 22, 28

sammàsaïkappo, 22, 28

sammàsati, 22, 28

sammàsamàdhi, 22, 28

sammàsambuddhà, 23

sammàsambuddhànan,

10

sammàsambuddhena, 28

sammàsambuddho, 16

sammàsambodhiü, 22

sammiÿjeyya, 23

sammodanãyaü, 291, 292

sammodiüsu, 291, 292

sayaü, 25

sayàno, 9

sayho, 21

saraü, 23

saraõaü, 1, 14, 15, 23,

24, 25, 27

saraõam, 23

sarantànaü, 16

sarabhaïgo, 21

sarabhå, 10

saritodako, 291, 292

sareyyàtha, 16

sallahukavutti, 9

sallãnà, 23

savicàraü, 28

savijjuko, 23

savitakkaü, 28

sasuü, 27

sassamaõabràhmaõiyà,

22, 24, 25

saha, 23, 291, 292

sahadhammà, 23

sahabhå, 23

sahalã, 23

sahasà, 23, 27

sahassaü, 23

sahassànaü, 23

sahà, 8

sahiraÿÿo, 26

sà, 7, 22, 25, 26, 291, 292

sàtàgirà, 23

sàtàgiro, 291, 292

sàdutaraü, 24

sàdåni, 26

sàdh', 24

sàdhu, 20, 27

sàdhukaü, 21, 23, 27

sàmãcipañipanno, 16

sàyanhasamayaü, 17,

18, 19

sàrathãva, 23

sàrànãyaü, 291, 292

sàriputtamoggallàne, 28

sàriputtassa, 28

sàriputto, 28

sàliü, 291, 292

Page 403: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

403

sàvakaü, 27

sàvakasaïgho, 16

sàvakà, 8, 23, 291, 292

sàvake, 23

sàvatthiyaü, 6, 7, 10,

11, 14, 15, 16, 20, 26,

27

sàvetvà, 291, 292

sàsanaü, 23

sàsane, 23

sàso, 20

sikkhati, 20

sikhissa, 291, 292

sikhã, 21

siïghànikà, 4, 20

sità, 23

sito, 8

sippaÿ, 7

siyà, 8, 16

sirasà, 25

siriüsapàni, 10

siriyà, 12

sirãmato, 291, 292

silokam, 23

sivan, 26

sivikà, 291, 292

sãtaü, 20

sãtassa, 5

sãdarã, 21

sãlato, 6

sãlabbataü, 8

sãlavà, 9

sãvako, 291, 292

sãsarogo, 20

sãse, 291, 292

sãhà, 23

su, 8, 24

sukasàëikasaddettha, 291,

292

sukkà, 23

sukhaü, 11, 14, 15, 28

sukhapañisaüvedã, 20

sukham, 24

sukhavihàrã, 28

sukhassa, 28

sukhitattà, 9

sukhino, 9

sugata, 17, 18

sugatassa, 8

sugato, 10, 16, 28

sugandhaü, 291, 292

suggahità, 291, 292

suciü, 8

suciõõo, 24

sucittã, 23

sucibhojanaü, 27

suÿÿàgàragatànaü, 16

suÿÿàgàragato, 20

suÿÿàgàre, 6, 16

suõantu, 8

suõàtha, 21, 23

suõàhi, 27

sutaü, 6, 7, 10, 11, 14,

15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,

21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26,

27, 28, 291, 292

sutavà, 21

sutà, 23

sutvà, 20, 22, 23

sudantà, 23

sudassano, 21, 291, 292

sudassà, 22

sudassànaü, 22

sudassã, 22

sudassãnaü, 22

sudàñho, 21

sudullabhaü, 27

sudesitaü, 16

sudesitàni, 8

suddhaü, 291, 292

suddhà, 23

suddhàvàsakàyikànaü,

23

suddhàvàsesu, 23

sudhammatan, 24

sundaro, 21

supañipanno, 16

supaõõato, 23

supaõõà, 23

supati, 11, 26

supinaü, 11

suppagedho, 291, 292

suppatiññhito, 21

suppayuttà, 8

subàhu, 21

subodhiü, 21

subrahmà, 23

subhakiõhakà, 22

subhakiõhakànaü, 22

subharo, 9

subhàsità, 7

subho, 21

sumaïgalo, 21

sumanà, 8

sumano, 291, 292

sumàpità, 291, 292

sumukho, 291, 292

sumbho, 21

suràdhutto, 26

suràmerayamajjapamàd

aññhànà, 2, 291, 292

suriyaü, 15

suriyan, 15

suriyam, 23

suriyavaccasà, 23

suriyassåpanisà, 23

suriye, 291, 292

suriyo, 15, 291, 292

suvaco, 9

suvatthi, 8

suvijàno, 26

suvimuttacitto, 21

suvisuddhaü, 22

susamàraddhàya, 11

susikkhito, 7

susunàgà, 23

sussåsà, 24

såjå, 9

sådha, 24

såro, 291, 292

sålà, 20

såleyyarucirà, 23

seññhaü, 24

seññhan, 24

seññho, 23

sedo, 4, 20

sena, 27

senaü, 23

senàpatãnaü, 291, 292

senàsanaü, 5

senàsanàni, 291, 292

semhaü, 4, 20

semhasamuññhànà, 20

seyyathà, 23, 24, 25, 27,

Page 404: Pali Prosody - Ancient Buddhist Texts

Catubhàõavàrapàëi Complete Word Index

404

28, 291, 292

seyyathãdaü, 20, 28

seyyathãdam, 22

serissako, 291, 292

sevanà, 7

sevitabbà, 22

sevetha, 28

sehi, 26

so, 10, 24

so, 6, 8, 10, 13, 16, 17,

18, 19, 20, 23, 24, 25,

26, 27, 291, 292

sokaparidevadukkha, 28

sokaparidevadukkhado

manassupàyàsà, 28

sokaparidevadukkhado

manassupàyàsadhamm

ànaü, 28

soko, 28

socati, 24, 25

socanà, 28

socitattaü, 28

sotaü, 20

sotarogo, 20

sotàpattiphale, 28

sotthànaü, 7

sotthiü, 7

sopàko, 27

sobhati, 291, 292

sobhito, 21

somanassadomanassàna

ü, 28

somo, 23, 291, 292

soraccaü, 25

sorato, 21

soëasasahassà, 23

sovacassatà, 7

soso, 20

svàkkhàto, 16

ssu, 291, 292

h', 26

ha, 10, 22

hatthiyànaü, 291, 292

hadayaü, 4, 20, 24

hanti, 27

hantvà, 27

handa, 291, 292

haranti, 8, 23

harayo, 23

haràyati, 20

harissavaõõaü, 13

harissavaõõo, 13

have, 24, 27

hàragajà, 23

hàrito, 23

hi, 8, 9, 10, 16, 25, 27,

291, 292

hiüsati, 27, 291, 292

hiüsi, 10

hiïgå, 21

hiïgo, 21

hitaü, 291, 292

hiri, 25

hirikopãnapaticchàdanat

thaü, 5

hirinettã, 291

hãno, 22

huraü, 8

heñheti, 291, 292

hetu, 16, 291, 292

hemavatà, 23

hemavato, 291, 292

hessatã, 16

hoti, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15,

19, 20, 25, 26, 27, 291,

292

hotã, 25

hotu, 8

honti, 8, 23, 25, 26

hontu, 9